ANNEXURE
‘C’
Syllabus and
criteria for qualifying Entrance Examination for Fard Kendra
Executive
Total Marks:
100
Paper – I
| S.No |
Chapter |
Subject |
| 1. |
Arithmetic |
Upto Middle Standard with special reference to Percentages, Average, Ratio proportion and Proportional Parts, Vulgar Fractions and Square Roots |
| 2. |
Chapter
1 |
Mensuration
(Patwaris Mensuration manual) |
| 3. |
Chapter
2 |
Basic
duties of Patwaris |
| 4. |
Chapter
3 |
Inspection
of records of Patwari and grant of certified extracts therefrom (Land revenue rule 71) |
| 5. |
Chapter
4 |
Supply
of copies through V.P.P. |
| 6. |
Chapter
5 |
Receipts
Books |
| 7. |
Chapter
6 |
Entry
in diary regarding fees charged etc. |
| 8. |
Chapter
7 |
Payment
into the Treasury of fees realised for inspection of record and extracts
granted therefrom |
| 9. |
Chapter
8 |
Records
to be maintained by the Patwari |
| 10. |
Chapter
9 |
Responsibility
of Patwari for custody of maps etc. |
| 11. |
Chapter
10 |
Books
of reference |
| 12. |
Chapter
11 |
Diary
(Roznamcha waqiati etc.) |
| 13. |
Chapter
12 |
Occurrences
to be done in diary |
| 14. |
Chapter
13 |
Number
and dating of entries in Roznamcha |
| 15. |
Chapter
14 |
Orders
to be entered in diary |
| 16. |
Chapter
15 |
Period
for which khasra girdawris etc. should be preserved |
| 17. |
Chapter
16 |
Survey
marks
|
| 18. |
Chapter
17 |
General
orders relating to maintenance of all survey marks |
| 19. |
Chapter
18 |
Definition
of survey number |
| 20. |
Chapter
19 |
Instruction
regarding incorporation of field maps changes |
| 21. |
Chapter
20 |
-do- |
| 22. |
Chapter
21 |
New field
numbers not to be created needlessly |
| 23. |
Chapter
22 |
Method
of preparation of Tatima Shajras based on permanent changes |
| 24. |
Chapter
23 |
Preparation
of Tatima Shajras necessitated by hissadari kasht etc. |
| 25. |
Chapter
24 |
Boundaries
and dimensions of new field numbers to be shown in red ink |
| 26 |
Chapter
25 |
Preparation
of field book of new field numbers |
| 27. |
Chapter
26 |
Tatima
Shajras to be bound with the Jamabandis |
| 28. |
Chapter
27 |
Keeping
up-to-date of maps |
| 29. |
Chapter
28 |
Renewal
of Patwaris copies of Shajra kishtwar |
| 30. |
Chapter
29 |
Incorporation
of amendments in the parat Tehsil maps and in the Shajra kishtwar kept
by Patwari |
| 31. |
Chapter
30 |
Instruction
for converting local measure in to hectares |
| 32. |
Chapter
31 |
Record
of rights |
| 33. |
Chapter
32 |
Harvest
inspection |
| 34. |
Chapter
33 |
Procedure
in partition cases |
| 35. |
Para 142 |
Malik
Kabja - owners without shares in joint rights of an estate |
| 36. |
Para 260 |
Chahi
and Nehri land |
| 37. |
Appendix VIII
|
Documents
including in standing record |
| 38. |
Fard Kendra Manual |
Complete
knowledge of Fard Kendra Manual |
| 39. |
The East
Punjab Holdings (Consolidation and Prevention of Fragmentation) Act,
1948, and rules framed there under |
Concept
and procedure of Consolidation and Knowledge of various Registers/Records
of Consolidation Process.(Rules) |
Paper - II
Total Marks:
50
|
(1) |
Computer |
General apptitute, Mental Math, Reasoning
General
Computer awareness
Programming
languages – V.B, C++, .net, Software engineering
Data
Base |
PREFACE
The Land Records Manual is designed to take the place of those of
the standing orders of the Financial Commissioner which deal with Department of
Land Records. As each of those standing orders comes under revision its place
will be taken by a chapter in this manual.
It has been compiled by Sir Miles Irving C.I.E. O.B.E L.C.S who Financial
Commissioner Revenue Punjab till 15th February,1934 and is issued under the
authority of the Financial Commissioner, Revenue, Punjab.
With this manual should be read chapters IX to XIII of the Land
Administration Manual and chapter XIV and appendices VII to XI and XXI of the
Settlement Manual.
A.LATIFI
Financial Commissioner , Revenue, Punjab.
The 15th September,1935
PREFACE
TO THE SECOND EDITION
The Punjab Land Records Manual was compiled and issued during the year
1935. A thorough revision of the Manual became necessary as a very large number
of provisions have been amended from time to time. In fact a large number of prvisions have no applicability now in
the changed circumstances.
The Manual has been revised and brought up-to. date. The Punjab Kanungo
Service Rules,1945, have been incorporated in the revised . The new rules will
be issued separately when finalized .
I.C.Puri,
CHANDIGARH
Financial
Commissioner, Revenue, Punjab.
The 1st October ,1973
PREFACE
TO THE THIRD EDITION
The Punjab Land Records Manual 1935 was updated in the year 1973.
A further revision was necessary in view of a number of amendments made from
time to time. The copies of the
second revised edition is essential in view of the number of amendments made
since 1973.
This edition of the Punjab Land Records Manual has been updated
incorporating all amendments till date with the view to affect more clarity. I
hope this revised edition will be extremely useful to the revenue officers of
the State.
GURBINDER CHAHAL,
CHANDIGARH
Financial
Commissioner ,
Revenue,
Punjab.
The 8th June,2004
CHAPTER
1
THE DIRECTOR OF LAND RECORDS
[Replaces
standing order No.9, original issue dated 16th June, 1909, revised
issue, dated 22nd December,1916. Second Revised Issue, dated
2nd September 1929.]
Note: -For an
account of the duties and origin of the office of Director of Land Records, see
paragraphs 207, 271, 274 and 275 of the Land Administration Manual.
1.1.
The Director of Land Records deals with the following:-
(a)
Land records, the kanungo and Patwari establishment and Patwari Revenue
Training School and its establishment.(His duties with regard to settlements are
defined in parts B and C of appendix VI to the Settlement Manual),
(b)
Crops and price reports, returns of agricultural statistics and the
cattle census,
(c)
Rain gauges.
Note:- In dealing with (b) the Director consults the
Director of Agriculture in all important matters.
1.2
The Director is the Head of Department as regards
income from :
(1)
Mutation
fees;
(2) Copying
and inspection fees of Patwari’s records;
(3)
Copying fee for the preparation of produce statement, and five-yearly abstracts of
Yields; and
Rule
of correspondence with local authorities . | |
(4) All
expenditure on contingencies connected with the kanungo and Patwari
establishment and with the revenue records.
1.3.
In cases where sanction to incur expenditure is required or in which
Government have to be addressed, the Director of Land Records shall write to the
Financial Commissioner officially. Otherwise he will usually obtain the orders
of the Financial Commissioner unofficially through the Revenue Secretary
concerned, and in issuing orders so obtained will use the secretarial form of
address.
On matters of
routine or detail, the Director addresses Deputy Commissioners direct, but in
important matters he writes to them through the Commissioner.
1.4.
A separate inspection minute book with butts should be kept at each
tehsil office and a copy of the notes written by the Director of Land Records
should be pasted into this book. The Director of Land Records should put, in the
ordinary tehsil inspection book, a note:-
“Inspected on_______See separate
book".
A separate minute book shall also be maintained
at the district office for the record of notes on the inspection of the district
Kanugo’s Office and the Revenue Record-room by the Commissioner, the Deputy
Commissioner, the officer-in-charge of Revenue Branches and the Director of Land
Records.
1.5.
In the case of districts not under settlement, all reports by the
Director of Land Records regarding his inspections of the land record shall be
submitted by him to Commissioners, who will themselves dispose of them or if
they think it necessary, forward them for the information or orders of the
Financial Commissioner.
In case of district under settlement, the Director shall submit his
reports to the Financial Commissioner who will return them with his orders
through the Commissioner.
1.6.
Deleted
1.7.
The following is a list of reports and returns submitted by the
Director of Land Records, Punjab:-
|
No. |
Name
of the report or return |
Period
covered |
REMARKS |
|
|
Economic
and Statistical Adviser to Government of India, Ministry of Agriculture,
New Delhi |
.. |
A
copy is forwarded to:- |
|
1.
|
Retail
sale prices current return |
Fortnight |
|
|
2.
|
Wholesale
price current return
Director
General of Observatories |
Do |
Ditto |
|
3.
|
Rainfall
returns |
Month |
Ditto |
|
4.
|
Annual
statement of rainfall |
Year |
Ditto |
|
5.
|
Report
on the working of rain gauges Financial
Commissioners |
Year |
.. |
|
6.
|
Departmental
Report of Director of Land Records |
Year |
Economic
and Statistical Adviser to the Government of India, Ministry of
Agriculture, New Delhi. |
|
7.
|
Season
and Crop Report of Punjab |
Do |
Ditto |
|
8.
|
The
statement showing the approximate yield per hectare of principal crops in
each district |
Do |
Ditto |
REVENUE DEPARTMENT
Notification
The
24th June, 1976
No. G.S.R.
80/Const./Art. 309/76.-In
exercise of the powers conferred by the proviso to article 309 of the
Constitution of India and all other powers enabling him in this behalf, the
Governor of Punjab is pleased to make the following rules for regulating the
recruitment and conditions of service of persons appointed to the Punjab Land
Records (State Service Class III), namely:-
PART-I-GENERAL
Short
title and commencement | |
1. (i) These
rules may be called the Punjab Land Records (State Service Class III) Rules,
1976.
(ii) They shall come into force on the
date of their first publication in the official Gazette.
2.
In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires.-
(a)
“Cadre” means the strength of the service or a part thereof;
(b)
“Director” means the Director of Land Records, Punjab;
(c)
“Direct appointment” means an appointment made otherwise than by
promotion, or by transfer of an official already in the service of
Government of
India or a State Government;
(d)
“Government” means the Punjab Government in the Revenue Department;
(e)
“Recognised University” or “Institution” means
(i)
any university or institution incorporated by law in any of the States of
India, or
(ii)
in the case of degrees or diplomas obtained as a result of examinations
held before
15th August, 1947, the Punjab, Sindh or Dacca, university, or
(iii)
any other university or institution which is declared to be a recognised
university or institution for the purpose
of these rules;
(f)
“recruiting authority” means the Punjab Subordinate Service Selection
Board or any other authority authorised or by the Government to make recruitment
of persons to the Service.
(g)
“Service” means the Punjab Land Records (State Service Class III).
PART II-Recruitment to posts
and qualifications
3.
The service shall comprise the posts shown in Appendix ‘A’ to these
rules:
Provided
that nothing in these rules shall effect the inherent right of Government to
make additions or reductions in the cadre of the Service or create new posts
with different designations and scales of pay whether permanently or
temporarily.
4.
(i) Appointment to the post of Chief Instructor (Naib-Tehsildar) shall be
made by the Commissioner, Jullundur Division.
(ii)
Appointment to other posts shall be made by the Director.
5.
No person shall be appointed to the Service, unless he is -
(a)
a citizen of India;
(b)
a subject of Nepal; or
(c)
a subject of Bhutan; or
(d)
a Tibetan refugee who came over to India before the Ist January,
1962, with the intention of permanently settling in India; or
(e)
a person of Indian origin
who has migrated from Pakistan, Burma
Ceylon and East African countries of Kenya, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania (formerly Tanganika and
Zanzibar) with the
Intention of permanently settling in India:
Provided
that a candidate belonging to
categories (b) (c) ,(d) and (e) shall be a person in whose favour a certificate
of eligibility has been given by the competent authority and if he belongs to
category (e) the certificate of eligibility will be issued for a period of one
year, after which such candidate will be retained in service subject to his
having acquired Indian citizenship.
(2)
A candidate in whose case a certificate of eligibility is necessary may
be admitted to an examination or interview conducted by the Director or any
other recruiting authority on his furnishing proof that he has applied for the
certificate and he may also provisionally be appointed subject to necessary
certificate being given to him by the Government of India.
(3) No
person shall be appointed to the service by direct recruitment unless he
produces a certificate of character from the principal academic officer of the
university, college, school or institution last attended, if any, and similar
certificate from two responsible persons, not being his relatives who are well
acquainted with him in his private life and are unconnected with his university,
college, school or institution.
(6) No
person-
(a) who
has entered into or contracted a marriage with a person having a spouse living ;
or
(b) who,
having a spouse living, has entered into or contracted a marriage with
any person;
shall be eligible for appointment to the service:
Provided that the Government may, if satisfied that such marriage is
permissible under the personal law applicable to such person and the other party
to the marriage and there are other grounds for so doing , exempt any person
from the operation of this rule.
7.
No person shall be appointed to the Service by direct appointment if he
is less than 17 years and more than 27 years of age on the date of appointment
or of such age as may, from time to time, be fixed by the Government:
Provided that in the case of candidates belonging to Scheduled Castes,
Scheduled Tribes and other backward classes the upper age limit shall be such as
may from time to time be fixed by the Government.
8.
No person shall be appointed to any post in
the Service by direct appointment unless he has passed the examination in
Punjabi of the Matriculation or its equivalent standard and also possesses
educational and other qualifications as are specified in Appendix ‘D’ to these
rules.
9.
(1) Appointment to the Service shall be made
in the manner indicated below:-
a)
in the case of
Superintendent-
(i)
by promotion from amongst the Assistants and Senior Scale Stenographer;
or
(ii) by
transfer or deputation of an official already in Government Service, not below
the rank of an Assistant or its equivalent;
(b)
in case of Chief Instructor
(Naib-Tehsildar) by transfer from amongst Naib-Tehsildars of Jullundur
Division;
(c)
in case of Assistant- by
promotion from amongst or by the selection from amongst assistants,
stenographers, clerks, steno-typist employed in Government department other then
the Director's office;
(d)
in the case of Senior Scale
Stenographer-
(i)
by selection from amongst the
clerks who qualify in test in shorthand and typewriting, or
(ii)
by transfer of persons already
in Government service, or
(iii)
by direct
appointment;
(e)
in the case of
Instructor(kanungo)-
by transfer
of a member of the Punjab Kanungo Service in consultation with the Collector
concerned;
(f)
in the case of Clerk-
(i)
by transfer of a clerk or a patwari working in
any other office in the Punjab State; or
(ii)
by direct recruitment,
(g)
in the case of Mapper-
(i)
by transfer of a Settlement Mapper or
(ii)
by direct appointment.
(2)
When any post in Service falls vacant, or is about to fall vacant,the
appointing authority shall decide in what manner the vacancy is to be filed.
All appointments to the posts in the Service by promotion shall made on
the basis of seniority-cum-merit and no member of the Service shall have any
right for promotion merely on the basis of seniority.
Part III- Conditions of
Service
|
|
Probation
of Members of Service | |
10(1) Members of the Service
shall remain on probation for a period of two years if recruited by direct
appointment and one year if recruited otherwise:
Provided that-
(a)
any period after such appointment spent on
deputation on corresponding or a higher post shall count towards the period of
probation fixed under this rule;
(b)
in the case of an appointment by transfer, any
period of work in equivalent or higher rank, prior to appointment to the Service
may in the discretion of appointing authority, be allowed to count towards the
period of probation; and
(c)
any period of officiating appointment to
theService shall be reckoned as period spent on probation, but no person who has
so officiated shall, on the completion of the prescribed period of probation, be
entitled to be confirmed unless he is appointed against permanent vacancy.
(2)
If, in the opinion of the appointing authority, the work or conduct of a
person during the period of probation is not satisfactory, it may-
(a)
If such person is recruited by direct appointment dispense with his
services; and
(b)
if such person is recruited otherwise,
(i)
revert him to former post; or
(ii)
deal with him in such other manner as the terms and conditions of the
previous appointment permit.
(3)
On the completion of period of probation of a person, the appointing
authority may-
(a)
if his work or conduct, has, in its opinion, been satisfactory;
(i)
confirm such person from the date of his appointment, if appointed
against permanent vacancy; or
(ii) confirm
such person from the date from which a permanent vacancy; or
(iii) declare that he
has completed his probation satisfactorily, if there is no permanent vacancy; or
(b)
if his work or conduct has not been in its opinion, satisfactory-
(i)
dispense with his services, if appointed by direct appointment, or if
appointed otherwise, revert him to his former post, or deal with him in such
other manner as the term and conditions of his previous appointment permit;
or
(ii) extend his
period of probation and thereafter pass such orders as it could have passed on
the expiry of the first period of probation.
11.
The seniority inter se of
members of Service in each cadre shall be determined by their continuous
appointments to that cadre of Service:
Provided that in the case of members recruited by direct appointment, the
order of merit determined by the recruiting authority shall not be disturbed in
fixing the seniority and persons appointed as a result of an earlier selection
shall be senior to those appointed as a result of subsequent selection:
Provided further that in the case of two or more members appointed on the
same date, seniority shall be determined as follows:-
(a)
a member recruited by direct appointment shall be
senior to a member recruited otherwise;
(b)
a member appointed by a promotion shall be senior
to a person appointed by transfer; and
(c)
in the case of members appointed by promotion or
transfer seniority shall be determined according to the seniority such members
in the cadre which they were promoted or transferred; and
(d)
in the case of members appointed by transfer from
different cadres seniority shall be determined according to pay preference being
given to a member who was drawing a higher rate of pay in his previous
appointment and if the rates of pay drawn are also the same then by the length
of service in those appointments; and if the length of such service is also the
same, an older member shall be senior to a younger member.
Note: 1.
This rule shall not apply to members appointed on purely provisional
basis
Note: 2
In the case of members whose period of probation is extended under rule
10, the date of appointment for the purpose of this rule shall be deemed to have
been deferred to the extent the period of probation is extended.
12. Members of
the Service shall be entitled to such scales of pay including special pay, if
any, as may be authorised by Government from time to time. The scales of pay at present in
force in respect of specified posts are given in Appendix ‘A’ to these
rules.
13. A member of
the Service may be transferred by the Government to any post whether included in
any other Service or not, on the same terms and conditions as are specified in
rule 3.17 of the Punjab Civil Services Rules, Vol .I, Par
.I.
14. A member of
the Service shall be liable to serve at any place, whether within or without the
State of Punjab on being ordered so to do by the appointing
authority.
15. In respect
of leave, pension and all other matters not expressly provided for in these
rules, members of the service shall be governed by such rules and regulations as
may have been or may hereafter be adopted or framed by competent authority under
article 309 of the Constitution of India or any law for the time being in force
and rules made thereunder:
Leave,
Pension or other matters. | |
16. In matters
relating to discipline, punishment and appeals, members of the Service shall be
governed by the Punjab Civil Services (Punishment and Appeal) Rules, 1970, as
amended from time to time:
Provided that the nature of penalties which may be imposed to the
authority empowered to impose such penalties and the appellate authority shall
be as specified in Appendix ‘B’ to these rules.
(2)
The authority competent to pass an order under Rule 15 of the said Rules
and the appellate authority shall also be as specified in Appendix ‘C’ to these
rules.
17.
Every member of the Service, unless he has already done so, shall be
required to take the oath of allegiance to India and to the Constitution of
India as by law established.
18. Where the
Government is of opinion that it is necessary or expedient to do so, it may, by
order, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any of the provisions of
these rules with respect to any class or category of persons.
19. The Punjab
Land Records Subordinate Services Rules, 1944, are hereby repealed:
Provided that any order made or action taken under the rules so repealed
shall be deemed to have been made or taken under the corresponding provisions of
these rules.
R.S.
Talwar,
Secretary to Government,
Punjab,
Revenue
Department.
APPENDIX –A
|
S.
No. |
Designation
|
Number
of posts |
Grade |
|
Permanent |
Temporary |
Total |
|
1 |
Superintendent
|
1 |
.. |
1 |
400-25-500/30-650 |
|
2 |
Chief
Instructor (Naib Tehsildar) |
1 |
.. |
1 |
225-15-360/20-500 |
|
3 |
Assistants
|
2 |
2 |
4 |
160-10-280/15-400 |
|
4 |
Senior
Scale Stenographer |
1 |
.. |
1 |
160-10-280/15-400 |
|
5 |
Instructors
(Kanungo) |
6 |
.. |
6 |
140-6-170/8-210/10-300
plus Rs.25 per mensem as Special pay |
|
6 |
Clerks |
10 |
9 |
19 |
110-4-130/5-180-6-210/8-250 |
|
7 |
Mapper |
1 |
.. |
1 |
110-4-130/5-180-6-210/8-250 |
APPENDIX-B
|
S.
No. |
Nature
of penalty |
Designation
of officials |
Punishing
Authority |
Appellate
Authority |
|
(i) |
Censure |
1.
Chief Instructor (Naib Tehsildar) |
Commissioner
Jullundur Division |
Financial
Commissioner, Revenue |
|
(ii) |
withholding of his promotion |
|
(iii) |
recovery
from his pay of the whole or part of any pecuniary loss caused by him to
the Government by negligence or breach or orders;
|
2.Superin
tendent
3.
Senior Scale Stenographer
4.
Instructors
(Kanungos)
5.
Clerks
6.
Mapper |
Director,
Land Records |
|
(iv) |
withholding
of increments of pay; |
|
(v)
|
reduction
to a lower stage in the time scale of pay for a specified period with
further directions as to whether or not the Government employee will
earn increments of pay during
the period of such reduction and whether on the expiry of such period, the
reduction will or will not have the effect of postponing the future
increments of his pay; |
|
|
|
|
(vi) |
reduction
to a lower time-scale of pay, grade, post or service which shall
ordinarily be a bar to the promotion of the Government employee to the
time-scale of pay, grade, post or service from which he was reduced, with
or without further directions regarding conditions of restoration to the
grade or post or service from which the Government employee was reduced
and his seniority and pay on such restoration to that grade, post or
service; |
|
|
|
|
(vii) |
compulsory
retirement |
|
|
|
|
(viii) |
removal
from service which shall not be a disqualification for future employment
under the Government |
|
|
|
|
(ix) |
Dismissal
from service which shall ordinarily be a disqualification for future
employment under the Government. |
|
|
|
APPENDIX-C
[Referred to in Rule 15 of the Punjab Civil
Services (Punishment and Appeal) Rules, 1970]
|
S.No. |
Nature
of Order |
Designation
of official |
Authority
competent to pass orders |
Appellate
Authority |
|
(i) |
An
order of suspension made or deemed to have been made under rule 4 of the
Punjab Civil Services (Punishment and Appeal) Rules,
1970
|
1.
Chief Instructor (Naib Tehsildar) |
Commissioner
Jullundur Division |
|
|
(ii) |
An
order enhancing any penalty imposed under rule 5 of the Punjab Civil
Service (Punishment and Appeal) Rules 1970 |
2. Superin
tendent
3. Assistants
|
|
|
|
II |
an
order which
(a)
denies or varies to his disadvantage, his pay allowance, pension or other
conditions of services as regulated by the rules of by agreement;
|
4.
Senior Scale Stenographer
5.
Instructors
(Kanungo)
6.
Clerks
7.
Mappers
|
Director,Land
Record,Punjab |
Financial
Commissioner Revenue |
|
|
(b)
interprets to his disadvantage the provisions of any such rule or
agreement: |
|
|
|
|
|
An
Order -
(a)
stopping him at the efficiency bar in the time scale of pay on the ground
of his unfitness to cross the bar; |
|
|
(b)
reverting him while officiating in higher service, grade, or post, to
lower service, grade or post, otherwise than as a penalty;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
reducing of withholding the pension or denying the maximum pension
admissible to him under the rules; |
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
determining the subsistence and other allowances to be paid to him for the
period of suspension of for the period during which he is deemed to be
under suspension or for any portion thereof; or |
|
|
|
|
|
(e)
determining his pay and allowance - |
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
for the period of suspension ; or |
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
for the period from the date of his dismissal, removal or compulsory
retirement from service, or from the date of his reduction to a lower
service grade, post time scale
or stage in a time scale of pay to the date of his retirement or
restoration to his service, grade or post ; or |
|
|
|
|
|
(f)
determining whether or not the period from the date of suspension or from
the date of his dismissal, removal, compulsory retirement or reduction to
a lower service, grade, post, time scale of pay or stage, in a time scale
of pay to the date of his re-instatement or restoration to his service,
grade of post shall be treated as a period spent on duty for any purpose.
|
|
|
|
APPENDIX – D
(Referred to in Rule 8)
(a) In
the case of appointment to the post of Senior- scale stenographer- he is a
graduate of a recognised university or Institution or its equivalent and has a
speed of 100 words per minute in short-hand and 20 words per minute for
transcribing it in typewriting.
(b) In
the case of Clerk, has passed the Matriculation Examination of a recognised
university or institution or its
equivalent.
(c)
In the case of Mapper, has passed the Draftsman’s Diploma Course from any
recognised Engineering Institute.
CHAPTER - 2
KANUNGOS
This chapter supersedes Standing
Order No. 19.Original issue, dated 29th November, 1909. Reprint, dated 9th
August, 1913, Second reprint; dated 25th July, 1918. Third reprint dated, 16th
October, 1925.
Note.- In connection with this
chapter, paragraphs 293-304 and 400, 401 and 403 of the Land Administration
Manual and paragraphs 228, 236 and 576 of the settlement manual should be
read.
INDEX
Part A
(i)
The Punjab Kanungos (ClassIII)
Service Rules, 1994
(ii)
The Punjab Kanungos Departmental
Examination Regulations
, 1998
(iii)
The Punjab Kanungos Departmental
Examination
Regulations (First Amendment), 2000
(iv)
The Punjab Kanungos(Training)
Regulations,1998
Part B
Executive
Orders
I
Kanungo candidates
Deleted
II
Settlement Kanungos
DO
III
Settlement Mappers
Do
IV
Kanungo Staff
2.21 & 2.22
V
General
2.25, 2.29 to 2.31, 2.33,
2.36
& 2.37
VI
Pay & Allowances
Deleted
VII
Travelling Allowance
Do
VIII
Duties of Field Kanungos
2.45 to 2.53
IX
Duties of Tehsil Office Kanungos
2.54 to 2.57
X
Duties of District Kanungos
2.58 to 2.61, 2.63 to 2.67
PART A- RULES &
REGULATIONS
GOVERNMENT OF
PUNJAB
DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
AND REHABILITATION
Notification
The 9th
November, 1994
No. G.S.R. 73/Const./Art.309 and P.A. 17/1887/S.28/94- In exercise of the
powers conferred by the proviso to article 309 of the Constitution of India read
with section 28 of the Punjab Land Revenue Act, 1887 (Act 17 of 1887) and all
other powers enabling him in this behalf, the Governor of Punjab is pleased to
make the following rules for regulating the recruitment and the conditions of
service of the persons appointed to the Punjab Kanungos (Class III) service,
namely: -
1.
Short title and application- (1)
These rules may be called the Punjab Kanungos (Class III) Service Rules,
1994.
(2)
They shall apply to the posts specified in Appendix 'A' to these
rules.
2.
Definitions- In these rules, unless the context
otherwise requires,
(a)
'Board' means the Punjab Subordinate
Service Selection Board or any other authority constituted to perform its
functions;
(b)
'Collector' means the Collector of a
District and includes the Settlement Officer appointed as such for doing
settlement operations in the State;
(c)
'Commissioner' means the
Commissioner of Division;
(d)
'Direct appointment' means an
appointment made otherwise than by promotion or by transfer of a person already
in the service of Government of India or of a State Government.
(e)
'Financial Commissioner' means the
Financial Commissioner Revenue or any other officer authorised by general or
special order by the Government to perform the functions of the Financial
Commissioner under these rules;
(f)
'Government' means the Government of
the State of Punjab in the Department of Revenue and Rehabilitation;
(g)
'Kanungo' includes District Kanungo,
the Assistant District Kanungo, Office Kanungo, Special Kanungo Thur, Field
Kanungo and Settlement Kanungo;
(h)
'Patwari' means the Patwari as defined in the
Punjab Revenue Patwaris (Class III) Service Rules, 1966:
(i)
'recognised university or
Institution' means :-
(i)
any university or institution incorporated by law in any of the States
of India; or
(ii)
any other university or institution which is
declared by the Government to be a recognized university or institution for the
purpose of these rules;
(j)
'regulations' means regulations
framed under rule 13 of these rules;
(k)
'Service' means the Punjab Kanungo
(Class III) Service.
3.
Number and Character of Posts-The Service shall comprise
the posts specified in Appendix 'A' to these rules:
Provided that nothing in these rules shall affect the inherent right of
the Government to add to or reduce the number of such posts or to create new
posts with different designations and scales of pay, whether permanently or
temporarily.
4.
Appointing authority- All
appointments to the Service shall be made by the Collector.
5.
Nationality, domicile and character of
candidates-(1) No person shall be appointed to the service unless he
is:-
(a)
a citizen of India; or
(b)
a citizen of Nepal; or
(c)
a subject of Bhutan; or
(d)
a Tibetan refugee who came over to India
before the first day of January, 1962, with the intention of permanently
settling in India; or
(e)
a person of Indian origin who has migrated from
Pakistan, Burma, Sri Lanka and East African Countries of Kenya, Uganda, the
United Republic of Tanzania (formerly Tanganyika and Zenzibar) Zambia, Malawi,
Zaire, Ethopia and Vietnam with the intention of permanently settling in
India;
(1)
Provided that a candidate belonging to any of the categories (b), (c),
(d) and (e) shall be a person in whose favour a certificate of eligibility has
been given by the Government of Punjab in the Department of Home Affairs and
Justice.
(2)
A Candidate in whose case a certificate of
eligibility is necessary may be admitted to an examination or interview
conducted by the Board on his furnishing proof that he has applied for the
certificate but he shall not be given an appointment until the certificate of
eligibility has been issued in his favour by the Government of Punjab in the
Department of Home Affairs and Justice.
(3)
No Person shall be recruited to the Service by
direct appointment unless he produces:-
(a)
a certificate of character from the principal,
academic officer of the university, college, school or institution last
attended, if any and similar certificates from two responsible persons not being
has relatives, who are well acquainted with him in his private life and are
unconnected with his university, college, school or institution ; and
(b)
an affidavit to the effect that he was never
convicted for any criminal offence involving moral turpitude and that he was
never dismissed or removed from service of any state Government or the
Government of India or any Public sector Undertaking.
6.
Disqualifications:- No Person,-
(a)
Who has entered into or contracted a marriage
with a person having a spouse living; or
(b)
who having a spouse living, has entered into or
contracted a marriage with any person;
shall be
eligible for appointment to the Service:
Provided that the Government may, if satisfied that such marriage is
permissible under the personal law applicable to such person and the other party
to the marriage and that there are other grounds for so doing, exempt any person
from the operation of this rule.
7.
Age:- (1) No person shall be recruited to the
service by direct appointment, if
he is less than eighteen years or is more than thirty years of age on the first
day of January of the year immediately preceding the last date fixed, for
submission of applications, by the Board or unless he is within such range of
minimum and maximum age limits as may be specifically fixed by the Punjab
government from time to time.
Provided that the condition of upper age limit may be relaxed upto forty
five years in the case of persons already in the employment of the Punjab
Government, other State Government or the Government of India:
Provided further that the appointing authority may for reasons to be
recorded in writing, relax the upper age limit for a category or class of
persons:
Provided further that in the case of candidates belonging to Scheduled
Castes and other Backward classes, the upper age limit shall be such, as may be
fixed by the Punjab Government from time to time.
(2) For age limits in the case of recruitment of Ex-servicemen, the
provisions of rule 6 of the Punjab recruitment of Ex-servicemen Rules, 1982, as
amended from time to time shall apply.
(3) In the case of appointment on compassionate grounds or priority
basis, the upper age limit shall be such as may specifically be fixed by the
Punjab Government from time to time.
8.
Method of appointment and qualifications: -
(1) All appointments to a cadre of the service shall be made District
wise and in the following manner, namely:-
(i)in the case of District Kanungos, hundred percent by promotion from
amongst the Assistant District Kanungos, Field Kanungos, Special Kanungos, Thur,
Office Kanungos and Settlement Kanungos working in the same cadre, who have an
experience of working as such for a minimum period of two years and who have
qualified the examination specified in the regulations.
(ii)in the case of Kanungos,-
(a) fifteen percent by direct appointment;
(b)
eighty-five percent by promotion from amongst the
Patwaris who have an experience of working as such for a minimum period of ten years in the district to which the
posts relate; and have undergone refresher course as specified in Appendix 'B'
to these rules;
(c) by absorption of the retrenched or likely to be
retrenched officials of equivalent rank working in the Directorate of
Consolidation of Holdings, Punjab;
Provided that the retrenched or likely to be retrenched officials shall
be adjusted by absorption against the promotion quota,
Provided further that the appointment by promotion shall, at no given
time, be less than seventy- five percent.
(2) No person
shall be recruited to the Service by direct appointment unless-
(i)
he has passed the 10+2 or its equivalent
examination from a recognised university, board or other institution; and
(ii)
possesses knowledge of Punjabi language of
Matriculation standard or its equivalent;
Provided that if a person appointed on compassionate grounds or priority
basis does not possess knowledge of
Punjabi language of Matriculation standard or its equivalent, he shall
have to acquire the same or he shall have to qualify a test conducted by the
language wing of the Department or Education of the Punjab Government, within a
period of six months of the date of his appointment:
(3) All
appointments to the service by promotion shall be made on the basis of
seniority-cum merit and no person shall have any right for promotion on the bass
of seniority alone.
9.
Departmental Examination and Training-
A person appointed to the Service by direct appointment shall be
required to qualify such departmental examination and to undergo satisfactorily
such course of training as may be specified in the regulations:
10.
Probation- (1) A person appointed to
the Service shall remain on probation for a period of two years if recruited by
direct appointment and one year, if recruited otherwise:
Provided that-
(a)
any period after such appointment, spent on
deputation on a corresponding or higher post, shall count towards the period of
probation;
(b)
any period of officiating appointment to the
Service shall be reckoned as period spent on probation:
(c)
in the case of appointment by absorption of the
retrenched officials, any period of work on an equivalent or higher rank, prior
to appointment to the Service, shall count towards the period of probation;
and
(d)
any kind of leave, not exceeding six months
during or at the end of the period of probation, shall be counted towards the
period of probation.
(2) If, in the opinion of the appointing authority, the work or conduct
of a person during the period of probation is not satisfactory or if he has
failed to pass the prescribed departmental examination within a period not
exceeding two and a half years from the date of appointment, it may-
(a)
if such a person is recruited by direct
appointment, dispense with his services or revert him to a post on which he held
lien prior to his appointment to the Service by direct appointment; and
(b)
if such person is appointed otherwise-
(i)
revert him to his former post: or
(ii)
deal with him in such other manner as the terms
and conditions of the previous appointment permit.
3.
On the completion of the period of probation of a person the appointing
authority may-
(a)
if his work and conduct has, in its opinion, been satisfactory-
(i)
confirm such person, from the date of his
appointment or from the date he completes his period of probation satisfactorily
if he is not already confirmed ; or
(ii)
declare that he has completed his probation
satisfactorily, if he is already confirmed : or
(b)
if his work or conduct has not been, in its opinion, satisfactory or if
he has failed to pass the prescribed Departmental Examination,-
(i)
dispense with his services, if appointed by
direct appointment or if appointed otherwise revert him to his former post or
deal with him in such other manner as the terms and conditions of his previous
appointment may permit ; or
(ii)
extend his period of probation and thereafter,
pass such order as it could have passed on the expiry of the period of probation
as specified in sub-rule (1):
Provided that the total period of probation including extension, if any,
shall not exceed three years.
11.
Seniorty:- The seniorty inter-se of the members of
the service in each cadre shall be determined by the length of continuous
service on such post in that cadre of the Service:
Provided that in the case of members recruited by the direct appointment
who join within the period specified in the order of appointment or within such
period as may be extended from time to time by the appointing authority subject
to a maximum of four months from the date of order of appointment, the order of
merit determined by the Board shall not be disturbed:
Provided further that in case a candidate is permitted to join the
service after the expiry of the said period of four months in consultation with
the Board, his seniority shall be determined from the date he joins the
Service:
Provided further that in case a candidate of the next selection has
joined the service before the candidate referred to in the preceding proviso
joins, the candidate so referred shall be placed below all the candidates of the
next selection who joins with in the time specified in the first proviso:
Provided further that in the case of two or more persons appointed on the
same date, their seniority shall be determined as follows:-
(a)
a member recruited by direct appointment shall be senior to a
person recruited otherwise ;
(b)
a member appointed by promotion shall be senior
to a member appointed by absorption from the retrenched or likely to be
retrenched officials of the Directorate of Consolidation of Holdings, Punjab.
and
(c)
in the case of members appointed by promotion or
by absorption, seniority shall be determined according to the seniority of such
members in the appointments from which they were promoted or absorbed.
Note: - The seniority of members
appointed on purely provisional basis or on ad-hoc basis, shall be determined in
the light of instructions issued on the subject by the Punjab Government from
time to time.
12.
Pay, Leave, pension and other matters of
members of the Service: - (1) The members of the service shall be
entitled to such scale of pay, including special pay, if any, as may be
authorised by the Punjab Government from time to time. The scales of pay at
present, in force, in respect of the members of the service are given in
Appendix 'A' to these rules.
(2) In respect
of leave, pension and all other matters not expressly provided for in these
rules, the members of the Service shall be governed by such law, rules and
regulations as may have been or may hereafter be adopted or framed by the
competent authority.
13.
Framing of regulations- The
Financial Commissioner may make regulations consistent with these rules for
carrying out the purposes of these rules.
14.
Liability to serve- A member of the
service shall be liable to serve at any place, whether within or out of the
State of Punjab, on being ordered
so to do-
(a)
by the Collector within the district :
(b)
by the Commissioner within the Division ; and
(c)
by the Financial Commissioner, at any place
whether within or out of the State of Punjab.
15.
Liability of members of Service to transfer-
A member of the Service may be transferred by the Government to any
post, whether included in any other Service or not, on the same terms and
conditions as are specified in rule 3.17 of the Punjab Civil Services Rules,
Volume I, Part I.
16.
Discipline penalties and appeals-
(1) In the matter of discipline, punishment and appeals, the members of the
service shall be governed by the Punjab Civil Services (Punishment and Appeal)
Rules, 1970, as amended from time to time.
(2)
The authority empowered to impose penalties as specified in rule 5 of
the Punjab Civil Services (Punishment and
Appeal) Rules 1970 and the appellate authority thereunder in respect of the
members of the Service, shall be as
specified in Appendix 'C' to these rules.
(3)
The authority competent to hear an appeal against an order specified in
rule 15 of the Punjab Civil Services (Punishment and Appeal) Rules, 1970 other
than an order imposing any of the penalties as specified in Appendix 'C' to
these rules, shall be as specified in Appendix 'D' to these rules.
17.
Liability for vaccination and
re-vaccination- Every member of the Service shall get himself vaccinated
or re-vaccinated when Punjab Government so directs by a special or general
order.
18.
Oath of allegiance- Every member of
the Service, unless he has already done so shall be required to take oath of
allegiance to India and to the Constitution of India as by law established.
19.
Debarring for consideration for promotion of
a Government employee who refuses to accept promotion- In the event of
refusal to accept promotion by a member of the Service, he shall be debarred by
the appointing authority from consideration for promotion for all the
consecutive chances which may occur in future within a period of two years from
the date of such refusal to accept promotion :
Provided that in a case where the appointing authority is satisfied that
a member of the Service has refused to accept promotion under the circumstances
beyond his control, it may exempt such a member for reasons to be recorded
therefore in writing, from the operation of the rule.
20.
Power to relax:- Where the
Government is of the opinion on that it is necessary or expedient so to do, it
may, by order for reasons to be recorded un writing, relax any of the provision
of these rules with respect to any class or category of persons:
provided that the provisions relating to educational qualifications and
experience shall not be relaxed .
21.
Interpretation of rules:- If any question arises as to the
interpretation of these rules, the Government shall decide the same.
22.
Repeal and saving:-
The Punjab Kanungos Service (State Service Class III) Rules,
1976, in so far as these are applicable to the members of the Service are hereby
repealed :
Provided that any order issued or action taken under the rules so
repealed, shall be deemed to have been issued or taken under the corresponding
provisions of these rules.
|
Sr.
No. |
Name
of District |
|
Number
of Field Kanungos |
Number
of office kanungos |
Number
of Assistant District kanungos |
Special
Kanungos Thur |
|
|
|
|
Permanent |
Temporary |
|
|
|
|
1. |
Amritsar |
1 |
23 |
20 |
5 |
2 |
1 |
|
2. |
Bathinda |
1 |
16 |
12 |
3 |
2 |
.. |
|
3 |
Ferozepur |
1 |
21 |
14 |
4 |
2 |
1 |
|
4 |
Fairdkot |
1 |
20 |
15 |
4 |
2 |
.. |
|
5 |
Gurdaspur |
1 |
24 |
19 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
|
6 |
Hoshirapur |
1 |
30 |
17 |
5 |
2 |
1 |
|
7 |
Jalandhar |
1 |
32 |
20+1* |
4 |
2 |
*for
DLR |
|
8 |
Kapurthala |
1 |
11 |
7 |
3 |
2 |
.. |
|
9 |
Ludhiana |
1 |
27 |
19 |
6 |
2 |
.. |
|
10 |
Patiala |
1 |
24 |
3 |
4 |
2 |
1 |
|
11 |
Roop
Nagar |
1 |
15 |
10 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
|
12 |
Sangrur |
1 |
24 |
15 |
4 |
2 |
1 |
|
13 |
Mansa |
1 |
2 |
9 |
3 |
3 |
.. |
|
14 |
Fatehgarh
Sahib |
1 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
.. |
|
|
Total |
14 |
285 |
186 |
55 |
30 |
7 |
|
PART-II |
|
Serial
No. |
Name of
The Post |
Scale of
Pay (Rs.) |
|
1 |
District
Kanungo |
5480-160-5800-200-7000-220-8100-275-8925
plus Rs.200 as spl allowance |
|
2 |
Assistant District
Kanungo |
4550-150-5000-160-5800-200-7000-220-7220 |
|
3 |
Office
Kanungo |
4550-150-5000-160-5800-200-7000-220-7220 |
|
4 |
Field Kanungo |
4550-150-5000-160-5800-200-7000-220-7220 |
|
5 |
Special Kanungo Thur |
4550-150-5000-160-5800-200-7000-220-7220 |
|
6 |
Settlement Kanungo |
4550-150-5000-160-5800-200-7000-220-7220 |
APPENDIX 'B'
(see rule 8(3))
Refresher Course
Every patwari
will be required to undergo a Refresher Course in the subjects herein after
specified which shall be conducted by the Director, Land Records, Punjab, from
time to time: -
|
S.No |
Subjects |
Details |
|
1 |
Land
Records Manual |
Chapter
Nos. 2,3,4 (Part-B), 7,8,9,10,18 Paragraphs 13.16 and 20 so for it is
connected with the Statements A, B and C of the Land Records
Manual. |
|
2 |
Standing
Orders |
Standing
order Nos. 1 and 64 and other Standing orders relating to suspension and
remission of the Land Revenue. |
|
3 |
Settlement
Manual |
Appendix
VII, IX and XXI of the Settlement Manual. |
|
4 |
Census |
Live-Stock
(Cattle-Census) and Agricultural Census |
|
5 |
Elections |
Preparation
of electoral rolls and all other instructions relating to the election
work. |
|
6 |
Patwari
Mensuration Manual |
Viva-voce
in Patwari Mensuration Manual. |
2.
The Refresher course shall be conducted for
imparting training to the senior most patwari eligible for promotion as
Kanungos.
3.
The duration of the refresher course shall be
two weeks or ten working days. The lectures and discussion sessions each of one
and a half-hour duration shall be arranged every day.
4.
Instruction in all subjects except elections
and agriculture shall be imparted by the officers of the Directorate of Land
Records, Punjab. Instructions in election and agriculture shall, however, be imparted by the officials of the
Departments of Election and Agriculture, respectively.
5.
The proficiency of the trainees in respect of the
aforesaid subject matter shall be appraised of by way of objective type-tests to
be conducted by such examiners as are appointed by the Director, Land Records,
Punjab at the end of each training course.
Appendix C
(see rule 16(2)
|
Desigantion
of Officials
|
Nature
of Penalty
|
Punishing
Authority
|
Appellate
Authority
|
Authority
empowered to entertain revision application
|
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
1.District
Kanungos
2.
Assistant District Kanungos
3.
Office Kanungo
4.
Field Kanungo
5.Settlement
Kanungo
6.
Special Kanungo Thur
|
Minor
Penalties
(i)
Censure
(ii)
Withholding
of promotions;
(iii)
recovery
from his pay of the whole or
part of any pecuniary- loss caused by him to the Government by negligence
or breach of orders.
With
holding of increments of pay; |
Collector |
Commissioner |
Financial
Commissioner Revenue |
|
|
Major
Penalties
(v)Reduction
to a lower stage in the time scale of pay for specified period, with
further directions as to whether or not the Government employee will earn
increments of pay during the period of such reduction and whether on the
expiry of such period, the reduction will or will not have the effect of
postponing the future increments of this pay;
(vi)Reduction
to a lower time scale of pay, grade, post or service which shall
ordinarily be a bar to the promotion of the Government employee to the
time scale of pay grade, post or service from which he was reduced, with
or without further directions regarding conditions of restoration to the
grade or post or Service from
which the Government employee was reduced and his seniority and pay on
such restoration to that grade, post or Service;
(vii)
Compulsory retirement;
(viii)
removal from service which shall not be a disqualification for future
employment under the Government ;
(ix)
dismissal from service which shall ordinarily be a disqualification for
future employment under the Government; |
Collector |
Commis-sioner |
Financial
Commissioner Revenue |
Appendix 'D'
(See rule
16(3))
Designation
Nature of Order
Authority competent
Appellateto pass order
Authority
1
2
3
4
1. District Kanungo
(i) an order of suspension made or deemed to have been made under
Collector
Commissioner rule 4 of
the Punjab Civil Services (Punishment and Appeal)
Rules, 1970.
2.
Assistant District
(ii) an order which-
Kanungo
(a) denies or varies to his disadvantage his pay, allowances,
pensions
Government
….
or other conditions of service as regulated by rules or by agreement;
(b)interprets to his disadvantage the provisions of any such rule or
Government
….
agreement ;
3.
Office Kanungo
(iii) an order-
(a) stopping him at the efficiency bar in the time scale of pay on
the
Collector
…
ground of his unfitness to cross the bar;
4.
Field Kanungo
(b) reverting him while officiating in a higher service, grade of
post
Collector
…
to a lower service, grade or post otherwise than as a penalty ;
(c) reducing or withholding the pension or denying the maximum
Collector
…
pension admissible to him under the rulrs;
5.Special
Kanungo Thur (d) determining the
subsistence and other allowances to be paid to
Collector
Commissioner
6.
Settlement kanungo
him for the period of suspension or for the period during which he
is deemed to be under suspension or for any portion thereof; or;
(e) determining his pay and allowances-
Collector
…do…
(i) for the period of suspension; or
(ii) for the period from the date of his dismissal, removal or
compulsory
Retirement from service, or from the date of his reduction to a lower
service,
grade, post, time scale or stage in a time scale of pay to the date of
his
retirement or restoration to his service, grade or post; or
(f) determining whether or not the period from the date of his
suspension
or from the date of his dismissal, removal, compulsory retirement or
reduction to
a lower service, grade, post, time scale of pay or stage in a time scale
of pay to
the date of reinstatement or restoration his service, grade or post shall
be treated
as a period spent on duty for any purpose.
GOVERNMENT OF PUNJAB
DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE AND REHABILITATION
Notification
The 20th March,1998
No. G.S.R.33/P.K. (C-III)S.R. 94/R. 13/98-In exercise of the powers
conferred by rule 13 of the Punjab Kanungos (Class-III) Service Rules, 1994, the
Financial Commissioner, Revenue is pleased to make the following Regulations for
the Departmental Examination of Kanungos, namely :
1.
Short title, commencement and application-
(1) These regulations may be called the Punjab Kanungos Departmental
Examination Regulations, 1998.
(2)
They shall come into force at once.
(3)
They shall apply to the Kanungos recruited by direct appointment under
clause
(ii) of sub-rule (1) of Rule 8 of the Punjab Kanungos (Class-III) Service
Rules,
1994.
2.
Place and time of Examination- The
Departmental examination of Kanungos will be held twice a year on such dates and
at such place as may be fixed by the Director of Land Records, Punjab.
3.
Schedule, curriculum and assignment of marks
for examination- The
examination in various papers shall be held in accordance with the schedule and
the curriculum and marks assigned to each subject as specified in the table
below:-
|
Paper |
Subject
of Examination |
Maximum
Marks |
|
I |
(i)
Standing
Orders 1 and 64 and standing Order relating to suspension and remission of
Land Revenue
(ii)
Chapter
2,3,4,(Part D) 7,8,9,10,18 paragraph 13,16 and 20 so far they are
connected with statement A, B and C of the Punjab Land Records,
Manual
(iii)
Appendix
VII, IX and XXI of Deuies Settlement Manual
|
120 |
|
II |
Patwaris
Mensuration Manual |
70 |
|
III |
Arithmetic
to the Middle School Standard and |
60 |
|
IV |
Urdu
Dictation and Caligraphy |
50 |
|
V |
Rural
Reconstruction |
60 |
4.
Examiners:- (1) The Director of Land
Records Punjab shall appoint examiners not below the rank of a Tehsildar to set
papers No. I to IV and paper V (Rural Reconstruction) will be set by an officer
of the Department of Cooperation appointed as examiner in this behalf by the
Director of Land Records, Punjab.
(2)
The question paper will be set by the examiner in their own hand and will
be sent to the Director of Land Records, Punjab by name in sealed covers
(3)
The answers shall be evaluated and allotment of marks for the answers in
respect of each paper shall be made by the examiner who sets the paper. The
examiner shall send their award lists to the Director of Land Records, Punjab
within two weeks of the receipt of answer-books by him.
5.
Results:- No person shall be
considered as having passed the examination unless he has obtained fifty percent
of the total marks in each paper. A person who passes in any paper in the first
attempt or afterwards shall not be required to clear that paper again.
6.
Supervision- (1) The Director of
Land Records, Punjab or the officer appointed by him in this behalf, shall be
the Superintendent of the examination who will personally supervise the conduct
of examination.
(2)
The superintendent of the examination shall, -
(a)
receive the question papers from the examiner and
cause them to be printed or cyclostyled ;
(b)
transmit the answer-books to the examiners within
twenty four hours of the close of the examination;
(c)
receive and compile the award sheets; and
(d)
decalre the result as soon as possible after the
receipt of the last award sheet.
7.
Persons eligible to appear- A person recruited by direct appointment
to the post of kanungo shall be eligible to appear in the examination.
8.
Chances- A candidate shall have to
pass the examination within three chances.
9.
Notice for holding examination:- (1)
Notice for holding of examination shall be issued by the Director of Land
Records, to the District Collectors one month before the commencement of the
examination.
(2)
After the receipt of date sheet of the examination, the Collector of the
District shall sent in Form No.I, particulars of persons eligible under
regulation No. 7 to take up the examination alongwith the certificate of eligibility
specified in Form -II to the Director of Land Records, Punjab, so as to reach
him two weeks before the commencement of the examination.
10.
Subsidiary Regulations- (1) The
examination shall be held on the days, time and place fixed by the Director of
Land Records. The Superintendent of the examination shall remain in the
examination hall during the whole time of each sitting.
(2)
At the time appointed for each sitting, the candidates will be assembled
and so seated that no opportunity shall be offered for communication with one
another.
(3)
The envelope containing the question papers will be opened by the
Superintendent of the examination at the time fixed for commencement of the
examination and the papers would be distributed at once.
(4)
Writing papers of uniform size will be provided by the Superintendent of
the examination and distributed to the candidates according to their
requirements at each sitting. The candidates shall not be allowed to use their
own papers. A separate slip of the following specimen shall be attached with
each answer-book to be delivered to the candidates who shall fill this slip
properly:-
Copy Book No.
"_______________________
Roll No.
_________________________
Total No. of copy-books used.
(Please write
your name and designation on this slip only and no where else)
1.
Subject
________________________
2.
Paper
________________________
3.
Date
________________________
4.
Name
________________________
(in Block Letters)
5.
Designation and
________________________
place of posting_________________________
6.
Signature
________________________
(5)
No unauthorised books or writing of any kind shall be brought by the
candidates in the examination room. Any violation of this rule or any copying from the papers
of another candidates or from any other unauthorised paper will vitiate the
examination of both the candidates concerned.
(6)
The answers to the questions must be written leaving one fourth margin on
one side of the paper and numbered according to the number of question.
(7)
The candidate shall, before delivering his answer-books to the officer
conducting the examination, mark paper number on each of the sheets containing
his answers. The candidate shall fill up the slip attached to each answer-book
as directed therein. The candidate shall not disclose his identity on answer
sheet in any way.
(8)
The slips shall be removed and sealed immediately after allotting
fictitious Roll Numbers at the end of the examination. The sealed slips shall be
kept in the personal custody of the Director of Land Records, Punjab or the
officer authorised by him in this behalf, and shall be opened only at the time
of compilation of the result under the personal supervision of the Director,
Land Records, Punjab.
(9)
No candidate shall be allowed to leave examination room during the
examination except with the permission of invigilator or supervisor.
Proper-arrangements shall be made to prevent copying from books or other
material.
(10)
The superintendent of the examination shall on receiving the answer books
of each candidate and before the candidate is permitted to leave the room,
satisfy himself:-
(i) That the
name of the candidate and other particulars are written legibly on the slip on
his each paper and no where else;
(ii) That no writing paper has been used except the one delivered to the
candidate for the purpose;
(iii) That the
answers have been properly numbered.
(11)
If in the course of examination or subsequently any circumstances come to
the notice of the officer conducting the examination which throw suspicion upon
any of the candidate of any malpractices, these shall be noted and action be
taken as may be deemed fit.
(4) (12)
No candidate shall be allowed more than the prescribed time for each
paper.
(5) (13)
The result of the examination shall be compiled and communicated to the
District Collectors by the Director of Land Records, Punjab or the Officer
authorised by him in this behalf.
FORM I
(Referred to in Regulation 9(2))
(Pro forma for
appearing in the Departmental examination of Kanungos being held
on___________________________________)
(To be filled in by the Candidate)
1.
District
__________________________________________
2.
Name of Candidate________________________________
3.
Father's Name
____________________________________
4.
Designation of the present appointment
_______________
5.
No. of chances already
availed_______________________
6.
Papers already passed ______________________________
7.
Papers in which the candidate
intends_________________
to appear.
8.
Any other information which the
candidate wants to give____________________________
Signature of Candidate
Desigantion__________________
Date______________________
FORM
II
(Referred to in Regulation 9(2) )
(Particulars
of eligible candidates who intend to appear in the Departmental examination of
Kanungos being held on_________________________________________)
(To be sent by
the Deputy Commissioner or District Collector to the Director of Land Records,
Punjab).
|
Sr.No. |
Name
of Candidate |
Father's
Name |
Designation
and place of posting |
papers
in which intend to appear |
Remarks,
if any |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
CERTIFICATE
The
particulars of the above officials have been checked and it is certified that
they are eligible to appear in this examination.
Collector
District_____________________
GOVERNMENT OF PUNJAB
DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE AND REHABILITATION
Notification
The 1st September, 2000
No. G.S.R.75/P.K.
(C-III)S.R. 94/R. 13/Amd.(1)/2000-In exercise of the powers conferred by rule 13
of the Punjab Kanungos (Class-III) Service Rules, 1994, the Financial
Commissioner, Revenue is pleased to
make the following Regulations further to amend the Punjab Kanungos Departmental
Examination Regulations, 1998, namely :
Regulations
1.
Short title, commencement and application-
(1) These regulations may be called the Punjab Kanungos Departmental
Examination (First Amendment) Regulations, 2000.
(2)
They shall come into force at once.
(3)
They shall apply to the Kanungos recruited by direct appointment under clause (ii) of
sub-rule (1) of Rule 8 of the Punjab Kanungos (Class-III) Service Rules,
1994.
2.
In the Punjab Kanungos Departmental Examination Regulations, 1998
(hereinafter referred to as the said regulations), for regulation 2, the
following regulation shall be substituted, namely:-
2.
Place and time of Examination- The Departmental examination
of Kanungos will be held twice a year in the months of February and
August, on such dates and at such place as may be fixed by the Director,
Land Records, Punjab.
3.
In the said regulations, for regulation 3, the following regulation shall
be substituted namely;
3.
Schedule, curriculum and assignment of marks and time allowed for
examination- The examination in various papers shall be held in
accordance with the schedule and the curriculum, marks assigned and time allowed
for each subject in the table below: -
|
Paper |
Subject
of Examination |
Maximum
Marks |
Time
allowed |
|
I |
(i)
Standing
Order No. 30 relating to suspension and remission of Land Revenue and
Standing Order No. 64
(ii)
Chapter
Nos. 2,3,4,(Part D) 7,9,10 and 18 (excepting paragraphs 18.3 to 18.11) of
the Punjab Land Records, Manual
(iii)
Appendix VII, IX and XXI of Deuies Settlement
Manual |
120 |
Three
Hours |
|
II |
(i)Patwaris Mensuration Manual ….
50
(ii)
Arithmetic to the Middle Standard (Restricted to questions of Calculations
of area, conversation of areas from Bighas to Kanals, Marlas, Square Yard,
Square Foot and Hectares.)
……50 |
100 |
Three
Hours |
|
III |
Urdu:
(i)
Translation
of one passage from Punjabi to Urdu.
…..25
(ii)
Translation
of one passage from Urdu to Punjabi
….25 |
50 |
One
and Half Hours |
|
IV |
Consolidation:
Consolidation of Holdings in
Punjab and its Practice |
100 |
Three Hours |
|
V |
Election:
(i)
Preparation
of Voter List
(ii)
Eligibility
and Disqualification of Voter
(iii)
Eligibility
and Disqualification of the candidate for Lok Sabha and Vidhan Sabha
Elections." |
50 |
Two
Hours |
4.
In the said regulations, for the regulation 8, the following regulation
shall be substituted, namely:-
8.
Chances- A candidate shall have to
pass the examination within five chances."
Shyama Mann,
Financial Commissioner Revenue,
and Secretary to Government of
Punjab, Department of Revenue
and Rehabilitation.
PUNJAB GOVERNMENT
DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE AND
REHABILITATION
Notification
The
20th March, 1998
No. G.S.R.34/P.K.
(C-III)S.R. 94/R. 13/98-In exercise of the powers conferred by rule 13 of the
Punjab Kanungos (Class-III) Service Rules, 1994, the Financial Commissioner,
Revenue is pleased to frame the following Regulations for imparting
training to the Kanungos
1.
Short title, commencement and application-
(1) These regulations may be called the Punjab Kanungos (Training)
Regulations, 1998.
(2)
They shall come into force at once.
(3)
They shall apply to the Kanungos recruited by direct appointment in
accordance with the provisions of the Punjab Kanungos (Class-III) Service Rules,
1994.
2.
Training:- A person recruited by
direct appointment to the post of Kanungo shall be required to undergo practical
training for one year in the Punjab State Revenue Patwar Institute, Jalandhar.
In case the Institute is not functioning at the relevant time he will get
training with an experienced patwari to learn the duties of the Revenue Patwari.
The Collector shall make arrangements for this purpose. After this training as
patwari, (such kanungo) will be attached with an experienced field Kanungo for
six months for getting training as kanungo.
3.
Training as independent Patwari:-
After completion of training as specified in Regulation 2, the candidate
appointed as Kanungo shall be given charge as an independent patwari in a
district under settlement, or colony or killa bandi or consolidation of holdings
operation for six months. If no such district is under such operation, he will
be posted as Revenue Patwari independently in a patwar circle for a period of
six months.
4.
The trainee should keep a diary of work done
during the course of training specified in regulations Nos. 2 and 3 and submit
the same to the District Collector through the District Revenue Officer. A
certificate regarding satisfactory completion of the training or otherwise shall
be issued by the Collector.
Kuldip Singh
Janjua.
Financial Commissioner Revenue,
and Secretary to Government of
Punjab, Department of Revenue
and Rehabilitation.
PART
B- EXECUTIVE ORDERS
2.1 to 2.20 Deleted.
IV –KANUNGO STAFF
2.21. The kanungo
establishment in each district consists of field kanungos, an office kanungo at
each tehsil headquarters and a district kanungo, at least one special kanungo
and at least one assistant district kanungo at the district headquarters. Its
strength in each district can only be altered with the sanction of the State
Government. All proposals for such increases should be submitted by the
Commissioner to the Financial Commissioner through the Director of Land Records.
Ordinarily there is one field kanungo for about 10 patwaris. It is the duty of
the special kanungo to produce revenue records before courts and to help the
district kanungo in his ordinary office work.
2.22 A
peon is allowed to every field kanungo, district kanungo and special
kanungo.
2.23 and 2.24.Deleted.
V-GENERAL
2.25. Every field kanungo shall, under
penalty of dismissal, reside within the limits of his charge unless he has
received the written permission of the Deputy Commissioner to reside elsewhere.
He shall not leave his charge except on duty or with sanction.
2.26 to 2.28.Deleted.
Kanungos
to be employed only on their proper work | |
2.29.All
kanungos must be strictly confined to their own allotted work. It would, for
example, be improper to allow the district kanungo to be used by the Assistant
Collector, Ist Grade as a Reader, or a tehsil ofice kanungo to be used for case
work.
Kanungos
in district under settlement | |
2.30.When a district is being
re-assessed for land revenue, the kanungo staff works under the orders of the
Settlement Officer.
2.31 to 2.32. Deleted
2.33. Each field kanungo is supplied,
free of cost, with two steel rods adjusted to the length of metre. These should
be made locally according to the pattern supplied by the Director of Land
Records. When not in use, these rods should be kept in hollow bamboo cases. The
Director shall also supply a steel measuring tape, free of cost, to each
district kanungo. This should be used to check chains and addas. Four sketching
frames (Tattis) will be supplied by the Government to each office kanungo for
use of Patwaris when preparing the Shajra Kishtwar (paragraph 4.30 L.R.M).
2.34 and 2.35.Deleted
Making
over records on vacating | |
2.36.
.
On dismissal,resignation or transfer,a kanungo is legally bound to make over his papers, records and equipment to his
successor in office, who shall give him a receipt for these things. But this
receipt should not be a valid discharge until endorsed by the tehsildar, or in
the case of a district kanungo, by the Officer Incharge of the Revenue Branches
of the district.
2.37. Character rolls of
kanungos are confidential documents and the giving of copies of extracts there
from is prohibited. It is, however, permissible for the Collector to give a
kanungo who has retired or is on the point of retirement, a letter in which his
official record is summed up (Chief Secretary’s letter No. 19142-( H – Gaz.),
dated the 26 th June, 1934)
2.38 to 2.44. Deleted.
VIII—DUTIES OF FIELD
KANUNGOS.
Responsibility
of field Kanungos for the work and conduct of patwaris | |
Responsibility
of field Kanungos for the work and conduct of patwaris | |
2.45. A field kanungo is
responsible for the conduct and the work of the patwaris in his charge; and it
is his duty to report bad work, or neglect of duty, or misconduct on the part of
any patwari for the orders of the revenue officer to whom he is
subordinate.
He will be held personally responsible if the mutation work of any
patwari's circle is in arrears, unless he is able to show that he has taken all
measures in his power to prevent it and has reported any patwari who has failed
to carry out his instructions. In particular, he will be called to account if
the procedure laid down in paragraph 7.54 to 7.57 is not properly carried out.
Instructions for the systematic inspection of the work of field kanungos are
contained in paragraphs 8.4 to 8.10.
Field
Kanungo to report certain matters to tehsildar | |
Field
Kanungo to report certain matters to tehsildar | |
Field
Kanungo to report certain matters to tehsildar | |
2.46.Whenever a field kanungo visits a
patwari's circle he shall carefully read the entries in the patwari's diary made
since his last visit; and make inquiries on the matters noted in paragraph 3.15
and 3.16. He shall report to the tesildar any of these matters, which are
important or require his order.
Supervision
of the work of patwaris during the time of their inspection of crops and
preparation of bachh mutations and Alluvion or Diluvian
papers | |
2.47.
During the time, the patwaris of his charge are inspecting the crops
and preparing the bachh and mutation and alluvion or diluvian papers of their
villages, the field kanungo's whole attention shall be given to the supervision
of their work. (See appendix III to Land Records Manual.)
Field
Kanungos to visit each patwari's circle monthly | |
2.48. At other
times of the year he will visit each patwari's circle once in a month, and
supervise the timely and accurate completion of the jamabandis and the
statements, which accompany them (See appendix III to Land Records Manual.)
2.49. To ensure
that the touring of field kanungo is systematic, each filed kanungo should
forward a statement in the form annexed for each quarter to the district
kanungo, who should send it to the Officer Incharge of Revenue Branches for
submission to the Deputy Commissioner.
This form shows the patwari’s circle visited in each month, and the dates
of the field kanungo's inspections and a glance at it will enable the
supervising officer to see whether all circles are duly visited, or whether any
are being neglected, and also if the touring is being systematically and
properly carried out. Printed forms shall be supplied by the Controller,
Printing & Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh, on indent. The district kanungo
should submit a similar statement of his own touring to the Officer Incharge of
Revenue Branches for submission to the Deputy Commissioner. These statements
should be sent in on the 10th of the month succeeding the conclusion
of each quarter.
Statement
showing touring of Field kanungos__________________for the quarter
ending_______________ Teshil______________District________________
|
Month |
Patwaris |
|
Holidays,
sick and leave |
Days
spent with officer |
Miscellaneous |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A table for each circle in his charge should be given to each field
kanungo, showing the arrangements approved for the division of circles for the
purposes of preparation of detailed jamabandis, etc, this table being so
arranged that the work of each year shall cover about one- fifth of the
kanungo's whole circle.
Field
kanungo to check jamabandis | |
2.50. The
jamabandis having been filled at the end of August, the field kanungos will
spend September at tehsil headquarters checking them in the manner prescribed in
paragraph 7.61.
Patwaris shall not be detained at the tehsil office while this check work
is going on. Any inquiries that are necessary should also, as far as may be
convenient, be reserved for the same occasion, or be made by the field kanungo
on his return to the circle.
If errors are numerous and important, they should be brought before the
tehsildar for his order.
Field kanungos shall not be detained at the tehsil for office checking
later than the end of September, and if the state of the harvest so requires,
they should be released sooner.
Registers
of work of patwaris | |
2.51. The field
kanungo shall keep a register, in the form annexed, showing the character of
each patwari's work. The field kanungo shall send this register to every
tehsildar or any other Revenue Officer who enters his circle for inspection duty
and that officer will, before leaving the kanungo's circle, enter briefly the
result of his inspection against each patwari whose work is inspected, and
return the register to the field kanungo. The attendance of the field kanungo is
not necessary.
REGISTER
OF PATWARIS TO BE KEPT BY FIELD KANUNGO
(N.B. -
There shall be 6 pages for each patwari’s circle, on pages 1 and 2 of
each circle will be entered by the field kanungo, data of each year's ordinary
work and on pages 3 & 4 shall be shown the quinquennial return work of the
year; on pages 5 and 6 shall be entered remarks by superior officers, Six pages
are required instead of 3, in order that the register may last about 12 or 15
years. A patwari may be allowed to take copies of the entries relating to his
own work, if he so desires.)
Form of
pages 1 and 2
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
Agricultural
year
|
Patwaris name and date of appointment,
with name of circle
Circle |
Date by which Kharif
Crop
statements were filed
|
Date
of completion of annual bachh papers |
Date
of completion of alluvion and
diluvion papers |
Date
by which Rabi crop statements
were filed |
Date
by which extra
rabi
statement was filed |
Date
of filing
jamabandis
|
Reports
or complaints against patwari
during the
Year |
Result
and final order by
whom
given |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of pages 3 and 4
Quinquennial "attestation and
petty survey works"
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
|
Village attested |
Preparation of new
Jamabandi |
|
Agriculture
year |
Name |
Holdings |
Fields |
Area |
Date
of attestation of old
Jamabandis (paragraph
7.57) |
Date of completion of
measurement
work(
paragraph 4.24)
(para
graph
4.24) |
Date
of commencement
By
Patwari |
Date
of completion by
Patwari |
Date
of completion of
Kanungo’s
final attestation |
Date of attestation by tehsildar or
Naib- tehsildar |
Remarks
stating particulars and area of any other petty survey work necessitated
by alluvion or deluvion or other special cause |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form pages 5 and 6
|
Date of visits by superior
officers including District
kanungos |
Brief remarks of superior
officers showing character of patwari’s work in each year
(N.B.Entries should
be very brief.) |
2.52.
Every field kanungo shall keep a
diary, in which he shall state day by day the manner in which he has been
employed. The entry for each day shall be made not later than the following
morning. A copy of the diary for the previous month shall be posted by the field
kanungo to the tehsildar on the first of each month and will be forwarded by the
tehsildar to the district kanungo. Each month's diary shall close with an
abstract of the month's work in such form as may be prescribed from time to
time.
Diary books for field kanungos shall be obtained from the Controller,
Printing and Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh, on indent. They are in the
following form:-
|
Date and day of week and
name of village visited and work in hand |
Date of previous visit to
circle |
Abstract of entry in Partal
Diary and other work of the day |
If the work in hand consists of the checking of
Girdawari, bachh or mutation entries, column 1 should show against each village
the number of fields, holdings and mutations checked respectively. If reverain
measurements or supplementary maps are being tested, the number of fields
inspected should be entered. Similarly, the preliminary attestation of the old,
and the local attestation of the new Jamabandi and shajra nasab (paragraphs 7.57
and 7.60) the Tehsil check of the new jamabandi (paragraph7.61) and the check of
annual and quinquennial statements should be noted. The above details should be
given in red ink.
2.53
Sketch Maps. Every field kanungo should keep with his diary of
note-book a sketch may of his charge on small scale (1 or 2 centimeter to a
kilometer). The map should show village sites and boundaries, main roads, canals
and limits of patwari's circles. It should be drawn on paper of a quality.
IX
–DUTIES OF TEHSILDAR OFFICE KANUNGO
2.54 Returns
showing the progress of Patwari’s work to be prepared by office kanungo .
Office kanungos shall submit to the tehsildar, in such form and on such
dates as may be prescribed, periodical returns showing agricultural data and the
progress of various branches of the work of the kanungos and patwaris. Tehsildar
shall be responsible to see that such returns are forwarded to the Deputy
Commissioner in due order, correctly and by due date.
Office kanungos have charge of the rain-gauge at the tehsil (paragraph
12.2)
2.55
Registers maintained by office kanungo. The Office kanungo of each
tehsil shall maintain (a) note-books chapter 10 of this manual for each estate,
for each assessment circle, and for the tehsil.
(b)
any other registers especially
prescribed or made over to him by the order of the Financial
Commissioners.
The office
kanungo is also responsible for-
(i) the
custody of all patwari and assessment records filed in the
tehsil;
(ii)
the custody of blank forms and their issue to the patwaris and
kanungos;
(iii)
the accounts of the patwari and kanungo establishment of the tehsil;
(iv)
the accounts of mutation fees;
(v) the
supply of any information required by the Deputy Commissioner or tehsildar respecting entries in records in his
charge;
(vi) bringing
to the immediate notice of the tehsildar reports of calamities submitted by
patwaris in order that they may be forwarded to the Deputy Commissioner.
2.56.
Tehsil Registers
. Of the registers maintained in tehsil offices, a certain number are under
the charge of office kanungo. On this subject see paragraph 8 of Standing Order
55 (Registers)
2.57 . Supply of books of reference
and Director of Land Records’ circulars etc. - Sadar kanungos and tehsil
office kanungos should be in possession of a complete set of the revenue books
of reference detailed below :-
(1)
Punjab Land Records Manual.
(2)
Settlement Manual.
(3)
Land Administration Manual.
(4)
Land Administration Acts.
(5)
Financial Commissioner's Standing Orders.
(6)
Director of Land Records' Circulars.
These officials are responsible for keeping up- to- date of all the books
of reference and Standing Orders. They are also personally responsible for loss
of these publications. The sadar and office kanungos should also keep separate
files of instructions issued by the local officers and the Financial
Commissioners.
X -
DUTIES OF THE DISTRICT KANUNGO
2.58. The
district kanungo shall receive in the Deputy Commissioner’s office all returns
and records due from tehsil offices relating to the work of kanungos and
patwaris, submitting them to the Deputy Commissioner or the officer in charge of
the department for his order. He shall issue all orders passed in connection
with this work. He shall prepare all statistical statements connected with his
department that may be required by the Deputy Commissioner.
As regards his touring and duties relating to the inspection of patwaris
field kanungos’and office kanungo's work, part III of Chapter 8 may be
consulted.
Note: For employment of office
and district kanungos to represent the Government in suits under section 45 of
the Punjab Land Revenue Act, see note to Rule 12 in Part G of the Punjab Law
Department Manual.
2.59.
Register maintained by District Kanungo . A certain number of
registers maintained in the district office are under the charge of the district
kanungo. See paragraph 7 of Standing Order 55 (Registers). The registers of
revenue- free tenures (Muafi and Jagir registers) should be maintained by the
district kanungo, but in some districts owing to the fact that number of muafis
and jagirs is large, these registers are in the charge of a muafi or Jagir
moharrir, who should work under the supervision of the district kanungo and not
under that of any other official.
He shall keep for each assessment circle, for each tehsil, and for the
entire district note-books in the same forms as those prescribed for office
kanungos at tehsils, any other registers specially prescribed or made over to
him by orders of the Financial Commissioner,and also all statistical returns
furnished to the Deputy Commissioner by the kanungo and patwari
agency.
2.60. Register of
patwari circle .
He shall also keep up a register of the patwari circles of each tehsil in
form annexed.
DISTRICT KANUNGOS’ REGISTER OF PATWARI
CIRCLES OF TEHSIL.
Notes. - (1)
The register shall open with an index of circles in alphabetical
order giving
the page at which each will be found.
(2)
The index shall be followed by a page for each field kanungo's charge in
the same form as the rest of the register, except that column 2 will be left
blank; and in column 3 to 9 shall be entered the total figure of the charge,
instead of the details of each patwari's circle.
(3)
Then shall follow the entries for each patwari circle, a page for
each circle,
the circles being arranged in their serial order.
(4)
A copy of the register, the last column excepted, shall be kept by
the office kanungo at the tehsil.
(5)
The entries in column 3 shall be kept up-to-date; those in column
4-9, shall be corrected for each village, whenever its quinquennial returns are
received, by drawing a line through the previous data of the village and
entering its new data below the last village of the circle.
(6)
Entries regarding the circle of a field kanungo shall be amended
quinquennially when jamabandis of all the villages in that circle have been
prepared and not annually.
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
|
Name
of Field kanungo's Circle |
Number
and name of Patwari Circle |
Name
of Patwari, father’s
name
and grand
father
name
, native village,
date
of appointment and date of birth |
Details of villages
included in circle |
Special
remarks on the
Character
of the work |
|
Mauza |
Total
area |
Cultivated
area
|
Total
land revenue
assessment |
Number
of khasra entries |
Number
of khatauni
entries |
Number
of jamabandi
entries |
Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.60A. Maintenance of register containing
particulars of patwaris and kanungos - The sadar kanungo should maintain a
register in the annexed form showing seniority, qualifications, details of
service, punishment, praise, reward etc. about kanungos and patwaris. The
entries
in this register should be kept up-to- date.
Register of Patwari's
/Kanungos
(To
be kept by the Sadar Kanungo)
Showing Seniority,
Qualifications, details of service, punishment, etc.
|
|
|
Educational
qualification |
Date
of Birth |
Date
of entry in service |
Date
of confirmation |
Station
of posting |
Date
of posting |
|
|
|
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Details of punishment
awarded |
Details of praise and
reward |
Date of order with
designation of punishing authority |
Nature and quantum of
punishment |
File
No. |
Date of order with
designation of officer passing the order |
Nature of service of
good work with brief note about praise and
reward |
File
No. |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.61
District kanungos diary to be submitted to collector . On the day
following his return from tour, the district kanungo, shall submit his diary to
the Deputy Commissioner, through the Sub-Divisional Magistrate, if his
inspection relates to the work of patwaris and kanungos in a sub-division,
otherwise through the officer incharge. His diary should be in the same form as
that of a field kanungo.
2.62.
Deleted.
2.63. Arrears of
mutation . In order to keep the Deputy Commissioner informed of the state of
mutation arrears, the sadar kanungo shall be responsible for the preparation of
an abstract showing the mutations pending in the circle of each revenue officer
and laying it before the officer incharge and the Deputy Commissioner alongwith
the diaries. To enable the sadar kanungo to get hold of this information, the
patwaris shall note in their monthly diaries, the number of mutations pending in
their circles. When forwarding these diaries to the sadar kanungos office, the
office kanungo shall attach a statement showing the number of mutations pending
in each revenue officer's circle. Where arrears in any circles are heavy, the
Deputy Commissioner should ascertain to which patwaris circle they relate and
the reasons why the revenue officer concerned has not visited that circle
recently.
2.64. With regard to
contingent expenditure. The district kanungo shall keep a register in Form14
given in the Civil Account Code (Volume I) in which he shall enter all
contingent expenditure under its proper heads. It is the duty of the District
kanungo to see that the budget allotments are not exceeded and, if necessary,
extra allotments are applied for in good time. Monthly detailed contingent bills
shall be submitted to the Director for counter signatures by the 10th
of the following month.
2.65. Advances for
contingent expenditure .The Deputy Commissioner apportions permanent
advances to each tehsildar and to the district kanungo from which petty expenses
can be met. The accounts of these advances should be kept by the district and
office kanungos quite apart from the accounts of any other permanent advance.
Both district and office kanungos should from time to time report to the Deputy
Commissioner all items paid from their permanent advances and obtain recoupment
of the amount expended. The accounts are kept in the following form :-
FORM
Register of
Contingent Expenditure met from the office Kanungos permanent advance of
Rs.___________and subsequent adjustments____________tehsil
___________,District._________________.
|
Date |
Serial
No. of each item of expenditure |
Details
of expenditure
or
receipts |
Receipts |
Expenditure |
Balance
after each transaction |
Remarks |
|
Rs. |
Rs. |
Rs. |
|
… |
… |
Advance |
30.00 |
-- |
30.00 |
|
|
5th
July,1963 |
|
Freight
of forms received from Government Press |
.. |
3.25 |
26.75 |
|
|
10th
July,1963
|
2 |
Binding
of Register |
-- |
1.75 |
25.00 |
|
|
12
July,1963 |
3 |
Hire
of Rickshaw for carriage of blank paper |
-- |
1.50 |
23.50 |
|
|
15th
July, 1963 |
4 |
Repair
to flags and chairs |
-- |
1.25 |
22.25 |
|
|
16th
July,1963 |
-- |
Received
on account of items 1 & 2 by cheque No. 15 of
1963 |
5.00 |
-- |
27.25 |
|
|
20th
July, 1963 |
5 |
Hire
of a Rickshaw for carriage of note books received from Government
press |
-- |
0.50 |
26.75 |
|
2.66. Disease among
animals . The sadar kanungo is responsible to see that the return showing
the statistics of disease among animals is received from each patwari through
the field kanungo quarterly. He shall send such returns when complete direct to
the Veterinary Assistant Surgeon concerned.
2.67. Village birth and
death register . District and field kanungos when on tour should
occasionally test village birth and death registers. When it is proved to their
satisfaction that the registers are defective, the matter should be reported to
the Deputy Commissioner for necessary action.
CHAPTER - 3
PATWARIS
PATWARIS SERVICE RULES PART
–A
EXECUTIVE ORDERS INDEX PART
–B
______________________________________________________________________
Section
Subject
Paras
______________________________________________________________________
I
Patwari circle
3.1, 3.3. to 3.5
II
Patwari candidate
3-6
III
Patwari School
3-10
IV.
Deleted
V
Deleted
3-13
VI
General duties
3-14 to 3-17- A
VII
Police duties
3-18 and 3-19
VIII
Revenue collections
3-20 to 3-23
IX
Deleted
X
Deleted
XI
Patwari Service Book
3-29
XIII
Deleted
XIV
Account Rules
3-44 and 3-45
XV
Deleted
XVI
Fees
3-48 to 3-50
XVII
Rewards and honoraria
3-52
XVIII
Deleted
XIX
Patwarkhanas
3-57
XX
Deleted
XXI
Transfer and promotion
3-59
XXII
Patwari paper
3-62 to 3-67
XXIII
Equipment
3-68 to 3-78
XXIV
Diary etc.
3-79 to 3.-88
XXV
Stationery for Patwaris
3-89 to 3-98
XXVI
Custody and destruction
of patwaris records
3-99 to 3-106
Appendix
A-Curriculum of Patwaris
School
Appendix
B –Examination of Patwaris
Appendix
C-Deleted
Appendix
D-Instructions regarding the
repairs of Patwarkhana
Appendix
E –Employment of patwaris
and temporary establishment
in settlement.
Appendix
F-Deleted
Appendix
G- Forms
PATWARIS
PART - A
The
Punjab Revenue Patwaris, Class III Service Rules, 1966.
NOTIFICATION
The 4th January,
1966
No.G.S.R.3/C.A.17/87/S.-With reference to the Punjab Government Revenue
Department, notification No.GSR.225/C.A.17/1887/S.28/65, dated the
10th September,1965 and in exercise of the powers conferred by sub
section (I) of section 28 of the Punjab Land Revenue Act,1887,the Governor of
Punjab is pleased to make the following rules:-
1.
Short title, commencement and
application.
(1) These
Rules may be called the Punjab Revenue Patwaris, Class III Service Rules,
1966.
(2)
They shall come into force at once.
(3)
They shall apply to the post specified in Appendix 'A' to these
rules.
2.
Definitions. - In these
rules, unless the context otherwise requires:-
(a)
'Board' means the Subordinate
Services Selection Board, Punjab or
any other authority authorised by the Government to make recruitment of the
Service,
(b)
'Collector' means the Collector of
the District and includes
the Settlement Officer and the Colonization Officer,
(c)
'Commissioner' means the
Commissioner of the Division or any other officer authorised by a general or
special order of Government to perform the functions of the Commissioner;
(d)
'Direct appointment' means an
appointment made otherwise than by promotion or by transfer of any official
already in the service of the State Government;
(e)
‘Financial Commissioner' means the
Financial Commissioner, Revenue or any other officer authorised by a general or
special order of Government to perform the functions of the Financial
Commissioner;
(f)
'Government' means the Punjab
Government in the Administrative Department;
(g)
'Head of Department' means the
Director of Land Records, Punjab, or any other officer who is declared as such;
(h)
'Patwari' means a Revenue
Patwari;
(i)
“Recognized University” means
:-
(i) any University
incorporated by law in any of the States of India ; or
(ii) in
the case of degrees or diplomas obtained as a result of examination
held before the 15th August, 1947, the Punjab, Sind or Dacca
University; or
(iii) any
other university which is declared by Government to be a
recognized University for the purposes of these rules;
(iv)
Service’ means the Punjab Revenue Patwaris Class III Service.
3
Number and character of posts.- The service shall comprise the posts shown in Appendix 'A'
to these rules:
Provided that nothing in these rules shall affect the inherent right of
the Government to add or to reduce the number of such posts or creates new posts
with different designation and scales of pay whether permanently or temporarily.
(2)
For the purpose of direct appointment to the Service a register of
Patwari candidates shall be maintained by the Collector in each district in
which the names of Patwari candidates shall be entered in the order in which
they are recommended by the Board.
(3)
The number of Patwari candidates that may be enrolled on the register of
a district shall be such as may be determined by the Government from time to
time.
5.
Nationality, domicile, character
and age: - (1) No person shall be accepted as a Patwari candidate, unless he
is -
(a)
a
citizen of India, or
(b)
a subject of Sikkim, or
(c)
a
subject of Nepal, or
(d)
a subject of Bhutan, or
(e) ATibetan
refugee who came over to India before the Ist January 1962 with the intention of
permanently settling in India; or
(f)
a person of Indian origin who has migrated from Pakistan with the
intention of permanently settling in India: or
Provided that a candidate belonging to categories (c), (d), (e) and (f)
shall be a person in whose favour a certificate of eligibility has been given by
the competent authority, and if he belongs to category (f) the certificate of
eligibility will be issued for a period of one year, after which such a
candidate will be retained in service subject to his having acquired Indian
citizenship.
(2) A candidate in whose case a certificate
of eligibility is necessary may be admitted to an examination or interview
conducted by the Board or any other recruiting authority on his furnishing proof
that he has applied for the certificate and he may also provisionally be
accepted as a candidate subject to the necessary certificate being given to him
by the competent authority.
(3) No
person shall be accepted as a Patwari candidate unless he produces a certificate
of Character from the Principal academic officer of the University, college,
school or institution last attended, if any, and similar certificates from two
responsible persons not being his relatives, who are well acquainted with him in
his private life and unconnected with his University College, School or
institution.
(4) No
person who is less than 17 years or more than 25 years of age or such age as may
from time to time be fixed by Government for new entrants into service , shall
be accepted as a Patwari candidate;
Provided that
in the case of candidates belonging to the Scheduled Casts, Schedules Tribes or
other Backward Classes, the maximum age limit shall be such as may be fixed by
Government from time to time.
(6)
Disqualifications:- (i) No
person, who has more than one wife living or who having a spouse living, marries
in any case in which such marriage is void by reason of its taking place during
the life-time of such spouse shall be eligible for being accepted as a Patwari
candidate, and (ii) No woman, whose marriage is void by reason of the husband
having a wife living at the time of such marriage or who has married a person
who has a wife living at the time of such marriage shall be eligible for being
accepted as a Patwari candidate.
Provided that
the Government may, if satisfied that there are special grounds for so ordering,
exempt any person from the operation of this rule.
7.
Academic qualifications: - No person shall be accepted as a Patwari
candidate for appointment to the service unless he—
(i)
has passed the Matriculation or Higher Secondary examination of a
recognized University preferably with
Agriculture as one of the subjects;
(ii) Possesses
qualifications in Hindi and Punjabi upto Middle standard such standard as may be
specified by the Government from time to time, and
(iii)
has a good knowledge of a rural economy and culture.
8.
Qualifications for
appointment—(1) No Patwari candidate shall be eligible for appointment to
the Service unless he qualifies the Patwar examination after attending the
Patwar School for a minimum period of one year, and after passing the
examination undergoes such practical field training for a period of six months
as may be specified by the Collector.
(2) If
the candidate fails to pass the Patwar examination within a period of 3 years
from the date of his acceptance as candidate his name shall be struck off from
the register of candidates.
(3) Nothing
in this Rule shall apply to a candidate who has already passed the Patwar
examination before he is accepted as a candidate and has also undergone
practical field training as specified in sub rule(1).
9.
Appointing authority.—Appointment to posts in the Service shall be
made by the Collector.
10.
Method of appointment.—(1) Appointment to the Service shall be
made:-
(a)
in the case of Patwaris:
(i)
deleted
(ii)
by direct appointment from amongst the accepted patwari candidates,
or
(iii)
by transfer of an official already in the service of the State
Government, and
(iv)
by absorption of the retrenched or likely to be retrenched officials of
the Punjab Consolidation Department". (No G.S.R.5 P.A.17/87/S.28 Amd:
(1)/71dated 7th January, 1971.
(b)
deleted.
(2) When any
vacancy arises, the appointing authority shall determine the method in which the
same shall be filled in.
(3) All
promotions shall be made by selection on the basis of seniority-cum-merit and
seniority alone shall not give any right to appointment.
11.
Order in which appointments are to be made from amongst candidates.
Appointments from amongst patwari candidates shall be made in the order in which
their names appear in the register of patwari candidates.
12. Consequence
of failure to join appointment. If a candidate, on appointment to the Service,
is unable for any reason, other than the orders of Collector, to join his
appointment within one month from the date of receipt of orders of appointment,
the Collector may cancel the order of appointment and may also remove his name
from the register.
13. Removal of
name of patwari candidates from register, without prejudice to the provisions of
sub rule (2) of rule8, the Collector may at any time order the removal of the
name of any person from the register of patwari candidates for any reason which
he may deem fit.
Provided
that no order under this rule shall be passed without giving the candidates,
whose name is sought to be removed, an opportunity of making any representation
that he may desire to make, and unless such representation has been taken into
consideration;
14.
Probations.—(1) Persons appointed to the Service shall remain on
probation for a period of two years, if recruited by direct appointment, and one
year if recruited otherwise;
Provided
that:-
(a)
Any period, after appointment to the Service spent on deputation
on a corresponding or a higher post, shall count towards the period of probation
fixed under this rule;
(b)
In the case of an appointment by transfer, any period of work on
an equivalent or higher rank prior to appointment to the Service may at the
discretion of the appointing authority, be allowed to count towards the period
of probation fixed under this rule; and
(c)
any period of officiating appointment in the Service shall be reckoned as
a period spent on probation but no member who has thus officiated shall, on the
completion of the prescribed period of probation, be entitled to be confirmed,
unless he is appointed against a permanent post.
(2)
If the work or conduct of a person appointed to the Service during the
period of probation is, in the opinion of the appointing authority, not
satisfactory, it may—
(a)
dispense with his services, if recruited by
direct appointment, or
(b)
if recruited otherwise;
(i)
revert him to his former post; or
(ii)
deal with him in such other manner as the terms and conditions of his
previous appointment permit.
(3)
On the completion of the period of probation of a person, the
appointing authority may,-
(a)
if his work or conduct has, in its opinion, been satisfactory,--
(i) confirm
such person from the date of his appointment if appointed against a permanent
vacancy, or
(ii)
confirm such person from the date from which a permanent vacancy occur,
if appointed against a temporary vacancy; or
(iii)
declare that he has completed his probation satisfactorily, if there
is no
permanent vacancy; or
(b)
if his work or conduct has not been, in its opinion, satisfactory:-
(i)
dispense with his services, if appointed by direct appointment, or if
appointed otherwise, revert him to his former post, or deal with him in such
other manner as the terms and conditions of his previous appointment permit ,
or
(ii)
extend his period of probation and there after pass such orders as it
could have passed on the expiry of the first period of probation:
Provided that the total period of probation,
including extension, if any, shall not exceed three
years.
15.
Seniority:-The seniority inter-se of members of the Service in each
cadre shall be maintained district wise and shall be determined by the length of
continuous service on a post in that cadre:
Provided that in the case of two or more members appointed on the same
date, their seniority shall be determined as follows;-
(a)
a member recruited by direct appointment shall be
senior to a member recruited otherwise;
(b)
a member appointed by promotion shall be senior
to a member appointed by transfer;
(c)
in the case of members appointed by promotion or
transfer, seniority shall be determined according to the seniority of such
members in the appointments from which they were promoted or transferred;
and
(d)
in the case of members appointed by transfer from
different cadres, their seniority shall be determined according to pay
preference being given to a member who was drawing a higher rate of pay in his
previous appointment if the rates of pay drawn are also the same then by their
length of service in those appointments and if the length of such service is
also the same, an older member shall be senior to a younger member.
Note1.-This
rule shall not apply to persons appointed on purely provisional basis
pending their passing
the qualifying tests.
Note 2.-
In the
case of members whose period of probation is extended under rule 14, the date of
appointment for the purpose of this rule shall be deemed to have been deferred
to the extent the period of probation is extended.
16.
Pay: - The members of service
shall be entitled to such scales of pay including special pay, if any, as may be
authorized by Government from time to time. The scales of pay at present in
force in respect of specified post given in Appendix 'A', to these rules.
17.
Conduct.- (1) In matters relating to conduct, the members of the
Services shall be governed by the Government Servants conduct Rules, 1955, as
amended from time to time.
(2)
Unless the Collector for reasons to be recorded in writing considers
imposition of a punishment lesser than dismissal, a member of the Service shall
be liable to dismissal,-
(a)
if he engages in trade or lends money to
Agriculturists or has any interest, direct or indirect, in such transaction
either in his own circle or in any other circle, or
(b)
If he purchases land at auction sale without the
previous sanction of the Head of department. Such land shall be deemed to
include agricultural land and land in town sites auctioned for building or other
purposes; or
(c)
If he receives any fee not authorized by
instructions issued by the Government for the performance of any of his duties;
or
(d)
If he without sufficient cause fails to enter in
the register of mutations.
(i)
any case of inheritance within three months of the entry of the death of
the right holder in the Chaukidar's register;
(ii)
any transfer by registered deed within one month of the receipt of the
registration memorandum from the Field kanungo;
(iii)
any case of consolidation of holdings within three months from the date
of receipt of an order passed under section 21 or 42 of the East Punjab Holdings
(Consolidation and Prevention of Fragmentation) Act,1948, and
(iv)
any transfer by unregistered deed or by verbal transfer within six months
of the date of the transaction, unless he can prove that he had no means of
discovering the transfer at the first harvesting inspection which was made after
the said date, or
(e)
if he fails to produce the records when called upon by the consolidation
staff unless he can give cogent reasons for not producing them; or
(f)
if he introduces a client to a legal practitioner or in any way acts as
an intermediary between inhabitants of his circle and legal practitioners,
whether or not it is proved that he requested for or accepted any
remuneration.
(g) if he
fails to perform any duty entrusted to him by the Government not inconsistent
with his overall role as a revenue official at the village
level.
18.
Discipline, punishments and appeals.—(1) Save as otherwise provided
in these rules, in matters relating to discipline, punishment, appeals and
revisions, the members of the service shall be governed by the Punjab Civil
Services (Punishment and Appeal) Rules, 1952 , as amended from time to time
subject to the modifications given in Appendix 'B', to these rules.
Provided that the nature of penalties which may be imposed the authority
empowered to impose such penalties, the appellate authority and second appellate
authority shall be as specified in Appendix 'C', to these
rules.
(2)
The authority competent to pass an Order under clause (c) and (d) of sub
rule(1) of rule 10 of the Punjab Civil Services(Punishment and Appeal) Rules,
1952 and the appellate authority shall also be as specified in appendix ‘D,’ to
these rules.
19.
Pension, Leave, travelling allowance and other matters.-In respect of
leave, pension, general provident fund travelling allowance compensatory
allowance, joining time, subsistence allowance and all other matters not
expressly provided for in these rules, the members of the service shall be
governed by such rules and regulations as may have been or may here after be
adopted or framed under the Constitution of India or any law or rules made
hereunder for other Class III Government employees.
20.
Liability to transfer.-Every
member of the Service shall be liable to transfer under the orders of :-
(i)
Collector anywhere within the District, or
(ii)
Heads of Department anywhere within the State, or
(iii)
Government anywhere within India under the administrative control of the
Punjab Government.
21.
Power of relaxation: - Where
the Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do, it
may, by order, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any of the
provisions of these rules with respect to any class or category of persons.
22.
Repeal and saving.—The rules
contained in paragraphs 3.2 to 3.12, 3.24 to 3.28, 3.38 to3.40, 3.46 to 3.47,
3.54, 3.56-A, 3.58, 3.60 and 3.61 of the Punjab Land Records Manual are hereby
repealed;
Provided that
any order made or action taken under the rules so repealed shall be deemed to
have been made or taken under the corresponding provisions of these rules.
APPENDIX 'A'
(see rule,13 and 16)
1.
Designation of post
(Scale of pay)
(i)
Patwaris
3120-100-3220-110-3660-120-4260-140-
4400-150-5000-160-5160
2.
Number of post in each district:-
1.
Jalandhar
399
2.
Hoshiarpur
439
3.
Nawanshahr
177
.
4.
Amritsar
555
5.
Gurdaspur
440
6.
Kapurthala
188
7.
Patiala
302
8.
Fatehgarh Sahib
118
9.
Ludhiana
444
10.
Rupnagar
252
11.
Sangrur
395
12.
Ferozepur
350
13.
Faridkot
89
14.
Moga
146
15.
Muktsar
120
16.
Bhatinda
169
17.
Mansa
133 _______________________________________________________________
Total
4716
APPENDIX ‘B’
(See rule 18)
1.
In rule 4 after clause (i) and “(ia) fine".
2.
In rule 8, between the figures and brackets "(i)” and “(ii)", insert the
figure’ letter and brackets "i.a".
3.
Omit rule 9.
4.
In sub-rule (i) of rule 10, omit sub – clause (ii) of clause (a),
5.
for rule 14, subsititute the following:-
“14. Revision-
The Financial Commissioner or the Commissioner may suo moto or on an application made to
him, call for and examine the records of any case in which a subordinate authority passed any order
under rule 10 or has inflicted any of the penalties specified in rule 4 or in
which no order has been passed or penalty inflicted and after making further
investigation, if any, may confirm,remit,reduce or subject to the provisions of
sub rule (I) of rule 11, increase the penalty or subject to the provisions of
rule 7 and 8 inflict any of the penalties specified in rule 4.”
6.
In rule after sub rule (I), substitute the following:-
“(1) An
appeal or application for revision may be withheld by an authority
subordinate to the appellate
authority or revisionary authority,
as the case may be, if -
(a)
It is an appeal or application for revision in a
case in which under these rules, no appeal or application for revision lies;
(b)
It does not comply with the provisions of rule
16;or
(c)
It is an appeal or an second appeal and is not
preferred within sixty days of the date on which the appellant was informed of
the orders appealed against excluding the time spent in obtaining the copy of
the said order and no reasonable cause is shown for the delay; or
(d)
It is an application for revision and is not
preferred within a period of ninety days of the date on which the applicant was
informed of the order of the appellate authority excluding the time spent in
obtaining the copy of the order sought to be revised and no reasonable cause is
shown for the delay;
(e)
It is repetition of a previous appeal or
application for revision and is made to the same appellate or revisionary
authority by which such appeal or application for revision has been decided and
no new facts or circumstances are aduced which afford ground for a
reconsideration of the case.
Provided that
in every case in which an appeal or application for revision is withheld, the
appellate or applicant shall be informed of the fact, and the reasons for it and
copy a thereof forwarded to the appellate authority, if any, together with a
copy of the appeal or application for revision so withheld.
Provided
further that an appeal or application for revision withheld on account only of
failure to comply with the provisions of rule 19 may be re-submitted at any time
within one month of the date on which the appellant or applicant has been
informed of the withholding of the appeal or application, and, if resubmitted in
a form which complies with those provisions, shall not be withheld."
APPENDIX ‘C’
[See rule 18(1) ]
|
Sr.
No. |
Designation of the official |
Nature
of penalty |
Punishing
authority |
First
appellate authority |
Second
appellate authority |
|
1 |
Patwari |
1.Censure |
Tehsildar
or an Assistant Collector, Ist Grade. |
Collector |
Commissioner |
|
|
|
(ii)Fine
|
Tehsildar
upto a limit of Rs1 on any occasion, Assistant collector Ist grade, upto
limit of Rs.2 on any one occasion.
Collector
upto a limit of Rs.20 on any one occasion |
Collector
when the Punishing authority Is Tehsildar or Assistant Collector Ist
grade.
Commissioner
when the punishing authority
is Collector |
Commissioner
when first appellate authority is Collector
Financial
Commissioner when first appellate authority is
Commissioner |
|
(iii)Withholding
of increments or promotion including
stoppage
at an efficiency bar,if any. |
Collector |
Commissioner |
Financial
Commissioner |
|
iv)
Reduction to a lower post or time-scale or to a lower stage in a
timescale |
Collector |
Commissioner |
Financial
Commissioner |
|
(v)Recovery
from pay of the whole or part of any peculiarly
loss
caused to Govt. by negligence or breach of orders |
Collector |
Commissioner |
Financial
Commissioner |
|
(vi)
Suspension |
Collector |
Commissioner |
Financial
Commissioner |
|
(vii)
Removal from the civil service which does not disqualify from future
employment. |
Collector |
Commissioner |
Financial
Commissioner |
|
(viii)
Dismissal from the Civil service which ordinary disqualifies from future
employment.
|
Collector |
Commissioner |
Financial
Commissioner |
Note. - The power to inflict fines should be used
with care and the Collector should in ordinary cases, look into the matter at
tehsil inspections. Fines on
patwaris should be recovered by short drawls on salary bills.
APPENDIX
‘D’
(see rule
18.2)
|
Sr.No.
|
Designation
of the official |
Nature
of orders |
Authority
empowered to pass orders |
First
appellate authority |
Second
appellate authority |
|
|
Patwari
|
(a)
Reducing the maximum pension or withholding the whole amount of pension admissible
under the rules governing pensions.
(b)
Terminating appointment otherwise than upon reaching the age fixed for
superannuation. |
Collector |
Commissioner |
Financial
Commissioner |
PATWARI
PART “B” EXECUTIVE
ORDERS
1.
PATWARI CIRCLES
3.1.
Patwaris and patwari circles . The number of patwari circles into
which each tehsil shall be divided shall be regulated under the orders of the
Financial Commissioner and the limits of each circle by the Commissioner. A
Patwari having undergone the required specialized / technical training at the
State Patwar School and in the field, shall be appointed to each circle.
3.2 . Deleted.
3.3
Early report required
during settlement on strength of staff.
Settlement Officer should, as soon as possible after the commencement
of settlement operations, submit an estimate of the probable number of patwaris
that will be required in each tehsil after the completion of settlement. In
framing this estimate regard should be had (1) to the existing number of
patwaris and the amount of work they have had to do ;(2) to the probable amount
of work that will be required of the patwaris after the close of settlement
operations and the number of patwaris necessary to perform it.
3.4. Guiding statistics.In estimating the
number of patwaris required, the following averages for the state may be taken
into consideration:-
Average per Patwari
Total area
3,200
hectares
Cultivated area
1,300
hectares
Assessment
3,300
Rupees
Mauzas
4.5
Khasra Numbers
4,440
Khatauni holdings
1,200
In applying these averages to the statistics of the district, attention
should be paid to exceptional circumstances, such as the distances to be
traversed, the level or mountainous character of the country, the simplicity or
complicated nature of tenures, or the absence of prevalence of fluctuating
assessments.
3.5. Application for
increase in staff . Application should then be made after
consulting the Deputy Commissioner through the Commissioner and Director of Land
Records to the Financial Commissioner for any increase necessary in the number
of patwaris; and when the increase has been sanctioned the patwaris’ circles
should be rearranged so as to give as nearly as possible the same amount of work
to each patwari, and the man should be appointed to each circle who will carry
on the work of settlement operations close. Some readjustments of circles will
probably still be necessary towards the close of settlement operations, but the
changes then required will be reduced to a minimum.
II.
PATWARI CANDIDATES
3.6 . Register of Patwari candidates . For
each district a register of candidates is kept in form P.I. given in appendix G
. In this register candidates shall be entered in order of merit determined by
the recruiting authority. The total number of candidates in any district should
never exceed 15 per-cent of the total number of patwaris employed in the district. Any further
increase in these percentages by the Deputy Commissioner or Settlement Officer
requires the previous sanction of the Financial Commissioner.
3.7 to 3.9.
Deleted.
3.10 . Patwar School . (i) A patwar school
shall function at the State level under the control of the Director of Land
Records as and when considered necessary. Candidates entered in the register by
the Collectors will be required to attend the school and present themselves for
the patwar examination. The teaching staff will consist of the field or office
kanungos to be appointed by the Director of Land Records.
The Director
of Agriculture shall depute the local agricultural staff for imparting
instruction in agriculture of the candidates. Similarly the Development
Commissioner shall make necessary arrangements for giving instructions in the
rural reconstruction work.
(ii)(a) When it has been
decided to open a patwar school the Director of Land Records shall ask
Collectors of the Districts to send candidates for training.
(b)
Direct kanungos candidates shall also be admitted to the Patwar School.
Such persons shall be given the same training as is imparted to the Patwari
candidates.
(iii)
The curriculum of the school shall be as laid down in Appendix 'A'
(iv) Candidates
shall be examined in the subjects mentioned in Appendix 'B' and direct
Kanungo candidates in the subjects mentioned in the Kanungo Service Rules.
Examiners shall be appointed by the Director of Land Records from amongst
Officers fully conversant with the subjects of examination. Such examiners
should be appointed from amongst P.C.S. Officers or Tehsildars having adequate
experience of Revenue work. The result of the examination shall be announced
within a month of the last date of the examination.
(v) The
Director of Land Records shall issue certificates to the successful candidates.
On application the Director of Land Records may supply a duplicate copy of the
Patwar certificate, if the original certificate is lost, on payment of Rs.4.
This fee shall be credited to the head 0029-Land Revenue-800-other Receipts
(vi) Candidates
who are awarded Patwar Certificates by the Director of Land
Records, and those with compartment (s) except in papers V and VI,
copying of record and Survey works, respectively, shall undergo practical
training for a period of six months, as specified by the Collector of the
District to which the candidate belongs as required by rule 8 of the Punjab
Revenue Patwari, Class- III Service Rules, 1966.
(vii) The
result of the teaching given in the Patwar Training school shall be noticed in
the departmental report on the administration of Land Records.
IV-
Deleted
3.11 to 3.12 Deleted
V-
ASSISTANT PATWARIS
3.13.
Deleted
VI-GENERAL DUTIES
"Chapter 2" : Duties of Patwaris . The patwari must make any survey, field
inspection, record of crops, revision of maps, or reports relating to mutations,
partitions, revenue or rent, takavi, or other circumstances of his circle that
he may be ordered to make by the Revenue Officers. He must also give such
assistance as may be required of him by the Govenrment rules for the relief of
agricultural distress, or in elections, or in Human and Agricultural Census.
Such orders shall ordinarily be issued through the kanungo to whom he is
subordinate. Besides he should render all possible assistance to the village
postman while passing the night in the village in safeguarding the cash and
other valuables that he carries. The orders relating to the report by patwaris
of deaths of pensioners are to be found in standing order no. 7 (Land revenue
assignments and pensions). Rules relating to the duties of patwaris in relation
to irrigation will be found in standing order no.61 (Canals) read with paragraph
3.17A of this Manual.
3.15.
Report of calamity or disease .
(1) It is the duty of every patwari to submit at once a report in writing
regarding -
(a)
the outbreak of plague, cholera, small-pox or any
other epidemic disease among human beings to the Chief Medical Officer of the
District;
(b)
calamities affecting corps,including crop pest,
to the nearest officer of the Agricultural Department and,
(c)
the outbreak of any epidemic amount livestock to
the Veterinary Assistant of the ilaqa. This can be done by a post card
in form P XIII of Appendix G supplied for this purpose by the Civil Veterinary
Deptt.
In
addition, information regarding livestock mortality should be sent to the
Veterinary assistant Surgeon of the ilaqa
quarterly on the 1st day of every quarter on the form P.XIV of
appendix G supplied by the Civil Veterinary Department for the purpose. Under
Financial Commissioner Circular letter no. 3162-R, dated the 21st
September,1934 to all Commissioners, lambardars are required to report to the
patwari any out break of epidemic among livestock and also to furnish him
information regarding deaths amongst the livestock whenever required.
(2) The
patwaris should also report in writing to the tehsildar through the field
kanungo the occurrences within his circle of any calamity involving serious
injury to land, the crops, and the live stock or the agriculturists. These
reports will of course give the gist of those mentioned in sub-paragraph (i)
supra.
(3)
The patwari should also submit to the sadar kanungo punctually on the Ist
day of every month a report in form P.XIV given in appendix G regarding epidemic
diseases among cattle that may have prevailed during the preceding month.
(4) The
patwari should record in his diary a brief note regarding the gist and the date
of despatch of the reports mentioned in sub paragraphs (1) and (2) supra
3.16.
Visits of high officials.
When the circle of a patwari is visited by the kanungo, naib tehsildar,
tehsildar or other revenue officer, the patwari shall obtain the visiting
officer’s signatures to his diary; and shall give these offices all the
assistance in the proper discharge of their duties.
In particular
the patwari shall, when visited by the kanungo or revenue officer bring to his
notice -
(1) all matters of recent occurrence referred
to in paragraph 3.81 infra;
(2)
any alluvion or diluvion that may have occurred
with approximate areas thereof.
(3)
Cases in which the Government specially concerned
such as encroachment on government lands, decease of pensioners of revenue
assignees marriage or re-marriage of females drawing family pensions and
residing in the estate, cultivation of groves held free of revenue contrary to
the condition of the grant and progress of takavi works.
(4)
Emigration or immigration of cultivators.
3.17. Work forbidden to patwaris. Patwaris
must not be employed on miscellaneous work not connected with their proper
duties, and the irregular practice of calling patwaris to some central place or
to tehsil headquarters for the more convenient preparation of jamabandis and
other returns or to assist the ordinary tehsil establishment in the discharge of
its duties, must be strictly checked. It may occasionally be unavoidable in
order to obtain from a patwari returns which have not been submitted by due
date. Patwaris and kanungos must on no account be called upon to assist in the
certification of the results of coverings of branded mares.
3.17-A
Verification of ownership column
in warabandi cases In paragraph 2 of Appendix E of the Revenue Manual of the
Irrigation Branch of the Public Works Department, Punjab, it is laid down that
the figures of areas on which the preparation of a warabandi or any modification thereof
(as required by section 68 of the Northern Indian Canal and Drainage Act VIII of
1873) are based, must be verified by the Civil Patwari before the Divisional
Canal Officer hears the case. In paragraph 2.31 of the same Manual the
responsibility for obtaining this certificate from the Civil Patwari is laid
upon the Zaildar. Any delay on the part of the Civil Patwari in this matter
should be severely dealt with so as to save the applicants for a warabandi from unnecessary
hardship.
VII-POLICE DUTIES
3.18
(1)
Patwaris obligation to report
crime. Under section 45, Criminal Procedure Code, patwaris are under the
same legal obligation as owners and occupiers of land, in the matter of
reporting crime, and the reporting of speeches made at meetings held within the
limits of their circles, when called upon by the District Magistrate to do so.
Thus if a patwari has reason to believe that a crime has been committed and has
not been reported, he should convey information of the suspected or ascertained
crime to the nearest Magistrate of Police Station Officer. He can do this orally
or in writing as circumstances require. It is not intended that patwaris should
do the work of lambardars or chaukidars.
Note: - The
approval of Government to the issue of such instructions has been communicated
in Chief Secretary Confidential demi- official No.13155-S-B. dated the
4th December, 1931 to all District Magistrates in the
Punjab.
(2) In particular the patwari should report confidentially to the Excise
Inspector concerned or the Sub Inspector of the Police Station concerned any
illicit distillation or sale of liquor that may take place in his
circle.
3.19.
Maps illustrating police
enquiries. In some cases
patwaris can be called on to make maps to illustrate Police enquiries. The
instructions on the subject are noted below:-
(i)
In ordinary cases no demands for such maps will be made upon
patwaris.
(ii)
In the cases of heinous crime, especially in cases of murder or
riots connected with land disputes, the Police Officers investigating the
case(not being below the rank of a Sub Inspector)will, if he considers that an
accurate map is required ,summon to the scene of the crime, the patwari of the circle in which it
occurred ,and cause him to prepare such maps as may be needed to illustrate the
statements of the witnesses. He will be careful not to detain the patwari longer
than is necessary for the preparation of the map.
(iii) The
Police Officer will indicate to the Patwari the limits of the land of which he
desires a map, and the topographical items to be shown therein. The patwari will
then be responsible for drawing the map correctly, for making accurately on the
map all these items, and for entering on the map true distances. He will not
write on the map any explanations.
(iv) It
is for the Police Officer himself to add to the map such remarks as may be
necessary to explain the connection of the map with the case under enquiry. He
is also responsible equally with the patwari for the correctness of all
distances.
(v) It
will be convenient if all the entries made by the patwari are made in black
and those added by the Police Officer in red ink.
(vi) Patwari
will not in any case be required by the Police Officer to make a map of an
inhabited enclosure or of land inside a town or village site.
VIII-REVENUE
COLLECTIONS.
3.20 Assistance to be given
in revenue collections. When
revenue collections are in progress the patwaris must furnish any information or
explanation of accounts that may be required to facilitate the collections. But
he must not himself receive payments or take any part in the collection of the
revenue. He should, if so, required assist the headmen in giving
acknowledgements for payments and furnish them with a proper memorandum
[arzirsal (1) village (2) Amount (3) on what account (4) by whom tendered and by
whom conveyed to tehsil] when they
proceed to the tehsil to pay the revenues. He is forbidden to take any fees for
the performance of the duties stated in this paragraph. When the demand is
remitted by money order it is the duty of the patwari to complete the coupon by
entering the amounts to be paid under each head, of demand and by signing
it.
3.21 Annual Bachh papers .
The patwari prepares each year
a bachh paper showing the demands due from each contributor to the village
bachh. In villages under fluctuating assessment the bachh papers will be made
after the girdawari on which the assessment is based. In all other villages the
bachh papers must be prepared by the patwari for every village immediately after
the kharif girdawari. And the patwari must, if necessary, correct the bachh
paper at the second harvest of the year, so far as may be necessary, to make it
agree with the events that have occurred since its
preparation.
In the case of villages for
which a quinquennial jamabandi has
not been prepared it is necessary to take special precautions to ensure the
correctness of the bachh paper. It should be prepared in duplicate, one copy
being intended for the use of the lambardars and the other for that of the
patwari.The field kanungo should carefully check the patwari’s copy with the
last jamabandi and mutation register, and sign it after having satisfied himself
of its correctness. He should then compare with the copy intended for the use of
the lambardars, and, if that is correct, he should sign it also, and should
initial all erasures and corrections in both copies. The superior revenue
officers should also be required to check some of the entries and sign them. The
detail of dakhalas of the sums paid
after the due date, which is prescribed by the foot note to column 11 of the
jamabandi from, should, in cases where no jamabandi is prepared, be added at the
end of the patwaris copy of the bachh statement. The form of fard bachh should be as brief and simple
as is practicable with reference to the circumstances of each village. The copy
intended for the use of lambardars should be retained by them. The patwaris copy
should be kept by him in a register
till the next detailed jamabandi is filed, and should then be sent with the
jamabandi to the tehsil office where
it should be kept until the next jamabandi is filed with its fards.
3.22. Parcha
books.The patwari is bound to supply to every owner and cultivator on demand
a parcha book, containing a copy of
the jamabandi entries in which the
applicant is interested, and printed receipt forms for 20 years. Parcha books in
the form sanctioned by the Settlement Officer can be obtained from the Director
of Land Records. Their cost will be charged by the Deputy Commissioner to budget
head "68-Stationary and Printing”, " but the books are not issued to a patwari
by the tehsildar, except on cash payment of their cost price which will be
credited to miscellaneous in the stock register of patwari forms to show the
sale of these books and the account should be regularly checked by the Revenue
Officer.
The orders of Government also require the issue of parcha books at the close of settlement
operations to all land owners and tenants free of charge,and in exceptional
cases the Collector may see reason to follow the same course at other times
also. Ordinarily parcha books are
only given when asked for.
3.23.
Annual entries in parcha books to be made free of charge .
Any owner or cultivator, on
presenting his parcha book to the
patwari is entitled to have the demand due from him for the current year at once
endorsed thereon by the patwari, and no fee shall be charged for such
endorsements.
3.24 to 3.28. deleted.
XI PATWARIS SERVICE
BOOKS
3.29.
Patwari Service Book and Character Roll .
The service books and the character rolls of patwaris (whether officiating
or permanent) should be maintaining in form A.T.C. 4 and F.C. 210, by the office
kanungo and Sadar kanungo respectively.In the month of March each year the
character rolls should be forwarded by the Sadar kanungo to the tehsildar for
getting the remarks recorded by the concerned Circle Revenue Officer for the
year. The tehsildars after getting
the remarks recorded by the concerned circle revenue officer regarding the work
and conduct including reputation for honesty should forward the same to the
Sub-Divisional Megistrate/Extra Assistant Settlement Officer/Assistant
Settlement Officer/Settlement Officer for counter signatures adding their
remarks. The character rolls should then be returned to the Sadar Kanungo for
record.
(2)
The remarks of Deputy Commissioner, if any, given at the time of
inspection of the Patwaris work, should be communicated to the Sadar Kanungo for
incorporation in the character roll under the attestation of the Officer
Incharge of the Revenue Branches.
(3) A
register showing seniority, qualifications, details of service, punishment,
praise, reward, etc., about patwaris should also be maintained by the Sadar
Kanungo in the form prescribed in paragraph 2.60-A. The entries in this register
should be kept up- to-date.
(Punjab Government Memo. No.
4316-D-53/4353, date the 27th May, 1953).
3.30 to 3.43. [Deleted]
XIV-
ACCOUNT RULES RELATING TO PATWAR CHARGES
3.44. Budgets . Receipt connected with the
patwari establishment are credited to State revenues, shown in the running
register prescribed in paragraph 23 of standing order No. 31 and included in the
tauzi of Miscellaneous Land Revenue under
"Other items". The Director of Land Records is responsible for the
preparation of the budgets of all expenditure on account of the kanungo and
patwari establishments. The control of the expenditure of patwari contingencies
also rests with him.
3.45.
Contingent
charges -.Contingent charges will be dealt with under Chapter 6 of the Civil
Account Code. The heads are: -
|
(i)
|
Survey equipment |
|
|
(ii)
|
Patwari school
contingencies |
|
(iii)
|
Money order commission for
transmission of pay etc |
|
(iv)
|
Other Charges |
|
|
(v)
|
Rewards |
|
(vi)
|
Gratuities |
|
(vii)
|
Stationery |
Head 2058-stationery and
printing-101-purchase and sypply of stationery store-01-stationery store
meterial and supply |
|
(viii)
|
Lithographic
charges |
3.46 to 3.47. (Deleted)
XVI-FEES
"Chapter 3"
:
Inspection of
records of patwari and grant of certified extracts therefrom (land
Revenue Rule 71). – (i) The Patwari shall allow any one interested to
inspect his records and to take notes therefrom in pencil in his presence. He
shall give to the applicants certified extracts and enter in his diary a note of
the inspections allowed and extracts given. The following fee shall be charged
in each case:-
|
Sr.No. |
Nature of work |
Rate of fee |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
|
A-Copies of extracts
From |
|
1
|
Jamabandi
including extracts called for by courts or officers in connection with the
preparation of abstracts of fields |
Twenty Rupees per page of
the original document
|
|
2 |
Inspection notes
attached to Jamabandis. |
Ditto |
|
3
|
|
Twenty Rupees per page of
the original document |
|
(ii) Copy of pending
mutation
|
|
(iii) Interrogatories in pending
mutations; |
|
(iv) Counterfoil of mutation sheets ;
and
|
|
(v) Misal Haqiat
|
|
4 |
Fard Haqiat consisting of
names of proprietors or occupancy tenants, total number of fields, area,
land revenue and rate and cesses |
|
|
5
|
List of co-shares of
proprietary or occupancy of holdings |
Twenty Rupees per page of
the original document. |
|
6
|
(i)
Genealogical trees of land holders, occupancy tenants and
muqarridars |
|
|
(ii) Statement of
wells and other sources of irrigation; |
|
|
(iii)
List of pensions and
assignments;
|
|
(iv)
Wajib-ul-arz; |
|
(v) Naqsha-Haquq Jandrat
wa panchaki; |
|
(vi) Fard Bachh or that dhal
bachh (Asamiwar); |
|
(vii) Demand statement
(canal); |
|
(viii)
Triqa bachh: and |
|
(ix) orders of Settlement
Officers. |
|
7
|
(i) Khasra Girdawari
including extracts from Khasra Girdawari called for by courts or officers
in connection with the preparation of five yearly abstracts of
fields; |
Twenty Rupees per page of
the original document |
|
(ii) Diaries (Roznamcha
waqiati); |
|
(iii) Field
books; |
|
(iv) Statement of grazing
dues; |
|
(v) Extracts from Chaukidar’s
assessment list; and |
|
(vi) Statement contained in
village note books (Lal
Kitab). |
|
8 |
Abstract of quinquennial
average of mutation. |
Twenty Rupees per
statement |
|
9 |
Fard taqsim (Llist of
allottees of colony land). |
Twenty Rupees per page of
the original document |
|
10
|
Parcha books |
Twenty Rupees per page of
the original document |
B – Inspections
|
|
11
|
Inspection of papers
relating to one quinquennium including relevant entries of the mutation
registers. |
Twenty Rupees per
inspection. |
C-Preparation of Plans
and Tracings |
|
12
|
Tracing of field map
|
Twenty Rupees per four
fields |
|
13
|
Taracing of tatima
shajra |
Twenty Rupees per four
fields |
|
14
|
Preparation of plans called
for by courts or officers in connection with civil and revenue
suits |
Twenty rupees per
plan. |
|
|
|
|
Note:-(1)
The patwaris shall not be entitled to retain any share in respect of
copying or
inspection fees and the fees thus realised shall be credited into the
Government Treasury under the head “0029–Land Revenue - 800- other
Receipts-07-Copying and Inspection Fee of patwaris
Record."
(2)
Patwaris
are forbidden to prepare and supply copies of extracts of papers not shown in
the above table.
(3)
List of
co-sharers shall not be prepared and supplied without the previous sanction of
the Collector unless required in connection with a revenue, civil, or criminal
case.
(ii) No fee for
doing work for the State Government, such as the preparation of an extract from
the revenue records to show the property owned by an absconding criminal shall
be charged. Patwaris should however, not be required to furnish such an extract
without a special order of the Deputy Commissioner in each case, and such an
order should only be passed if the case is of real
importance.
Copies required for public purposes by Public
officers of the Central or State Government as defined in section 2(17) of the
Code of Civil Procedure shall be supplied free of charge.
(iii) The Patwari is
forbidden to give copies except on lithographic forms which are supplied to him.
On the top of each of these forms the words "Receipt No." are printed. The
number of the receipt handed over by the patwari to the applicant (paragraph
3.48(v) infra) should invariably be
entered by the patwari. Where the entry receipt No. is not printed on the form
the patwari should record this entry in his own hand and insert therein relevant
receipt number. He should note in red ink in the copy of the jamabandi entry
required by rule 15 of the rules under the Punjab Tenancy Act, all mutations
affecting the khatauni holding which have been attested subsequent to the
preparations of the jamabandi.
(iv) The accounts of
fee realized by patwaris should be kept in the register in form P-XII given in
appendix G, which will be supplied to them. The fee realized by the patwari
during the month, should be deposited into the Treasury by the 10th
of next month. The field kanungo should check the register every month when he
goes to the patwaris circle and should sign it in token of his having done so.
The tehsildar or the naib-tehsildar when inspecting the patwaris work should
also check it. During September, when the patwari comes to the tehsil he should
bring the register with him for check by the tehsil wasilbaqi
nawis.
Supply of printed copies of receipt books
for copying and inspection fees of patwaris records.(v) The Patwari will be
supplied with a printed receipt book in triplicate in which every amount
realized by him shall be recorded with black ink while using carbon . First copy
will be handed over to the payee and the second sent to the tehsil wasil baqi
nawis through the field Kanunugo
with the half yearly demand statements . As soon as the receipt book is
exhausted the patwari will return the Exhausted receipt book to the office
Kanuungo and obtain from him a new receipt book in exchange.
"Chapter 4": Supply of copies through value payable post . (1) Any
person wishing to obtain certified copies of revenue records from the patwari by
value payable post (V.P.P) may apply to the patwari for this purpose giving
sufficient information to enable the patwari to make out the copy, provided a
post office is located within the circle of the patwari. The application need
not bear any court- fee stamps. Only one application would suffice for any
number of copies asked for. The patwari shall supply the required copies through
value payable post (V.P.P) within four days of the receipt of application and
shall charge the following charges in addition to those already prescribed under
the rules for preparing copies of revenue records:-
(i)
Postage charges by weight for the packet containing copies of revenue
records to be sent.
(ii)
Value payable post (V.P.P.) charges.
(iii)
Registration fee.
(iv) Two rupees as
remuneration for inconvenience and extra work caused to him.
(2)
The charges mentioned at (i) to (iv) above will be deemed as "other
charges" under section 98(a) of the Punjab Land Revenue Act, 1887, and as such
shall be recoverable as arrears of Land Revenue when the packet containing
copies of revenue records sent by value payable post is refused by an
applicant.
"Chapter 5": Receipt Books . (1) Each
patwari should have at a time only one receipt book bearing printed book and
receipt number and only one copying fee register.
A requisition
form, as in the case of cheque books should be posted in the printed receipt
book , to enable the patwari to communicate his demand to the office kanungo,
well in time, so that as soon the receipt book is exhausted, the former will
return the counter foils to the latter and obtain from him a new receipt book in
exchange, which should contain a certificate from the Tehsildar that the receipt
book contains so many certified No. of pages,which are numbered in proper
consecutive order.
(2)
The office kanungo of the tehsil concerned should be held personally
responsible for the issue of receipt books and copying fee registers to
patwaris. The patwaris should submit a report one month ahead through the field
kanungo of the circle, who should verify the report of the patwari and send it
to the Tehsildar concerned. The Tehsildar should order the office kanungo to
issue the copying fee register/receipt book to the patwari after satisfying
himself that the ones issued previously have been actually exhausted and
deposited with him and that accounts, in this behalf have also been rendered by
patwari.
(3) In case the
patwari sends the exhausted register to tehsil office kanungo earlier than
September before it is checked by the Wasil Baqi Nawis the tehsil office kanungo
should hand over the said register to the patwari concerned in the month of
September, when he patwari comes to the Tehsil for filing the annual and
quinquennial statement and jamabandis in the tehsil land records office, and the
latter should then get it checked by the Wasil Baqi Nawis and return the same to
the office kanungo.
(4) The patwari should
also retain a copy of the entries of the Register, made after the despatch of
the last half yearly demand on account of copying and Inspection fee, to the
Tehsildar, to enable him to prepare the demand for the next half year.
(5) A copying fee register should be
issued only after a certificate has been recorded on it by a revenue officer to
the effect that it contains so many pages and has been issued under his
signature with the seal of the court.
(6) The office kanungo
should keep a clear record of "Book Nos." of the receipt books issued to each
patwari.
(7) The tehsil office kanungo
should maintain a ledger account for each patwari in which should be recorded
the number of receipt book issued to the patwari and the number of receipts
issued by the patwari every half year. The latter information can be had from
the second foils of receipts by the Wasil Baqi Nawis through the field kanungo
with the half - yearly demand statements. While posting receipt numbers in the
ledger, any gap in numbers should be viewed with suspicion and investigated
immediately.
(8)
Since the ledger account will be kept by the tehsil office kanungo any
omission on his part in the observance of instructions relating to the issue of
copying fee receipt books and registers and in the maintenance of ledger
accounts should be viewed seriously and dealt with severely.
"Chapter 6":
Entry in diary (i) The patwari should enter in his
diary (a) the field numbers and khatas to which an extract applied for relates
(b) the fees charged for the extract and (c) the name of person from whom
charged. Inspecting officers should verify from time to time by enquiry from the
parties concerned whether the sums entered in the diary were actually paid.
(ii)
Copies of the schedules of rates to be charged for extracts, etc., should
be printed in Gurmukhi and distributed and broadcast in every village. The
schedule should also contain a note to the effect that the applicant should
insist on obtaining a receipt from the patwari for the amount paid and should
see that the receipt number is given on the copy supplied to him, and that any
person who is required to pay for work for which no fee is prescribed or to make
any excess payment should report the matter to the tehsildar.
(iii)
A printed copy of the schedule should also be exhibited at patwarkhanas
tehsils, Panchayatghars, village schools- and other places of public resort.
(iv) If a
patwari fails to supply a copy of the revenue records or charges a fee in excess
of the prescribed rate, disciplinary action shall be taken against him.
"Chapter 7":
Payment into the treasury of fees realized for inspection of record and
extracts granted therefrom (a) Each patwari should prepare a statement
showing the fees realized from 1st April to 30th September
and submit it to the field kanungo of his circle by the 10th of
October. He should prepare a similar Statement for the period 1st
October to 31st March and send it on to the field kanungo by the
10th of April. These statements will show the name of the village and
the amount of fee recoverable during each month of the two periods noted above
together with the total of the circle. When submitting these statements the
patwari should note in the register maintained by him under the rules, the dates
of their submission together with the period to which they relate. The field
kanungo should prepare a consolidated statement by villages giving the total of
his circle and submit it to the tehsil wasil baqi nawis by the end of October
and April, each year. The tehsil
wasil baqi nawis will see that the amount deposited by the patwari at the end of
each month tallies with these statements.
(b) On receipt of those
statements the tehsil wasil baqi nawis should prepare, in duplicate, a
consolidated statement for the whole tehsil and submit it through the sadar
wasil baqi nawis to the Collector for sanction so as to reach his office on the
15th November and 15th May, at the latest. After obtaining
the necessary sanction, the sadar wasil baqi nawis should note the demand in his
register and return the duplicate copy of the statement to the tehsildar by the
end of November and May, at the latest. These statements will be attached to the
qistbandi as demand statements of
copying and inspection fees of patwaris records.
(c) The half - yearly demand
statements together with the receipt referred to in paragraph 3.48(v) supra will be destroyed after three
years, while the books of counterfoils referred to in the same paragraph will be
destroyed after one year in the presence of the tehsildar. The consolidation
demand statement for the whole tehsil that forms a part of the qistbandi,will be destroyed along with
the latter, i.e. when the new settlement is sanctioned.
3.51.
(Deleted)
XVII - REWARDS AND
HONORARIA
3.52. Rewards for good
work . Rewards may be paid to patwaris, permanent or temporary, provided
that budget provision exists. These rewards may be given to patwaris in
districts whether under settlement or consolidation of holdings operations or
not for conspicuous good work in the discharge of their ordinary duties.
3.53 to 3.56. (deleted)
XIX-
PATWARKHANAS
3.57 Rules as to patwarkhanas: -
The following are the orders regarding patwarkhanas: -
(i)
No demands of any kind are to be made on lambardars or landowners or on
the village residents for the construction or repairs of patwarkhanas.
(ii)
Except in the cases mentioned below (iii) and (iv) infra, patwaris will
be required to make their own arrangements for housing themselves and providing
a separate room for their records and office work at some village within their
circle. Reasonable help in enabling them to do this should be given by the
Government.
(iii) Government has
now accepted a policy of adding slowly year by year to the number of patwarkhanas (at the rate of about 20 patwarkhanas each year in each
division), preference being given to those cases where it is difficult or
expensive for a patwari to get accommodation for his residence and office in his
circle. The Deputy Commissioners have been empowered to sanction expenditure on
repairs of patwarkhanas up to Rs.
1,500 in each case; the Director of Land Records, Punjab has power to sanction
expenditure up to Rs. 2,500, the Commissioner of the Division up to Rs. 5,000
and the Financial Commissioner any amount exceeding Rs.5, 000. A rough plan and
specification with an estimate of cost should be submitted with every such application.
A completion report shall be sent to the Director of Land Records. It is for the
Deputy Commissioner to decide as to the agency to be employed for the repair of
patwarkhanas. Ordinary repair to patwarkhanas will be carried out by the
patwaris living in them.
(iv)
Where a patwarkhanas exists, the patwari shall
live in it and keep it in repair; provided that if any such patwarkhanas is, in the Collector’s
opinion, for any reason unsuitable for this purpose, he may, with the previous,
sanction of the Director, make over the building to the lambardars of the
village to be used for their own purposes, and call upon the patwari to make his
own arrangements for a residence and office.
(v)
When a patwari retires or is transferred he will hand over the patwarkhana to his successor, who will
sign a certificate to the effect that he has received it in good condition. This
certificate will be endorsed by the field kanungo of the circle and sent to the
tehsil office for record. Both patwaris should sign the entry to be made in the
village diary that the building has been made over in good condition should the
patwarkhana be in need of repair, the
outgoing patwari will be responsible for having such repairs executed, unless
they come under the category of special repairs as defined in clause (iii) supra.
(vi)
No expenditure for repairs of
patwarkhanas will be sanctioned except in case of special repairs due to
serious damage from floods or other circumstances beyond the control of the
patwari. Application for sanction to such expenditure must be submitted to the
Director .In making recommendations for grant of funds for repairing patwarkhanas in need of special repairs,
facts should be reported in detail and it should be expressly stated:
(a)
that suitable action has been taken against any patwari who has been
responsible for the special repair having become necessary through neglect of
ordinary repairs, or
(b)
that the special repairs have not become necessary owing to the neglect
of ordinary repairs.
(vii) To
prevent irregularities in carrying out repairs to patwarkhanas and in disbursing money
allotted for the purpose, a set of instruction has been given in appendix D, and
the Collector shall see that these are strictly followed and defaulters suitably
dealt with.
(viii) Field kanungo shall be required to
report to the tehsildar by the 1st January, every year:
(1) In regard to patwarkhanas: -
(a) their
condition;
(b)
wether the patwaris live in them.
(2) In regard
to patwarkhanas circles where there
are no patwarkhanas -
(a)
whether the patwari is living in his circle;
(b)
whether he has made proper arrangements for his
office.
The tehsildar
will submit the reports to the Sub Divisional Magistrate (C) who will bring to
the notice of the collector any cases in which the orders contained in this
chapter are not observed.
3.58 (deleted)
XXI -
TRANSFER AND PROMOTION
3.59. Transfer of patwari . A patwari should
not be transferred from one circle to another merely as a punishment .-- vide Revenue Ruling 3 of 1885.
On resignation or transfer a patwari is bound to make over his papers
records equipment and the patwarkhana, if there is one in his
circle, to his successor, who will forward to Deputy Commissioner through his
superiors a charge report showing the detail of all papers, record and equipment
received, the condition of the patwarkhana, if there is one, and also
the date and place on which he received charge: but in case of dismissal or
suspension a patwari must make over charge to the field kanungo.
No patwari holding charge of a colony town should be allowed to stay
there for more than five years; the transfer should be affected as soon as the
quinquennial jamabandi is filled.
3.60 to 3.61 [Deleted]
XXII- PATWARIS’ PAPERS.
"Chapter 8":
Records to be maintained by patwari . The patwari keeps up the
following records for each estate in his circle:-
Khasra girdawari and jamabandi
each with abstract appendices and registers relating thereto, as prescribed in
chapters 7 and 9, registers of mutations, field map, genealogical tree of
landowners, and other papers detailed in chapter 9 (Harvest inspections), annual
record -of- rights, and agricultural statistics and in appendices VII, VIII and
IX to the Settlement Manual and a diary of his whole circle.
A
tin cased strong box or almirah will be supplied to each patwari for his
records. The charge in connection with these items will be included in the
ordinary patwari contingent bills.
3.63. Records for grant of Government land .
The papers for lands leased or
sold or granted free by Government with the object of their being cultivated
should be prepared and filed in the same manner as for all other agricultural
estates.
3.64. Era to be used . The agricultural year
begins with the 1st September. The year should be described in the terms of the
Christian era.
3.65. English numerals to be used in patwaris
papers . All registers or documents kept up by Patwaris as such, i.e.,
Jamabandi, village note-books, mutation registers, etc., are to be kept in
English numerals.
"Chapter 9" : Responsibility of patwaris for custody of
maps etc. The Patwari is
responsible for the safe custody and good condition of all the records, maps and
equipment of his circle that are in his charge. When the original field maps in
the possession of a patwari are worn out new copies should be made by the
patwari himself. The copy should be made on ruled English mapping sheets which
will be supplied by the Director, if available, and if not, on ruled
country-made mapping sheets and not on one continuous sheet.
3.67
Copies not required by rules not
to be called for. A
patwari must not, in any circumstances, be called on for copies of his annual
papers over and above those required of him by the instructions on the subject;
copies must be prepared only on the lithographed forms supplied to him.
XXIII-EQUIPMENT
Equipment, Stationary, etc., for
Patwaris
3.68.
Survey equipment . The
following survey equipment will be supplied to each Patwari, the cost thereof
being met from the patwari contingencies:-
.
1
Chain with 10 iron pins.
1
Cross staff.
12 or 15
Bamboo flag staves
1 Ploting Scale
1
Board 75 X 60 centi metres.
Note.--
In hill circles plane table and sighting and will be supplied in place of
the
board.
3.69. Metric rod . The
Patwari’s metric rod should not be of wood, but of bar iron (about eight
millimeter square). Two should be supplied to each Patwari. The field kanungo is
responsible for their agreement with his own rods. These should be kept safe in
hollow bamboos.
3.70. Addas . At every
village where a patwari resides, there should be marked out on a level piece of
uncultivated land a standard length (adda) exactly corresponding with the
patwari’s 20 metres chain. The extreme ends should be marked by two pegs driven
deep (60 centimeters, if possible) into the ground. The measurement of the adda
should be reckoned from the outside edge of the pag to the inside edge of
the other; that is to say, when the
handle of one end of the chain is
placed over one peg, the other end should touch the inside of the other peg. If
the adda itself needs correction, it can be shortened by cutting from the
outside of the pegs, or lengthened by cutting from the inside.
Importance is attached to the correct
maintenance of these addas, and revenue officers in their visits to patwaris
offices should see that the orders for their maintenance are duly observed and
that the length of the adda is strictly accurate. Field kanungos should be held
responsible for any inaccuracies in the addas and for any neglect of the orders
relating to them. Full instructions for preparation of these addas will be found
in the Mensuration Manual.
3.71. Patwari’s
chain. The patwaris chain
should be made of soft iron and constructed exactly as directed in the
Mensuration Manual. Variations of patterns are forbidden. Chains should be made
up locally not at other distant workshops.
In testing the length of a chain, see that it is well shaken out and
stretched only to the tension at which it is used. Test either on the adda or by
rods as may be convenient. In the latter case use two rods, placing them on the
ground alternately and see that they touch truly.
3.72.
Patwari’s cross-staves . The Patwaris’cross-staff- A pattern will be
supplied to each district by the Director of Land Records. It should be made up
locally, strictly in accordance with this pattern. Elaborations and additions to
the pattern are forbidden.
3.75.
Sighting rods . Sighting rods
are not required except in hill tracts, where it is necessary to use
plane-table. In such case a pattern should be obtained from the Director of Land
Records and the sighting rods should be made up locally according to the
pattern.
(ii) The
Director will send to each Deputy Commissioner and Settlement Officer a pattern
of each scale to be kept in his office and used for comparison with scales
supplied by the contractor. Any scales which are not made according to the
pattern should be rejected and returned to the contractor. The Director should
be informed of such rejections.
(iii) The
points as to which a careful examination of scales should be made are the
following:-
(1) The
sub-divisions must be accurate.
(2) The
sub-divisions must be deep and black and not broader than in the pattern.
(3)
The metal must not be glittering.
(4)
The measuring edge must be thin and absolutely true.
(5)
The scale must be backed with white paper.
(6)
The weight must be not less than 125 grams.
3.77. Return of
mathematical instruments . Settlement Officer should submit at the end of
every official year a list in form P- IX given in appendix G, of the
mathematical instruments in stock on the 31st March. When new mathematical
instruments are required the indent for them (the form of which will be found in
the rules published in part II of the Gazette of India for April 9th 1887)
should be sent through the Director of Land Records' Office. When survey
instruments are transferred from one settlement to another, or to the Director
of Land Records' Office, the date on which, and the officer by whom, they were
originally received from the instruments Office, should be noted.
"Chapter 10" : Books
of reference . The following books of reference should be supplied to the
patwaris, the correction slips being issued to them from time to time through
the tehsil office kanungo. The field kanungo and higher inspecting officers
should see that these books are kept up to date:-
1.
Land Records Manual.
2.
Financial Commissioners standing order No.32
(Taccavi loans).
3.
A copy of the rules contained in paragraphs 441
and 505 of the Settlement Manual.
4.
Mensuration Manual.
5.
Rules showing the duties of lambardars and
chaukidars (part II-Jantri Patwarian).
6.
A Ready Reckoner regarding the calculation of
areas.
XX1V- DIARY, ETC.
"Chapter 11" : Diary
. The patwari is required to keep diary (Roznamcha Waqiati) work book
(Roznamcha Karguzari).
3.80
Village Diary and file of instruction .
The roznamcha waqiati is the book in which occurrences relating to the
patwari’s duty and his circles are to be entered day by day. In this book to and
fro movements of the patwari are also to be entered.
Ordinarily
there shall be one diary for each circle. But if a patwari has one or more
assistants, each will keep a separate diary under such instructions for the
division of business as the Collector may issue in each case.
The patwari will also maintain a file called "File of instructions" in
which he will place copies of all orders and instructions received by him. He
should enter in his diary the receipt of such orders and instructions.
“Roznamcha Waqiati and Roznamcha
Karguzari will be centrally printed and page marked with the seal of Director of
Land Records thereon and supplied to the districts before the commencement of
each agricultural year.”
"Chapter 12": Occurrences to be done in diary .
The following occurrences must
be noted in the diary on the day on which they come to the patwari's notice and
the manner in which they came to his knowledge, the signature or seal of one of
the village headmen concerned being added at the time of entry, if
possible:-
(1) Any
calamity which he reports to the tehsildar through the field kanungo as
mentioned in paragraph 3.15 supra.
(2) All
alluvion, or diluvion (with approximate area giving details as known at the
time).
(3) Fall
of rain with its duration, and whether slight medium or heavy.
(4) Deaths
of owners, village officers, pensioners or revenue assignees, and the marriage
or remarriage of female drawing family pensions and residing in the estate.
(5) Such
change of cultivating occupancy and rent as have to be noted under
chapter 9.9.
(6)
The execution of any decree of court affecting land, its rent, or its
produce.
(7) Takavi
advances on long term basis made by government, repayments of these loans as
also notes regarding progress of completion of works for which a takavi loan has
been granted.
(8) Orders
of revenue officers or kanungos received by the patwari or executed in the
circle.
(9)
Attachment proceedings affecting land, its cultivation, or its produce or
cattle.
(10) Any
encroachment on or damage to nazul or Government property on roads.
(11) Any
alienation or resumption of revenue by government, suspensions or remissions of
revenue, and any alteration of the rate of cesses.
(12)
Cultivation of land occupied by groves held free of revenue.
(13)
Infringement or neglect of conditions attached to grants of land revenue
made by Government.
(14)
The
erection, destruction or decay of survey marks or village boundary marks and the
alteration of village boundaries.
(15)
Payments of revenue to Government or to Government assignees.
(16)
The
visit of any revenue officers to the circle.
(17)
Any
fact relating to land or its revenue or rent specially reported to the patwari
by a person interested therein, with a request that it be entered in his diary
and which the patwari may consider important.
(18)
Any
alteration in the cultivating occupancy or rent of land which may have been
recorded in the crop-inspection register in accordance with chapter 9 (Harvest
Inspection).
(19)
Any
case of brick-burning. When it is suspected that the crime is due to
incendiarism, this should be mentioned.
(20)
Any
cases of increase of mortgage money, with details of the amount, parties and
village.
For entry in
the diary of alterations of entries in the khasra girdawari see chapter 9.9.
For entry of
registration memos see chapter 7.32
(iii) and for entry of the first four columns of lists of mutations see chapter
7.38(v).
It has been
noticed that in some districts patwaris take undue advantage of instructions in
this paragraph and record detailed reports about transfers of land and getting
the parties concerned to affix their signatures to the entries made by them.
This practice is irregular. The only person whose signature can be affixed to
the entry made in the diary is the village lambardar. Reports made in the diary
should be brief.
"Chapter 13":
Number and dating of
entries . The patwari must assign to every entry a separate serial number in
large and clear figures. Every entry should be closed by an esterisk mark and no
blank line should be left between two consecutive entries. Such orders and
instructions as relate to rules of practice must be entered in red ink. The date
of each day's entries shall be given according to the Saka calendar. The English
date being added.
"Chapter 14":
Orders to be entered . The patwari must enter in his diary all orders
and instructions communicated to him by the kanungo and must obtain the
kanungo's signature to the entries. He must also obtain the kanungos signature
to all entries relating to facts reported to the kanungo.
3.84. Condition of
crops etc., to be entered . The patwari must, at the end of each Saka month
enter in his diary the general condition of the crops, husbandry and cattle of
his circle, noticing specially all facts which have affected them favorably or
unfavourably. This entry must be made with special care and after sufficient
inquiry and inspection of the crops.
3.85 . Work-book for patwari .
In the Work-book the patwari will enter from day to day the work done by
him. Detailed instructions will be printed at the beginning of the work-book. Each book will contain
24 leaves. New books for each year should be distributed to each patwari at the
same time as he receives his stationery supply, and the cost should be charged
to the patwari contingencies.. A new book should be opened by each patwari from
the beginning of September in each year.
3.85A Movement diary. In addition to
the existing Roznamcha Waqiati and Roznamcha Karguzari, maintained by each
patwari, he should maintain a diary of his movement called Roznamcha Harkat
(movement diary).
(i)
This Roznamcha Shall contain serially numbered pages and foils and
counterfoils with the stamp of Tehsil Revenue Officer on each of
them.
(ii)
Whenever the patwari has to leave is head-quarters before his
departure,
he shall make an entry in his own hand in this Roznamcha, duly signed by
him at proper serial no. and date and time clearly stating therein:-
a)
the period of his absence,
b)
the purpose of his visit whether personal or
official,
c)
village or place he shall be visiting,
d)
likely date and time of his return.
(iii)
The movement diary will remain with the patwari as long as he is at his
headquarters
but before he leaves his headquarters,he shall, after making necessary entry in
it,leave it at the residence of the senior-most lambadar,i.e, the Lambardar with
the longest standing in the village of his headquarters. The counterfoils duly
filed up shall be left at the residence of the village Sarpanch.
(iv)
The form of the Roznamcha Harkat shall be as follows:-
|
S.No |
Date and
Time |
Period
of absence from headquarters |
Destination and purpose of
leaving headquarters |
Likely
date and time of return |
Signatures |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
3.86. Partial book prescribed
during measurements. When measurements are commenced in any village, the
patwari will be furnished with an inspection-book (partal ki kitab) for that
village, and all entries made by inspection officers of the result of their
inspection in that village will be made, not on the patwari's work-book, but in
this inspection book for the village, which should be of the same size as the
khataunis and be filed with them when the measurement of the village is
complete. This inspection-book will
contain only entries relating to the village for which it is drawn up, including
lists of mistakes, and reports as to their corrections. Any entry an inspecting
officer may have to make about other villages, e.g., at girdawari time, he
should make on the patwari's work-book.
3.87. Reports to superiors. The
communications of patwaris with their superior officers should, as a rule, be
sent by hand, but where they have to submit reports or papers direct to the
tehsil or sadar or to officers of or above the rank of a tehsildar they may,
should no other more convenient means of communication be available forward the
necessary documents by post 'bearing’. For the purposes of paragraphs 353 (2) of
the Post Telegraph Guide patwaris have been recognized as Government officials
and the bearing ‘ postage’ payable
on official postal articles sent by them is the prepaid rate (vide letter No.
7931, of 26th January, 1902 from the Postmaster-General Punjab, to
the Revenue Secretary to Government, Punjab).
3.88.
Maintenance of the registers of survey equipments, furniture and record
in patwari's custody . (a) A register of the survey equipment and furniture
supplied to patwaris at Government expense and remaining in their custody should
be maintained in form P-X, given in appendix G,by each patwari and a
consolidated copy of the same with the omission of columns 4 and 5 should be
kept by each tehsil office kanungo. When the patwaris come to the tehsil in
September, they should bring their registers with them and the tehsil office
kanungo should compare them with his copy, note the result of the comparison in
the last column of the latter, and make any corrections that may be
necessary.
Any loss of
survey equipment should be immediately reported by the field kanungo to the
tehsildar, who will, if the loss has been due to the patwari’s negligence order
the replacement of the equipment by the patwari concerned, and in order cases
report to the Deputy Commissioner for its replacement at Government expense.
(b)
A register in form P-X1 given in appendix G, should also be maintained by
each patwari showing the records in his custody. It should be in the same volume
as register in form P-X but no consolidated copy of it need be kept at the
tehsil nor need it be checked by the tehsil office kanungo except under special
orders of the Collector.
XXV—STATIONERY FOR
PATWARIS
3.89
Covers of jamabandi etc.
Every patwari will provide out of the stationery allowance leather
outside cover (patta) for his diary, and paper binding covered with chintz or
thin cloth for the jamabandi of each village. These covers will be used to
protect papers actually to be used by the patwari, and will not be sent to the
tehsil office.
3.90. Petty items of stationery . All
patwaris (temporary or permanent) and
will receive from Government a stationery allowance as sanctioned from
time to time.
3.91. Patwaris almanac .
Arrangements have been made for the annual issue of a patwaris almanac, and the
issue will be ready two months before each year commences. A copy of the almanac
should be supplied to every patwari and to every kanungo.
3.92. Forms and blank
paper . Collectors should indent for forms and blank papers for patwaris and
kanungos in the manner described in paragraphs 3.93 to 3.97 infra. The Director of Land Records has
been specially authorised, where necessary, to make local purchases of paper and
cloth for the use of patwaris and kanungos, and also to have patwari and kanungo
forms lithographed at private presses.
3.93. Standard and
special forms . Forms are of two kinds-(a) Standard and (b) Special. A
sample book of the standard forms in common use throughout the state has been
supplied to all Deputy Commissioners, who should keep this book up-to-date by
adding to it new or modified forms approved by the Director of Land Records and
corrections issued by him from time to time. Specimens of standard forms
included in the sample book need not be sent with the indents for these forms,
but samples of special forms must always accompany the indents for such forms.
3.94. Preparation of indents for forms and blank
paper . (1) A quinquennial list of all kanungo and patwari forms supplied to
each patwari and each field, tehsil and district kanungo during the 5 years to
which the last quinquennial jamabandi relates has been prepared and kept in
tehsil and district kanungo's offices. With the aid of this list and
supplemented by information supplied by patwaris when they come to the tehsil
office during September as to their requirement in the following year, the
tehsil kanungo should prepare in duplicate three indents for (1) standard
forms,(2) special forms and(3) blank paper. He will send one copy of each indent
to the sadar office by the 15th September, keeping the other copies in his own
office. Mapping sheets, abstract village note-books, mutation registers and lal
kitabs when required in the standard forms should be included in the indent for
these forms.
(2)
Blank paper to be used by patwaris and kanungos should be indented for
according to the following scale:-
|
(i)
|
For
each patwari
|
|
|
(b)
unbleached Royal 60x84 Centimetres. Not more than three
quires. |
|
(ii) |
For
each tehsil and district kanungo
|
Double foolscap
unbleached 42x60 Centimetres.
Not more than two
reams. |
If more paper is required, the approval of the Director of Land Record
should be obtained.
(3)
Patwari and kanungo forms should be printed on following kinds of
paper:-
|
(1)
|
For
printing forms of permanent nature |
Royal
white 60x84 Centimetres |
|
(2)
|
For
printing forms of double foolscape size |
Double
foolscap unbleached 42x60 Centimetres |
|
(3)
|
For
printing forms of ephermeral nature
|
Royal
unbleached 60x84 Centimetres |
3.95. Submission of
indent . The district kanungo should check the tehsil indent very carefully
with the quinquennial list kept in his office, and the scale of blank paper laid
down above, and then prepare three consolidated indents for (1) standard forms
(2) special forms and (3) blank paper for the district by tehsil and his own
office. The consolidated indent should be thoroughly checked in detail by the
Office Incharge so that waste of forms and the submission of supplementary
indents may be avoided. On the back of the indent should be entered the full
addresses of the officers to whom forms and paper ought to be sent. The name of
the railway station to which consignments are to be booked must always be
mentioned in the address.
The district
indents for standard and special forms should be sent in duplicate to the
Director of Land Records so as to reach his office on the Ist
October each year at the latest. A consolidated indent for the State will be
prepared in the office of the Director of Land records and forwarded to the
Controller, Printing and Stationery, on the Ist December, each year along with
one copy of the district indents.
The district indents for blank paper in duplicate should be forwarded to
the office of the Director of Land Records by 15th April,each year whence they
will be forwarded to the Controller of Stationery, Punjab, so as to reach his
office on Ist June. No indent for forms and blank paper will be complied with
unless it is forwarded through the Director of Land
Records.
3.96. Supply of Stationery .
Supplies from the
Controller, Printing and Stationey, Punjab, should reach district officers not
later than the end of May.Distribution to patwaris will be made by the 15th
June.
As soon as supplies are received both forms and blank paper should be
examined to see that the paper is of the requisite quality, that the forms are
well lithographed and that the number is complete. Should there be any
deficiency or other cause for complaint the Deputy Commissioners should address
the Controller, Printing and Stationery, Punjab, direct. One copy of the invoice
receipted or amended should be sent within a week to the authority from whom the
consignment is received and the second copy of the invoice relating to forms
should remain at the tehsil, while that relating to blank paper should be signed
by the tehsildar and sent to the Sadr kanungo after entry in the stock register
kept in the tehsil.
3.97.
Stock register.
The tehsil kanungo shall keep up a stock register of forms used by patwaris
kanungos and tehsildars (revised sample No.21 of the sample
book).
In column 2 of the Stock Register the date on which supply was last made
to the patwari should be entered, so that it may readily be seen that he is not
exceeding his estimate. In column 3 of the register, the number of the patwari
circle should be entered under the patwari's name. The signature of the patwari
should be obtained in the column of remarks of the register. Whenever a patwari
exceeds his estimate a remark explaining the reason of the excess should be
recorded by the office kanungo after the patwari's signature in the column of
remarks.
When supplies are received or issued to patwaris
they should be entered in the stock register at once. The receipts and issues
should be totalled and the balance of
forms and blank paper on hand should be struck on the first of each
month. The office kanungo shall keep with each kind of form and blank paper on
hand a memorandum showing the number of forms or quality of blank paper received
and issued and the date of their receipt and issue and the balance on hand so
that there may be no difficulty in checking the stock on hand with the stock
register.
3.98. Indent for forms,
mapping sheets and stationery required for use in settlements - Indents for patwari and kanungo
forms (standard and non standard) and mapping sheets required for use in
settlements should be sent to the Controller, Printing and Stationery, Punjab,
through the Director of Land Records and those for other forms, blank paper and
stationery to the Commissioner in the manner laid down in the Punjab Printing
and Stationery Manual.
XXVI –CUSTODY AND DESTRUCTION OF PATWARIS'
RECORDS.
(Replaces Standing Order No. 6 ; 1st reprint,
dated 8th March, 1910, 2nd reprint, dated 13th May, 1919; and 3rd reprint, dated
16th October, 1929.)
"Chapter 15":
Period for which khasras girdawaris
etc. should be preserved -
When the patwari brings
the jamabandis to the tehsil at the
beginning of September, he should bring with him all khasra girdawaris, work
books (paragraph 3.85) consisting of counterfoils and notes of inspection and
abbreviated jamabandis in his
possession that are more than twelve years old. These papers should be at once
destroyed by the office kanungo. He should also bring all fards bachh in his
possession prepared for villages, the jamabandis of which are being filed,
Counter foils of Register auraq intiqalat manzur shuda wa na manzur shuda
relating to the same jamabandis and
completed registers reltaing to the realization of copying and inspection fee
of patwari's
records.
The fards bachh referred to here are the fards bachh asamiwar or dhal
bachhs which are prepared from year to year for the purpose of showing the sums
recoverable from different individuals or groups of individuals on account of
land revenue, cesses, occupier's rate, etc.Fards bachh khatewar, which are
prepared at settlement for the purpose of calculating the sums chargeable on
different holdings on account of land revenue and cesses, are settlement records
and should be dealt with in the manner prescribed in paragraph 3.100 and 3.102
infra.
3.100 Period for which
settlement records, etc. remain with the patwari . The
remainder of the records with the patwari, viz:-
(i)
coies of settlement records,
including fard bachh khatewar;
(ii)
mutation registers;
(iii)
detailed jamabandis and the
maps, statements of irrigation and customs, genealogical trees and lists of
revenue assignments appended thereto;
(iv)
shajra parchas until replaced by new ones and
field-books;
(v)
village note-books;
(vi)
Village diaries(roznamcha ) , (paragraph 3.80);
(vii) Field Book
prepared in Consolidation of Holdings Operations.
(viii) Shajra Parcha
prepared in the Consolidation of Holdings Operations, until replaced by new ones, shall remain in his custody
during the currency of the settlement to which they
relate.
3.101 Papers relating to
expired settlements to be withdrawn from patwaris . All the papers referred to in the last two
paragraphs which relate to expired settlements, also fards bachh of the last
years of expired settlements not filed with a jamabandi, should be withdrawn
from the patwari on the introduction of a new settlement
except:-
(1) The khasra girdawari until the new
settlement has been in force for three
years or until twelve years elapsed since the khasra girdawari was
written,
whichever period is longer;
(2) Current mutation
registers;
(3) village note-books until the new
settlement has been in force for five years;
(4) field books in villages not subjected to
remeasurement at settlement.
(5) Field books prepared in the Consolidation
of Holdings Operations of the villages which are not subjected to
remeasurement.
3.102 Disposal of papers so
withdrawn . The papers so
withdrawn shall be disposed of thus:-
|
1.
|
(a)
khasra girdawaris, |
|
|
(b)
diaries, |
|
(c)
abbreviated jamabandis, |
|
(d)
village note books,
|
|
(e)
mutation registers with duplicate orders only in
them |
|
(f)
fards bachh not filed with a jamabandi, |
|
(g)
fard bachh khatewar,
|
|
(h)
old shajra parcha which has been replaced by a new
one,
|
|
2.
|
(a)
field books (when not bound up with the records of
rights), |
shall
be destroyed at once if twelve years old.Otherwise shall be kept in the
Tehsil till they are12 years old and then destroyed
|
|
(b)
detailed jamabandis and connected
statements, |
|
3.
|
(a)
records of rights and all papers bound up with
them, |
|
|
(b)
field maps (part tehsil), |
|
(c)
mutation registers containing original orders (if not required in
the sdar), |
|
(d)
Mussavi Parat Tehsil and Shajra Sabiq on which the plotting of new
Shajra has been done and list of Field Numbers, prepared in Consolidation
of Holdings Operation
s. |
But, with regard to (1) and (2)
in any Sub-division where there is sufficient accommodation, the Deputy
Commissioner may preserve any of the records in the tehsil for a longer period
if he thinks fit.
3.103. What records should be bound.
Patwaris papers have to
be filed in Government offices should not be bound in boards. But standing
records prepared at settlement should be bound in stiff boards covered with
leather. This applies both to the copy filed in the record room and to that kept
by the patwari.
3.104. Treatment of records filed by patwaris in
tehsil. The records filed by the patwari in the tehsil
from year to year shall be treated in the following way:-
(1)
Abstract Statements::- The abstract statements from which the entries
in the office kanungo's copy of the village note-book are obtained shall be
destroyed one year after date.
(2)
All Jamabandis filed
in the tehsil shall be sent to the district office in the month of April,
following or any later date not exceeding 6 months fixed by the Director of Land
Records, Punjab alongwith all the maps and papers attached there to except to
the fards bachh.
(3)
Fards bachh filed with
a jamabandi shall be kept at the tehsil until the next jamabandi is filed along
with its fards and shall be then destroyed.
(4)
Completed registers
relating to realization of copying and inspection fee of patwaris records shall
be kept by the tehsil office kanungo for a period of 3 years and then destroyed.
(5)
Counterfoils of
Register ‘aurag intiqalat manzur shuda wa
na manzur shuda’ filled under
paragraph 3.99 by patwaris shall be destroyed at once by the office
kanungos.
(6)
Proceeding book (both
parts) shall be kept in the tehsil office for 12 years.
(7)
List of consolidation
fee shall be kept till the preparation of next jamabandi.
3.105.
Records to be
permanently kept. The following records shall be permanently
preserved in district office:-
(1)
Records of expired
settlements.
(2)
Mutation registers containing
original orders which have not been bound with the
jamabandi.
(3)
Detailed jamabandis and all
the maps and papers attached thereto (excluding the fards
bachh).
(4)
Khatauni Surat Sabiq and
Draft Scheme without the list of filed numbers.
The office kanungos copies of the village,
assessment circle, and tehsil note-books shall be permanently preserved in the
tehsil.
3.106. Destructions of khataunis and abbreviated
jamabandis filed in district office .
(i) Khataunis and
abbreviated jamabandis filed by patwaris shall be transferred to the District
Land Records Office, where the former will be preserved for the term of
settlement to which they relate and destroyed after the Khataunis for the next
settlement have been prepared and filed and the latter shall be destroyed 12
years after the date of receipt.
(ii) The list of names of right holders, khatauni
paimash and Naqsha Haqdarwar (prepared in the
consolidation of holdings operations) filed by the patwaris will be transferred
to the District Land Records Office where they will be preserved for 12 years
and then destroyed.
APPENDIX
'A'
(Rule 8)
Curriculum of Patwari’s
Schools
BOOKS
|
(1)
|
Arithmetic |
Upto Middle Standard with special reference
to Percentages, Average, Ratio proportion and Proportional Parts, Vulgar
Fractions and Square Roots |
|
(2) |
Mensuration |
Patwaris Mensuration
Manual. |
LAND RECORDS
MANUAL |
|
(3) |
Chapter 3 Patwaris |
Paragraphs 3.14 to 3.23,3.48 to 3.52,3.57,
3.62 to 3.76,3.78 to 3.90, 3.99 to 3.101. |
|
(4) |
Chapter 4 Surveys |
Paragraphs 4.1,4.2,4.6 to 4.10,4.13,
4.16,4.17(16) and Part D (excluding paragraphs 4.18 ,4.28 and 4.33 ) and
Part F. |
|
(5) |
Chapter 7 Records of
Rights |
Whole (except) paragraphs 7.22 clauses (2)
to (9), 7.37, 7.39 and 7.68 |
|
(6) |
Chapter 9 Harvest
inspection |
|
|
(7) |
Chapter10Agricultural
Statistics |
Paragraph 10.1 |
|
(8) |
Chapter 18 Procedure in partition
cases |
Paragraphs 18.5 (first five lines) 18.12
(last 16 lines) 18.19 (first four lines) |
|
(9) |
Standing order No.7 Assignment of land
revenue and
pension. |
Paragraph 82 (i) and (ii) and paragraph 83 (I) and (IV) and first sub para
of paragraph 83(VII). |
|
(10)
|
Settlement Manual |
Paragraphs 142,143,260,261, Appendix VII
(paragraphs 1 to 21 ,25 and 27) Appendices VIII and XIV (whole ) and
Appendix XXI(paragraphs 12 to 25) |
|
(11)
|
Local rules for alluvion and diluvion and
fluctuating assessment. |
|
|
(12)
|
Minor mineral rules (except rules Nos. 13
and 16 to 18) |
|
|
(13)
|
Instruction in
agriculture. |
|
|
(14)
|
The East Punjab Holdings Consolidation and
Prevention of Fragmentation) Act, 1948, and rules framed thereunder.
|
|
|
(15)
|
Instruction for the guidance of
Consolidation Staff. |
|
|
(16)
|
Instruction on rural reconstruction
work. |
|
|
(17) |
Urdu |
|
|
(18) |
Computer |
|
PRACTICE
1.
Field survey on the square system or in hilly tracts by triangulation,
and map
correction as defined in Appendix XXI to the Settlement Manual and part D
of Chapter
4.
2.
Preparation of the various measurement papers connected with
1.
3. Copying of settlement and annual records.
Also partition, mutation, diluvion and fractuating assesment
papers.
4. Copying of maps.
5. Dictation, Composition and
Caligraphy.
6. Preparation of electoral rolls of the
Punjab Legislative Assembly.
7. Theory, law and practice of Consolidation
of Holdings.
AGRICULTURE
Instruction both in the form of lectures and practical demonstration, in
the identification of different varieties of seed, insects and pests, their
indentification and control; improved implements and other aspects of improved
agriculture, a knowledge of which patwaris can use practically in the course of
their ordinary duties, will, give for about two weeks by the local agricultural
staff deputed by the Director of Agriculture.
RURAL RECONSTITUTION
The instruction will be for two weeks
by—
(i)
informal talks and discussion, particolarly on the principles of Soil Conservation.
(ii) private
study of books and other publications issued by Government on rural
reconstruction work.
(iii)
Visits to forms of Agricultural Department and typical
villages.
(iv) Cinema or lantern
shows or other popular interludes of an
instructional nature.
INSTRUCTIONS
Seven hours daily should usually be spent
in tution. Holidays shall be the same as are fixed for Government offices from
time to time.
The teaching of the books can be organised as in other schools; but at
least half of each day should be given to practical work, and the practical work
of two out of every three days should consist of field survey. Each pupil should
be required to copy, clearly and accurately, settlement records, jamabandis, mutations, partition and
diluvion papers and other specimens of the current work of the patwaris of the
district, being taught at the same time the chief rules applicable to the work
and the meaning of the papers.
Each pupil should be madt to draw up milan rakbas and other statements from
existing jamabandis and jinswar
abstracts from khasra girdawaris.He should also be taught to write up mutation
entries from the remarks of changes in the khasra girdawari, and to make new
entries in the jamabandi in accordance with the changes sanctioned in the
mutation register. To practice him in area calculations, he should be given a
field map without its khasra and be required to write up the areas in field book
forms. For field surveying the school should work in squads of 4 or 5, one pupil
directing the squad and the others working the chain and flags. Different
villages will be selected for practice in field survey on the square system and
in map correction. Land free of crops should be chosen for the survey work, and
no marks other than flag bamboos should be put into the
ground.
In the first two months of the course the duties of each member of the
squad should be changed daily. After that each pupil should retain the direction
of the squad in turn and work at mapping for at least 8 days
continuously.
In field survey on the square system each candidate must measure two
squares of land with his own hand, and prepare the field book and khataunis of
the fields measured by him. He must also map 50 fields by the tarmim system and
prepare the connected measurment papers. When each squad has finished field
work, the candidate should prepare the jamabandi of the areas mapped by
them.
Each candidate should also be given particular instruction in the
porcedure for correcting field maps in the interval between two settlements
(Part D of Chapter 4).
All the maps and papers made after the first two months of the course
should be carefully preserved, and care should be taken that each map and other
paper is really the handiwork of the pupil by whom it professes to be made. The
maps and papers will be produced at the examination. No pupil should, on any
pretext, be allowed to remove from the school the papers prepared by
him.
APPENDIX 'B'
( Rule
8)
EXAMINATION OF PATWARIS
S. No |
Paper |
Marks |
|
|
Arithmetic and Mensuration(without
books) |
80 |
|
II |
Viva Voce examination in Patwaris
Mensuration Manual |
70 |
|
III |
Chapters of the Punjab Land Records Manual
(without books) |
80 |
|
IV |
Viva Voce examination in Chapters of Land
Records Manual |
70 |
|
V |
Copying of records |
100 |
|
VI |
Survey Work |
100 |
|
VII |
Dictation,Composition and
Caligraphy |
50 |
|
VIII |
Preparation of elcetroal rolls(without
books) |
30 |
|
IX |
Theory, Law and Practice in consolidation of
holdings(with the aid of
books) |
100 |
|
X |
Agriculture and ruler up lift (without
books) |
60 |
|
XI |
Urdu |
60 |
|
XII |
Computer theaury and
Practical |
50 |
Under subject V, the examinees will produce the whole work done by
them
during the term and will be examined on the contents of the papers in order to ascertain
whether they understand them. Marks will be
given with reference to the excellence of the writing and to the intelligence
shown by the replies.
Under subject VI, each examiniee will produce
a map copied by himself, both being certified by the teacher and the Headmaster
of the Institution to be the
pupil’s work survey squads will then be taken out by the examiners and be
required to work on new ground in their presence. Marks will be awarded according to the
merits of each pupil’s map- copy
and original map and according to the
working of his squad in the examiner’s presence.
Under subject VII, a candidate who has passed Punjabi as an elective or
optional subject, in the Mariculation or equivalent Examination of the
recognised University / Board, shall be exempt to pass the paper of Dictation,
Composition and Caligraphy in the examination of Patwaris.
To pass in the patwari examination, a
candidate must obtain half of the total marks in each subject. If a patwari
candidate, after regularly attending the Patwar school fails to pass in one
subject, or more, excepting Survey-work and copying of records within a period
of three years from the date of his acceptance as a candidate, his name shall be
struck off, from the register of candidates. Candidates failing in
Survey-work and copying of records,
will have to attend the school again for the term during which the trainees are
taught the said subject(s) and will
be required to sit for re-examination in the same.
The papers on the subjects of “Agriculture and Rural Uplift" will be set
and the answer books examined by the Officers of the Departments
concerned.
APPENDIX C –DELETED
APPENDIX "D"
(Paragraph 3.57)
Instructions regarding the repairs of patwarkhanas.
1.
The tehsildar or naib tehsildar should invariably be required to inspect
the patwarkhanas requiring repairs before an application for funds is made to
the Director of Land Records.
2.
The estimate of cost when prepared should be checked by the tehsildar or
naib tehsildar who inspected the patwarkhana or patwar-khanas to be repaired
with a view to see that the estimate does not contain any items for which the
Government is not repsonsible.
3.
The funds placed by the Director of Land Records at the disposal of the
Deputy Commissioner for this purpose should not be drawn from the treasury
unless the repairs are actually taken in hand and the money allocated for the
repairs of one patwarkhana should not be utilized for the repairs of another
patwarkhana without the Director of Land Record’s
sanction.
4.
The work of repairs should not be left entirely in the hands of a
contractor or lambardar; revenue officers should inspect it from time to time.
Payments should be made by the tehsildar or if this be not possible by the
kanungo of the circle in his own presence and proper rceipt taken from the
payee.
5.
The account should not be finally settled till the tehsildar or naib
tehsildar has seen the building and signed the completion certificate which
should form part of the file relating to those repairs. The file should not be
consigned to the record room till the prescribed certificates and not receipts
have been attached to it, and for this the sadar kanungo should be held
responsible.
6.
A register should be kept for each tehsil in the sadar kanungos office
showing:-
(1)
Name of patwarkhana
requiring repairs.
(2)
Name of the officer who prepared the estimate together with the name of
the officer who checked it, with brief details.
(3)
Amount sanctioned for the purpose, with the No. and date of
letter.
(4) Name of the person to whom work was
entrusted and the date.
(5) Name of the person reporting that the
repairs according to estimate have been carried out.
(6) Date of completion with the name of the
tehsildar or naib tehsildar who inspected the completed work on the spot.
(7) Name of the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar
who signed the completion certificate.
(8) Date of sending completion report to sadar
kanungo for submission to Director of Land Records.
APPENDIX
'E'
(This appendix replaces paragraphs 19 - 27 of
standing order No.16)
Employment of patwaris and temporary
establishment in settlements.
1.
Settlement patwaris - No one should except for special reasons to
be recorded, be employed as a
settlement colony patwari unless his name has previously been duly entered in
accordance with the rules in the register of candidates for patwarship of some
district in the Punjab, and if the candidate's name has been so entered in the
register of some other district than that in which he wishes to be employed he
should be required to produce a certificate to that effect and the permission of
the Deputy Commissioner of his district to his taking service in the settlement.
Preference should be given to candidates, who are residents of the district
under settlement/colony or whose names have been duly entered in the list of
candidates of that district, and among them to these candidates who have passed
the patwaris examination.
2.
Pay of kanungo and
naib-tehsildar candidates - These rules did not apply to accept candidates for
the post of kanungo or for any higher post.
3.
When dispensing with the services of any members of his temporary
establishment the Settlement Officer should give him a discharge certificate in
the form annexed. So, too, in filling up posts in his temporary establishment,
the Settlement Officer should require candidates to produce discharge
certificates of the nature herewith prescribed, and should any man come without
such a certificate, he should not obtain a post until he can give a satisfactory
reason for leaving his last employment.
Discharge Certificate
PUNJAB SETTLEMENT
DEPARTMENT
|
Name |
Parentage and age |
Residence |
Appointments held |
Reason for
discharge |
REMARKS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date________________
Place__________________
Settlement Officer
4.
In regard to chairman employed in map correction the following
instructions are issued with the approval of Government. At measurements or
remeasurements chainmen are constantly at work chaining the sides and diagonals
of squares, off sets to the corner of fields, and field boundaries. Their work
is skilled labour, and much time is lost if they are changed frequently, as new
men have to be taught their work. A village can nearly always produce two men to
carry the chain for a week or 10 days at a time without payment, but if a man is
required for a longer period, he demands wages. It is right that the State
should pay those wages when they have to be paid. But for the work of map
correction such chaining as has to be done can be done well enough and quickly
enough by the zamindars themselves, or their menials, each taking a shift of 8
or 10 days or even less, and no payment need be made by the State for such
services. In map correction, therefore, sub clause(1) of section 106 of the Land
Revenue Act should be enforced,but sub clause (2) should be applied only in case
of contumacy and not in order to secure trained chainmen.That is, while chainmen
should be paid by the State in all villages or portions of villages which are
re-measured,. they should be provided by the zamindars in the villages in which
map correction is adopted instead of remeasurement, but in such villages
frequent changes in the personnel of the chainmen should not be objected to.
They should also be provided by the zamindars for the remeasurement of reverain
villages for which skelton maps with traverse points have been supplied by the
Survey Department, as little chaining is required in such cases.
5.
Owing to the large number of chainmen who are employed when
re-measurement is in full swing in a district and to their being scattered among
the villages of the district great difficulty is experienced in getting their
pay for any one month completely disbursed before the end of the succeeding
month, and a Settlement Officer is consequently precluded from drawing their pay
for the latter month at the proper time in the month next following for he is
required to certify at the foot of the bill that all the salaries included in
the bill drawn in the last preceding month have been disbursed to the proper
persons. To overcome this difficulty the Comptroller General of India
Treasuries, Calcutta, agreed in his letter No.1393, dated 18th July,
1908, to the address of the Accountant-General, Punjab, to the undisbursed
salaries of chairmen employed on settlement operations being retained in the
hands of the Settlement Officer for two months, provided that a certificate as
prescribed in Article 64(d)(2), Civil Accountant Code, is given with the monthly
pay bill.
6.
Office Muharris, etc. Temporary office moharrirs
colourists and clerks need not be
accepted patwari candidates, but they should, as far as possible be selected
from that class, and even if not accepted candidates should be encouraged to
pass the patwaris examination.
7.
The Punjab
Government has ruled that the payment of messengers is a proper charge against
the Settlement Budget grants for temporary establishment. This sanction only
applies to mazkuris, or messengers employed on the general work of the
settlement. It does not authorize the payment from the grant for temporary
establishment of process servers employed in serving the process issued by the
revenue courts under the control of Settlement Collectors.
APPENDIX F --Deleted
APPENDIX C (FORMS)
Form P-1 (Rule 4)
Register of accepted candidates of the post
of Patwari in District_______
(N.B- This register will be kept
in the Collector's Office and should not be sent to the tehsil)
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
|
Subsequent
entries |
|
Serial
No .of
entry
|
Date
of entry |
Name,
father's name ,grand father's name and residence of
candidate |
Date
of birth |
Where
educated what examination passed and date of passing; also copy of any
details given in the certificate |
Detail
of any offices held by
candidate at or before date of the
entry |
Signature
of officer directing entry to be made |
Date
of passing patwari examination with copy of details entered in Pass
certificate |
Note
of officiating or other
appointments held by candidate from time to time after date of entry of
his name |
Final
result i.e. substantive appointment or cancellation of entry with dates
thereof |
Signature
of officer by whose order the previous column is
finally filled
up |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM P II TO VIII (Deleted)
FORM P- IX (Paragraph
3.77)
List of Mathematical Instruments for the
year ending 31st March, 20 of
District
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
|
Balance
in store on 20 |
Total in Store on 20 |
|
Name
of instrument |
Serviceable |
Repair
able |
Unservice-
albe |
Total |
Received
during
the
year |
Service-
able |
Repair-
able |
Unservi-
ceable |
Total |
REMARKS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LAND
RECORDS MANUAL
FORM P- X (Paragraph
3.88)
A-Register showing Survey equipments and
Almirahs or boxes in charge of Patwari or
___________ Circle__________tehsil
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
No. |
Article |
Date
of Supply |
Condition
in April |
Signature
of patwari
Responsible
for its custody |
Orders
for removal of item from the register with date |
REMARKS |
|
1995 |
1996 |
1997 |
1998 |
1999 |
2000 |
2001 |
2002 |
2003 |
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note .- 1.
On transfer of charge the Patwari taking over should attest the entries
and sign his name, with date in column 5 as token that he has done
so.
2.
Inspecting officers should enter brief remarks in column 7.
3. In
April of each year the stock of each patwari should be verified and examined by
the field Kanungo; and the condition of the article duly noted by him in column
4.
FORM B-XI (Paragraph
3.88)
A-Register of Records in the custody of
Patwari of _______Circle _______ tehsil
_______ District_________
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
Name
of
village |
Serial
No. |
Year
in which the record was prepared |
Description
of
record |
Date
of filing in the tehsil office for destruction or other wise and the
office kanungo's signature |
Signature
of Patwari responsible for the custody of the
records |
REMARKS |
Note: 1. In column 4th documents of
the standing record should be entered first and afterwards the annual records in
the order in which they are prepared during a year. Where any record consists of
more than one volume this should be stated.
2.
When any record is filed in the tehsil the entries relating to it in
columns 2 to 4 should be scored through.
3. Four
blank sheets should be allotted for each village and four sheets should be left
at the end of the register for the entries of papers which relate to the whole
circle, such as diary of occurrences, diary of instructions, work book Jantris,
manuals, etc.
4.
The patwari should sign his name (with date) in column 6 in April of each
year, as evidence that the records entered in the register and not scored
through are in his possession. The field kanungo should check the entries in the
same month and sign in column 7 as proof that he has done
so.
5. On
transfer of charge, both the Patwaris concerned should sign in column 6 in
attestation of the fact that the one has handed over, and the other has received
all the records entered in the register and should date the
entry.
FORM P- XII( Paragraph
3.48(iv)
Register showing the amount of
fee realized for inspection of records and grant of certified extracts there
of.
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
19 |
20 |
21 |
22 |
23 |
24 |
25 |
|
Details
of work |
|
Amount
of fee of extracts by V.P.P
supplied |
|
Serial
No. as given in the village diary |
Name
of village |
Date |
Name
of applicant |
Whether
the application was presented by the applicant personally or received by
post. |
Nature
of paper of which copy or inspection is desired |
Khatauni
Nos.(S.No.1, 7 & 19) |
No.
of words (S.No.2 to 6 & 10) |
Field
Nos.(S.Nos. 11,13,21,22 & 23) |
Date
of entry (S.No.12) |
No.
of inspection (S.No.20) |
Amount
of fee realized by the applicant personally |
Fee. |
Postage
charges. |
V.P.P
Charges. |
Registration
Fee. |
Remuneration
for inconvenience and Extra work to the Patwari at 0..50
Paise |
Total
of columns 13 to 17 |
No.
and date of V.P.P letter |
No.
of receipt given by the patwari to applicant in acknowledgment of amount
of fee |
Signature
of patwari |
Signature
of kanungo |
Date
of receipt of amount of V.P.P
entered in column 20. |
Amount
credited to Government
with
date and dakhila No. |
Remarks
and attestation of W.B.N. and other officers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N.B. The Serial Nos. referred to
in columns 7-11 refer to the serial Nos. in the table given in paragraph 3.48
FORM P- X III (Paragraph
3.15)
Form
of Post - card showing disease among livestock. The Veterinary Assistant
of___________,tehsil____________,is hereby informed that contagious disease
among ___________ exists in village___________,tehsil_________
District_________.The name of the Disease is _________and upto the present
_____________animals have died, and ____________ animals are now affected
Dated_____________20.
_____________patwari
Post office___________
_____________circle
To
The
veterinary Assistant Surgeon,
Incharge,
Veterinary Hospital ________
Tehsil_____________,District________
FORM P- XIV(Paragraph
3.15)
Report regarding epidemic disease among
livestock in the village in circle________ for quarter
ending_______________20
|
Name
of district |
Name
of tehsil |
Name
of village |
Name
of disease |
Number
attacked in the quarterly under report |
Number
died in the quarterly under report |
REMARKS |
|
Horses |
Cattle |
Others |
Horses |
Cattle |
Others |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Horses
include mules and donkeys; cattle include buffaloes; others in clude sheep and
goats.
Date
20.
Patwari
Circle
To
The Veterinary Assistant Surgeon,
Incharge, Veterinary Hospital ____________,
Note.-
This form should also be submitted on the Ist day of every quarter to the
Sadar Kanungo of the District after filling in figures for the preceding
quarter.
CHAPTER - 4.
SURVEYS
[Replaces
Standing Order 16.Origianl issue, dated 16th August, 1909 First
reprint dated 27th October, 1911;second print dated 3 rd November,
1920 and Standing Order 17, dated 15th June 1907]
PART A- SURVEY MARKS
Note:- Chapter
12 and Appendix VII of the Settlement Manual should be read in connectionwith
this Chapter
4.1. As regards the
erection of survey marks, Sections 100-103 of the Land Revenue Act, rules 32 and
33 under that Act , and paragraphs 241 ,250 and 251 of the Settlement Manual may
be consulted.
The chief survey marks are—
A -Placed by
The Survey of India marks are—
(1) Great Trigonometrical
Stations.
(2)
Base line stones placed in the course of riverain surveys.
(3)
Traverse stations supplied in estates not surveyed on the square
system.
(4) Other
traverse data (such as corner stones indicating blocks in the rectangulation
carried out by the Survey Department in the Sind Sagar Doab and in the
colonies).
Note., Traverse data supplied by the
Survey Department are not intended to be a guide to patwaris in execution of their survey except.-
(a) Where the ground
is so hilly or broken that accurate squares cannot be laid
down;
(b) Where, for
special reasons,e.g.,in riverain tracts a scientific traverse has been made as
the foundation for the patwari’s field survey.
B.
Placed by the Revenue Department—
(a)
Tri-junction pillars or platforms or sihaddas, erected at every point where
the boundaries of more than two estates meet.
(b) Burjis (mud
pillars stone slabs), set up at every angle on the boundary line between two sihaddas.
(c) Masonry or
stone pillars at the corners of survey squares or
rectangles
(d)
International Boundary pillars.
4.2.
Masonry marks at the corner of one square where estate is measured on the
square system - In estates surveyed on the square system the extremities of
a side of one square are marked by survey marks of stones or concrete, each mark
being not less than 45 by 15 by 15 centimetres in size.
4.3.
Powers of Collector to dispense with rules. Where boundaries are marked by
rivers or hills or where land is exposed to the action of rivers or floods, or
in other cases, for sufficient reason the Collector may by order dispense with
the construction of the survey marks prescribed in the foregoing rules.
An in that case to issue special
orders. In such cases the
Collector may direct the erection of such other survey marks as are necessary to
furnish a base or guide from which the boundary of the estate can from time to
time be marked out and its interior survey be accurately renewed. In cases in
which the site of tri-junction pillars is immediately exposed to diluvial
action, no pakka pillars need be
erected. Ordinarily no other exception should be allowed to the rule requiring
tri-junction pillars to be made of masonry or stone.
4.4.
Tri-junction pillars. The completion and maintenance of tri-junction
pillars in every village is a matter of great importance, because, under the
existing system of village survey these points from the connecting link between
the patwari survey and the Survey of
India, furnishing a basis (1) on which the result of the patwari maps can be checked against the
data of the Survey of India and (2) by the aid of which the topography of the patwari maps can be incorporated in to
the sheets of that survey. Section 103 (1) of the Punjab Land Revenue Act
requires the Revenue Officer to give the land owners 30 days with in which to
erect pillars. As regards tri-junctions he should give the legal notice, at the
same time informing the landowners that he is willing to arrange to erect
tri-junctions for them at a given cost. Probably all will leave it to him, and
after 30 days he can arrange to do the whole work through a contractor.
4.5.
Preference of stone to masonry pillars - where the cost of stone is
not prohibitive stone is much better than masonry. Revenue rule 33 leaves it to
the Collector to say whether the tri-junction pillar is to be of masonry as
there specified or a single block of stone.
4.6. (1)(a)
Maintenance of Great Trigonometrical Survey Stations and International
Boundary Pillars . A list of International Boundary Pillars shall be
maintained in the office of the Director of Land Records, Punjab.
(b)
The Deputy Commissioners will maintain in their offices a list of the
Great Trigonometrical Survey Stations and the International Boundary Pillars in
their districts and shall see that the instructions given below are carried
out.
(2)
In his field inspections the Patwari in whose circle and such pillar
is situated should not whether the mark is in good repair in the manner
prescribed for pakka survey marks in
the instructions given in Chapter on Harvest Inspections.
(3)
On the completion of the Kharif harvest inspection each patwari shall send a report in the
sub-joined form to the tehsildar for submission to the Deputy Commissioner:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
No. of Pillar |
Name of village in which
pillar is built |
Name of Police station and
tehsil |
Remarks on the condition of
pillar |
(4)
Should any pillar not be situated within the boundaries of any revenue
village the tehsildar shall make special arrangements for the inspection of such
pillar and for the preparation of the prescribed report by a patwari or kanungo as soon as possible after the kharif harvest inspection.
(5)(a) The Deputy Commissioner
shall submit an annual return in the above form in respect of the Great
Trigonometrical Survey Stations to the Director, Geodetic Branch, Survey of
India, Dehradun, on the 1st December of each year. The Deputy
Commissioner shall further carry out any repair to those pillars that the
Director may desire him to make. He will provide funds for these repairs.
(b)
At the conclusion of each harvest inspection, the Deputy Commissioner
shall also submit a return in respect of the International Boundary Pillars to
the Director of Land Records, Punjab, the Commissioner of the Division and the
Financial Commissioner, Revenue, Punjab, on the 10th April and the
10th November, each year.
4.7. Maintenance of
Base line stones placed in the course of riverain survey.
Index maps have been supplied by the Survey Department indicating the base line
stones fixed by them in the course of riverain surveys. These stones are of
essential importance in connection with the maps of riverain tracts with a view
more specially to the relaying of fields and village boundaries after emergence
from the river. Now that almost all reverain boundaries are fixed (vide
paragraph 5.2 infra)
the value of base line stones is all the greater. Deputy Commissioner will
prepare a list of base line stones from Index maps, which are all kept at
district head-quarters and the orders contained in clauses (2),(3) and (4) of
paragraph 4.6 of this chapter will apply to them but the report to be submitted
by the
patwari
should be in the form given below. They will send an annual return in the
following form to the Director of Land Records with the annual report on the
Land Records of the district: -
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
Name of the village |
Number of base line stones
as given in the index map
supplied by the Survey Department |
|
|
4.8.
Maintenance of traverse stations supplied in estates not surveyed on the
square system - The orders in clauses (2),(3) and (4) of paragraph 4.6 will
also apply to traverse stations supplied by the Survey of India in hilly
districts.
4.9.
Maintenance of other traverse data fixed by the Survey of India. The
orders in clause (2) of paragraph 4.6 will also apply to other traverse data
fixed by the Survey of India.
"Chapter 17":
General orders relating to maintenance of all survey marks. All
classes of survey marks set up by the Survey Department and tri-junction pillars
and pillars at the corners of survey squares and rectangles will be given a red
ink entry without number, after the field number, in which they are situated,
and the patwari will at each harvest
inspection, note in his diary if they are in good repair.
"Chapter 16":
Proper preservation and inspection of survey marks. The proper preservation of survey
marks of the above kinds is of such importance that the special attention of
Deputy Commissioners and Settlement Officers is drawn to the matter. When
inspecting girdawari work all Revenue
Officers should satisfy themselves that the patwari has noted whether these survey
marks are in good repair. When a Tehsildar or Naib- Tehsildar or Field Kanungo
visits a village containing such marks he should invariably inspect them and
should, as far as possible, put them in good order if he finds them out of
repair. If the repairs require expenditure he should report the matter to the
Deputy Commissioner. He should always make an entry in his diary noting the
state in which he has found the marks.
4.12.
Mention about the condition of survey marks in the annual report. In the annual report on the
Department of Land Records, Deputy Commissioners and Settlement Officers should
specially note whether the condition of all marks referred to in paragraph 4.10
has been examined during the year and whether they have been put in proper order
where necessary.
PART B – SURVEY NUMBERS
"Chapter 18": Definition of a survey
number.
The following definition of a survey number is given for guidance in
making new survey or corrections thereof: -
(i)
In all survey work each parcel of land lying in one spot, in the
occupation of one person. or of several persons holding jointly, and held under
one title, should ordinarily be measured as a separate survey number but large
areas may be broken up into convenient fields.
(ii)
A Survey number may have part of its area cultivated and part
uncultivated or part of one soil and part of another. Survey numbers should not
be multiplied merely on grounds of this kind, unless it is convenient to measure
waste separately and not to include irrigated with unirrigated cultivation, as
this leads to errors in totalling the village area.
(iii)
Care also should be taken not to multiply survey numbers merely on
account of cultivation ridges or other merely temporary divisions. In a simple
state of cultivation there is usually no necessity to treat each ridge, made for
convenience of cultivation as a separate field boundary.
(iv)
But in the case of valuable lands cultivated by tenants who are
frequently changed special care should be taken that the measurements are made
so as to show the boundaries of parcels in which the land is usually held for
cultivation or irrigation. In such lands the survey numbers will necessarily be
smaller than elsewhere.
(v)
In places where land is of little value, if an occupancy tenant has
extended his field by ploughing out, and there is no boundary between the new
and old land, nor other plain evidence, such as payment of a different rent by
which the new land can be separated from the old land, the patwari shall survey the whole in one
number. In such a case it is not his duty to distinguish between old and new
land.
(vi)
Field names, if locally used, should be written under the survey
numbers.
(vii)
In short, every care should be taken to make the survey simple,
but not to omit details convenient for the annual girdawari and jamabandi. It should be borne in mind
that every unnecessary entry increases unnecessarily the patwari's annual work.
(viii) Where the boundaries
of a survey number is known, but is not marked
on the ground owing to rich cultivation or sandy soil, the boundary
should be delineated on the map by broken lines.
(ix)
Where there is a large area of undivided waste it may be cut up into
survey numbers corresponding with the limits of the survey squares.
(x)
In all cases in which a new map of any estate is prepared the provisions
of this paragraph and especially of sub-section (ii) must be applied with due
regard to canal requirements, and so far as may be possible the limits of canal
irrigation, as ordinarily practised, must be shown in separate numbers.
PART C –
SURVEYS DURING SETTLEMENT
4.14.
Instructions regarding re-measurement and map correction. The instructions as regards
re-measurement and map correction during a general re-assessment of a district
will be found in Chapter XII and Appendices VII and XXI of the Settlement
Manual.
4.15.
Survey implements and mapping paper. Instructions as to survey implements
and mapping paper will be found in Chapter No.3 (Patwaris). In hilly and broken
land where squares cannot be used, application for plotted traverse sheets
should be made to the Director of Land Records, and that officer, in
communication with the Survey Department, will supply suitable sheets for the patwari's use.
4.16.
Patwaris not to be excused measurements. The main portion of the measurement
and record work should be done by the circle patwaris, the settlement patwaris being looked on primarily as an
aid to them in their work. A patwari
must in no case be excused from doing both measurement and record work. If he is
unable at first to do the work required of him he should be taught, and if he
fails to learn his services should be terminated.
4.17.
Riverain measurement Rules
hitherto observed by the Survey Department. The following are the rules
under which riverain measurements have been carried out through-out the Punjab
in conjunction with the Survey Department:-
(1)
It is the duty of the Settlement Officer to supply the Riverain Survey
Officer, by the first of May each year, with a statement showing the villages to
be traversed in the ensuing season, distinguishing those which are to be wholly
and those which are to be partially remeasured, and affording information as to
the scale to be used and the distance desired between traverse points. With this
statement should be sent a small-scale map of the district showing the names of
the different villages as well as their boundaries. The Riverain Officer will
then prepare a programme for the ensuing season and submit it by the
1st of June, to the Director, North Western Circle, Chandigarh who
will forward it to the Financial Commissioner for approval. Before actually
commencing the work of the season the Riverain Survey Officer should consult the
Settlement Officer as to the order in which villages should be traversed. The
Settlement Officer must be careful to arrange in ample time (at present the
Press requires about two month's notice) with the Director of Land Records for
the supply of ruled and backed mussavis to the Riverain Drawing
Officer. There will be two kinds of musavis, namely, 16 square and 8 square
ones. The latter will be used for such outer portions of villages as can be
included with them.
(2)
It is the duty of the Settlement Officer to see that all existing
boundary pillars are put in a proper state of repair.
(3)
It is the duty of the Settlement Officer to make arrangements with a
contractor for the supply of stones to mark the corners of base lines according
to the list supplied by the Officer-in-charge of Riverain Survey.
(4)
Early in the cold weather it will be the duty of the Officer-in-charge of
Riverain Survey to arrange that traversers begin work in the riverain track. At
the commencement of work, each party should be accompanied by the village patwari and the lambardar to point out boundaries and to
show where points should be thrown as well as to arrange for the supply of
information, etc., and to act generally between villagers and the
traversers.
(5)
Such points as the Settlement Officer may require should be traversed and
where necessary marked on the ground by the Officer-in-charge of Riverain
Survey. These should include-
(a) all
existing tri-junction pillars;
(b)
recognizable physical features of a permanent nature;
(c) the
survey part’s traverse points. These should not be more than 340 meters apart and should
invariably be close to the district or tehsil
boundary;
(d) A
number of points in the kacha area to
facilitate internal
measurements by the patwaris.
These points will usually be in
cultivation.
(6)
The Riverain Drawing Office should also obtain the last settlement maps
of all coter-minus villages on either side of the boundary and combine them into
a single four-inch map in order to see how far they agree with each other.
(7)
Inside each village a suitable square should be selected by the
Officer-in-charge of Riverain Survey to form the special base line of that
village. This should be on ground not exposed to river action. Stone pillars
should be erected at three corners of this square. A corresponding square on
pakka ground should in each case be selected and similarly marked on the
opposite side of the river. This will materially facilitate the relaying of
boundaries on future occasions when such may be necessary.
(8)
As a result of the traversers’ work the Riverain Drawing Office will
supply the Settlement Officer with-
(a) musavis
showing paper boundaries in those cases where it is discovered in the
course of the examination prescribed in rule 6 that the boundaries of the
settlement maps do not coincide;
(b)
separate musavis for each village showing the points traversed under rule
5.
This (b) series will be complete and continuous
for the whole tract and will be numbered serially. Where it is found necessary
because of discrepancies to prepare an (a) musavi, the (a) musavi will
correspond exactly to a (b) musavi and bear the number not of a separate (a)
series what of the (b) series. It will be easy to transfer the points shown in
(b) to (a) with the help the squares shown in both. The patwari will work on (b)
and (a) will remain in the Revenue Record Room until they are required for
reference under Rule 11. It is advisable to have paper boundaries marked only on
(a). If they are worked on (b) the patwaris are apt to show dissension even when
there is no actual dispute on the spot. It is for this reason that the traverser
should show “Chandas” only along the boundary and not to attempt to mark out the
actual boundary itself.
(9)
Musavis are supplied gradually by
the Survey Department from the 15th December to 15th
March. As the latest musavis are not issued till 15th March it is
necessary for the patwaris to whom these musavis are issued to have everything
in readiness to start work immediately. If the work is not completed in April
the traverse marks will be washed away by the rivers rising when the snows in
the hills begin to melt. The Settlement Officer should give separate musavis
alluded to in rule 8 to patwaris upon which it is easy for them to carry out a
rapid and accurate survey. In the kacha area of course enter re-measurement is
required, but where the system of measurement in use is that of tarmim, the
patwari need not remeasure the whole of the pakka area of each village. The
pakka area may be tarmimed separately, and the work so done can for the sake of
completion be transferred to the Survey musavis in continuation of the
remeasurement of the kacha, either by scale or by pentagraph. The scale is the
best instrument for this work, since any slight discrepancy can then be
distributed, with the pentagraph this is not feasible.
(10)
The kanungos who were employed
with the traversers may now be appointed by the Settlement Officer to supervise
the detailed measurements. It is advisable to have a special naib-tehsildar in
charge of the whole cadastral survey of riverain areas.
(11)
It is in connection with
remeasurement of the kacha area that boundary disputes arise and discrepancies
have to be reconciled, and this requires careful treatment. The naib-tehsildar
will first of all mark the external boundaries of the village as shown in the
settlement Shajra. The Patwari will then easily be able to fix the field
boundaries which he should show to the owner concerned. In case the settlement
shajras are in such a dilapidated state that they do not clearly show the
village boundaries or in case the boundaries of two villages overlap or an area
has been omitted from measurement in both maps, the naib-tehsildar should
prepare a statement of the cases illustrated by tracing from the musavis, and
submit it to the Settlement Officer for his decision which will be marked on
both sets of musavis. His report should include the statements of lambardars and
owners interested in the matter. To enable him to deal properly with disputes,
the naib-tehsildar will require-
(a) the settlement shajras of village on both sides
of the river;
(b) all record of previous disputes and decisions.
If any of the villages involved
are situated in another district, it is necessary to obtain the
cooperation of those authorities. The most
convenient course is to obtain jurisdiction for the Settlement Officer over the whole of the
riverain area of the adjoining
district.
(12)
It may happen that the scales
employed on each side of a river differ. It is of course essential that the
whole area be plotted on one scale and the more convenient one may be selected
and the internal measurements conducted accordingly, if considered necessary,
reduction or enlargement of the completed map can be carried out subsequently
for villages using a different scale from that adopted.
(13)
An important part of the
traverser's duties is the embedding of base line stones, this work must be
carried out by the Survey Department who will supply the Settlement Officer with
an index map showing the corners of squares so demarcated.
(14)
It is the duty of the Director of
Land Records to maintain a list of selected kanungos so that one may be deputed
without delay as soon as the traversers arrive in the
district.
(15)
A supply of wooden pegs, 6
centimetres long and 15 centimetres in circumference should be provided by the
zamindars under orders of the Settlement
Officer for marking points.
(16)
Lambardars should be made
responsible that the pegs and survey marks are not removed or destroyed. A list
should be maintained by the village patwari in the following
form:-
(1)
No. of
chanda
(2) Field No. in which the chanda is
situate.
(3) Owner's name
(4) Name of the tenant.
(5) Signature or thumb mark of the owner of the
field.
(6) Seal of lambardar
concerned.
The position of the pegs and chandas should be
marked by the kanungo on one of the patwari's maps, it will then be easy to fix
responsibility.
(17)
The naib-tehsildar on special duty
should be provided with a Miniature Swiss cottage tent and a shouldari. One or
two Muharrirs should also be given him and a small contingent advance. He will
need a good deal of tracing cloth for his reports on disputed
boundaries.
PART D – PROCEDURE FOR CORRECTION OF FIELD
MAPS IN THE
INTERVAL BETWEEN TWO SETTLEMENTS
4.18.
Responsibility of Revenue Officer for
correctness of patwari's survey.
All Revenue Officers
are reminded of their responsibility for the correctness of field surveys
executed by the patwaris whom they control-a responsibility which is much
increased by the circumstance that the patwari's maps are occasionally used for
the correction of the topographical sheets of the Survey of
India.
"Chapter 19"
Instructions regarding incorporation of field maps changes. The
following instructions are issued for the purpose of collecting material from
year to year for incorporating in the field map changes, which occur in fields
in the interval between two settlements.
"Chapter 20"
The Changes in fields, which ought to lead to the correction of a
field map in the interval between two settlements, and the methods by which the
map should be corrected, are stated in the following instructions:-
Firstly,
changes which are due to transactions on account of which a mutations order has
been, or should be, passed. The chief examples are-
(a) Partitions.
(b) Sales.
(c) Mortgage
with possession.
(d) Redemption
when part of an old field has been mortgaged and in
consequence a new number has been made, the result of redemption being
the
restoration of the original number.
(e) Exchange.
(f) Gifts.
4.21.
Changes due to nautor and hissadari kasht. Secondly, other changes of
a sufficiently permanent character, Examples are:-
(a) Nautor.
(b) Conversion
of part of a barani field into irrigated land when the change is of a
permanent nature. Such changes will especially occur when a new well has
been sunk or some other new means of irrigation has been provided.
(c) Separate
cultivation of share-holders in fields jointly owned (hissadari kasht) when arrangements for
separate possession has lasted for not less than four years. Such
arrangements when once made usually continue until a partition
is carried out under the orders of a Revenue Officer.
"Chapter 21":
New field numbers not to be created needlessly. (a) Care should be taken not to increase the
number of field needlessly. New fields should not be made on account of changes
of cultivating occupancy by tenants-at-will. Such changes will, as at present,
be recognised by min numbers in the khasra girdawari and jamabandi. Similarly
new numbers are not required when part of a field is cultivated by the owner and
part by a tenant-at-will or when part is cultivated and part uncultivated. In
the former case the entry can be shown in the column headed "changes of rights,
possession, and rent of the khasra girdawri" thus:-
A.
Owner
....2 bighas/kanals/Acre
B
tenant-at-will
....1 bighas/kanal/Acre
(b)
Petty cases of nautor, due to ploughing out, are not a cause for making
new fields or changing the boundaries of old ones.
(c) Field
numbers should not be combined into a single field unless the clubbing is
clearly desirable for the purposes of girdawari.
"Chapter 22":
Method of preparation of tatimma shajras based on permanent changes. In the case of new numbers due to
transactions on account of mutation order (paragraph 4.20) the Revenue Officer
must not sanction the mutation in the absence of a proper map of the new field
numbers attested by the kanungo and checked by himself. When the patwari enters
up the mutation he will draw to scale on the back of the mutation sheet and its
counterfoil the numbers effected and will enter under them the details
prescribed for the field book referred to in paragraph 4.26. The new field will
be temporarily numbered, e.g. 155/1 155/2 etc., permanent numbers not being
adopted lest the mutation be rejected or the new fields be affected by
subsequent mutation. The kanungo will check on the spot the dimensions and areas
of the new numbers and will sign his name at the foot of the map with a note
"attested on the spot". In the case of mutations due to sales, etc., the kanungo
is responsible for seeing that the measurements correspond with the area
actually transferred. In the case of partitions it will not always be possible
to show the new numbers and field book details on the back of the mutation
order. If so, they will be shown on separate mapping sheets. The tatimma shajra
in the case of a partition will be a copy of that prepared as soon as the
partition is completed (paragraph 18.12 (a) and 18.14). The kanungo who attests
the tatimma shajra in the case of a partition will be held strictly responsible
that the map really shows the land allotted to each share-holder and pointed out
to him (paragraph 18.14). In case of a transaction based on a registered deed
the revenue officer should immediately on receipt of the registration memorandum
from the Registration Officer (paragraph 7.23), direct the kanungo and the
patwari to proceed to the spot and prepare a tatimma shajra, if one is
necessary, on the basis of the material given in the registration memorandum and
that alone. On the completion of the tatimma shajra it shall be submitted by the
kanungo to the revenue officer.
"Chapter 23":
Preparation of tatimma shajras necessitated by hissadari kasht etc. The changes referred to in paragraph
4.21 are already recorded by the patwari by putting a red cross in columns
10,15,20,25 or 30 of the khasra girdawari (vide note to column 10 of the form of
shajra girdawari in paragraph 9.3). All such entries must be carefully checked
by the field kanungo harvest by harvest. In the year in which the quinquennial
jamabandi of an estate is to be prepared the kharif girdawari must be made with
great care, and the field kanungo is responsible that no number which has
changed permanently escapes detection. After the girdawri is finished he will at
once draw up a list of the cross marked numbers and give it to the patwari who
will make the necessary measurements without delay and prepare the tatimma
shajras on mapping sheets of the same size as the sheets used for jamabandis. Field book details will be
entered on the back of these maps as prescribed in paragraph 4.23. In the case
of villages measured on the square system these mapping sheets will have two
squares marked on them. The field kanungo will check the tatimma shajras on the
spot during the cold weather before the end of January. The new fields will at
this stage be temporarily numbered as laid down in the preceding paragraph.
"Chapter 24":
Boundaries and dimension of new field numbers to be shown in red
ink. In the maps prescribed by
the two last paragraphs all new boundaries and other amendments will be shown in
red ink. It is unnecessary to re-chain such of the boundaries as have undergone
no alteration, and if a side of a new field includes the whole of a side of an
adjoining field which is not being amended only the remaining part of the side
of the new field need be re-measured. When an old field number is divided into
two or more new numbers the patwari will re-calculate the areas of each of the
new numbers. To facilitate identification one adjoining number which has not
altered will be shown in the tatimma shajra.
"Chapter 25":
Preparation of field book of new field numbers. In the case of any further changes
brought to light at the rabi girdawri the procedure prescribed by paragraph 4.23
and 4.24 must be gone through as soon as possible and when it is completed the
patwari will enter all the new field for which tatimma shajras have been
prepared under the above mentioned paragraphs in a field book in the form
below:-
|
No. of fields |
No. of holding
|
Area calculation
|
Area
|
Soil
|
Signature of kanungo
|
|
Old |
New |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the field
book the fields will be finally renumbered as follows:-
If a field
number, say 24, has been subdivided into two, and the last number in the field
register of the village is 150, entry No.24 should be scored through and the new
field entered as 151/24 152/24.
Where a
second sub-division takes place the denominator number should simply be the
numerator of the field, which is again sub-divided. Thus in the example, we
should have first 151/24, then 185/151 and lastly 202/185, from each of which,
if necessary it would be very easy to trace back to the old number. If field
nos. 31 and 32 have been joined into one field the new entry may be 153/31 and
32, 152 being the last number in the field register. The new numbers given in
the field book will be entered in red ink in the tatimma shajras prepared under
paragraphs 4.23 and 4.24 above, and each entry in the field book will be
initialed by the field kanungo in token of its correctness. A slip containing a
copy of the entries in the field book will be given to the owner or mortgagee or
in the case of land held in joint ownership to the share-holder in occupation of
the new field.
In estates where field numbers have been assigned by rectangles and killa
numbers in lieu of continuous numbers during the course of consolidation of
holdings operations,the above rule shall not apply. The new field numbers as a
result of subdivision shall be within the killa numbers for example, killa
number 2 has been sub-divided into two parts. It may be numbered as 2/1 and 2/2.
Again a sub-division takes place then a new numbers shall be 2/1/1 and 2/1/2,
2/2/1 and 2/2/2. If killa numbers 2/1/1/ and 2/2/2 have been joined into one
field, the new entry may be 2/1/1
and 32/2
"Chapter 26":
Tatimma shajras to be bound with the jamabandis. The original tatimma shajras
prepared on the spot under paragraph 4.24 will be bound up with the Government
copy of the jamabandi, and copies checked and signed by the field kanungo will
be bound with the patwari's copy of the jamabandi. No copy of the tatimma
shajras prepared on the back of mutation sheets is required for the Government
copy of the jamabandi, in which the original mutation sheets are incorporated,
but copies of them must be made on mapping sheets for the patwari's copy of the
jamabandi. The field book details need not be copied on the copies of the
tatimma shajras field with the patwari's copies of jamabandis as the details are already
given in the field book kept by him.
4.28.
Check of tatimma shajras by tehsildars and naib-tehsildars. The tehsildar and naib-tehsildar
shall when on tour, check on the spot at least 25 percent of the tatimma shajras
prepared in each village in the period intervening between two jamabandis. They are not expected to do
much in the way of chaining, but they must remember that they are responsible
for the general accuracy of the measurement. They should be able to recognise by
eye whether there is any palpable mistake in the karukan or in the area, and if
there is any reason to believe that a mistake exists they must have the field
re-chained and the area re-calculated in their presence. They must also check
the entries in the field book referred to in paragraph 4.26. All tatimma shajras
so checked must be endorsed ‘Certified that this has been verified on the spot’
and signed and dated.
"Chapter 27":
Keeping up-to-date of maps. The above instructions apply to all
districts. The intention is that the patwari's copy of the settlement map and
the fair copy kept in the tehsil should include all changes from time to time
brought to light, but it is recognized that when the last settlement of a
district is not very recent it would be difficult to keep the maps completely up
to date at present. But it is a matter of great importance that the maps of all
recently settled districts should be kept completely up-to-date, and Deputy
Commissioners are responsible that this is carried out. To secure this end the
following additional instructions are issued.
"Chapter 28":
Renewal of patwaris copies of shajra kishtwar. The patwari shall in future have in his
custody only one copy of the settlement map for use at girdawari and for all
other purposes. The karukan will be shown in the copy. The patwaris copy will be
on latha cloth. The fair copy of the settlement map formerly in the custody of
the patwari will hereafter be permanently kept in the tehsil. The patwaris copy
of the map of every village must be renewed at the time of filing of every other
jamabandi of that village. For special reasons, however, a fresh copy may be
prepared after the lapse of a shorter period under the orders of the collector;
in which case the map will be again renewed at the second jamabandi from the
date of this special renewed, e.g. If a map was prepared at the jamabandi of
1970 it would be renewed in 1980 and then again in 1990; but if the Collector
orders its renewal in 1978, it will be again renewed not in 1990 but in 1988.
The date of renewal should always be noted on the map.
"Chapter 29":
Incorporation of amendments in the parat tehsil maps and in the shajras
kishtwar kept by patwaris. When
the patwari brings the jamabandi to the tehsil at the beginning of September he
will at the same time bring his copy of the settlement map, the tatimma shajras
prepared under paragraph 4.24 the field book, the work book and the mutation
register. He will, under the field kanungo's supervision, transfer to his own
copy of the settlement map and to the fair copy kept in the tehsil all the new
field shown in the tatimma shajras prepared under paragraph 4.23 and 4.24. The
new lines of amended fields should in the first instance be shown in pencil by
the patwari and then inked by the kanungo in shingraf after comparison with the
tatimmas concerned. The tatimma shajras relating to mortgages of all kinds,
redemptions, lessees and hissedari-kasht need not be incorporated in the fair
copy of the field map kept in the tehsil. If the new fields are so small that
the corrections are difficult to read they should be drawn on a larger scale in
the margin of the map. If under the above instructions it becomes necessary to
make any further alterations in any portion of the tehsil copy of the settlement
map which portion has been already so much altered that further alterations
cannot be made therein without giving rise to confusion then a tracing of the
portion in which further alterations have to be made should be prepared on the
margin of the map, or, if sufficient space be not available on the margin, on a
separate sheet, and the alterations necessary as well as any alterations that
may have to be subsequently made in this portion should be made in the tracing
thereof prepared on the margin or on the separate sheet as the case may be. The
kanungo must carefully compare the changes made in the maps with those shown in
the tatimma shajras, and must state in his note of the result of checking the
jamabandi that he has done so. The tehsildar and naib-tehsildar shall also
examine the incorporation of 25 percent, of the tatimma shajras in the parat
tehsil musavi.
4.32.
Preparations of Tatimma Shajras of alluvion and diluvion tract. The above instructions do not apply
in their entirely to estates subject to alluvion and diluvion. In such estates
no tatimma shajras should be prepared for changes due to alluvion or diluvion
even if such changes necessitate the passing of mutation order, as in the case
of estates where the submergence of proprietary land involves its conversion
into shamilat. For changes due to other cause, however, tatimma shajras will be
prepared in accordance with the above instructions. The instructions contained
in paragraph 4.31 regarding the correction of maps will apply only to the
portions of the estate not subject to alluvion or diluvion. As regards the
remaining portion the changes due to alluvion or diluvion as well as those for
which tatimma shajras have been prepared will be incorporated in the tracing to
be filed with the detailed jamabandi according to local alluvion and diluvion
rules or orders as sanctioned at settlement. But the fields which actually touch
the fields affected by river action should always be shown in this map or
tracing.
4.33.
Co-ordination of departmental land plans with corresponding revenue
papers. In order to obviate the difficulties that have occurred in the past
the Punjab Government consider it essential that all departmental land plans of
Government property should, in future, be coordinated with the corresponding
revenue papers.
A sufficient
number of fixed and easily identifiable points, such as tri-junction pillars,
base line marks, milestones or in default of these other permanent topographical
details, which may be found on the corresponding revenue map then in existence,
should be plotted on the departmental plan and the Government property should
then be plotted on it with reference to such fixed points.
The following
procedure will be observed:-
(1)
The Public Works Department have agreed to provide a technical surveyor
to carry out the surveying on a large scale metric units of any areas of
Government property required to be surveyed under the instructions issued in
Punjab Government circular No.2240 (Rev. and Agri.- Genl.), dated
21st January, 1921.
(2)
In districts or portions of districts not under settlement the Deputy
Commissioner will communicate to the Executive Engineer, Public Works
Department, by April 1st of each year, the exact area in which
Quinquennial revision of revenue records is to take place in the year commencing
October 1st following, and state the parcels of Government property
in that area.
In
tracts under settlement, the Settlement Officer will, as his work progresses,
give the Executive Engineer information as long ahead as possible of the date on
which remeasurement or revision of the maps of estates in which Government
property is situated, will be commenced.
(3) The Executive
Engineer will then cause to be prepared plans showing the extent and position of
each parcel according to the Public Works Department's records. These plans will
also show both all topographical features adjoining the Government land which
are likely to assist the Revenue Officials in checking its boundaries and area
and also any Revenue "fixed" points in the neighbourhood.
All
distances will be shown in metric units. The plans should reach the Collector
concerned by a date to be agreed on between him and the Executive Engineer.
When
land plans of any area have once been prepared and discrepancies, if any, have
been settled, it will not be necessary to prepare them again at a future
quinquennial revision unless in the meantime some change has occurred which
necessitates an alteration in the plans. If there has been no such change the
Executive Engineer should merely supply a certificate to the effect that the
land plans are as they were at the last quinquennial revision.
(4)
The collector will then arrange for the plans to be checked by the
tehsildar. If no discrepancies are found then the tehsildar will note in red ink
on the shajra kishtwar (parat tehsil as well as on the patwaris copy) the
distances given in metric units on the Public Works Department plan. "The
revenue record will thus read" ............................ karams
........................gathas the equivalent of
.......................................metre.
(5)
The tehsildar will then return the plan for signature by the Collector
and the Executive Engineer, and for the preparation of duplicate to form an
inset to the shajra kishtwar (parat sarkar) and to be similarly signed.
Note:- If relevant in a suit brought by
Government the "inset" will be produced before the court by the Sadar kanungo,
or his assistant.
If
any discrepancy is observed, then the tehsildar will note it in pencil on the
plan and return the plan to the Collector concerned for transmission to the
Executive Engineer, sider these discrepancies in consultation with the patwari.
If the two are satisfied that the revenue record is correct, and the Public
Works Department plan incorrect, then that plan will be corrected accordingly
and the papers returned to the tehsildar who will enter distances as required
above in the revenue record and forwarded the plan for signature to the
Collector.
If
the revenue map appears to be incorrect the case will be submitted to the
collector, who will, if he concurs, direct that mutation proceedings be entered
up for the correction of the map.
When
mutation proceedings have been completed, a tatimma shajra will be prepared for
the revenue records. Distances will be marked on it metric units according to
the Public Works Department plan, and the inset signed and recorded as
above.
(6)
The procedure prescribed in the preceding sub-paragraphs for checking
departmental land plans of the Public Works Department will mutatis mutandis be
carefully observed in the case of Forest, Zila Parishads and Railway Department
maps also.
(7)
The detailed plan of any property belonging to the Government in the
estate shall form part of the record of rights, -vide Financial Commissioner's
notification No.1953-R, dated the 21st September ,1937.
(8)
It shall be the duty of the revenue staff to afford every assistance to
the officials or other departments in matters connected with the co-ordination
of departmental land plans.
4.34.
Cantonment boundaries.Under instructions from the Government of India
it is necessary that in any survey which may in future be made by the Revenue
Establishment so as to include any portion of the boundary of a cantonment that
boundary should invariably be defined by a series of straight lines drawn from
each of the cantonment boundary pillar to the next, except where it is
distinctly stated to the contrary in the description of the boundary published
by notification in the local gazette. Before any such survey is finally accepted
it should be communicated to the military authorities for information and
scrutiny. The attention of Settlement Officer is particularly directed to these
instructions.
PART E. – Tehsil and District Maps based on Patwaris
Surveys
4.35.
Preparation of the grouped (mujmil) map. Where fairly recent survey or other maps
on a sufficiently large scale showing village boundaries do not exist the
Settlement Officer should prepare for each tehsil a grouped (mujmili) map on a scale of two
centimetres to a kilometre. The grouped map is made on tracing cloth and is an
exact reproduction of the index maps, prescribed in paragraph 19 of appendix VII
of the Settlement Manual. In the case of large tehsils with big estates and much
waste it may be convenient to reduce the index maps to the scale of one
centimetre to a kilometre. It should for two reasons be started as soon as the
index maps are available, and should not be deferred to the very end of the
settlement, for (i) in piecing together the index maps errors in the boundaries
are often brought to light, which are real errors of measurements which require
light to be rectified by a further inspection of the ground, and (ii) there are
differences in practice as regards the showing of roads, canal cuts, etc.
indifferent patwaris or kanungos circles, and uniformity can only be secured by
consulting the men who have actually made
or supevised the measurement
and who know the country intimately.
4.36.
Size. The map can most
conveniently be prepared in separate sheets, each of the size of an ordinary
village mapping sheet, but Settlement Officers can consult their own convenience
in this respect.
4.37.
Copy to be sent to Survey Office. A copy of the mujmili map, when ready should be sent
to the Director, North Western Circle, Survey of India, Chandigarh. From this
the Survey Department will obtain materials for showing new roads, canals, dak
bungalows, etc., in revised editions of their maps. The number of the standard
sheet, in which the village will be found, should be clearly marked on each map
sent to the Director.
4.38.
Reduced grouped maps. If
no convenient survey maps of the district exist the Settlement Officer should
reduce the grouped tehsil map by pentagraph to a smaller scale (1 centimetre to
2.5 kilo metres) and prepare a district map.
Preparation of maps. Such copies of these maps are
required should be prepared in the office of Director, Map Publication, Survey
of India, Hathi Bar-kala, Dehradun if the office is in a position to meet the
requirements of the Settlement Officer. Three copies of each such map should be
forwarded to the Financial Commissioner's office for record.
SURVEYS
PART F- LAND MEASURES
"Chapter 30":
Instructions for converting local measure into hectares. Prior to the Agricultural year
1971-72, the land measure used in all revenue work varied in different parts of
the State. From the Agricultural year 1971-72, metric measure shall be used
gradually in a single rotation of five years and all records prepared during the
year 1971-72 to 1975-76 shall simultaneously indicate the metric measure, in red
ink, in addition to the local measure. From the Agricultural year 1976-77, the
metric measure shall only be used and the local measure shall be discontinued
altogether.
The units of
length and area in different parts of the State and their equivalents are as
under:-
I.
Throughout the State in a single gradual rotation of 5 years commencing
from the agricultural year 1971-72 and ending with the agricultural year 1975-76
as also from the agricultural year 1976-77 in toto:-
1
Meter
...39.3701 inches
1
Centare (Square meter)
...1.19599 Square yards.
1
Are (100 Centares)
...119.599 Square yards.
1
Hectare (100 Ares)
...11059.9 Square yards.
II.
In all the areas consolidated on the basis of the Standard measure of a
karam of 66 inches:-
1
Karam (66 inches)
...1.6764 meters.
1
Sarsahi (Square karam)
...2.81031696 Square metres.
1
Marla (9 Sarsahis)
...25.29285264 Square metres
1
Kanal (20 Marlas)
...505.8570528 Square metres
1
Ghumao (Acre of
...4046.8564224 Square metres.
4840 Square yards-8 kanals)
III
In the area consolidated on the basis of the local measure and the
non-consolidated area of Ludhiana District and the erstwhile princely State of
Jind.
1
Gatha (99 inches)
...2.5146 meters
1
Biswansi (SqureGatha)
...6.32321316 Square metres.
1
Biswa (20 Biswansis)
...126.4642632 Square metres.
1
Bigha (3025 sq.yards
...2529.285264 Square metres.
-20 Biswas)
IV
In the area consolidated on the basis of the local measure and the
non-consolidated area of Amritsar, Gurdaspur (except Shahpur hill circle and
Chak Andar in Pathankot tehsil), Ferozepur (except Fazilka) and the erstwhile
princely State of Faridkot:-
1
Karam (60 inches)
...1.524 metres
1
Biswansi or Sarsahis
...2.322576 Square metres.
(Square Karam)
1
Marla (9 Sarsahis)
...20.903184 Square metres.
1
Biswa (20 Biswansis)
...46.45152 Square metres.
1
Kanal (20 Marlas)
...418.06368 Squaremetres.
1
Bigha (20 Biswas)
...929.0304 Square metres.
1
Ghumao (8 kanals -
...3344.50944 Square metres.
4000 Squre yards)
V
In the areas consolidated on the basis of the local measures and the
non-consolidated areas of Hoshiarpur, Jullundur, Anandpur Sahib (Ropar) and the
Shahpur hill circle in Gurdaspur District:-
1
Karam (57.5 inches)
...1.4605 metres.
1
Sarsahi (Square karam)
...2.13306025 Square metres.
1
Marla (9 Sarsahis)
...19.19754225 Square metres.
1
Kanal (20 Marlas)
...383.950845 Square metres.
1
Ghumao (8 kanals -
...3071.60676 Square metres.
-3674 Square yards)
VI
In the areas consolidated on the basis of local measure and the
non-consolidated areas of Fazilka(Ferozepur), Roper(except Anandpur Sahib) and
the erstwhile princely States of Patiala, Nabha and Malerkotla:-
1
Karam or Gatha (57.157 ...1.4517878
metres.
inches)
1
Biswansi (Square karam or
...2.1076878 Square metres.
Square Gatha)
1
Biswa (20 Biswansis)
...42.153756 Square metres.
1
Bigha (20 Biswas -
...843.07512 Square metres.
1008.33 Square yards)
VII
In the areas consolidated on the basis of local measure and the
not-consolidated areas of the erstwhile princely State of Kapurthala:-
1
Karam (54 inches)
...1.3716 metres
1
Sarsahi (Square Karam)
...1.88128656 Square metres.
1
Marla (9 Sarsahis)
...16.93157904 Square metres.
1
Kanal (20 marlas)
...338.6315808 Square metres.
1
Ghumao (8 kanals -
...2709.0526464 Square metres.
3240 Squareyards)
The following is the conversion table of local measure to metric
measures
A LENGTH MEASURE
|
Unit |
66” Karam (Metres) |
99” Karam or Gatha
(Metres) |
60” Karam (Metres) |
57.5” Karam
(Metres) |
57.157” Karam or Gatha
(Metres) |
54” Karam
(Metres) |
|
1
Karam |
1.6764 |
2.5146 |
1.524 |
1.4605 |
1.4517878 |
1.3716 |
|
2
" |
3.3528 |
5.0292 |
3.048 |
2.9210 |
2.9035756 |
2.7432 |
|
3
" |
5.0292 |
7.5438 |
4.572 |
4.3815 |
4.3553634 |
4.1148 |
|
4
" |
6.7056 |
10.0584 |
6.096 |
5.8420 |
5.8071512 |
5.4864 |
|
5
" |
8.3820 |
12.5730 |
7.620 |
7.3025 |
7.2589390 |
6.8580 |
|
6
" |
10.0584 |
15.0876 |
9.144 |
8.7630 |
8.7107268 |
8.2296 |
|
7
" |
11.7348 |
17.6022 |
10.668 |
10.2235 |
10.1625146 |
9.6012 |
|
8
" |
13.4112 |
20.1168 |
12.192 |
11.6840 |
11.6143024 |
10.9728 |
|
9
" |
15.0876 |
22.6314 |
13.716 |
13.1445 |
13.0660902 |
12.3444 |
|
10 " |
16.7640 |
25.1460 |
15.240 |
14.6050 |
14.5178780 |
13.7160 |
|
20 " |
33.5280 |
50.2920 |
30.480 |
29.2100 |
29.0357560 |
27.4320 |
|
30 " |
50.2920 |
75.4380 |
45.720 |
43.8150 |
43.5536340 |
41.1480 |
|
36 " |
60.3504 |
90.5256 |
54.864 |
52.5780 |
52.2643608 |
49.3776 |
|
40 " |
67.0560 |
100.5840 |
60.960 |
58.4200 |
58.0715120 |
54.8640 |
|
50 " |
83.8200 |
125.7300 |
76.200 |
73.250 |
72.5893900 |
68.5800 |
|
60 " |
100.5840 |
150.8760 |
91.440 |
87.6300 |
87.1072680 |
82.2960 |
|
70 " |
117.3480 |
176.0220 |
106.680 |
102.2350 |
101.6251460 |
96.0120 |
|
80 " |
134.1120 |
201.1680 |
121.920 |
116.8400 |
116.1430240 |
109.7280 |
|
90 " |
150.8760 |
226.3140 |
137.160 |
131.4450 |
130.6609020 |
123.4440 |
|
100 " |
167.6400 |
251.4600 |
152.400 |
146.0500 |
145.1787800 |
137.1600 |
|
180 " |
301.7520 |
452.6280 |
274.320 |
262.8900 |
261.3218040 |
246.8880 |
|
200 " |
335.2800 |
502.9200 |
304.800 |
292.1000 |
290.3575600 |
274.3200 |
(B) AREA MEASURES
(I)
GHUMAO MEASURE
|
Unit
|
66" Karam (Square
meters) |
60"Karam (Square
meters) |
57.5"Karam
(Square meters) |
54"Karam (Square
meters) |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
1
Sarsahi |
2.81031696 |
2.322576 |
2.13306025 |
1.88128656 |
|
2
Sarsahis |
5.62063392 |
4.645152 |
4.2661205 |
3.76257312 |
|
3
" |
8.43095088 |
6.967728 |
6.39918075 |
5.64385968 |
|
4
" |
11.24126784 |
9.290304 |
8.532241 |
7.52514624 |
|
5
" |
14.0515848 |
11.61288 |
10.66530125 |
9.40643280 |
|
6
" |
16.86190176 |
13.935456 |
12.7983625 |
11.28771936 |
|
7
" |
19.67221872 |
16.258032 |
14.93142175 |
13.16900592 |
|
8
" |
22.48253568 |
18.580608 |
17.064482 |
15.05029248 |
|
1
Marla |
25.29285264 |
20.903184 |
19.19754225 |
16.93157904 |
|
2
" |
50.58570528 |
41.806368 |
38.3950845 |
33.86315808 |
|
3
" |
75.87855792 |
62.709552 |
57.59262675 |
50.79473712 |
|
4
" |
101.17141056 |
83.612736 |
76.790169 |
67.72631616 |
|
5
" |
126.4642632 |
104.51592 |
95.98771125 |
84.65789520 |
|
6
" |
151.75711584
|
125.419104 |
115.1852535 |
101.58947424 |
|
7
" |
177.04996848 |
146.322288 |
134.38279575 |
118.52105328 |
|
8
" |
202.34282112 |
167.225472 |
153.580338 |
135.45263232 |
|
9
" |
227.635677376 |
188.128656 |
172.77788025 |
152.38321136 |
|
10
" |
252.9285264 |
209.03184 |
191.9754225 |
169.31579040 |
|
11
" |
278.22137904
|
229.935024 |
211.17296475 |
186.24736944 |
|
12
" |
303.51423168
|
250.838208 |
230.370507 |
203.17894848 |
|
13
" |
328.80708432 |
271.741392 |
249.56804925 |
220.11052752 |
|
14
" |
354.09993696
|
292.644576 |
268.7655915 |
237.04210656 |
|
15
" |
379.3927896 |
313.54776 |
287.96313375 |
253.97368560 |
|
16
" |
404.68564224 |
334.450944 |
307.160676 |
270.90526464 |
|
17
Marlas |
429.97849488 |
355.354128 |
326.35821825 |
287.83684368 |
|
18
" |
455.27134752 |
376.257312 |
345.5557605 |
304.76842272 |
|
19
" |
480.56420016 |
397.160496 |
364.75330275 |
321.70000176 |
|
1
Kanal |
505.8570528 |
418.06368 |
383.950845 |
338.63158080 |
|
2 Kanas |
1011.7141056 |
836.12736 |
767.90169 |
677.26316160 |
|
3
" |
1517.5711584 |
1254.19104 |
1151.852535
|
1015.89474240 |
|
4
" |
2023.4282112 |
1672.25472 |
1535.80338
|
1354.52632820 |
|
5
" |
2529.285264 |
2090.3184 |
1919.754225
|
1693.15790400 |
|
6
" |
3035.1423168 |
2508.38208 |
2303.70507
|
2031.78948480 |
|
7
" |
3540.9993696 |
2926.44576 |
2687.655915
|
2370.42106560 |
|
1 Ghumao |
4046.8564224 |
3344.50944 |
31071.60676
|
2709.05264640 |
|
2 Ghumaos |
8093.7128448 |
6689.01888 |
6143.21352
|
5418.10529280 |
|
3
" |
12140.5692672 |
10033.52832 |
9214.82028
|
8127.15793920 |
|
4
" |
16187.4256896 |
13378.03776 |
12286.42704
|
10836.21058560 |
|
5
" |
20234.282112 |
16722.5472
|
15358.0338 |
13545.26323200 |
|
6
" |
24281.1385344 |
20067.05664 |
18429.64056 |
16254.31587840 |
|
7
" |
28327.9949568 |
23411.56608 |
21501.24732 |
18963.36852480 |
|
8
" |
32374.8513792 |
26756.07552 |
24572.85408 |
21672.42117120 |
|
9
" |
36421.7078016 |
30100.58496 |
27644.46084
|
24381.47381760 |
|
10
"
|
40468.564224 |
33445.0944 |
30716.0676 |
27090.52646400 |
(ii)
BIGHA MEASURE
|
Unit |
99'’Gatha
(Squaremeter) |
60"karam
(Squaremeter) |
57.157"Karam
or Gatha (Squaremeter) |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
1
Biswansi |
6.32321316 |
2.322576 |
2.1076878 |
|
2
Biswansis |
12.64642632 |
4.645152 |
4.2153756 |
|
3
" |
18.96963948 |
6.967728 |
6.3230634 |
|
4
" |
25.29285264 |
9.290304 |
8.4307512 |
|
5
" |
31.6160658 |
11.612880 |
10.538439 |
|
6
" |
37.93927896 |
13.935456 |
12.6461268 |
|
7
" |
44.26249212 |
16.258032 |
14.7538146 |
|
8
" |
50.58570528 |
18.580608 |
16.8615024 |
|
9
" |
56.90891844 |
20.903184 |
18.9691902 |
|
10
" |
63.2321316 |
23.225760 |
21.076878 |
|
11
" |
69.55534476 |
25.548336 |
23.1845658 |
|
12
" |
75.87855792 |
27.870912 |
25.2922536 |
|
13
" |
82.20177108 |
30.193488 |
27.3999414 |
|
14
" |
88.52498424 |
32.516064 |
29.5076292 |
|
15
" |
94.8481974 |
34.838640 |
31.615317 |
|
16
" |
101.17141056 |
37.161216 |
33.7230048 |
|
17
" |
107.49462372 |
39.483792 |
35.8306926 |
|
18
" |
113.81783688 |
41.806368 |
37.9383804 |
|
19
"
|
120.14105004 |
44.128944 |
40.0460682 |
|
1
Biswa |
126.4642632 |
46.451520 |
42.153756 |
|
2
" |
252.9285264 |
92.903040 |
84.307512 |
|
3
" |
379.3927896 |
139.354560 |
126.461268 |
|
4
" |
505.8570528 |
185.806080 |
168.615024 |
|
5
" |
632.321316 |
232.257600 |
210.76878 |
|
6
" |
758.7855792 |
278.709120 |
252.922536 |
|
7
" |
885.2498424 |
325.160640 |
295.076292 |
|
8
" |
1011.7141056 |
371.612160 |
337.230048 |
|
9
" |
1138.1783688 |
418.063680 |
379.383804 |
|
10
" |
1264.642632 |
464.515200 |
421.53756 |
|
11
" |
1391.1068952 |
510.966720 |
463.691316 |
|
12
" |
1517.5711584 |
557.418240 |
505.845072 |
|
13
" |
1644.0354216 |
603.869760 |
547.998828 |
|
14
" |
1770.4996848 |
650.321280 |
590.152584 |
|
15
" |
1896.963948 |
696.772800 |
632.30634 |
|
16
" |
2023.4282112 |
743.224320 |
674.460096 |
|
17
" |
2149.8924744 |
789.675840 |
716.613852 |
|
18
" |
2276.3567376 |
836.127360 |
758.763608 |
|
19
" |
2402.8210008 |
882.578880 |
800.921364 |
|
Unit
1
1
Bigha |
99’Gatha
( Square meter)
2
2529.285264 |
60”
karam (Squre meter
3
929.030400 |
57.157”
karam or Gatha (Square meter)
4
843.07512 |
|
2
Bigha |
5059.570528 |
1858.060800 |
1686.15024 |
|
3
" |
7587.855792 |
2787.091200 |
2529.22536 |
|
4
" |
10117.141056 |
3716.121600 |
3372.30048 |
|
5
" |
12646.42632 |
4645.152000 |
4215.37560 |
|
6
" |
15175.711584 |
5574.182400 |
5058.45072 |
|
7
" |
17704.996848 |
6503.212800 |
5901.52584 |
|
8
" |
20234.282112 |
7432.243200 |
6744.60096 |
|
9
" |
22763.567376 |
8361.273600 |
7587.67608 |
|
10
" |
25292.852640 |
9290.304000 |
8430.751264 |
CHAPTER 5
TERRITORIAL TRANSFERS
Replaces standing order No.25 original
issue, date 7th june, 1909 and reprint dated 30th
May,1912. In connection with this Chapter paragraphs 409-437 and 834 of the Land
Administration Manual should be consulted.
5.1.
All cases of transfer of territory from one district to another, or
from one tehsil to another are to be submitted to Government through the
Financial Commissioner (Revenue) for the sanction of the Government and for the
publication of the revised limits of the district under section 5 of the Land
Revenue Act (Act XVII of 1887).
5.2.
Deleted.
5.3.
Changes in territorial jurisdiction to be reported. Whenever any alteration in the boundaries
of the State, Districts or Tehsils takes place for administrative convenience,
the fact should be reported by Collectors through Commissioners to the Financial
Commissioner Revenue with full details, the report being accompanied by a map of
the area transferred.
5.4.
Contents of report and map. The report should state the reasons for
the change and the approximate area in hectare transferred and the number of
occupied houses and the population, male and female, contained at the time of
the last preceding decennial census, in each village comprised in it; and the
prescribed map should be drawn tracing paper on a scale (ordinarily) of 1
centimeter to 1.250 kilometers unless for special reasons a larger scale should
be necessary. The names should be entered on the map in Punjabi and a table of
references should in all cases be added sufficient to render the map
intelligible in itself.
5.5.
Report to be Surveyor General. The Financial Commissioner Revenue
will report to the Surveyor General to enable him to arrange for the correction
of the survey maps. Changes in the boundaries of territorial units of less
importance than those noted above, such as police stations or blocks, need not
be reported and in all cases a copy of the map and report should be furnished to
the Director of Land Records to enable him to correct the skelet-on maps and
villages’ lists. The director will keep the reports in a file arranged by
district so that the statistics of houses and population transferred may be
readily available at the time of the next decennial census.
5.6.
Deleted.
5.7.
International Boundary Pillars to be inspected half yearly. At the commencement of each harvest
inspection, the Deputy Commissioners, Ferozepur, Amritsar and Gurdaspur shall
inform their counterparts in Pakistan and carry out joint inspection of the
International Boundary Pillars and submit a return in this respect to the
Director of Land Records, Commissioner of the Division and the Financial
Commissioner, Revenue, Punjab, on the 10th April and the
10th November each year.
CHAPTER
- 6
ALLUVION
AND DILUVION
Replaces
Standing Order No.26, original issue, dated 7th June, 1909, first reprint, dated 2nd
February, 1910, and second reprint dated 28th February 1928; In
connection with this subject, Chapter XII of the Land Administration Manual and
paragraph 455 of the Settlement Manual should be
consulted.
6.1.
Law
and rules governing the subject. When estates affected by river or
torrents have assessments of land revenue which are fixed for terms of year, it
is a condition of the settlement, in default of a special agreement to the
contrary, that such assessments are liable to revision when the lands of the
estates are injured or improved by the action of water or sand. Such revisions
are governed by section 59(I)(d) of the Land Revenue Act, 1887, and by the
following general rules:-
(i) Where
land of an estate paying land revenue is injured or improved by the action of water or sand, the land revenue
due on the estate under the current
assessment shall be reduced or increased in conformity with the
instructions
issued from time to time in this behalf by the Financial Commissioner,-
vide
appendix I to the
Land Administration Manual.
(ii) In
every such case the distribution of the land revenue over the holdings of the estate shall be revised, so as similarly or
reduce or increase the sum payable in
respect of the holding in which the land that has been injured or
improved is situated.
Besides
these general rules special rules have been framed in the case of certain
district to suit special local conditions, - vide
Settlement Manual paragraph 455.
6.2.
Deleted.
6.3.
Removal
of estates from the revenue roll in consequence of diluvion.
When an estate is entirely cut away by the river it should be removed from the
district revenue roll, but it should be restored on a subsequent formation of
land on same site, if the original owners are entitled to recover
possession.
6.4.
Village
lists. The tehsil office kanungo should be
required to maintain a simple list of village liable to increment or decrement
of area by the action of river, his-torrent of swamps, to enable him to satisfy
himself that diluvion files of such villages are prepared in due
course.
6.5.
Submission
of annual statements.
The Collector should submit for confirmation of assessments by the Financial
Commissioner, Revenue, a statement in the form below, showing the net changes
caused by alluvion and diluvion. These statements should be forwarded to the
Financial Commissioner, Revenue, for confirmation by the first may .On receipt
of such confirmation the new assessments will take effect.
Statement
of financial results of alluvion and diluvion assessment for the __________
District. made in 20 ____ for the agricultural year (kharif 20 and rabi 20 ),
and the proposed remission in the revenue roll and amount to be collected as
fluctuating revenue
|
District. |
Tehsil |
River |
Gross
increase of assessment due
to
alluvion etc. (including jagir) |
Gross
decrease of assessment
due to diluvion, etc., (including
jagirs) |
Net
increase (khalsa to be
collected as fluctuating
revenue) |
Net
decrease (khalsa)
to be
remitted |
Net
amount of increase or decrease
to be shown in the revenue roll of
the
following agricultural year |
Remarks |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes.-
Column 3 the figures of the three large rivers of the province should be given
separately, those for the minor streams may be lumped
together.
Column:-
6,7 and 8.- Columns 6 and 7 should show the actual amount involved, not
neglecting fractions of a rupee. The amount shown in Column 8 will be the
difference between columns 6 and 7 expressed in even rupees, fractions of a
rupee not exceeding fifty paise being neglected (of paragraph 10 of Standing
Order No.31) and should be preceded by a plus or minus, as the case may
be.
Column
9:- Note in this column the officer by whom the assessment were made and tested,
and the method adopted in assessing Reference should be made to settlement
reports prescribing such method or to correspondence conveying special
sanction.
Dated
The
20
Deputy Commissioner:
6.6.
Distribution
of reduction or remission on account of diluvion.
Where special rules have been framed, they provide for the preparation of a
statement showing the distribution of the new assessment over holdings. Where no
special rules have been framed, a statement should always be filled by the
patwari, showing how the reduction or remission has been distributed among the
several holdings, which have suffered loss.
6.7.
Assignments
of land revenue how effected by alluvion and diluvion.
When the land revenue of the estate has been assigned the assignee will benefit
from any increase of revenue and will suffer from any loss. If he pays
commutation for service in a fixed proportion upon his revenue, the commutation
will fluctuate with the amount of the revenue.
6.8.
Effect
of removal of the land assigned by diluvion.
An estate of plot, or which the revenue was assigned once swept away, has ceased
to exist, and the assignee has no claim to the revenue of alluvial deposits
afterwards formed upon the same site, unless when the original owners would be
entitled to recover possession of the newly formed land on the ground of their
previous ownership.
6.9.
Form
of alteration of revenue roll.
Enhancements of revenue on account of alluvion or reductions on account of
diluvion must be sanctioned by the Financial Commissioner (Revenue) before the
alteration of the revenue roll. Reductions generally involve the remission of
the current demand of land revenue, which has to be written off under the
authority of the Financial Commissioner (Revenue) as an irrecoverable balance
(Deleted).
6.10.
Alterations
to take effect from the kharif. Except where the orders passed at
Settlement and still in force require the observance of a different practice,
increases due to alluvion and decreased due to diluvion should take effect from
the kharif season in which they occurred, but while increases due to alluvion or
to excess of alluvion over diluvion, in any village will be collected as
fluctuating revenue due on account of the kharif harvest in which the alluvion
and diluvion occurred, the decrease on account of losses due to diluvion, or to
excess of diluvion over alluvion, in any village will ordinarily be refunded by
means of reductions from the collections of the fixed revenue due on account of
the following rabi. In cases, however, in which no such revenue is recoverable
from an individual to whom a refund has to be made the usual refund procedure
will be adopted. In all other cases a reduction will be made by the patwari in
the demand recoverable for the following rabi from the individuals to whom
refund is due, the reductions being duly incorporated in the fard bachh. The net
increase or decrease for the district, as the case may be, will appear as an
addition, or deduction in the rent roll submitted for the ensuing agricultural
year in the following October.
6.11.
Power
of Collector to suspend in anticipation. Cases, in which it is apparent that a
considerable decrease will be necessary in the demand of an estate, should be
specially reported by the Tehsildar to the Collector as soon as they come to his
notice during the course of inspection, and the Collector may, in such cases, at
his discretion, suspend the collection of a suitable portion of the revenue,
subject to the necessary adjustment, consequent on the final orders of the
Financial Commissioner Revenue, on the proposed
assessment.
6.12.
Remissions,
how shown in balance statements.
The amount remitted on account of diluvion will be shown in the balance
statements under the head "Irrecoverable", and the authority for remission will
be the orders of the Financial Commissioner (Revenue) upon the annual statement
of changes, in which the amount to be remitted shall be specified separately
from the amount by which the rent roll of the succeeding year is to be
altered.
6.13.
Remissions
for destruction of crops. Remissions for the destruction of crops
should not be dealt with in diluvion work, but should be separately reported for
sanction in the same way as remissions for crop failures of land other than
reverain lands are reported,- vide
Standing order No.31
CHAPTER
- 7
"Chapter 31": THE RECORD OF RIGHTS
[Replaces
standing order no.23, original issue, dated 19th October,1909, Ist
reprint, dated 2nd September, 1912, 2nd reprint, dated
21st September, 1916, 3rd reprint, dated 3rd
March, 1921, and 4th reprint, dated 1st June,
1972.]
Chapter XIV and appendices VII and VIII of the Settlement Manual and
Chapter X of the Land Administration Manual should be read in connection with
this chapter.
A.
- RECORD
OF MUTATIONS
Paragraphs
372 to 386 of Chapter X of the Land Administration Manual and paragraphs 279 to
282 of the Settlement Manual relate to the record of
mutations.
7.1. Entry
of mutation .
The
mutation register is prescribed in sections 33 (3) and 34 of the Land Revenue
Act for the entry of every acquisition of any right or interest in an estate as
a landowner or assignee, and under section 35 for disputed acquisition of other
rights. The mutation register is not a part of the record of rights and its
entries do not share in the presumption of truth attached to that record. All
mutations of rights of ownership including voluntary partitions, shall be
entered by the patwari in the register when they are reported to him by the
transferee as required by section 34 of the Land Revenue Act, and if not so
reported, then as soon as they appear to have been acted upon. When he enters a
mutation affecting the shajra nasb the patwari shall note in pencil the number
of the mutation against the entry affected. If and when the mutation is
sanctioned he shall amend the shajra nasb in red ink in accordance with the
mutation order.
7.2.
Reference in Jamabandi.
The
patwari should, whenever a mutation case is entered in the register, note the
serial number and nature of the transfer in pencil in the column of remarks of
the jamabandi opposite the appropriate holding. If and when the mutation is
sanctioned, he should make the above note in red ink. Serial number of fard
badar entries should also be similarly noted and in order to distinguish them
from the serial number of mutations the word "badar" should be added. Fard badar
entries will thus be referred to as I badar, 2 badar, etc.
etc.
7.3.
Register
of mutations. The
form of the register of mutations with instructions as to the entries to be made
in it is given below:
-
Register
of mutations of
mauza__________
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
|
Entry
in last jamabandi which is proposed to correct |
New
entry which is proposed to substitute |
|
Serial
No. of entry |
No.
of holding in last jamabandi |
Taraf
or well |
Owner,
with description |
Cultivator,
with description |
Detail
of fields, areas and soils |
Revenue
or rent |
No.
of holding in new jamabandi |
Owner,
with description |
Cultivator,
with description |
Detail
of fields, areas and
soils |
Revenue
or rent |
Nature
and date of transfer, with price in case of sale and amount of mortgage
debt in case of mortgage or redemption |
Mutation
fee due |
Reports
and orders |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
7.4. General
Instructions.
(i)
The mutation register consists of a counterfoil and a foil. The former is
the patwari's copy of the register. The latter is removed after orders have been
passed, and sent to the tehsil to be filed with the jamabandi. The patwari
should make his entries in columns 1 to 13 of the counterfoil, but he should
make no entry in column 15. Having thus filled up columns 1 to 13 in the
counterfoil, the patwari shall copy these entries in the foil. He shall then
write his report in column 15 of the foil, briefly state the facts explaining
the change, the names of the persons on whose information the entry is based,
and require the lambardar concerned to attest the entry by seal or signature. He
is however, strictly forbidden to take the thumb-mark or the signature of any of
the parties to the transaction anywhere on the mutation
sheet.
(ii)
The
field kanungo must attest, by personal examination of the papers concerned,
every entry made by the patwari in the counterfoil and foil, noting briefly that
he has done so. He should mention the date below the report in the latter. He
must sign the entries in both counterfoil and foil.
(iii)
The Revenue Officer should carefully compare entries in the counterfoil
and the foil, and must write his order on the latter. He should see that all
entries in the mutation sheets as well as his orders thereon are neatly and
legibly written. The order should show whether the parties interested were all
present; or if any one was absent, the way in which his evidence was obtained,
or if it was not obtained, what opportunity was given to him to be present; also
who identified the parties present, and the place at which, and date on which,
it was written. Where the transfer of land has taken place through a registered
deed, the mutation should be decided, even if the vendee does not turn up after
one notice has been issued to him. There the deed is not a registered one, the
parties concerned (and not the one side only) must be duly notified by the
revenue officer regarding the fact that the mutation case would be considered by
him on a certain date and at a certain place, the place, of course, being within
the estate as per existing instructions. When the parties concerned have been
duly notified and more than one opportunity has been given to them to come
forward and raise any plea, the revenue officer can then decide the case even
though somebody is absent. No detailed record of the statements of parties and
witnesses need be made, but the order must state briefly the persons examined by
the revenue officer, the facts to which they deposed and the grounds of the
order. Except in the case of killabandi mutations (paragraph 15 of appendix XIV
to Settlement Manual) no revenue officer any more than the kanungo or patwari
should take the signatures or thumb-marks of parties or witnesses anywhere on
the mutation proceedings. Except where the mutation order relates to an entire
holding and in cases of undisputed inheritance the revenue officer must enter
with his own hand the numbers of the fields affected and their total area, in
the case of mutations relating to registered companies or firms, the attesting
officer shall not pass final orders unless he has satisfied himself that the
company or the firm has been duly registered and the party concerned has
produced a certificate of registration by the Registrar of Companies. Mention to this effect shall be made in
the attestation order.
(iv) He must
write with his own hand in the counterfoil a very brief abstract of the
operative part of his order giving the numbers of the fields effected and their
total area, thus, "dakhil kharij number hai falan rakba falan manzur hai". No
recital of the facts on which the order is based should be entered in the
counterfoil.
In the case of mutation of inheritance of a Hindu lying intestate, the
Revenue Officer after having satisfied himself about the following points should
record in his order the facts on which he bases his
orders:-
(a) that
the deceased died intestate;
(b) that
none of the heirs in Class I survives to enable the mutation being
sanctioned in favour of the heir(s) in class II, category
wise.
Further
in the case of female Hindu dying intestate, the Revenue Officer in addition to
the points (a) above should satisfy himself and record his findings of the
points mentioned at (a) above; and
(c) that
none of the sons/daughters or the issues of the pre-deceased Sons/ daughters
survives so that the mutation being sanctioned in favour of heirs in order of
preference given in section 15 of the Hindu Succession Act,
1956.
(v) When
mutation is refused the revenue officer must similarly pass his order to that
effect on the foil and note the fact in the counter-foil. He must sign the
entries in the counterfoil after comparing them with those on the
foil.
(vi) For the
action to be taken with reference to the share of the shamilat attached to land
transferred, see paragraph 7.19
infra.
(vii) An un-contested
mutation shall be attested by the Revenue Officer with in a period of three
months from the date of occurrence of the event necessitating the mutation. For
the disposal of the contested mutation this period shall not exceed six months
from such date. The Patwari shall make the necessary entries in the mutation
register within one month of the event necessitating the mutation and the
attestation work shall be completed within the remaining
period.
(viii) All
mutations, not attested within a period of two years are shown in the quarterly
business returns of revenue work for each district by tehsils. A list will be
prepared in each tehsil and supplied to the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar
concerned, so that special steps may be taken to ensure that all such mutations
will be attested at once, if possible. Any mutations, remaining unattested by
the end of the next quarter, will be entered in a special list, with the reasons
showing why each mutation could not be attested. These lists will be forwarded
to the Collector for information, and if any mutation in such a list remains
unattested by the end of the quarter then next ensuing, a full report with an
explanation will be submitted to the commissioner for any action that he may
think fit to take.
(ix)
A practice has been followed in some districts under which parties to a
transaction pertaining to land put in an application on a court fee stamp of
Re.1 before a revenue officer for recording their statements to the effect that
their transaction has been completed and that the mutation be sanctioned in
their absence. In pursuance of this request the revenue officer sanction the
mutation. This practice is liable
to gross abuse and should, therefore, be stopped. Rule 34(ii) of the Land Revenue Rules
cannot be construed as doing away with the necessity of the mutation being
decided in public. Persons acquiring rights can certainly report under Section
34 of the Land Revenue Act, in writing, but this does not justify a decision of
the mutation being made outside the estate in the manner explained above.
7.5.
Corrections previous to attestation. The entries in columns 9 to 12
should correspond in every case to the order passed upon the mutation in
question. Where owing to a mistake or otherwise they do not do so they should be
altered so as to bring them into correspondence with that order. Any alterations
required for this purpose should be made as far as possible at the time of
passing the order but if not then made, they can be subsequently made at any
time before the mutations in which they are to be made are incorporated in the
jamabandi. No permission, nor proceedings in review under section 15 of the
Punjab Land Revenue Act, will be necessary for the purpose of making such
alterations, and any revenue officer before whom the mutations in which they are
to be made are produced, will be at liberty to make them. All alterations made
in accordance with this direction will be made in red ink and will be signed by
the officer making them.
7.6.
Corrections after attestations. At any time before a mutation is
incorporated in a jamabandi, any clerical or arithmetical mistake inadvertently
made in the order passed upon it can be corrected without obtaining permission
for reviewing that order. The correction of such mistakes can be made by the
revenue officer who attested the mutations in which the mistakes have occurred
or by his successor or by a superior officer. In making such corrections the
original order should not be altered, but a separate note should be recorded
briefly describing the corrections made. It will not be necessary to hear the
parties concerned in connection with such corrections. The fard badar procedure
described in paragraph 7.29 infra may be used for the purpose of avoiding the
entry of a further mutation of inheritance in cases where in entering the
original mutation some of the holdings of the deceased were inadvertently
omitted. In such cases the patwari will merely state in his report in the fard
badar that such and such holdings have been omitted from such and such mutation
and the revenue officer's order upon this report will merely state that the
order already passed upon the mutation in question should be considered
applicable to these holdings.
7.7.
Numbering of entries. The
numbering of the entries in the mutation register should be continuous for the
term of settlement. A new register should be opened only when the old register
has been used up. Both the counterfoil and foil sheets are numbered in the
press. Only one sheet will not necessarily be used for each case. If the
transfer involves lengthy entries, e.g., in the case of more than one holding
being affected, one or more additional sheets may be used, but the same number
should be used for the counterfoil and foil. The foils should not be detached
from the register until orders are finally passed by the revenue officer, who
should take them off and make them over to the office kanungo, stitching the
forms together with stout thread.
7.8.
Transfer of portion of land.
If the part or a share of a field has been transferred and separate
possession has been taken, draw on the back of the mutation sheet and its
counterfoil a map of the whole field and show as a sub-number the part
transferred. No partition proceedings are necessary. The field kanungo must
attest the correctness of the map after personal examination of the field on the
spot and satisfy himself as to the fact of possession. He must also see that the
field as drawn on the back of the mutation sheet is an exact copy of the field
as shown in the shajra kishtwar. Further details in regard to the preparation,
check and use of these maps on mutation sheets are given in chapter 4 of the
manual. The attesting officer must defer the passing of an order sanctioning a
mutation if he finds that these instructions have not been carried out
exactly.
In the case of a transaction based on a registered deed the revenue
officer should immediately on receipt of the registration memorandum from the
Registration Office (paragraph 7.23), direct the kanungo and the patwari to
proceed to the spot and prepare a tatimma shajra, if one is necessary, on the
bases of the material given in the registration memorandum and that alone. On
the completion of the tatimma shajra, it shall be submitted by the kanungo to
the revenue officer.
7.9.
Partition. Final orders in
partition cases will be entered if partition is sanctioned and the order has
been carried into effect. Such entries will be attested in the same way as other
mutations.
7.10. Lambardari and assignment. Lambardari
cases will not be entered in the mutation register. Revenue assignments are
entered after final order have been passed, see paragraph 7.27 infra.
7.11. Land hypothecated to Government.
Mortgages of land hypothecated to Government for repayment of takavi or for
other purposes will be entered in the mutation register.
7.11-A Treatment of mutations relating to land
presented to Government for specific purposes. (a)
Land is sometimes verbally leased by land-owners to Government for
specific purposes e.g., construction of school, hospitals, seepage drains, etc;
In order to safeguard the interests of the lessor in the event of the
relinquishment of the land by Government, on the one hand, and to ensure the
continued utility of the schemes, in furtherance of which the leases are made,
on the other, it has been decided that effect should be given to them by the
entry of a mutation in the form of a lease in each case. It is of the utmost
importance that the terms of the lease in each case be properly recorded both in
the patwari's report and the revenue officer's order on the mutation
consequently the patwari’s report in column 15 of the mutation register should
contain the terms of the lease and a full and correct description of the files
regarding negotiations with land-owners for the use of the land. These details
should also be given by the revenue officer in his order for the disposal of the
mutation. Revenue officers should be careful to base their orders on the
statements of the parties or their accredited agents only, so that there may be
no possibility of the lease being repudiated later.
(b) The
relinquishment of the land by Government should be given effect to by entering a
mutation in favour of the lessor or his representatives in
interest.
7.12.
Order of court.
In entering orders of court the patwari should note in red ink in column 15
of the foil and counterfoil the following particulars:-
(1)
Name of court;
(2) Names
of parties;
(3) Abstract
of decree.
7.13. Consideration money. When a sale,
mortgage or lease embraces land in more than one estate and no specific portion
of the sale or mortgage money or rent is ascribed to the land entered in the
mutation, the portion of the consideration money to be entered in the mutation
shall be in proportion to the share of the total area transferred that is dealt
with in the mutation.
7.14. Special instructions. The instructions
laid down in paragraph 7.41 infra as to entries in the jamabandi apply to the
register of mutations subject to the following order:-
(1) Column 2 and 8 .– In a case of transfer
of ownership it will usually be enough to enter the jamabandi number. In a case
of a transfer of tenant's holdings, enter both the jamabandi and the khatauni
number thus:-
J. 10
Kh. 23
(2)
Reasonable abbreviations may be allowed in making entries in columns 4,
5, 9 and 10 in cases affecting a number of holdings more especially where there
are a large number of co-sharers and only one or two of them transfer. The names
of the co-sharers transferring and their shares should be entered in detail and
the names of other may be omitted with a note: - "Baki indraj jamabandi
badastur". Similarly in case of transfer of ownership where the tenancy of the
holding is unaffected, the only entry that need to be made in columns 5 and 10
is badastur.
(3)
Columns 6 and 11. – Except where to follow a different course may be
unavoidable, the field number and area will in both columns be those shown in
the last jamabandi. If the mutation relates to a whole holding this can be noted
and the total area given without any detail of field numbers.
(4)
Column 8 – This column will be filled up when the new jamabandi has been
prepared.
(5)
Columns 9 and 10. – If a co-sharer in a joint holding sells or mortgages
the whole or a definite fraction of his share or specific fields which were in
his possession before such sale / transfer / mortgage and delivers possession
thereof to the vandee / transferee / mortgagee, the name of the latter shall be
shown in column 9. However, the name of the vandee / transferee or the mortgagee
shall also be entered in column No. 10 as co-sharer, cultivator in case of
purchase of specific field after affording an opportunity of being heard to the
interested parties.
(6)
Column 14. – After a mutation has been disposed of the mutation fee due
should be entered in both foil and counterfoil by the revenue officer
himself.
(7)
Columns 5 and 10. – These columns used to show the tenant, but as the
corresponding column of the jamabandi show the cultivator they have been altered
to correspond.
7.15. The scope of mutation. The status of a
land owner or tenant cannot be altered except-
(a)
by agreement of all the parties interested, or
(b) in
consequence of a decree or order which is binding upon them, or
(c) in
accordance with facts proved or admitted to have occurred. (Section 37 of the Land
Revenue Act, 1887)
In cases of
inheritance a summary inquiry into title is necessary on the lines indicated in
5 P.R. of 1912. Where it is claimed that property devolves by reason of a will
this should be treated as a case of succession by inheritance and the inquiry
will include an inquiry into the validity of the will. (1934. L.L.T.1).
7.16. Transfers. Financial Commissioner’s
circular Nos. 74 of 1878 and 12 of 1881. In the case of transfers by gift,
sale or mortgage, the patwari should ascertain whether a deed has been written.
If so, he should inspect it, and take a note of its nature, the names of the
parties, the dates of execution and registration, if it has been registered and
any other necessary particulars, A brief note of these matters should be entered
in column 15 of the counterfoil of the register. The patwari must not retain the
deed in his possession, or take a copy of it. Attesting officers should satisfy
themselves that the particulars as to deeds of transfer given in the patwari's
mutations reports are correct.
7.17. Disallowment of transfers not yet carried
into effect. Except in cases of entries of collateral mortgages in column 12
of the jamabandi, the patwari should also ascertain whether possession has
passed and a mutation of transfer by gift, sale or mortgage should not be
attested unless (a) possession is proved to have actually passed, or (b) the
parties all agree before the attesting officer that possession has passed, or
(c) the parties have all agreed in a registered document that possession has
passed. A mutation should not be refused merely because it is claimed that the
alienor has no right by custom or statute to make such an alienation. Such a
transaction is a "fact" until it is set aside in due course of law.
In the case of a mutation in which it is a condition of the transfer that
possession be given after certain harvests, if the alienor is prepared to give
and the alienee to receive possession on the prescribed date, attestation should
be postponed until such time, and mutation then allowed on evidence that
possession has been taken. (But, in the event of any dispute between the
parties, the attesting officer should refuse the mutation on the ground that no
possession has been given, leaving it to the patwari to make a fresh entry in
the mutation register when the khasra girdawari shows that the change has taken
place, or on the report of one of the parties to the effect.
7.18. Mortgages Punjab Government letter No.
29-Rev., dated 8th March, 1915.
(i) All mortgages and sub-mortgages, whether collateral or with
possession, whether contracted for long or short periods, and whether by deed or
by oral agreement, should be entered in the mutation register. Redemptions of
such mortgages should also be entered. Cases of mere increase of mortgage money
on a previous mortgage, which is otherwise maintained unchanged should not be
entered in the mutation register. In order, however, to ascertain the correct
account of mortgage and redemption money for purposes to statements 5 and 5-A of
the village note-book (paragraph 10.1), the patwari shall enter such cases in
the village diary (roznamcha), noting therein the name of the village, parties
and the amount of increased mortgage money. In cases of mutations of redemption
of mustajri mortgages the patwari should note in column 13 of this register the
amount of mortgage money discharged by referring to the original entry of the
mutation of mortgage. If the register containing the original entry is not in
his possession, he should get the necessary information from the office or the
sadar kanungo. If for any reason such information cannot be secured without
undue delay, the amount admitted by the parties or proved should be accepted.
Care should be taken to ascertain how the mortgaged land is cultivated, how the
produce or rent is enjoyed, and by whom the revenue is paid. Other conditions of
mortgages need not be particularly acquired into, but the amount of the mortgage
debt as admitted by the mortgagor should be noted in column 13 of the mutation
register. Collateral mortgage though entered in the register are only noted in
the remarks column of the jamabandi. Nor is the amount of the mortgage debt
shown in jamabandi. Land which is already subject to mortgage is sometimes
mortgaged by the mortgagor to a third person on the condition that the previous
mortgage will be redeemed by the latter. This second mortgage should be treated
as a collateral mortgage and subsequently a new mortgage with possession should
be sanctioned when the land is redeemed by the second mortgagee. A sub-mortgage,
accompanied by transfer of possession is treated as a mortgage with
possession.
(ii)
Under paragraph 13 of standing order No.32, a mutation should be entered
up in respect of land hypothecated to Government by way of security for
repayment of an advance. If a second loan is taken on the same security it is
not necessary to enter up a new mutation.
(iii)
Transactions relating to mortgage of right of cultivation by owners,
involve the acquisition of a right and as such mutation should be entered in
such cases.
7.19. Cases in which mutation order must show
whether the transfer includes a share in the shamilat. As regards transfers
by sale, gift, mortgage or exchange, it is necessary to show whether a share of
the shamilat is transferred with the land and the following instructions should
therefore be observed on this subject:-
(1)
In cases of sale, gift or mortgage the mutation order should always state
whether a share of the shamilat is included in the transfer. In cases of
exchange the shamilat is seldom excluded from the transfer and nothing should
therefore be said about it except where it is excluded when the fact that it is
excluded should be mentioned in the mutation order.
(2)
If a deed of transfer by sale, gift, mortgage or exchange does not
specifically mention that a share of shamilat is transferred with the land it
should be presumed that the shamilat is not transferred.
(3)
Where a mutation of inheritance, sale, gift or mortgage covers a
share of the shamilat, the shamilat khata should be entered in the mutation so
that the mutation of the co-sharers in the shamilat may be correctly entered in
the jamabandi.
(4)
When the mutation does not cover a share in the shamilat then in
column 9 of the mutation sheet and in the ownership column of the jamabandi the
new alienee shall be shown as bila hissa shamilat or malik kabza so as to secure
that at partition he shall not simply by being a khewatdar receive a share of
the shamilat to which he has no title. The name of the person to whom the
shamilat appertaining to this new khata belongs shall also be recorded in the
column of ownership under that of the new owner with the title hissadar
shamilat, and the khata of the new holding shall always be incorporated in the
jamabandi immediately below the khata of the holding from which it was
taken.
In
the case of owners (1) whose entire land in any estate has been acquired by
Government without a share of the shamilat, and (2) whose land has been
partially acquired, the Revenue Officer shall give a direction in this order to
the effect that a note showing the name of the owner and the area transferred
together with the number of the relevant mutation, shall be recorded in the
remarks column of the jamabandi. In the case of (1) this note will be recorded
against the khewat of shamilat, and in the case of (2) against the khewat from
which the land has been acquired. It should also be specifically stated in this
note that the owner concerned will be entitled to a due share of the shamilat at
the time of partition. In estates where the shamilat land has been vested in the
Panchayat Deh, this rule does not apply. There is no need to show malik kabza
with the new alienee.
(5)
When the mutation refers to a mortgage it is only necessary to show the
mortgagee as murtahin mae hissa shamilat or murtahin bila hissa shamilat, as the
case may be. In estates, in which shamilat land has been vested in the Panchayat
Deh, there is no need to mention hissa shamilat.
(6)
Appendix A is an example of the kind of entry which should made in the
mutation register when a share of the shamilat is transferred. It is not
intended that the whole of the shamilat khata, as it stands in the last
jamabandi, should be copied in the mutation register. The mutation of the share
of the shamilat should be dealt with as part of the same mutation proceeding as
the transfer of the original holding, but it is a part in which any of the
co-sharers of the shamilat have a right to be heard, and a distinct order should
be passed by the revenue officer whether the mutation of the shamilat is
sanctioned or not.
7.20.
Deleted.
7.21. Mutation
in connection with consolidation of holdings. In respect of consolidation of
holdings affected by Consolidation of Holdings two mutations should be entered,
namely, one (of ishtarak) showing the separate holdings affected by the
consolidation as the joint property of the proprietors of those holdings and the
other of partition showing the area allotted to each owner or group of owners.
No fee shall be charged on the first mutation (ishtairak) nor on the second
mutation (taqsim) relating to the entry of the transfer of holdings between
owners etc. on the analogy of the orders contained in paragraph 7 of Appendix
XIV to the Settlement Manual.
7.22
to 7.24.
Deleted.
7.25.
Treatment of right of absentees. (1) Rules regarding the omission
from the jamabandi of the names of persons entered as ghairhazir of ghair-kabiz
are given in paragraph 281 of the Settlement Manual, sub-clauses (1) and (2),
and should be carefully followed.
(2)
When a right-holder entered in the record of rights or annual record as
ghair-hazir at ghair-kabiz has been heard of within seven years but has been so
entered for more than twelve years, the patwari shall enter the case in his
register of mutations and shall report it to the revenue officer.
(3)
When
a right-holder, entered in the record of rights or annual record whether he is
or not described therein as an absentee (ghair-hazir) or as out of possession
(ghair-kabiz), has not been heard of for seven years by those who would
naturally have heard of him if he had been alive, the officer attesting a
mutation may (unless he sees reason to the contrary) presume that he is dead and
pass orders on the case accordingly; but before ordering the omission of his
name from the record of rights or annual record, such officer should satisfy
himself that all reasonable endeavour has been made to ascertain whether the
absentee is alive and to give him an opportunity of appearing.
(4) No
new entry of any one as ghair-hazir should be made. A right-holder should not be
entered as ghair-kabiz if he is himself in legal or constructive possession, as
when he has put some one else in possession on his behalf, or the land is lying
waste, or he is by reason of poverty unable to cultivate it. A familiar instance
would be where a sepoy has left his land in his brother's possession while he is
with his regiment. In such a case the sepoy should be entered as in possession
of the land through his brother. Any entry of ghair-kabiz should not be made
unless some other person than the right-holder is in adverse possession.
(5) No
effect shall be given to any order (1) directing the omission of the name of a
right-holder who has been entered as ghair-hazir or ghair-kabiz or (2) directing
the entry of a right-holder as ghair-kabiz until such order has been confirmed
by the Collector or Assistant Collector 1st Grade.
(6) For
reasons explained in paragraph 7.41 (4) infra the entry against a tenant-at-will
of bila lagan ba waja tusuwwur
milkiyat is misleading and no new entry of this description should be made, but
when this entry exists it should not be altered except by mutation sanctioned by
the Collector or Assistant Collector 1st Grade.
7.26.
Escheats. In mutation
cases dealing with lands of deceased proprietors who have left no apparent legal
or customary heirs or successors, the mutation should be disposed of by the
Collector or by an Assistant Collector of the 1st Grade. Deputy
Commissioners should see that there is no indiscriminate or indiscreet pressing
of Government's claim to escheat and careful attention should be paid to the
instructions contained in paragraph 838 of the Land Administration Manual. The
Revenue Officer should ascertain the date of mortgage and mention it while
passing final orders on the mutations of escheats of lands under mortgage with
possession. The village Patwari should also incorporate this date in his report
in column No.15 of the mutation sheet. This date of mortgage should also be
indicated in the remarks column of the subsequent jamabandi (s) / misl Haqiat(s)
as well as in the remarks column of the register of Government lands maintained
in the tehsil/district offices.
7.27.
Mutations resulting from assignments. Punjab Government notification No.
80, dated Ist March, 1888. The
proceedings preliminary to orders creating or resuming assignments of land
revenue, or continuing them to successors or transferees, are not entered in the
mutation registers, but are recorded in separate files to which the patwari has
no access. Nevertheless, the patwai's jamabandi must contain accurate entries
relating to all assignments, and the proper mutation fees must be levied. It
is,therefore, necessary to instruct the patwaris as to the entries to be made in
each case, and to provide for the levy of the mutation fee due on the entry.
The following procedure should be adopted:-
When a final
order is passed in any case of this class, it will be communicated by parwana to
the tehsildar. This parwana, after the usual recital of the substance of the
order will direct the tehsildar to correct the village papers accordingly. To
this end, it will state the entries to be removed and those to be substituted in
the annexed form:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
If
land is assigned details thereof viz. |
|
Area
of land assigned |
|
|
Name
and description of assignee |
Jamabandi
of No. holding
|
Cultivated |
Uncultivated |
Total |
Revenue
assessed |
Amount
of revenue assigned |
if
only cash revenue is assigned without specification of lands, state in
this column the amount of so assigned |
Amount
of nazrana due annually from assignee |
|
|
|
|
|
Entry
to be corrected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry
to be substituted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
of order and by whom passed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tehsildar will send the jarwana on receipt
to the field kanungo of the circle in which the case has occurred, directing him
to transcribe the parwana in red ink in the appropriate columns of the mutation
register of the village concerned, attest the entry as a true copy, and return
the parwana with report endorsed to the tehsildar. When the kanungo has done
this, the patwari will incorporate the new entry in the next jamabandi and also
include in his next list of mutation fees and fee due on the
entry.
7.28. Cases
where no mutations are necessary. Punjab Government letter No. 144 Rev., dated 23rd December, 1914. With the following exceptions,
no mutation of rights can be incorporated in the jamabandi until a revenue
officer has sanctioned it by an order recorded in the mutation register. The
jamabandi entries concerning holdings in which mutations have occurred, but on
which no orders have been passed will remain unaltered, see also paragraph 7.41
(10) infra. The only entries in the jamabandi for the variation of which in
subsequent records no mutation need be entered in the registers, are the
following:-
(i) The
entries in columns 1-3 of the jamabandi as given in paragraph 7.40 infra.
(ii)
In column 4 –
(a)
the name or the father's name when it has been legally changed,
but in such case the former name shall continue to be shown also, preceded by
the word "alias" or "formerly" (urf).
(b)
the military rank or civil title,
(c)
the place of residence,
(d)
the omission of the word "minor" and of the name of the guardian
under paragraph 7.41 (4) infra of the jamabandi form,
(e)
the recasting of the form of the details of internal shares
without changing the shares.
(iii)
In column 5 –
(a)
undisputed entries relating to cultivation by an owner shown in
column 4, or by a non-occupancy tenant holding under a lease, whether oral or
written, for a period not exceeding one year, provided that even for such a
lease a mutation shall be entered if the owner of a joint holding to whom the
tenant pays rent has to be specified;
(b)
entries relating to tenants described, otherwise than in these
terms may be varied without a mutation order only to the extent that entries
relating to owners may be varied under clause (ii) above.
(iv)
The entries in column 6 – "Well or other means of irrigation".
(v)
(a)
Entries in columns 7 and 8 "field number" and "area" and "soil" resulting
from map correction (chapter 4) or from measurements in connection with alluvion
and diluvion or with fluctuating
assessments,
(b) corrections
in addition of the area, where the area of each field has been correctly shown,
but the total has been wrongly added up.
(vi) Undisputed
entries in column 9, relating to rents of tenants-at-will and entries made in pursuance of an order
under section 27 of the Tenancy Act.
(vii) Entries
in column 11 "Demand" provided that the variations are supported
by
an order by the Collector, or higher authority.
(viii) Entries
in column 12 "Remarks", relating to the matters specified in the instructions relating to that
column given in paragraph 7.41 (10) infra;
provided that new remarks shall be limited to such matters, and provided
further that entries relating to the rights of mortgagors or mortgagees
or
assignees of land revenue or the user of trees or grass shall not be
varied without orders being obtained in
the mutation register.
(ix) Entries,
in column 19 "Remarks" of the form of jamabandi Abadi given in
paragraph 7.45 infra, of particulars relating to cases of allotment of
Government land required by the last sub-paragraph of paragraph 7.46(19)
infra.
7.29.
Order for the correction of clerical mistakes in records to be obtained
on the fard badar.
Jamabandi entries not enumerated in the preceding paragraph should
not be varied in subsequent records without first obtaining orders for their
variation on mutations entered for this purpose except where the variation
merely consists in the removal of a clerical mistake, that is to say, of a
mistake which has been made in coping the entries of one jamabandi into another
or in incorporating a mutation in a jamabandi and the correction of which does
not involve the alteration of any mutation order. Subject to the exception noted
below, orders for the correction of such mistakes in subsequent records should
be obtained on the fard badar, the form of which is given below:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
Serial Number. |
Number of holding in new
Jamabandi |
Number of holding in last
Jamabandi |
Patwari's report |
Field kanungos
report |
Orders of the attesting
officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whenever a clerical mistake is detected in the
current jamabandi after it has been finally attested and filed, whether that
mistake was originally made in that or any previous jamabandi, the patwari
should make the necessary entries about it in the first four columns of the fard
badar. His report in the fourth column should be as brief as possible. For
instance if any field has been omitted by mistake from any holding the report
should merely state that such and such field has been omitted, and if any
proprietor's share has been entered as one-half instead of one third, the report
should merely state that the share should be one-third and not one-half. The
girdawar should, from time to time, examine the fard badar entries and enter his
own report in column 5 of the fard badar. His report should also be as brief as
possible and where he finds that he has nothing to add to the patwari's report,
he should merely put his signature in this column. In passing orders upon any
fard badar entry the revenue officer should see whether it actually relates to a
clerical mistake which, under the present instructions, should be dealt with in
the fard badar, and if he finds that it relates to such a mistake, he should
record an order for the correction of the mistake in question in column 6.
Otherwise he should order that the fard badar entry in question should be
considered as cancelled. It will
not be necessary to hear the
parties concerned in connection with the disposal of fard badar entries.
The fard badar prepared to remove the clerical mistake shall be decided by the
Circle Revenue Officer if it relates to entries which were made while preparing
the current (consigned) jamabandi only and has no bearing on the previous jamabandis. However, if the corrections
extend to previous jamabandis also
these shall be decided by the Sub Divisional Magistrate
concerned.
The only clerical mistakes in jamabandi entries, orders for the
correction of which in a subsequent record should not be obtained on the fard
badar, are those which cannot be conveniently described in the fard badar. The
difficulty of describing a clerical mistake in the fard badar may, for instance,
arise where the mistake relates to the share of an owner whose name enters into
several different combinations in the jamabandi entry relating to the same
holding.
A few blank sheets of the jamabandi sizes will be stitched to the
patwari's copy of each jamabandi. When the next jamabandi is prepared a copy of
the fard badar attested by the girdawar will be attached to the Government copy
of that jamabandi.
.
The Collector and Sub Divisional Magistrate concerned should examine fard
badars from time to time in order to see that the procedure prescribed in
connection therewith is properly understood and followed by the subordinate
revenue staff.
7.30.
Mutation of correction not to be made. When an entry has been incorporated
in the jamabandi a mutation should not be entered up or sanctioned for the
purpose of correcting it, except to correct a clerical error (where this cannot
be done by a fard badar) or in consequence of a patent fact. The party aggrieved
by such an entry must seek his remedy by suit. L.L.T 1934, page 2.
7.31.
Interrogatories. If a
patwari finds, when entering a case in the mutation register or otherwise, that
a person whose statement is essential for the disposal of the case, is residing
outside the limits of the tehsil, he should write up an interrogatory which may
conveniently be in the following form:
Interrogatory in the name of _______________son of ________son of
________, village ________ tehsil ________, Distt ___________.
State…………………….
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
Name
of Village with hadbast No.
Name
of tehsil and district |
Mutation
No. |
Brief
account of the transfer showing the name of transferes and transferee, the
total area of the land transferred the nature and date of transfer, and
consideration money, etc. etc. |
Questions
with date and signatures of patwari and field
kanungo |
Answers,
with date and signature of persons giving statement as well as the person
identifying (lambardar and that of the official recording the
statement) |
Order
as to compliance with the interrogatory |
Reports
and orders, after compliance with the
interrogatory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The patwari
will fill in columns 1 to 4 of this statement and then despatch it to his field
kanungo, noting the fact in column 15 of the mutation sheet. The field kanungo
will add his signature in column 4 of the form and send it on to the tehsildar.
In column 6 the tehsildar will address the tehsildar or other officer in whose
jurisdiction the person is residing, or, if the interrogatory has to be sent
through the Deputy Commissioner, will write his report. The tehsildar addressed
should himself, as far as possible, take the statement of the person concerned,
but may depute the naib-tehsildar or the field kanungo of the circle to do so,
to avoid delay. The date of receipt and despatch of interrogatories should be
recorded in the despatch book of every officer through whose hands they
pass:
(a) Tehsildars and naib-tehsildars to examine
all mutations .Tehsildars and naib-tehsildars on visiting a village should
examine all mutations in which interrogatories have issued and either decide
such as are ripe for decision and the parties are present, or arrange for the
decision of the mutation on the next suitable occasion.
(b) Period for replies to interrogatories.
Replies to interrogatories
should generally be awaited three months if the enquiry is to be made within the
Punjab and four or five months in the case of persons residing elsewhere, but it
is left to the discretion of the attesting officers to wait longer in particular
cases for special reasons.
An
interrogatory may also be issued under the orders of the attesting officer for
the examination of person residing within the limits of the tehsil if the
officer thinks that such person cannot attend without an amount of expenditure
and inconvenience, which would be unreasonable in the circumstances of the case.
No interrogatory should, however, be issued for the examination of a person
residing within with limits of the tehsil unless such person resides at a
distance of more than 40 kilometers from the village to which the mutation
relates. An interrogatory issued under this clause should be entered on the same
form as that prescribed for other interrogatories and should be addressed to the
tehsildar who, after taking or having taken the statement of the person
concerned, will return it to the field kanungo, the dates of receipt in and
despatch from the tehsil being entered in the despatch book. In the absence of
any special reasons replies to interrogatories issued within the limits of the
tehsil should not be waited for more than three weeks.
In
order to see that prompt action is taken on interrogatories, inspecting officers
should devote particular attention to ascertaining that, interrogatories sent
from other districts are promptly dealt with in the district concerned. The
tehsildar should at the close of each month send a list to the Deputy
Commissioner showing the interrogatories received in his tehsil which have not
been returned to the tehsil or district concerned as well as the dates of their
receipt. The Deputy Commissioner should scrutinize these lists and take
disciplinary action in cases where he finds that unnecessary delay has been
allowed to occur in the disposal of these interrogatories. A separate despatch
register should be opened in each tehsil office for entering interrogatories
only. This register will be kept by the office kanungo who will enter in it all
interrogatories issued to or received from other tehsils. He will divide this
register in two parts. In one part he will enter the interrogatories issued from
his tehsil and in the second part those received from other tehsils, in the last
column of the register will be entered the date on which the reply to the
interrogatory has been received or the date on which a reply has been sent to
the tehsil from which the interrogatory was received.
Procedure as regards registered deeds of
transfer. Registrars and
sub-registrars send on the 15th and last day of each month to
tehsildars particulars of all registered deeds, which purport to transfer
agricultural land. The office kanungo forwards these slips within three days of
their receipt in Tehsil Office to the field kanungo of the circle who
distributes them to the patwaris concerned. The form of the notice is as
follows:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
|
Serial No. |
Name
of the village where the land is situated |
Nature
of alienation and the area, field No. and jamabandi holding No. of the land alienated and in the
case of buildings situated with the limits of a municipal committee, small
town committee or notified area committee details of property according to
Section 21(2) of the Registration Act. |
Amount
of the consideration money entered in the deed |
Name
and residence of person executing the deed |
Name
and residence of the person to whom the land is
alienated |
Number
and date of the registration of the deed |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With the memoranda is sent a invoice in the following
form:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
Serial
No |
Number of
deed |
Name of
village |
Date of field
kanungo's report returning the Registration memo to the tehsil
office |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Where a deed is not to take effect immediately
but after a specified period, this fact should be noted in the column for
remarks.
(i)
A file should be kept of all invoices received during the year and
a fly index will be attached to it in the form usually adopted for miscellaneous
files.
(ii)
The registration memoranda should then be sent to the filed
kanungo, who will distribute them to the various patwaris for entry in their
mutation registers in the usual way. The information in the memoranda is
sufficient to enable to patwari to enter up the transfer in this register of
mutations as soon as he receives them without reference to the transferee.
(iii)
When the field kanungo hands over the memoranda to a patwari, the latter
should make a note of the fact in his diary recording the serial number of the
sheet received by him. The entry should be signed by the field kanungo. The
patwari will then enter up in his register the mutations detailed in the
memoranda before the next inspection of the Field kanungo and endorse the fact
of entry on the memoranda giving the serial number of each mutation and the date
of entry. On his next inspection the field kanungo will see that this has been
done and after comparing the entries in the mutation registers with the
memoranda, will sign both and himself forward the latter to the office kanungo
within 15 days of their receipt. If a memoranda contains land situated in more
than one patwari circle, the field kanungo will take similar action as regards
all the circles concerned before forwarding the memorandum to the office
kanungo.
(iv) On
receipt of the memoranda from the field kanungo the office kanungo will place
them on the file together with the invoice covering them. In the "remarks"
column of this he will note the date of receipt. Thus he will be able to detect
any delay in the return of the memoranda and bring it home to the responsible
official.
(v)
When all the memoranda appertaining to an annual file have been returned
by the patwaris, a note of the date on which the last memorandum is received
should be entered on the fly index.
The annual file which will then be completed should be kept in the tehsil and destroyed on the expiry
of one year from such date.
7.33. Mutation
fee. (i)
The scale of mutation fee fixed by the State Government under the
authority given by section 38 of the Land Revenue Act is stated in Appendix 'B'.
The mutation fee shall be recovered by the Revenue Officer at the time of
attestation and deposited into the Government treasury.
Mutation fee can be legally levied only from the person in whose favour
the mutation entry is made. In the case of a rejected mutation, the revenue
officer may remit the fee for any special reason to be specified by him in the
order. In the case of ervery rejected mutation whose fee is not thus
remitted, the order should give the name of the transferee from whom it
should be recovered. This
precaution is necessary in order to ensure that the fee is not recovered from
the person from whom it is not legally recoverable.
The portion of the order referring to the recovery of mutation fee may be
corrected by the revenue officer who passed the order, by his successor, or by a
superior officer, for reasons to be recorded in writing.
(ii)
Rulings regarding fees. Punjab
Government letter no 2180-S,Rev.dated 22nd August,1908. The following are rulings of the
Financial Commissioners on the subject of the levy of mutation fees:-
(1)
Separate mutation fees are leviable in respect of each holding created by
partition proceedings (including the residuary holding if any part of the
original joint holdings is left undivided and not one fee only for the whole. In
the case, however, of the annual recurring partition of shamilat land affected
by river action among the several shareholders, only one fee should be levied in
respect of the entire holding; and when the converse case occurs and diluviated
land held in severally is on recovery treated as shamilat, only one fee of
course is leviable.
(2)
No mutation fee can be levied from any department of Government for land
acquired in the interest of Government. As a corollary to this ruling no fee is
leviable on the resumption of revenue free assignments, the mutation in such
cases being in favour of Government. Fees should, however be levied on grants
of, or successions to, revenue assignments. Local bodies are not exempted from
the payments of mutation fees, even when the property is acquired under the Land
Acquisition Act.
(3)
In cases of exchange of land a fee should be taken from each of
the two parties.
(4) No
fee should be levied on simple corrections or mistakes in a previous record of
rights as no right is acquired. Similarly, no fee should be levied for an entry
of change of names provided that it involves no acquisition of any definite
right in the estate concerned.
(5) When
land which has originally been mortgaged by a registered deed is redeemed,
mutation fee of 40 paise should be charged except when the land revenue in
respect of this holding is Rs. 5 or less the fee shall be 25 paise only. No fee
should be charged in respect of redemption of land, which is to be sold to the
mortgagee soon after the redemption.
(6) Paragraph
7.18 supra directs that a second mortgage should be regarded as a collateral one
and given effect to as such, and that subsequently a new mortgage with
possession should be sanctioned when the land is redeemed by the second
mortgagee from the first one. A mortgages his land in the first instance to 'B'
in whose favour a mutation of mortgage with possession is sanctioned. Then 'A'
mortgages the same land to 'C' and a mutation of collateral mortgage in favour
of C is the result in accordance with the instructions laid down in paragraph
7.18 supra. Subsequently C redeems the land from B and consequently two
mutations of redemption in favour of A- one from B and the other from C-
followed by a mutation of mortgage with possession in favour of C are entered
up, and sanctioned. At present there is a diversity of practice in regard to the
levy of mutation fees on such redemptions. In the case of redemption from B in
favour of A the mutation fee should be levied from A in accordance with the
provisions of section 38 (2) of the Land Revenue Act, while no such fee should
be levied in the case of redemption from C as such redemption is only a
'tartibi' one and analogous to the case mentioned in sub-paragraph (5).
(7) Where
the number of jamabandi holdings has been artificially swollen owing to the
practice of giving each well and separate jamabandi number, only as many fees
should be levied on transfers other than by inheritance as there are genuine
separate proprietary holdings.
(8) If
a holding is transferred in separate parts by different instruments even though
executed on the same day, the transactions should be separately recorded in the
mutation register, and a separate
fee should be levied for each transaction.
(9) Where
a mutation fee is to be levied in respect of a holding of which the revenue is
fluctuating, the mutation fee should be calculated on the total of the kharif
and rabi assessments of the agricultural year during which the transfer took
place. If this, however, is the current year and the rabi assessment has not
been made at the time of attestation, the fee should be calculated on the
assessments of the preceding year.
(10) No
mutation fee is leviable in the case of a mortgage of land to Government or in
the case of the redemption of such a mortgage.
(11) A
separate mutation fee should be levied for the shamilat holding where a transfer
includes a share of the shamilat.
(12)
No mutation fee is leviable on the entry of the name of a posthumous
child.
7.34.
Preparation of list of village wise mutations fee. Every year in the month of September the
patwari should prepare for each village in his circle, a list of the fees due on
mutations attested during the past year. After the field kanungo has completed
the check prescribed by paragraph 7.36 infra the patwari will, after revising
the list, if necessary, submit it to the tehsil office through the field
kanungo.
7.35. Deleted.
7.36.
Entry of fees in lists.
In order to secure the
correct entry and collection of mutation fees, the patwari when preparing the
lists referred to in paragraph 7.38 (v) infra, will enter in red ink over the
serial number of each mutation (column 4 of the lists) the amount of the fee
according to the mutation sheets, and at the bottom of column 4 will enter the
total demand of the village. It is the duty of the field kanungo when checking
jamabandis in the tehsil (see paragraph 7.61 infra), carefully to check these
entries with the original sheets of accepted and rejected mutations, and to
certify that they are correct. Any mistake discovered by the field kanungo
should be communicated by him at once to the patwari who will then complete the
lists referred to in paragraph 7.34 supra.
7.37.
Office kanungo's statement of mutation fees Financial Commissioner's
circular no.72 of 1886. As soon
as the field kanungo's check is completed the office kanungo will prepare a
statement in duplicate in the form below:-
TAHSIL
_______________
Statement of
account of mutation fees for the year Kharif 20__ and rabi ______
|
Number of Mauza |
Name of Mauza Total
mutations fees of each estate |
|
|
|
Explanation:- Give against each mauza
only the total sum.
One copy of the statement should be sent by the tehsildar to the
Collector as soon after the end of September as possible for incorporation in
the Running Register [see paragraph 29(12)(g) of standing order no.31]. The
other copy should be made over the tehsil wasil baqi navis in whose custody it
will remain. It will then be the duty of the tehsil wasil baqi navis to see that
the fee collected by the Revenue Officer and credited in the tehsil account
tallies with this statement.
7.38.
Disposal of forms containing mutation orders. The following instructions prescribe the
method of disposal of forms containing mutation orders:-
(i)
Each patwari will be provided with two counter-foil registers, the
one for accepted, the other for rejected, mutations. This register will be in
the following form in duplicate, except that the last column will only be in the
foil:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
|
Hadbast
No. with name of village
|
Serial
no of batch for the current year for the village shown in column
1
|
Particulars of
Mutation
|
Signature
of attesting officer
|
Date
of receipt in tehsil with signature of office
kanungo.
|
|
Date
of order
|
Total
number of mutations
|
Number
of Mutation sheets
|
Serial
number of
Mutation
|
Signature
of Patwaris
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
On each occasion that he attests the mutations of a village, a revenue
officer should have the mutation sheets, on which orders have been passed,
arranged in serial order in two bundles, the one of accepted, the other of rejected mutations, and he should
order the patwari to enter the necessary particulars in the registers aforesaid.
The foils should then be detached from the counterfoils and affixed as indices
to the two bundles, each of which should be stitched together with stout
thread.
(iii)
The bundles of sheets should then be despatched, or personally made over
by the attesting officer to the tehsil office kanungo. Attesting officers are
responsible for the safe custody of the sheets until they are so made over and
should be very careful to prevent their loss.
(iv)
On receiving the sheets the office kanungo will
check them with the indices, sign the latter and then place both sheets and
indices in an almirah, where he will arrange them in files by field kanungos'
circles and between the boards tied round with tape or string. Within these
boards the sheets should be arranged by patwaris' circles those of each village
being placed together along with their indices in the order in which they reach
the office kanungo. The files of accepted and rejected mutations in each field
kanungo's circle should be kept distinct and on separate shelves.
(v)
After June 15th the patwari should
prepare two lists in the form below of all mutations attested during the year
for each village in his circle. One list will show accepted, the other rejected
mutations
|
.1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
Hadbast
no. and name of village |
Total
number of mutations |
Total
Number of sheets |
Numbe
of mutations in serial order |
Signature
of patwari |
Signature
of tehsil office kanungo |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These lists should be prepared from the counter-foil register described
in paragraph 7.4 supra and after being checked with the register of mutations
should be sent to the tehsil not later than August Ist, a copy of entries in the
first four columns being retained by the patwari in his dairy
(vi)
On receipt of these lists the office kanungo should compare them with the
mutation sheets in his custody, arrange the latter in their serial order, remove
and destroy their indices, sign the lists in column 6 in token of their
correctness and attach them to the bundles of sheets to which they refer.
(vii)
As soon as a jamabandi is filed, the office kanungo should make over the
accepted mutation sheets of the village in question to the field kanungo and
take his receipt in the last column of the list which is attached to those
sheets and which he will retain. The sheets will then be attached by the field
kanungo to the jamabandi.
(viii) The
list containing the receipts of the field kanungo should be made into kuliat
files, one for each field kanungo's circle. Each file should be indexed and the
lists which it contains should be arranged by the serial order of the hadbast
numbers of the villages to which they relate. The files should be destroyed
after five years, that is, after the next detailed jamabandi have been
prepared.
(ix) The
rejected mutations sheets of any village for which a jamabandi has been prepared
should be sent to the district record room along with that jamabandi and the
lists attached to them. These sheets should be kept in the Land Record Office
for twelve years and then destroyed.
7.39.
Disposal of miscellaneous papers. Petitions and exhibits should be
returned to the parties by the attesting officer. If depositions are taken by
commission the essential part of them should be very briefly incorporated in the
attesting order so that the mutation sheet be complete in itself. Any papers
which cannot be returned should remain attached to their proper mutations. When
the jamabandi of any village is filed the miscellaneous papers should be removed
from the sanctioned sheets of mutations and made into distinct files one for
each kanungo's circle. These should be kept with the files mentioned in
paragraph 7.38 (viii) supra and destroyed them after 5 years. Miscellaneous
papers attached to sanctioned mutations relating to the investigation of benami
transactions, together with the benami files, should however be preserved as
permanent records and filed in the General Record Room.
Note:- Paragraphs 276-278,283,284,290 of
the Settlement Manual, and paragraphs 387-393 of the Land Administration Manual
should be consulted:-
THE JAMABANDI
7.40 .
Form of jamabandi with instructions. Land Revenue Rules 72. The form of the jamabandi is as
follows:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
|
khewat
No. |
khatauni
no. |
Name
of patti or taraf; with name of lambardar and
revenue |
Owner,
with description |
Cultivator,
with description |
Well
or other means of
Irrigation |
Field
numbers |
Area
and classification of land |
Rent
paid by cultivator, rate and amount |
Share
or measure of right and rule of bachh |
Demand,
with detail of revenue and cesses |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note.- The form
may be altered with the sanction of the Financial Commissioner to meet the
requirements of any particulars district or tract. For canal colonies in
particular a special form will generally be found necessary (see the form given
in paragraph 7.45 infra), and in other districts it may prove advisable to
effect minor alterations. A column may, if necessary, be added for "date-trees
liable to assessment". In tracts under fluctuating assessment this form may be
used or the alternative form given in paragraph 7.44 infra, as may appear more
suitable. In the case of urban lands to which the Land Revenue Act applies, the
ordinary form should be adopted, but it should be divided into two parts,
namely, (a) for agricultural (zarai) and (b) for urban (sakni)
lands.
SPECIAL
INSTRUCTION RELATING TO THE JAMABANDI
7.41. (1) Column 1.- The khewat number is the
number of the owners' holding. Except as provided in paragraph 7.19(3) supra,
arrange owners' holdings in the order in which the names of owners are given in
the village genealogical tree (shajra nasab). Muafi holdings must not be
collected at the end of the jamabandi. Each should be put up in the place to
which, with reference to the order of ownership, it belongs. A mortgagee in
actual possession, and paying the land revenue should have a khewat and not a
khatauni number, except as provided in clause (5) infra.
(2)
Column 2.- The khatauni number
is the number of the holding (khata) of the person responsible for the
cultivation. Enter in order all the holding belonging to each khewat number
showing first the holding, if any, cultivated by the owner himself (khudkasht),
next the tenants-at-will. Where there are several tenancy holdings under one
proprietor the tenants in their several classes should be entered, so far as
possible, in alphabetical order. The Collector may prescribe a different order
of entry for the khatauni holdings of Government lands in a colony area if he
finds that the orders prescribed in this instruction cannot be suitably followed
as regards such holding.
(3)
Column 3.- Enter the pattis or
tarafs in the order in which they appear in the shajra nasab. If there is any
common land belonging to all the owners of the patti or taraf, enter it as a
separate khewat number after the khewat numbers of the individual owners. Enter
the total for each patti or taraf after the last of the khewat numbers contained
in it.
(4)
Column 4.- "Description" in
this column includes father's name, grand father's name and residence; and for
officers of the Indian Army the title of their rank, as Subedar, Resaldar, etc.
If the owner is a firm, its manager should also be named and described. If the
firm is registered under the Indian Partnership Act, IX of 1932, the partners
need not be mention; but if the firm is not registered the partners should also
be named and described and the details of their shares recorded. The mortgagee
with possession, i.e. one who is responsible for the payment of land revenue for
the mortgaged land, should also be entered with a similar description in this
column under the name of the owner, thus, Allah Bakhsh rahin wa Sewa Ram wald
Rura Ram wald Ram Lal sakin Ludhiana, murtahin. The amount of the mortgage debt
will not be entered anywhere in the jamabandi. If any of the recorded owners in the
joint holding is out of possession note the fact and show who is in possession
of his share, thus: Allah Bakhsh ek tihai wa niz kabiz hakkiyat Rahim Bakhsh,
ghair-kabiz do tihai. If the person in possession, i.e. who pays the revenue, is
not owner, show this clearly, thus: Allah Bakhsh ghair-malik kabiz hakkiyat
Rahim Baksh malik ghair-kabiz. Regarding the entry of a right-holder as
ghair-kabiz see paragraph 7.25 supra. The practice has in the past existed of
making a note in the rent column (no.9), against the entry of a tenant-at-will
of bila lagan ba waja tusawwar Milkiyat. This entry, which tends to operate as
one of ghair-kabiz in respect of
the owner should never be made. It is in the first place inconsistent because a
person who is a tenant cannot be in adverse possession; further the record is
one of facts and not of claims. If the facts show adverse possession the
mutation of ghair-kabiz should be made, and disposed of as shown in paragraph
7.25(6) supra. (L.L.T, 1932, page
141).
If a sharer
in a joint holding sells or mortgages the whole rights is a minor, a female or
otherwise incapacitated from managing his own affairs, the name of his or her
sarbarah or guardian need not be shown. It is needless to specify whether a
right-holder is of age, or a minor. Where such entries have already been made
the patwari may, when the right-holder comes of age, omit the designation
"minor" and the name of the sarbarah without entering the case in the mutation
register.
(5)
Column 5.- "Description" in
this column includes the father's name, grand father's name, and residence; and
for officers of the Indian Army the title of their rank as Subedar, Resaldar,
etc. If the tenant is a firm its manager should also be named and described. If
the firm is registered under the Indian Partnership Act, IX of 1932, the partners need not be
mentioned, but if the firm is not registered the partners should also be named
and described and the details of their shares recorded.The status of the
cultivator should also be recorded which may be as follows:-
(a)
Cultivating owner:-
Khud-kasht; or if one of several share-holders is cultivating a portion of the
holding (hissadari kasht) khud kasht hissadar;
(b) Tenant
holding for a fixed term under a contract (pattadar) or a decree of a
Court or an order of competent authority. It should be remembered that
the
status of a leaseholder for a year differs from that of a
tenant-at-will;
(c) All
other tenants, i.e., tenant-at-will (ghair-maurusi or ghair dakhilkars). A
person who is in adverse possession
should not be described as ghair dakhilkar or
ghair
maurusi. These words imply the relationship of landlord and tenant which is incompatible with
adverse possession.
(d) Adhjogias,
Siris, Lachhains, Halis, Adhalis and other partners in cultivation
should also be entered in this
column, care being taken to distinguish them
from tenants within the meaning of section 4(5) of the Tenancy Act. They
are
not "tenants" because they do not possess the right of excluding the
landlord
under section 12(2) of the Act from interfering in the cultivation. The
entry
regarding such partners in cultivation should be "khud kasht fulan ba
sharakat
fulan adhjogia, Siri etc." Field workers, who get fixed wages in cash or
in
kind, should not find a place in the Jamabandi.
Where
the cultivation of the same field in the two harvests is done by different
cultivator, the name of the rabi cultivator should be entered in red ink under
the kharif tenant: he should not be given a separate khatauni number. In
urbanized areas to which the Land Revenue Act applies it is often not
practicable to record the tenants of every class of land. The collector is given
discretion, therefore, to direct that no entries be made in this column save in
respect of land which is occupied or has been let for agricultural purposes or
for pasture in any such area.
If
a sharer in a joint holding sells or mortgages certain fields, and the
transferee obtains possession, the name of the latter will be shown in this
column not in column 4. He will be given a khatauni and not a khewat number.
The tenant is the person responsible for paying the rent. If he sublets
the land the entry should be 'A'
ghair maurusi awwal marfat 'B' ghair
maurusi doyam.
(6)
Column 7.- The field or khasra
number is the number given to the field in the village map (shajra kishtwar).
The order of entry should usually be that of the khasra girdawari. The soil
description in the jamabandi is intended to show the permanent method of
husbandry applied to each field, and not the condition applicable to any
particular harvest or harvests, see paragraph 260 of the Settlement Manual. The
soil entry must, therefore, be changed, when, but only when, a permanent change
has occurred, as e.g., by the cultivation of land which was previously banjar
jadid or banjar kadim or by the conversion of barani into chahi land owing to
the sinking of a new well. Ordinarily, changes in soil classification need only
be made in the year in which quinquennial attestation takes place. But in the
case of changes from uncultivated land, the change of classification must be
made in the next jamabandi, whether it be one made after a quinquennial
attestation or not.
(7)
Column 8.- Where the ghumao
measure is in use, enter the area of holdings in kanals and marlas only
reckoning out ghumaos only in the totals of pattis or tarafs and of the estate.
In the districts under settlement operations the total area only i.e. Mizan
Haqiat of each holding (Khewat) and the grand total of each estate should be
given both in the local measure in vogue as well as in metric system at the end
of the entries pertaining to each holding estate in the Misal-I-Haqiat and later
on in the quinquennial jamabandis.
Prior to the
agricultural year 1971-72, the land measure used in all revenue work varied in
different part of the State. From the agricultural year 1971-72 metric measure
to four places of decimal of a hectare shall be used gradually in a single
rotation of five years and all records prepared during the year 1971-72 to
1975-76 shall simultaneously indicate the metric measure in red ink, in addition
to the local measure. From the agricultural year 1976-77, metric measure shall
only be used and the local measure shall be discontinued altogether. The
classification of land, should be the same as indicated in notes given below in
form of khasra girdawari prescribed in paragraph 9.2 of this manual.
(8)
Column 9.- Where rent is paid
by a share of produce (batai) enter the share only. If by a lump sum note the
amount, otherwise note both rate and amount in the case of cash rents. Where
part of a holding pays at one rate, and part at another, see that areas, etc.,
are given in sufficient detail; so also where cash rents are paid on particular
crops (zabti). Where no rent is paid by a person in possession other than the
owner briefly explain the reason for non-payment of rent if the fact is
undisputed. As above explained, the entry of no rent because of a claim to
adverse possession should never be made. If the fact is that the possession is
adverse the entry should be of ghair-kabiz, if the fact is that he is a tenant
then if the rent cannot be ascertained it should be recorded as doubtful. For
the share of partners in cultivation see sub-clause (10) (vii) below.
(9)
Column 11.- If the revenue of
a holding is assigned (muafi or jagir) enter the amount in red ink. In the
totals of pattis or tarafs and of the
whole estate show the whole revenue in black ink with a detail of khalsa
in black and muafi or jagir in red ink.
(10) Column 12.- In the case of all new
entries of names of owners, mortgagees with possession and alterations in
shares, etc., which are supported by any mutation or fard badar entry refer in
this column to the entry by which they are supported. References to fard badar
entries should be given in the manner described in paragraph 7.2 supra. If
mutation of rights has occurred and has been entered up before June
15th or the date approved by the Director of Land Records but not
attested, note briefly the facts which are believed to above occurred giving the
serial number of the entry in the register but stating that the mutation has not
been attested:
(i) If
a new well has been made, or a deserted well has been brought into use, or if a
well has fallen in or been deserted, be very careful to note the fact.
(ii) If
a holding or part of a holding has been hypothecated to Government as security
for a takavi loan, make a note of the fact.
If a second loan is given on the same security a second mutation is not
required – see paragraph 7.18 (ii) supra – but whether a mutation has to be
entered up or not, the patwari should make a note of the loan in column 12 of
the current jamabandi which should be carried over to all succeeding
jamabandis.
(iii)
A brief description of the terms of collateral mortgages attested in the
mutation register will be entered in this column, but no entry relating to such
mortgages will be made in any other column.
(iv)
If the revenue of a holding, patti or taraf, or of a whole estate, is assigned
(muafi or jagir), note the fact and the names, description, and shares of the
assignees in red ink in this column.
(v)
If mutation is refused in any case with reference to which notice of the
registration of a deed has been received, note the fact in this column,
specifying the nature of the deed (sale, mortgage, etc.), and its date.
(vi)
If any land in a colony town has been sold by Government for a specific purpose
or subject to any particular conditions, then note here the purpose or the
conditions.
(vii)
The amount of produce received by Adhjogias and other partners in cultivation
from the landlord as their share and the contribution towards seeds, Government
dues, etc., if any, made by them, should be recorded in this column.
(viii)
A note showing in names of owners whose land has been acquired by Government wholly or partially and
without a share of the shamilat, together with the area transferred and the
number of the relevant mutation, shall be entered in this column. It shall also
be stated in this note that the owner concerned will be entitled to a due share
of the shamilat area at the time of partition. The note in question shall be
copied from jamabandi to jamabandi till partition of the shamilat takes place
(see paragraph 7.19 (4) supra).
(ix)
A note showing the date of mortgage with possession, in respect of escheat land
shall be entered in this column.
(x)
If any area has been declared surplus by the competent authority under
the Punjab Security of Land Tenure Act, 1953 the Pepsu Tenancy and Agricultural
Land Act, 1955 and the Punjab Land Reforms Act, 1972 its particulars along with
khasra numbers and brief details of the orders of the competent authority should
be entered in this column in red ink.
7.42. Land owned by Government. All land owned by Government should
be entered in one place after the village common. All land permanently
appropriated for public purposes since the date of the last settlement should be
entered thus -
(1)
Where land belongs to a department of the State Government the words
"State Government" should be recorded in the column of ownership. Where land
belongs to a department of the Government of India, the words "Central
Government" should be entered in that column.
(2)
In the occupier's column the name of the department which has
charge of the land e.g., Deputy
Commissioner, Canal Department, Executive Engineer,
Northern Railway, Postal Department, Defence Department etc.
(3)
In lieu of soil entries, state the purpose to which the land is
applied, e.g.,
encamping-ground, sarai, canal, rajbaha, bungalow, etc.
(4)
When nazul or other Government property is vested in a local body,
or is otherwise in its possession, such property should be described as "State
Government or Central Government as the case may be maqbuza Zila Parishad or
[Cantonment] Board" or as the case may be. But property acquired by a local body
should be shown as owned by that body. In order to guard the interests of
Government, no mutation of any new acquisition or of sale of property owned by a
local body should be made without the order of the Collector.
Concerning
land occupied by Government at the date of last settlement which Government
still holds, the entries of the last settlement in the column of ownership will
be repeated unaltered. The columns of occupancy and description of land will be
filled up as above directed.
If the land
is occupied only temporarily, as for instance, the approach to a ferry, the
names of the owner and hereditary tenants will usually be continued, and
separate numbers need not be made. Government possession can be described in the
column of remarks.
7.42-A. Land held by Government on lease for
specific purposes. In connection with the making of entries in the jamabandi
on the basis of the mutations, referred to in paragraph 7.11-A, the following
instructions are issued:-
(i)
The entries in column 4 (owner) of the jamabandi should remain
unaffected.
(ii)
In column 5 (cultivator) the department of Government, for whose
operations the lease has been
effected, should be shown as lessee and the land-owner as lessor.
(iii)
In column 9 (rent), the entry should be " rent at owner's rate on account
of the construction and maintenance
of (.................... here specify the purpose of the
lease)."
7.43 . Changes in soil
entries.
A note should be added at the end of the jamabandi stating briefly
what changes have been made in the soil entries, and where the changes are
important, explaining the reason for making them. This note should be signed by
the kanungo and by the naib-tehsildar or tehsildar.
7.44.
Alternative form of jamabandi for fluctuating assessment referred to
in the note to the form in paragraph 7.40 supra.
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
DETAIL OF |
Crops |
Rent |
Demand kharif 20 Rabi,
20 |
Khewat
No |
Khatauni
No. |
Name of well
patti |
Owners, with
description |
Cultivators with
description |
Khasra
number |
Area of field and total
of holding |
Class of land and
rate |
Name of canal and area
irrigated in each field, with details of flow and
lift |
Kharif |
Rabi |
Cash |
Kind |
Revenue |
Cases |
REMARKS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Column8.- The rate should be
entered only against the total of each class of land, and at the end of each
holding or once for all at the beginning of the jamabandi.
Column 16.- Enter balances due,
also authority for new abiana demands.
7.45. Alternative form
of jamabandi for colony towns and chaks referred to in the note to the form
in paragraph 7.40.
JAMABANDI ABADI
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
19 |
|
Area
in Kanals / marlas or metric units |
Descrip-tion
of land |
|
Sr.
Number according to auction
of allotment register private treaty |
Khewat Number. |
Khatauni
Number. |
Name
of lambardar with revenue |
Name
of owner with description |
Name
of tenant with description |
Name
of owner of building material with description |
Name
of rent payer with description |
Number
of block |
Field number or site
number. |
Area
according to the registered deed or according to the original
contract |
Present
area |
Purpose
for which the land was originally allotted |
Purpose
for which it is being used |
Rent
annually paid by the occupier |
Class
of ahata |
Rate
of revenue imposed |
Demand
with details of revenue and cesses |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:- This form will be used where the
land in a colony town or a chak has been built upon. The ordinary form of the
jamabandi (paragraph 7.40 supra) will be used in the case of land, which is
still culturable though within the town limits.
INSTRUCTIONS
7.46 .
(1) Column 1.- Against
each field number included in the khewat, the serial number of the auction or
allotment register or the register of sales by private treaties, in which the
land of each field no. is included, should be given in this column.
(2)
Column.2.- The khewat is the
number of owner's holdings, which should be arranged in the order in which the
names of owners are given in the village genealogical tree. In the case of towns
where the genealogical trees are not in existence, the order of khasra numbers
will be followed. No one should be given a separate khewat number, until he has
obtained full proprietary rights.
The old khewat number should be given in red
ink under the new khewat number.
(3)
Column 3.- The khatauni number
of the holdings of persons responsible for the payment of rent or are in
possession of the site. Auction purchases, peasant grantees, or persons holding
sites under special conditions, will be given separate khatauni numbers under
the khewat of State or Central Government. In such cases the old number of
khatauni should be in red ink under the new khatauni number.
(4)
Column 4.- The name of
lambardars responsible for the realization of land revenue assessed on sites
should be entered. The total land revenue demand for which each lambardar is
responsible should be entered in this column.
(5)
Column 5.- "Description" in
this column includes father's name, grandfather's name and residence, and in the
case of officers of the Indian Army, the title of their ranks such as Subedar,
Risaldar, Jamadar, etc. The name of a mortgagee with possession must be shown
under the name of mortgagor. If a sharer in the joint holding sells or mortgages
the whole or a definite fraction of his share the name of the transferee will be
shown in this column. The name of sarbrah or guardian of minors or females need
not be shown.
(6)
Column 6.- In this column
those persons will be entered who will ultimately obtain proprietary rights but
have not yet acquired their rights. Their holdings will be entered in the
following order:-
(1)
Auction purchasers.
(2)
Peasant grantees.
(3)
Persons holding on half-resumable conditions.
(4)
Persons holding land on the planting conditions.
(5)
Lambardari grants.
(6)
Lease-holders on horse-breeding conditions.
These persons will be shown within their separate groups in the order
given in the pedigree table.
After the holdings of the above named persons the holdings of the
following should be entered:-
(1)
Non-occupancy tenants.
(2)
Shopkeepers
(3)
Kamins (menials) permanently settled.
(4)
Additional kamins
(5)
Ahatas allotted for masjids, dharamsalas etc.
(6)
Takias.
(7)
Deras.
These persons will be shown within the groups
in alphabetical order.
"Description"
in this column includes father's name, grandfather's name, residence and status,
e.g., rent-payer, abadkar, etc. In the case of an officer of the Indian Army,
the title of his rank should also be prefixed to his name. In case the site is
in the possession of malik, the words maqbuza malik should only be written.
(7)
Column 7.- This column will be
filled in the case where the owner of the site has lent the area to another
person and has at the same time allowed him to erect building at the latter's
own cost. "Description" in this column also includes father's name,
grandfather's name, residence. In case of an officer of the Indian Army, the
title of his rank should also be prefixed to his name.
(8)
Column 8.- In this column
those persons will be shown who pay rent to persons shown in columns 5,6 and 7.
They will be shown in alphabetical order. The holdings of maliks will also be
shown in this column. The "Description", in this column includes father's name,
grand- father's name, residence of the person occupying the building erected by
the person mentioned in column 7. In the case of officers of the Indian Army the
title of their rank should be prefixed to their names.
(9)
Column 9.- Block number should
be given against the site number or field number in column 10.
(10) Column 10.- The field number or the site
number means the number given to it in the map. The order of entries should
usually be that of khasra girdawari.
(11) Column
11.- This column will be left blank when area originally allotted has been
divided or amalgamated with other areas and given separate field numbers.
(12) Column 12.- The area arrived at the last
girdawari of the field concerned or shown in the mutation register will be given
in this column and will be in kanals, marlas and sarsahis or metric units.
(13) Column 13.- This should be ascertained
by reference to the order of allotment.
(14) Column 14.- This should be ascertained
by reference to the khasra girdawari.
(15) Column 15.- The amount of rent paid
annually by the occupier should be entered here. This can be ascertained from
the khasra girdawari.
(16) Column
16.- According to the condition of sale or allotment, as far as payment of
revenue is concerned, the ahatas are classified differently such as (1)
residential sites, (2) shop sites, (3) combined residential and shop sites, (4)
menials sites and (5) factories, etc. This column should show the class of
ahatas.
(17) Column 17.- The rate of revenue
sanctioned should be given.
(18) Column 18.- The total amount of the land
revenue demand with details of revenue and cesses should be specified in this
column.
(19) Column 19.- In the case of all new
entries of names of owners, mortgages with possession, and alterations in
shares, etc. which are supported by any mutation or fard badar entry, the number
of such mutation or fard badar should be given.
A brief
description of the terms of collateral mortgages attested in the mutation
register will be entered in this column, but no entry relating to such mortgagee
will be made in any other column.
If mutation
is refused in any case with reference to which notice of the registration of a
deed has been received, note the fact in this column, specifying the nature of
the deed (sale, mortgage, etc) and its date.
In the case
of allotment of Government land to local bodies or other private persons on
certain conditions the following particulars should be given in this column
against the khewat concerned:-
(a)
Where there is a registered deed.- Place of registration, number
of deed, date
of registration, number of bahi and number of volume.
(b) Where
the deed is unregistered. – Number of file and the date of execution of the deed. The number of goshwara should also be
given.
(c) In
other cases, e.g., agreements, etc. – Number of the file and the date of
agreement. The number of goshwara should be given.
(20)
No mutation of rights can be incorporated in the jamabandi until a
revenue officer has sanctioned it by an order recorded in the mutation register.
The jamabandi entries concerning holdings in which mutations have occurred, but
on which no orders have been passed will remain unaltered.
7.47 & 7.48.
Deleted.
7.48A (1) The provisions of
Sections 54,59,107 and 123 of the Transfer of Property Act being applicable to
the State of Punjab, the deeds of sale, mortgage, gift and certain leases
relating to property should be properly executed and registered where mutations
regarding oral transfers have been entered, they should be rejected since the
transfer of title in such cases is invalid.
(2)
There may be cases in which although title has not been transferred by
mutation, the transferee is in fact in possession of the property. In such cases
the name of the transferor would appear in the column of ownership (column No.4
) of the jamabandi and the name of the transferee should appear as a tenant at
will in the cultivation column (column No 5). The rent column (column No.9)
should be left blank.
(3)
In some cases the transferor may remain in possession and make payment by
way of rent to the transferee. In such case no rent should be entered in column
No.9 of the jamabandi and the entry in column No.5 should be 'Maqbuza
Malik'.
(4)
The same instructions will apply in the case of colony towns where the
alternative form of jamabandi given in paragraph 7.45 supra is in use.
7.49. Soil entries in the jamabandi, Financial
Commissioner's circular No.1258, dated 8th February,1911 and 19 of
1889. The classification of
field in column 8 of the jamabandi has its origin in each case in the entries
made in the khataunis when a village is remeasured. If note 14 of the
instructions appended to the khatauni form (see appendix VII, Settlement
Manual), be read, it will be seen that the classification of soils may be
considered under three heads:-
(a)
Land
which is cultivated without the aid of irrigation,
(b)
Land which is cultivated with the aid of irrigation,
(c)
Land which is not cultivated.
In all
returns in which soils or crops are classified as irrigated and unirrigated,
sailab soils and crops should be included in the latter class.
7.50.
Unirrigated Land. Land which is cultivated without the aid of
irrigation.- In the village papers of many districts unirrigated land which are
not affected by flooding or percolation from rivers (sailab) are simply
classified as barani. In those districts in which the barani lands are
classified according to the kind of soil (see paragraph 261-265 of the
Settlement Manual), no revision of this classification should ordinarily be
attempted. If, for special reasons, as for instance, the spread of sand or reh
it may sometimes be necessary to revise any entries relating to the
classification of barani land, such revision should always be limited strictly
to those lands in which some real occasion for the revision
exists.
7.51.
Classes of irrigated land.
Land which is cultivated with the aid of irrigation. - In note 14
appended to the khatauni form (appendix VII of the Settlement Manual), it is
directed that all land irrigated regularly from a well should be classed as
chahi, and that all land irrigated regularly from a canal should be classed as
nahri. And it is explained that the actual area of crops irrigated in each case
will not appear from the khatauni entries, but from the crop returns. The
distinction herein contemplated is further explained in paragraph 260 of the
Settlement Manual. The limits of the land permanently served by each well or
canal distributary having once been ascertained and indicated in the field map,
the same caution should be observed in changing these entries as is directed
above with respect to the alteration of classes of barani land. Ordinarily no
such change need be attempted except in the year of quinquennial attestation,
and in carrying out these changes care should be taken that lands once classed
as irrigated be not classed as barani nor barani as irrigated unless a permanent
change of this nature has occurred.
7.52. Deleted.
7.53. Land which is not cultivated. This land is described in the
village papers either as unculturable waste (ghair mumkin), or as old waste
(banjar kadim), or as new waste (banjar jadid). For the meaning of these terms,
the instructions appended to the khasra girdawari (chapter 9), and paragraph 267
of the Settlement Manual may be consulted.
When waste land of either of these three classes is cultivated, or when
cultivated land is so injured as to make it unculturable (e.g. by the action of
river or torrents), there is no difficulty in showing the change at once in the
annual jamabandi or diluvion paper.
The entries connected with the changing of cultivation into banjar jadid
and of banjar jadid into banjar kadim are less easily carried out with accuracy.
Such changes, therefore, should not be shown in an annual jamabandi or in
diluvion or fluctuating assessment paper but in the next detailed
jamabandi.
7.54. Jamabandis, how and when to be prepared.
Paragraph 388 of the Land
Administration Manual shows why detailed jamabandis are, as a rule, only
prepared every fifth year. They should be written on paper of A quality. They
are prepared for those estates or parts of estates in each year in which the
Collector directs that a detailed jamabandi should be prepared, and they are
ordinarily prepared annually in one-fifth of the villages in a district. They
should contain every field entry in full. For these villages quinquennial
returns (see chapter 10) should be compiled.
A table should be given to each field kanungo, showing the arrangements
approved for the preparation of a detailed jamabandis for each patwari's circle
in his charge, this table being so arranged that the work of each year shall
cover about one-fifth of the kanungo's whole circle.
As regards villages under fluctuating assessment, special permission has
been given in certain districts by which the preparation of annual jamabandis is
dispensed with unless it is required for purposes of the fluctuating assessment.
The principle approved of is that when special records have been prescribed
which suffice for purposes of fluctuating assessment, annual jamabandis are
unnecessary.
In villages subject to diluvion, if the diluvion rules of the district
prescribe the preparation of a record, which enables us to dispense with an
annual jamabandi, it is unnecessary to insist on its preparation in a year other
than that of the quinquennial attestation. If such rules, however, are not
sufficient for this purpose, it would only be necessary to prepare a detailed
revised jamabandi for those holdings, which are affected by river action. In
such cases the patwari will prepare two copies of the revised jamabandi of the
holdings affected, one copy to be retained by him, and the other sent to the
tehsil to be placed with the last detailed jamabandi filed in the district
office.
7.55. Necessity of preventing errors, etc., in
the khasra girdawari. Thus
for a large portion of the district
no jamabandi will be prepared for one, two, three or four years, and certain
precautions are therefore necessary to avoid errors and preventing the patwaris
from tampering with the entries in the khasra girdawari or other papers. The
instructions issued for this purpose are contained in chapter 9.
7.56. Mutation occurring up to 15th
June to be incorporated in the jamabandi, Financial Commissioner's circular
No.30, dated 4th December, 1909. Tehsildars and Naib-tehsildars must,
without neglecting record work in other villages, pay special attention to
estates for which new detailed jamabandis are to be drawn up. All
mutations upon which final orders have been passed up to 15th June
inclusive or any later date approved by the Director of Land Records are
incorporated in the jamabandi. Every
effort should be made to have all mutations, which have occurred up to that date
entered in the register and attested by that date.
The Tehsildar or Naib-tehsildar in charge of the circle in which any
estate for which a jamabandi is to be
drawn up is situated, must visit the estate in the cold weather before the
middle of January, and, as far as possible, attest all pending mutations. All
attestations of mutations during the nine months preceding the drawing up of a
new detailed jamabandi must be
carried out in the village itself. At his first visit to the estate in the cold
weather the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar should see that the patwari and kanungo have arranged their work so as
to carry out the instructions in the next paragraph.
7.57. Preparation for the drawing up of new
jamabandi. Financial Commissioner's circular No.30, dated 4th
December, 1909. Preparations
for the drawing up of a new jamabandi
should be started by the patwari and
field kanungo in the cold weather,
and if possible, in all the estates concerned before the middle of January. They
should together visit each estate for which such a jamabandi is to be prepared and by
enquiry from the right-holders ascertain whether any changes have occurred which
have not been brought to record. The
patwaris should, in the presence of the kanungo (who should have the patwari’s copy of the genealogical tree
open before him), read out to the people the entries in the existing jamabandi, and note changes in pencil in
the remarks column, and in cases in which mutation orders are required,make the
necessary entries in the mutation register. The kanungo should bring the genealogical
tree up to date and should check the entries in the mutation register with the
jamabandi and note that they agree.
He should help the patwari to prepare
a list of field, which require amendment. The patwari should later make tracings in
pencil of such portion of the village may as required to be amended.
7.58. Rabi girdawari of estates of which
jamabandis to be prepared. Financial Commissioner's circular No.30, dated
4th December, 1909.
At the rabi girdawari the patwari must take up first the estate or
estates for which a detailed jamabandi is to be drawn up, and be very careful to
note all changes and fresh cases requiring mutation orders. If the work
described in the last paragraph has been properly done the new entries in the
mutation register should be few in number. They should be made before the
harvest inspection of the next village is started. As soon as the crop
inspection of the estate for which a new jamabandi is to be prepared is
finished, the patwari should send notice to the tehsil.
7.59. Attestation of all mutations before the
15th June, Financial Commissioner's circular No. 30, dated
4th December, 1909.
After receiving this notice the naib-tehsildar or tehsildar concerned
must visit the estate as soon as possible, but in any case before the
15th of June, or the date approved by the Director of Land Records,
and attest all pending cases.
7.60. Preparation of the jamabandi. The jamabandi should be prepared in
duplicate and one of the copies should be eventually filed in the district
office and the other retained by the patwari. In the months of June, July and
August the field kanungo should pay special attention to the detailed
jamabandis, which are being prepared by his patwaris. He should attest all the
entries holding by holding, in the presence of the zamindars concerned and see
that due effect has been given to the mutations on which final orders have been
passed by the 15th of June or the date approved by the Director of
Land Records. His attestation should be made on the copy, which has eventually
to be filed in the district office. This copy should contain his report to the
effect that he has duly attested it, a list of errors discovered and alterations
made being added in the kanungo's handwriting. A copy of this report signed by
the field kanungo should be attached to the patwari's copy of the jamabandi. Any
alterations that may be found to be necessary should be made at once in red ink
by the kanungo in both copies of the jamabandi and signed by him. He is
personally responsible that the patwari's copy tallies in all respects with the
other copy. Fairing of the jamabandi by the substitution of a new page for one
on which corrections have been made is absolutely forbidden.
7.60-A. Deleted.
7.61. Filing of jamabandi in the tehsil.
The patwari should give
the first copy of the jamabandi to the office kanungo at the tehsil not later
than September 7th, or any subsequent date approved by the Director
of Land Record due to special circumstances, provided such date does not exceed
6 months from 7th September. During that month the field kanungo,
with a view especially to see that the changes based on mutations have been
properly incorporated and that the statistical statements filed with the
jamabandi are correct, should again check the latter at the tehsil, following
the same procedure as before, that is, he should himself make a copy of the list
of the errors discovered and the alterations made at this inspection and sign
it. This copy should be handed to the patwari who would stitch it into the
duplicate jamabandi and make the necessary alterations in the latter. The field
kanungo at his next visit to the patwari's circle should see that the patwari
has done this, and initial all the alterations made.
7.62. Check of detailed jamabandis by revenue
officers. The tehsildar
or naib-tehsildar in charge of the circle in which the village lies shall make
his final attestation on the spot and shall observe the following
instructions:-
(i)
At
least 25 percent of the khatauni holdings should be read out on the spot and in the
presence of the assembled right-holders,
(ii)
At least 25 percent of the mutations attached to the jamabandis should be compared
with the khewats concerned,
(iii) At least 25 percent of
the khewat holdings should be compared with the old
jamabandis,
(iv) At least 25 percent of the khewat
entries in the original copy should be compared with the corresponding entries
in the patwari's copy of the jamabandi.
The number of the field, the tatima shajras of which have been attested,
must be specified as also that of the unattested mutations entered before the
16th June or the date approved by the Director of Land Records; of
these there should be as few as possible. This check must usually be carried out
in the cold weather months between the end of the kharif and the beginning of
the Rabi girdawari. For the purposes of this check the revenue officer should
take with him the copy of the jamabandi, which has been filed in the tehsil, and
he should record on this the report of the attestation and a list of mistakes
discovered and alterations ordered. The report should specify what and how many
entries were attested by personal enquiry from the right-holders and when and
where the attestation was made. A copy of the report signed by the tehsildar or
naib-tehsildar as the case may be should be attached to the patwari's copy of
the jamabandi. Any alterations that may be found to be necessary should be made
in both copies of the jamabandi and initialled by the revenue officer under
whose orders they are made. When this has been done, the revenue officer should
fill in two copies of the final attestation slip in the form given below and
attach one copy to each of the two copies of the jamabandi:-
Final
attestation of jamabandi for the year 20____________, village ________, tehsil
___________ District _________________
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
Date of
attestation |
Place of
attestation |
Khatas
attested |
Verification of
mutation orders incorporated in the jamabandi |
Khatas checked with
the previous jamabandi |
khatas compared with
patwari current copy of jamabandi |
Khasra nos. of which
tatimas were checked on the spot |
khasra nos. of which
tatimas were checked with reference to their incorporation in para tehsil
map |
Mutations entered but
not attested before 15th June |
REMARKS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I certify that all necessary corrections have been made and that this
jamabandi is correct and complete in all respects, except as regards mutations
shown in column 8 and other transfers discovered to have taken place before
15th June last and referred to in the memorandum attached to the
jamabandi.
Dated
:______________20.
Assistant Collector.
If any part of
the local attestation can be done adequately in the hot weather before the
jamabandis are filed in the tehsil, so much the better, but in that case a
further check must be made to see that the kanungo has carried out properly the
instructions in paragraph 7.61 supra and the final certificate of correctness
alluded to above must not be given until the second check has been carried out.
A revenue officer superior in rank to the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar should
note the result of his attestation on the spot, of a jamabandi on the copy to be
eventually filed in the district office and attach a copy of this note signed by
him to the patwari's copy of the jamabandi. He should initial all alterations
made in both copies of the jamabandi under his orders. The result of any
examination of jamabandis made by
such officer in the tehsil office should be entered in the minute book of the
tehsil and not on the jamabandis examined by him. The district kanungo should
note the result of his attestation of a jamabandi in his diary and not on the
jamabandi itself.
7.63. Appellate orders.
When an order is passed
in appeal, on review or revision after the 15th June, a note in red
ink should be made on the original mutation sheet by the district kanungo if the
jamabandis are at sadr or by the
office kanungo if the jamabandis are
in the tehsil office. The field kanungo of the circle will make a similar note
on the patwari's copy of the mutation order. If the jamabandi entries are not in
accordance with the order finally passed on appeal, review or revision, the
patwari should be instructed to enter a mutation by way of correction of the
jamabandi and this mutation will be given effect in the jamabandi prepared at
the subsequent quinquennial attestation. No fee will be charged.
7.64. Form of list of revenue
assignments with instructions. Financial Commissioner’s circular No. 1 of
2nd January, 1889 and No. 46 of 18th October, 1888 .
A
list of revenue assignments and pensions will be compiled for every village when
a detailed jamabandi is prepared( paragraph 284 of the Settlement Manual), and
its form along with instructions for its preparation is appended. The field
kanungo must assist the patwari in the compiling of this return, and must sign
it in token that he is satisfied of its accuracy. The tehsildar or naib-
tehsildar must attest every entry in the list of
muafidars.
List of revenue assignments and pension.
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
|
JAGIR
OR MUAFI WHERE REVENUE OF SPECIFIC LAND IS
ASSIGNED |
Amount
assigned where a fixed amount of revenue is assigned without specification
of land |
Nazrana |
Cash
pension per annum paid from the treasury or through the post
office |
Conditions
of each grant |
REMARKS |
|
Area
of land assigned |
Amount
of revenue assigned |
|
No. |
Name
and description of assignees |
Jamabandi
No |
Cultivated |
Uncultivated |
Total |
Revenue
assessed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSTRUCTIONS
Enter the assignments in four groups and total each group separately,
namely:-
A.Land of which the revenue is assigned in whole or in part to the owners
thereof.
B-Land of which the revenue is assigned to others than the owners
thereof.
C-Grants of fixed amounts out of the village jama, no land being
specified.
D-Pensions paid from the treasury or through the post office to persons
resident in the estate.
Show under D pensions of all kinds and whether civil or military or
political.
If the grants held by an assignee fall under more than one of the above
groups, each portion should be entered under the group to which it
belongs.
Columns 4-7.-Abbreviate the entries as much as
possible.
Column
13.-State whether the nazrana has been paid. The field kanungo will add a note
in this column or at the foot of the return explaining any difference between it
and the previous returns.
The
total of columns 8 and 9 should agree with column 4 of the jama wasil baki.
Note: As regards the amendment of the
pensions list, see paragraph 63 of standing order
No. 7.
7.65.
Maps to be filed with the jamabandi. As
regards the maps to be filed with the jamabandi, the relevant instructions will
be found in paragraph 4.27, 4.32 and 4.33.
7.66. Genealogical tree. An
amended copy of the genealogical tree of owners complete to date shall be field
with the jamabandi. In these trees the first entries shall in every case be the
names of the holders at the last settlement, the earlier entries being omitted.
No general statements or entries or area and revenue need be made at the foot of
those amended copies. In other respects the orders in appendix VIII to the
Settlement Manual apply to the amended copy of the shajra nasab. The new entries
shall be attested by the field kanungo and he shall sign the paper in evidence
thereof.
7.67. Arrangement of papers in
annual records. The
following instructions relate to the arrangement and binding of annual
records:-
I.-The sheets of the jamabandi should be placed one upon the other as in
a file of papers.
II.-The list of revenue assignments and pensions should come next,
followed by the tatima shajras.
III.-Then should follow the mutation sheets.
IV.-Having arranged the papers in the above manner, sew them with a
strong thread, but take care that it does not pass through any
writing.
V.-Paste two or three pieces of paper together and cut to the size of the
jamabandi, then place the jamabandi between the two covers thus prepared and
join them together by pasting chintz or garha on the outside as is done in
binding. Boards should not be used. The shajra nasab should be placed in the
pocket of the cover, or if too large in a separate cover.
In the case of jamabandis
to be filed in the tehsil binding can be done, and the charge can be met from
the contingent grant. In the case of the patwari’s copies of the jamabandi,
paper bindings covered with chintz or thin cloth should be
provided.
7.68. Check of jamabandis by
district kanungo. All
jamabandis
must reach the district office by the date on which the rabi girdawari ends
[vide
paragraph 3.104(2]. On receipt the district kanungo should check them to see
that all the instructions contained in paragraphs 7.60 to 7.67 supra
have been complied with. If incomplete in any respect which admits of
correction, they should be returned for completion.
APPENDIX.
A
[Paragraph
7.19 (6)]
Register
of Mutations of Mauza Hambran Hadbast No.1, tehsil
Jagraon,
District
Ludhiana
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
Serial
No. of entry |
Number
of holding in old jamabandi |
Entry
in last jamabandi which it is proposed to
correct |
|
Name
of taraf or well |
Name
of owner, with description |
Name
of cultivator, with description |
Detail
of fields area and soil |
Revenue
of rent |
|
84 |
122
475
to 490 |
..
.. |
Ram
Lal son of Krishan Lal, son of Wali Ram, resident of the
village
Shamilat-deh
(Hasab-rasad zarkhewat or as the case may be)
Total
jama of the village
Rs.
230 |
Owner
Various
owners and tenants |
474
Maira
K
M
7
7
Rahwala
1,845
kanals of cultivated 830 kanals (unirrigated), uncultivated 1,015
kanals |
Net
revenue
1—45
.. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
APPENDIX. A
concluded
[Paragraph
7.19 (6)]
Register
of Mutations of Mauza Hambean Hadbast No.1, tehsil
Jagraon,
District
Ludhiana
|
1 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
|
Serial
No. of entry
|
Number
of holding in new jamabandi |
New
entry which it is proposed to substitute |
Mutation
fee due |
Report
and orders
|
|
Name
of owner, with description |
Name
of cultivator, with description |
Details
of fields, area and soil |
Revenue
of rent |
Nature
and date of transfer or price of mortgage
money |
|
84
concld |
..
.. |
Sunder
Singh, son of Lahna Singh son of
Vir Singh caste khatri resident of Hambran, except that in the case
of a new purchaser who does not hold land previously in that particular
estate, the entry in regard to caste and got, etc. will be made in
addition to the name of the grand father
As
before |
Khud
kasht
.. |
474
Maira
K—M
7—7
Rahwala
Shans
transferred
K.
M
11. 10
As
before K.
M
1,833.10
Total:
1845 Kanals |
Net
revenue
R.1.45
.. |
Sold
for Rs. 3,000 vide Registration Deed No. 10 dated 4/1/1970 together with
the share in shamlat
.. |
Rs. Ps.
0—25
0.25 |
Sir
Ram Lal the owner has sold 7 kanals 7 marlas of his land with share in 4
shamilat to Sunder Singh and the vendee has taken possession. The case has
been entered in the mutation register on receipt of Parcha Register No. 10
dated
4-4-1970.
Sd/-
Surjan Singh
Patwari
Dated
20-4-1970 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
APPENDIX
‘B’
[paragraph
7.33(i)]
Published
in the Punjab Government Gazette dated April 10, 1992.
No. GSR 35/PA.17/1887/S.38/92-In exercise of the powers conferred by
sub-section (I) of section 38 of the Punjab Land Revenue Act, 1887 (Act No. XVII
of 1887), and all other power enabling him in this behalf, the Governor of
Punjab is pleased to fix the following scale of fees, for the purposes of that
section, with effect from the Ist May, 1992 the date from which Government of
Punjab, Department of Revenue, Notification No. GSR 12/C.A.17/87/S.38/82, dated
the 27th January, 1982 shall stand superseded.
RULES
1.
When the entry relates to the acquisition of a right or interest by
inheritance or otherwise or by a registered deed or by a decree or order of
court or by an order of a Revenue Officer, making or affirming a partition under
Chapter IX of the Punjab Land Revenue Act, 1887, or directing the incorporation
in the record of a private partition, a fee of five rupees shall be charged, per
mutation, irrespective of a number of Khatas to be
mutated.
2.
The fees specified in paragraph - I shall be charged on all accepted
mutations.
3.
The Patwaris shall not be entitled to retain any share in respect of
mutation fee and whole of the fee so realized shall be credited into the
Government Treasury under the head “0029-Land Revenue-800-Other Receipts
06-Mutation Fee”.
CHAPTER-8
INSPECTION
OF REVENUE RECORDS
Replace standing order No. 13. Original issue, dated 6th July,
1909, reprint dated 23rd April, 1913; Appendix C of standing order
No. 12, 4th reprint dated 29th September, 1930; paragraphs
44-A to 46 of Standing Order No. 12, 5th reprint, dated
22nd May, 1933; paragraph 35 of standing order No. 15, 2nd
reprint, dated 8th May, 1925; paragraphs 59, 60, 61 and 65 and
Appendices B and C of standing order No. 19, 3rd reprint, dated
16th October, 1925.
{In connection with this chapter paragraphs 226-237 of the Land
Administration Manual should be consulted.}
PART
A- TOURING GENERALLY AND POINTS TO BE NOTICED AT RURAL
INSPECTIONS.
8.1
Necessity
for the inspection of revenue records-
Assistant
Collectors should bear in mind the dependence of the revenue administration on
the revenue records and should remember when testing the record that the purpose
they are intended to serve is not merely statistical but is also subsidiary to a
just and liberal revenue policy. (Paragraph 408, Land Administration Manual).
Before an Assistant Collector goes on tour he should enquire into the revenue
history of the tract he is going to pass through. He should make a point of
visiting villages whose circumstances are precarious, and villages in which
suspensions or remissions of the land revenue demand have recently been made,
and should forward to the Collector a note on the state of the crops and the
resources of the revenue payers as for as he can gauge them from personal
inspection. Such a note if carefully written will be of great assistance to the
Collector in deciding what course to follow in the matter of recovering arrears
or proposing remissions.
8.2. Chief
points to be noticed at the time of village inspections.
In
inspecting the condition of individual villages the chief points for notice
are-
(1) The area
cultivated at settlement and the present area, and the increase or decrease in the mortgaged or sold area
and in the number of cattle. For this purpose
statements I to IX of the village note book should be
examined.
(2) The area
which has borne a crop in the last three or four years. If recent crops have
been bad, the results should be looked into holding by holding so far as there
is time. The result in four or five holdings carefully discussed with the
lambardars
will give an insight into how things are going. It is not the land which pays
the revenue but the crops; and the incidence of the revenue on the crops
harvested should be considered and compared with the incidence of the revenue
intended at the time of settlement.
(3) Increase or
decrease in canal or well irrigation.
(4)
Construction of taccavi works.
(5) The
introduction of improved seed and agricultural method, pitting and use of
manure.
8.3. Responsibility
for the maintenance of land records rests with the Collector and his
Assistants.
The
responsibility for the maintenance of the land records rests with the Collector
and under him with the Officer Incharge and the Sub Divisional Magistrate but it
is impossible for these officers by themselves to check the work of the
subordinate staff adequatelv and the testing of the records should, therefore,
be considered an essential part of the duties of every gazetted officer on the
headquarters staff. Wherever possible, an Assistant Collector Ist grade should
be placed in separate charge of a tehsil or part of a tehsil for the purpose of
checking the land records particularly in districts where the records have
fallen below the normal standard and the discipline of the staff has suffered.
This should not affect the general responsibility of the Officer Incharge and
the Sub Divisional Magistrate under the Collector, the object being to ensure a
better checking of the records. Apart from this the tehsildar and the naib
tehsildar are required in the course of their cold weather touring to make a
thorough inspection of the work of each patwari and kanungo in their respective
circles. The primary duty of the superior officers deputed to supervise the land
records is to test the supervision exercised by tehsildars and naib tehsildars over the work of kanungo
and patwaris. The tehsildars and naib tehsildars will in their turn, test the
supervision exercised by field kanungo over the work of
patwaris.
Revenue officers should check all the offices of Patwaris and kanungos
every year. Failure to comply with these instructions shall be reported to the
Commissioner and the Financial Commissioner.
8.4. Tehsildars
to keep patwaris and kanungos provided with manuals.
Collectors
must hold tehsildars responsible that all patwaris and kanungos subordinate to
them have in their possession complete editions of the manuals (paragraph 3.78)
which should be strongly bound together. Commissioners should notice any case in
which a tehsildar fails to keep his patwaris and kanungos supplied with these
manuals, or to see that they are properly preserved.
PART
B.- TESTING THE WORK OF FIELD KANUNGOS
8.5. Inspection
of field kanungos.
In
addition to a careful inspection at each girdawari, the work of each field
kanungo should be thoroughly tested at least once a year and if possible, more
frequently. This test constitutes the principle duty connected with the land
records which has to be performed during the touring season, as their accuracy
depends ultimately upon the degree of efficiency attained by the field kanungos
staff. If the number of circles for inspection in the jurisdiction of any
inspecting officer is exceptionally large, he should, before the commencement of
his tour, bring the matter to the notice of the Collector, who may be able to
arrange for the inspection of some of the circles by another Assistant
Collector-I Grade.
8.6. Procedure
for selecting patwar circles to test the kanungo’s work.-
The
inspection of a circle should always be preceded by a perusal of previous
inspection reports as well as of the latest report of the district kanungo, and
the character roll of the field kanungo should be consulted. This process may
indicate the lines on which inspection is required, and will in, some cases,
narrow the field of enquiry. The inspecting officer should then examine the
register of patwaris’ work (paragraph 2.51). The entries in columns 3-8 of this
register give a fair idea, whether the patwaris are punctual or dilatory, and
column 9 shows the value of their work, as it appears to the kanungo. From this
register and from any other information at his disposal the inspecting officer
should then select the patwaris in whose circles he will test the kanungo’s
work. The majority of the patwaris chosen should be men whose work appears from
the register to be fairly good, but atleast one very good, and one very bad,
patwari should be included, as there is some risk of the entries in the register
being affected by favouritism or spite. It is not advisable to tell the kanungo
long before hand of the patwaris chosen, as this gives time for a second test of
the papers, which may obscure the value of the original test. A convenient
system is to tell the kanungo in the afternoon what patwaris will be seen on the
following day.
It is not necessary as a rule to examine the papers in more than one
village of a patwari’s circle. It may be desirable in some cases, where the
first village chosen gives suspicious, but not definite results; but ordinarily
it is better to make a thorough test of the work in one village, than to do a
little in several villages.
8.7. How
to test kanungo’s supervision.
The
most effective way of testing the kanungo’s supervision is to do over again some
of the work, which he claims to have done; officers should in addition check
some untested work with a view to ascertaining the general standard of accuracy
within the circle, and assuring themselves that the kanungo’s test has not been
collusive, but representative as well as thorough. No fixed amount of test is
prescribed. Sufficient entries must be checked in each principal record to
enable a definite opinion to be formed of the value of the kanungo’s test of
that record, and when a definite opinion has been formed on adequate grounds, it
is useless to continue testing.
8.8. Drawing
up of report for submission to Collector. As soon as the inspection is finished,
the inspecting officer should draw up a report for submission to the Collector.
A statement of some of the chief points to be considered at an inspection is
contained in annexure A to this chapter. There is not usually time to examine
all these points at one inspection, but the report should invariably give
figures showing exactly what work has been tested and what mistakes found and in
any case it must contain a definite finding on each of the following
question:-
(1)
Is
the kanungo’s touring systematic and adapted to the work to be supervised at
different seasons? (Paragraph 2.49).
(2)
Has
he done his best to prevent delay by patwaris in entering up mutations and has
be reported any patwari who failed to carry out his instructions or to comply
with the orders in paragraph 3.27 (2) and paragraph 2.45?
(3)
Has
he checked the girdawari work of each patwari in his circle thoroughly and
systematically?
(This
will be ascertained at the girdawari
inspections and results noted here.)
(4)
Has
he complied with the instructions relating to the preparation or check by him,
as the case may be, of-
(a)
the
genealogical tree (paragraph 7.66);
(b)
the
jamabandi (paragraph 7.60 and 61);
(c)
the
amended field map (Paragraph 7.8 and Part-D, chapter 4);
(d)
the
statements of the village note book (paragraph 10.1)?
(5)
Has
he carefully supervised diluvion work in his circle (if
any)?
(6)
Has
he carefully supervised the work regarding Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of Sand
affected areas in his circle (if any)?
(7)
Has
he checked both copies of the fard bachh carefully? (Paragraph
3.21).
(8)
Has
he a good knowledge of the agricultural and general conditions of his
circle?
A
printed form for the report has been prescribed and should invariably be used;
the same is printed as annexure B to this chapter.
8.9. Action
to be taken on the reports drewn up by inspecting officer.
The
report should show clearly whether the kanungo has made honest efforts to bring
bad work to light, and whether he has reported bad work, or neglect of duty, or
misconduct on the part of the patwari to the revenue officer to whom he is
subordinate. If it is unfavourable to the kanungo, it should be shown to him,
and any explanation he may offer should be considered and tested before
submission of the report to the Collector. When the Collector has passed orders
on the report, a brief note of the result should be made in the kanungo’s
character roll. The reports should be filed by circles in the district kanungo’s
office, so that it may be possible at any time to ascertain the history of the
circle by referring to a single file of papers.
8.10. Inspection
of patwari’s work by Assistant Collector, Ist Grade.
An
inspecting officer of the rank of Ist grade Assistant Collector is not required
to inspect the patwari’s work except where charges of bad work have been brought
against him, but if in inspecting a kanungo he comes across bad work on the part
of a patwari he should deal with him in accordance with the files.Patwari he
should note his name for reward. Similarly, if he comes across an exceptionally
good.
PART
C-TESTING OF THE LAND RECORDS WORK OF PATWARI’S
8.11. Main
duties of tehsildars and naib tehsildars relating to land record
work.
The
main duties of tehsildars and naib tehsildars in connection with land records
are details in paragraphs 241-247 of the Land Administration Manual. Paragraph
245 prescribes, during the touring season, a thorough scrutiny of every
kanungo’s and patwari’s work, but if the Collector has been able to arrange for
the inspection of each kanungo by an Assistant Collector, Ist Grade, as proposed
in paragraph 8.3 supra, it should not be necessary for the tehsildar or naib
tehsildar to inspect their work in detail. They should confine themselves to
making a thorough inspection of the work of each patwari’s circle and of as many
estates in the circle as possible. In the course of these inspections and of
their other revenue duties they should be able to test fully the quality of the
kanungo’s work. The points requiring attention at the inspection of a patwari’s
work are given in annexures C and D to this chapter. The answer to these points
should be made into a file and sent to the district kanungo’s office for
necessary action.
PART
D-TESTING OF THE LAND RECORDS WORK OF TEHSILDARS AND NAIB
TEHSILDARS
8.12. Tehsildars
and naib tehsildars to keep diaries.
tehsildar
and naib tehsildars should keep diaries in the form given
below:-
|
Day
and date |
Detail
of work done |
|
|
|
The diary should be written up daily according to the instructions laid
down in paragraph 2.52 but details need not be entered in red
ink.
An abstract of the diary will be written up in a separate counterfoil
book in the following form and the foil will be submitted to the Deputy
Commissioner on the Ist of every month:-
STATEMENT
SHOWING THE WORK DONE BY TEHSILDARS AND NAIB TEHSILDARS DURING THE MONTH
OF_________20____
|
Name
of tehsil |
Name
of office |
Details
of work and the number of days spent on each kind of
work |
Number
of tatima shajras checked on the sport |
Number
of fard bachh checked on the spot |
Details
of work and the number of days spent on each kind of work
concld |
Remarks |
|
Girdawari
Jamabandi |
Number
of villages in which Survey marks were checked |
Number
of partition cases |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of village seen |
Number
of villages under quinquennial attestation in which was
checked |
Is
the field kanungo check the incorporation of remission as result of
Thur,sem chos and deposit of sand affected area |
Number
of field entries checked |
Number
of mutations attested |
Number
of villages of which jamabandi is to be prepared |
Number
of such villages visited before 15th
January |
Number
of such jamabandis
attested on the spot |
Instituted |
Decided |
Decided
after visit to the spot |
Alluvion
and diluvion measurement (number of fields
measured) |
Number
of patwaris inspected |
Number
of field kanungos
inspected |
Days
spent in charge of treasury and office work |
Total
number of days spent on tour |
Number
of nights spent away from the tehsil |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
19 |
20 |
21 |
22 |
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.13. Separate
test of the revenue work performed by tehsildars and naib tehsildars
while
on
tour.
It
should not generally be necessary for inspecting officers to make a separate
test of the revenue work performed while on tour by the tehsildar and naib
tehsildar. The quality of their work will inevitably come to light during the
inspections of the kanungo’s work referred to in Part B. After all the kanungos
of a tehsil have been inspected the inspecting officer should submit to the
Collector a report on the work of the tehsildar and naib tehsildar similar to
that prescribed for field kanungos in paragraph 8.8 supra.
The revenue work of tehsildars and naib tehsildars (including the quality
of their mutation work) will be further tested at the half yearly inspection of
tehsil offices prescribed in standing order No. 14 and in paragraph 236 of the
Land Administration Manual. The report can be deferred till the completion of
inspection of the tehsil office if it is found convenient.
A list of the chief points to be considered in an inspection is given in
annexure E to this chapter. The inspecting officer should examine as many of
these points as he can in the time at his disposal, and note the result, and in
particular give definite answers to the following questions
:-
(1)
Has
the revenue officer spent the prescribed period in each month between the
beginning of October, and the end of April on tour? If not, what is the reason?
(Land Administration Manual, paragraph 244).
(2)
Has
he arranged his tours systematically so as to inspect the work of every patwari
thoroughly and to visit as many estates as possible? (Land Administration
Manual, paragraph 245).
(3)
Has
he employed patwaris or kanungos on duties not prescribed by the rules, or
collected them at the tehsil or other central place for the preparation of
jamabandis
or other returns? Does he keep the field kanungo with him on
tour?
(4)
Has
he attested pending mutations promptly and in sufficient
numbers?
In
villages under quinquennial attestation has he attested all mutations on the
spot and disposed of all pending cases on or before 15th June? Is the
quality of his mutation work good?
Number
of villages under Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of sand affected area, girdawari
of which was checked.
(5)
Has
he adequately supervised the girdawari
work of his circle?
(This
will be ascertained at the inspection of girdawari
work).
(6)
Has
he carried out properly and within the time prescribed, the instructions for
checking the annual record detailed in paragraph 7.62 and part D of Chapter
4.
(7)
Has
he carefully supervised diluvion work, if any?
(8)
Has
he carefully supervised the work regarding Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of sand
affected area in his circle (if any)?
(9)
Is
his partition work satisfactory?
A
report of this nature for each tehsildar and naib-tehsildar in the district
should be submitted each year by the Sub Divisional Officer (Civil), unless the
work has already been tested and reported on by another headquarters officer. It
should show clearly whether the revenue officer has adequately supervised the
work of the patwaris and kanungos of his circle, and whether he has brought bad
work on their part to the notice of his official superiors. When the Collector
has passed orders on the report, it should be filed in the district kanungo’s
office for reference when the annual report on the work of revenue officers is
being written.
PART
E-INSPECTION OF REVENUE RECORDS AT THE
TEHSIL OFFICE
8.14.
Thorough test of the work of the
land records agency at tehsils. The work of the land record agency
should be thoroughly tested at the half-yearly inspection of the tehsil offices
prescribed in standing order No.14 and in paragraph 236 of the Land
Administration Manual. A statement of the chief points requiring attention at
the inspection of the tehsil office kanungo’s work is given in annexure F to
this chapter. The inspecting officer should thoroughly scrutinise the mutation
work of the tehsildar, naib-tehsildar and any extra naib-tehsildar who has been
employed in the tehsil. (Paragraph 381of Land Administration
Manual).
PART
F-INSPECTION OF DISTRICT REVENUE RECORD ROOMS AND DISTRICT KANUNGO'S
OFFICE
8.15.
Quarterly inspections of district
revenue record. In all
districts a separate record room called the Land Record Office has been provided
for the revenue records proper. This office is in charge of the district
kanungo, the assistant district kanungo performing the duties of record keeper.
The exercise of constant supervision over this office will be performed by the
Officer Incharge of Revenue Branches. The officer-in-charge must inspect the
revenue record room at least once a quarter and the result of all inspections
whether occasional ones or those made regularly should be entered in a minuite
book which is to be kept up in each record room for this purpose and should be
sent to the Deputy Commissioner for information. On return from the Deputy
Commissioner the inspection note should be kept by the record keeper.
In order to
guide the inspecting officer in this inspection a questionnaire has been drawn
up and added as annexure G to this chapter. The inspecting officer is at liberty
to direct his attention to such questions only as he may desire or to go beyond
the questionnaire if he wishes.
8.16.
Inspection of district kanungo's office. The district kanungo's office should be
inspected twice a year by the Deputy Commissioner or the Officer Incharge at
least one of the two inspections must be carried out by the Deputy Commissioner
himself as required by paragraph 1.1 of the District Office Manual. A note on
the points to be attended to by inspecting officers will be found in annexure H
to this chapter. In the first fortnight of April and October each Deputy Commissioner should report to his
Commissioner whether the required inspection has been carried out in the case of previous half year and
stating reasons in case of failure.
Before the end of April and October each Commissioner should report
to the Financial Commissioner's
office giving a list of districts in which the required inspection has not been
carried out and stating reason.
PART G-INSPECTION OF LAND RECORDS BY DISTRICT
KANUNGO
8.17.
Touring of district kanungo and inspection of patwaris' and field
kanungos' work by him.
The district kanungo is responsible for the efficiency of both the office
and field kanungos and should be in camp inspecting their work for at least a
week from 1st October to 30th April. His inspections of
patwaris' papers while on tour should mainly be directed to testing the work
which the field kanungos have tested. He should see that their check is
systematic and comprehensive and that they understand the procedure prescribed
for patwaris and insist upon its observance by them. It is no part of his work
to attest jamabandis except in so far
as this may be necessary to enable him to check the work of field kanungos and
in the course of his girdawari
inspections he should confine himself as far as possible to checking the entries
which the field kanungos have already checked so as to be able to judge how far
this check is reliable. It should be clearly understood that it is not intended
that on his tours the district kanungo should do the work of an extra field
kanungo. His proper function on tour is the supervision and instruction of field
kanungos and the checking of their work with a view to correcting and removing
errors and defects of procedure, etc, So far as it may be necessary for him in
pursuance of the above objects personally to check the work of individual
patwaris the relevant instructions contained in annexures C and D to this
chapter should be borne in mind. When inspecting a field kanungo's work, the
district kanungo will pay attention to the instructions contained in annexure A.
His tours should be so arranged that he shall test the work of each field
kanungo at least once in the year
and for this purpose he must spend not less than 3 days in each kanungo
Kanungo’s charge. It is the duty of thefield kanungo to accompany the district
kanungo during the inspection of a circle except when harvest inspection work is
in progress.
8.18.
Result of inspection to be recorded in field kanungo's dairy and in
his own dairy. The result
of each day's inspection shall be written by the district kanungo in red ink in
the diary of the field kanungo whose charge is under inspection: and the entries
shall be copied by the field kanungo in the diary of the district kanungo. Such
entries shall always show the numbers of fields inspected, date of testing by
field kanungo, the number of those fields of which the entries were found right
and the number of fields of which the entries were found wrong and the general
character of the work. The district
kaungo will also notice the gneneal state of the work of the kanungo's charge in
progress at the time of his inspection in respect of its forwardness or
backwardness. The district kanungo should show in his inspection notes the date
of the previous inspection of each field kanungo's circle visited so that
inspecting officers may be able to see at a glance whether any circle is not
being neglected.
8.19.
Inspection of office kanungo's
work. Results of the
district kanungo's inspection of the records of an office kanungo shall be
reported to the Deputy Commissioner not later than the day following the report
being submitted through the tehsildar, who will forward it to the Sub-
Divisional Magistrate. Each tehsil office shall be inspected by the district
kanungo not less than once in the half year ending September and once in the
half year ending March. A note on points specially to be attended to by the
officers inspecting the tehsil will be found in annexure F to this chapter. It
does not, however, embrace all the points to be notice by the district kanungo
whose inspection should be still more searching. The inspection note shall be
recorded in the minute book separately maintained in each tehsil for the
inspection notes of the district kanungo.
PART H–INSPECTION
NOTES
8.20.
Maintenance of inspection
note-books. At each district
office and each tehsil there should be an inspection note-book in which
inspecting officers should note the results of their inspections. It will be the
duty of controlling officers on every subsequent inspection to see that defects
previously noted have been corrected. The results of these inspections should be
borne in mind by the Deputy Commissioner and Commissioner when they write their
yearly note of officers. The minute book should contain butts and be bound in
boards or leather. A separate minute book shall be kept in each tehsil office
for the inspection notes of Director of Land Records. Copies of all minutes
recorded by the Financial Commissioners on their inspections of district or
tehsil office should be forwarded to the Financial Commissioners' office for
record. When a Commissioner inspects a district or tehsil office he should
forward a copy of his note in the minute book to the Financial Commissioner for
information and similarly a Deputy Commissioner should send a copy of his
inspection note to the Commissioner of the division. For inspection notes
recorded by Director of Land Records, paragraph 1.4 may be consulted.
Inspecting
Officers should have the required number of spare copies of inspection notes
prepared simultaneously with the fair copy prepared for signature. These notes
should be sent out without delay and in any case should reach the tehsil
concerned within a fortnight of the inspection.
8.21 .
Inspection notes to be
properly attended to by the officers for whose benefit they are recorded. It has been found that the
inspection note recorded by inspecting officers do not receive proper attention
of the officers for whose benefit they are recorded. In some cases they are not
even pasted into the file book maintained for the purpose. In others no action
is taken to rectify the defects pointed out therein for month, and thus they
lose their value. Deputy Commissioner and their Assistants should see that the
defects brought out in the inspection notes are promptly set right and persons
failing in this duty should be severely dealt with.
ANNEXURE A
Points requiring attention at the
inspection of a field kanungo's work.
GENERAL
(a)
Does the field kanungo reside within his circle at the entries in
the diary of a patwari and report to the tehsildar any matter which is important
and requires his orders?(Paragraph 2.46).
(b)
Does the field kanungo reside within his circle at the
headquarters nominated by the Collector; if not, has he got the written
permission of the Collector to reside elsewhere?(Paragraph 225)
(c)
Has the field kanungo been visiting the patwari's circle at least
once a month and what work he inspected each time?(Paragraph 2.48)
2.
Has he got a complete edition of the following (Paragraph 8.4):-
(1) Land
Records Manual,
(2) Financial
Commissioners' standing order No. 32 (Taccavi loans),
(3) A
copy of the rules contained in paragraphs 441 and 505 of the Settlement
Manual,
(4) Mensuration
Manual,
(5) Rules
showing the duties of lambardars and
chowkidars (Part II, Jantri Patwarian),
(6) A
ready Reckoner regarding the calculation of areas.
EQUIPMENT
3.
Has he in his possession two steel rods adjusted to the length metre
and kept in hollow bamboos ?(Paragraph 2.33).
4.
Does he periodically examine and test the patwari's adda?(Paragraph 3.70) Register of Patwaris'
work
5.
Is the register kept in the prescribed form and up to date? Field
kanungo's Statement of Tour
(Paragraph 2.51).
6.
Ascertain that when girdawari,
bachh and diluvion work are going on, his whole time is given to supervising
this work, and that at other times he inspects each patwari's work at least once
a month. (Paragraph 2.47)
GIRDAWARI
7.
Does the field kanungo check the Patwari's work systematically and
carefully field by field?
8.
Does the field kanungo check the girdawari of all villages in the circle
of each patwari? (Paragraph 2.47)
9.
Does he at each visit check the list of changes with details placed
before him by the patwari?(Paragraph 9.9)
10.
Did the field kanungo promptly check the jinswar statement to see that crops have
been entered under their proper heads, that areas are correct and that they have
been correctly converted into hectares from the local standard? (Paragraph
9.11)
10-A. Did the field kanungo check
the Halat Dehi Statements (Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of Sand affected area) to
find out the correct details thereof?
11.
Does he check carefully and attest all alterations of entries once
made in the khasra?(Paragraph
9.9)
12.
Did the field kanungo check the patwari's diary and satisfy himself
that no alterations have been made in the khasra girdawari after bachh papers have been drawn out or
corrected and in the case of alterations made, a note has been made in the
diary? (Paragraph 9.9(b)
13.
Does he inspect and note the condition of every pakka survey mark and tri-junction
pillar? (Paragraph 4.11)
14.
In districts to which paragraphs 4.28 to 4.31 are applicable, does he
at the kharif girdawari draw up a
list of all new fields which have come in to existence since the last
[quinquennial] jamabandi was drawn up
owing to changes of the kind mentioned in paragraph 4.21, and which ought to be
incorporated in the map?
MUTATION WORK
15.
Have all entries in the mutation register been attested by the field
kanungo after examining the papers concerned? (Paragraph 7.4 (ii))
16.
Does he attest carefully the entries made by the patwari in the foil
and counterfoil of the mutation register?(Paragraph 7.4(ii)
17.
Where map of new field numbers is entered on the back of a mutation
sheet, does he (a) check the dimensions and areas on the spot, and sign his name
with a note "attested on the
spot,"(b) see that the measurements correspond with the area actually
transferred in the case of mutations due to sales, etc.?(Part D of Chapter 4 and
paragraph 7.8)
THE ANNUAL RECORD
18.
Ascertain whether the field kanungo brings the genealogical tree up
to date as prescribed by paragraph 7.66.
19.
Was the previous jamabandi
of the village under quinquennial attestation read out to the Zamindars in
the cold weather by the field kanungo, the shajra nasab brought up to date,
mutations entered and a list prepared showing the fields requiring amendment?
(Paragraph 7.57)
20.
In June, July and August, while new jamabandis are under preparation, does
the field kanungo visit each patwari's circle at least once a month and
supervise the timely and accurate preparation of the jamabandis and statement, which
accompany them? (Paragraph 2.48)
21.
Was the jamabandi under
preparation attested by the field kanungo on the spot holding by holding in the
presence of the Zamindars during July
or August, and were mistakes detected, corrected by him in red ink?(Paragraph
7.60)
22.
Does he see that all mutations attested by June 15th have
been correctly incorporated in the jamabandi? (Paragraph 7.56).
23.
Ascertain that-
(a)
he makes
all alterations in red ink himself as far as possible and gives a copy of
the list of errors and alterations to the patwari to be stitched into his copy
of the jamabandi;
(b)
he signs the alterations made by the patwari in
his copy at his next inspection of the village (Paragraph 7.61)
(c)
after the revenue officer's attestation the
alterations made by him are entered by the patwari in his copy and signed by the
field kanungo.
24.
Were the statistical statements checked by the field kanungo in the
tehsil during the month of September? Were the mistakes corrected by the field
kanungo himself and a copy of the list of errors given to the Patwari to correct
his copy of the jamabandi? (Paragraph
7.61);
25.
Has the field kanungo signed the alterations made by the patwari in
his copy of the jamabandi due to the
mistakes detected at the checking done in the month of September in the
tehsil?(Paragraph 7.61)
26.
Has the field kanungo checked on the spot the tatimma shajras prepared to show the
changes referred to in paragraph 4.23?
27.
In districts to which paragraphs 4.28 to 4.31 are applicable, has he
supervised the transfer of the corrections shown in the tatimma shajra to the patwari's copy of
the field map and to the fair copy kept in tehsil, and noted that he has done so
in his note of the result of checking the jamabandi?
28.
Did the field kanungo compare the list of pensioners in the patwari's
copy of jamabandi with the extract supplied to him by the tehsildar and make the
necessary alterations in red ink?(Paragraph 63 III of standing order No. 7).
FARD BACHH
29.
In villages for which a jamabandi is not being prepared does the
field kanungo compare the patwari's copy of the fard buchh with the last jamabandi and the mutation register, and
sign it after satisfying himself of its correctness.
29-A. Does the field kanungo check
the implementation of remission as a result of Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of
sand affected area?
ALLUVION AND DILLUVION
30.
Is the field kanungo's supervision thorough and accurate?
PARTITIONS
31.
Does the field kanungo carefully check and sign the map and khatauni, after comparing them with each
other and with the village map and last jamabandi, and after satisfying himself
that no numbers have been omitted or entered twice?(Paragraph 18.14).
ANEXURE
B
Inspection note on the work of ________________
field kanungo of______________circle of tehsil
____________district______________
INSTRUCTIONS
I.
Add as many blank sheets to the form as may be
found to be necessary to add.
II.
Total the statistics given in the statement at
page infra for the kanungos'
circle.
III.
On the subsequent pages:-
A. – Discuss
the kanungos’ work in paragraphs numbered according to the questions given in
paragraphs 8.8 reproduced below:-
(1.)
Is the kanungo's touring systematic and adapted to the work to be
supervised at different seasons? (Paragraphs 2.49).
(2.) Has
he done his best to prevent delay by patwaris in entering up mutations and has
he reported any patwari who failed to carry out his instructions or to comply
with the order in paragraph 3.27 and 2.45.
(3.) Has
he checked the girdawari of each
patwari in his circle thoroughly and systematically? This will be ascertained at
the girdawari inspection and the
result noted here.
(4.) Has
he complied with the instructions relating to the preparation or the check by
him, as the case may be, of-
(a)
the genealogical tree (Paragraph 7.66);
(b)
Jamabandi (Paragraph 7.60 and 7.61);
(c)
the supplementary maps (Paragraph 7.8 and part D of chapter
4);
(d)
the statements of the village note-book (Paragraph 10.1).
(5.) Has
he carefully supervised the dilluvion work in his circle, if any?
(6.) Has
he carefully supervised the girdawari
work regarding Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of sand affected areas in his circle
(if any)?
(7.) Has
he checked both copies of the fard
buchh carefully (Paragraph 3.21).
(8.) Has
he a good knowledge of the agricultural and general conditions of his
circle?
B. - State
whether the kanungo attested mutation entries with sufficient care and without
unreasonable delay [Paragraph 7.4 (ii.)]
C.- Discuss
any other points that have been examined.
D.- Give definite finding on all the
questions that have been examined. Reasons for the findings, if such reasons
have been already given under A, B and C, need not be repeated.
E. - Give a general estimate of the value of
the kanungo's work based on your findings.
IV.
Avoid discussing the work of individual patwaris. In their case a note in
the patwari register or a separate proceeding is required.
SUMMARY
OF INSPECTIONS
DENOMINATORS
DENOTE ERRORS WHICH SHOULD BE ENTERED IN RED INK . RE-TESTED IN COLUMN 4 REFERS
TO NUMBERS INSPECTED BY THE FIELD KANUNGO, AND TESTED IN COLUMN 5 TO NUMBERS NOT
INSPECTED BY HIM
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
19 |
20 |
21 |
|
Name
of Patwari’s circle |
Name
of village |
Harvest
inspection register |
Anural
record |
Dilluvion
Assessment |
Annual
Bachh papers |
Village
note book |
Mutations |
|
Total
number of fields |
Number
retested |
Number
tested |
Genealogi-cal
tree |
Jama-bandi |
Supplementary
maps |
Total
area affected |
Area
tested |
Total
number |
Number
tested with jamabandi and mutations |
Number
of statements |
No.
of Halat Dehi statements (Thur, Sem, Chos and sand affected area)
checked |
Total
number entered since last inspection |
Number
tested |
Explanatory
remarks, if necessary |
|
Total
number of new
feilds |
Number
tested |
|
Total
number of owners |
Number
tested |
Total
Number of Khataunis |
Number
tested |
On
the spot |
Otherwise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNEXURE
C
The
following memorandum shows the main points, which call for the attention of
officers inspecting the work of patwaris. The memorandum is not intended to be
exhaustive. Some of the points that can be made use of at the time of
inspection, have been given in annexure D.
1.
The
inspecting officer shall take into camp with him a sketch map with the limits of
patwari circles, and assessment circle marked on it.
2.
He
should every evening spread out this map and settle with the field kanungo what
he will do on the following day, asking him particulars concerning the villages
and patwaris which lie in his route, discussing the agricultural circumstances
of their circles, and then giving distinct orders as to the next day's
work.
3.
It
should bea the rule to give notice of a coming inspection, and to avoid taking
village officers, either lambardars
or
patwaris, by surprise, if it can be avoided. Similarly, there should be fixed
method of inspecting; that method being shaped to the matters which need most
attention in each locality.
4.
If
crop girdawaris
are
going on, the inspecting officers should try to see two or three patwaris each
day, but they should be seen at their work, and not called away from it. On
approaching a patwari during crop inspection, he should be made to go on just as
if the inspecting officer were not there. After the patwari has done 20or 30
fields, enough will have been seen to judge roughly what kind of workman he
is. The inspecting officer should
then discussed with him the entries he has made in his presence, and after that
turning back in the
khasra
girdawari
to some previos work, two or three days old, he should walk over 20 or 30 of those fields and
discuss the entries. If an entry appears to be wrong, the patwari should be
encouraged to explain his entry, and if his explanation shows that he is
overlooking any rule or order, pains should be taken to refer him to the
instruction, which he has overlooked, and, to explain it to him.
5.
If
crop girdawari is not going on, the inspecting officer should not try to see
more than one patwari in a day. Word should be sent on to the patwari the
previous evening that he is to get out all his papers, arranging those of each
village in a separate bundle; and the lambardars should also be made to attend,
if possible.
6.
The
inspecting officer on arrival should first examine the patwari's workbook and
see-
(a)
whether
the entries in the work book are up to date (paragraph
3.85);
(b)
whether
the patwari's out trun of work is sufficient;
(c)
whether
all the points mentioned by previous inspecting officers have been attended
to;
(d)
whether
the patwari having been summoned to produce documents, attended the court in
person (Rule 6; Order XVI; Civil Procedure Code);
Whether
he was ever summoned during the currency of girdawari
(paragraph
1.47 of standing order no. 3 and paragraph
2 in Chapter XV of the Rules and
Orders of the High Court of the Punjab , Volume I);
(e)
when
the circle was last visited by the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar, what kind of
inspection was made by him and what instructions were given to the
patwari.
7.
He
should also examine the village diary and see-
(a)
that
the leaves are numbered and stamped with the tehsil seal and that the office
kanungo has certified in his own handwriting and under his signature the total
number of leaves (Paragraph 3.80);
(b)
that
all fields in which changes in rent or cultivating occupancy were discovered
during girdawari
by the patwari have been entered by him in his diary and verified and totalled
by the kanungo , but not the
field numbers in which the change
is such as to necessitate an entry in the register of mutations (Paragraph
9.9);
(c)
that
the patwari has promptly reported to the Veterinary Assistant Surgeon concerned
and the tehsildar any outbreak of cattle disease (Paragraph
3.15);
(d)
that
all important occurrences in the patwari's circle have been noted in the diary
on the day on which they came to the patwari's notice and that the general
condition of crops , cattle and
husbandry is noted at the end of each month (Paragraph
3.84);
(e)
that
the patwari has entered in his diary the deaths of pensioners residing in his
circle and the marriage or remarriage of females in receipt of family pensions
(paragraph 62 (i)
of standing order no.7);
(f)
that
the patwari has entered in his diary extracts from the annual list of changes by
lapses which have occurred during the year and from that of assignees of land
revenue who have neither attended nor furnished a life certificate (paragraph 59
(v)
of standing order no.7).
(g)
that
the patwari has entered in his
village diary (roznamcha) all cases in which there has been an increase of the
mortgage money on existing mortgages and has included the increased amounts in
statements nos. 5 and 5-A , of the village note book (Paragraph
10.1)."
8.
He
should examine the patwarkhana
and see that in case where there are no patwarkhanas the patwari
has made satisfactory arrangements for his office(paragraph 3.57
(2))-
(a)
Has
the patwari got a box or almirah for his papers?(Paragraph
3.62).
(b)
Has
he got a plotting scale, chain, cross staff and a sufficient number of flag
staves a wooden board or in hill districts a plane table and sighting rod
in place of the
board ? (Paragraph 3.68)
(c)
Is
his adda correct? (Paragraph 3.70).
9.
The
bundle of each village should then be looked through with the object of
ascertaining whether the patwari has all the papers, which the rules require and
if he keeps them in order. These papers should be-
(a)
the
patwari's copy of the current settlement record of rights and map (Paragraph
3.100);
(b)
the
annual papers of the expired settlement so far as they are left with the patwari
(P3.101), as they are left with the patwari (paragraph
3.101);
(c)
Khasra
girdawari,
(d)
Jamabandi
with appendices (Paragraphs 4.27 to 4.32 and 7.67).
(e)
Registers
of mutations,
(f)
Fields
maps,
(g)
Genealogical
tree,
(h)
Diary,
(i)
Village
note books (paragraph 10.1).
(j)
Alluvion
and dilluvion papers, if any,
(k)
Work
book (paragraph 3.85),
(l)
Register
of survey equipment (paragraph 3.88),
(m)
Fard
Bachh
(paragraph 3.21),
(n)
Books
of reference (paragraph 3.78) and file of instructions (paragraph
3.80).
10.
Having
thus gone through preliminaries the papers of any one village can be taken up
for detailed examination. There are two main points to
consider-
(1)
the
accurate record of agricultural statistics;
(2) whether
the mutations and partitions have been recorded and given effect to
in the jamabandi.
11.
As
regards agricultural statistics statements I and IX of the village note-book
should be examined with special reference to the following
points-
STATEMENTS
No.I
(1)
Column
2 should equal columns 3 to 11.
(2) Column
13 should equal column 11 plus
12.
(3)
Deleted.
(4)
Column
14 should agree with corresponding columns in statements II and
III.
(5) (a)
Column 22 should equal columns 24 plus 25.
(b)
Column 26 plus 30 of previous year should equal columns 28 plus 30 of the
current year.
(c)
Column 27 plus 31 of previous year should equal column 29 plus 31 of the
current year.
STATEMENT
No. II and III
(6) Is
there a separate heading for each crop shown separately in statement No. IV-A
and B of the Season and Crop Report, and are the crops correctly
grouped?
(7) Are
rabi figures and extra rabi
figures
entered in the proper columns?
STATEMENT
No.IV
(8)
See
that the entries in columns 3-16 tally with the kistbandi, and, if not ,
ascertain the reasons.
STATEMENT
No.V
(9) Shamilat
land transferred should be included in this statement.
(10)
Columns
14, 19 and 24 should show details of land irrigated.
(11) Where
ala malkiyat
is transferred, columns 14,19 and 24 should show the superior owner's dues, and
where occupancy rights are transferred, these columns should be
blank.
STATEMENT
No. VI
(12)
In
column 3 separate details should be given for "land-owners", "shamlat",
"abadi"
and "sarkar".
(13) In
village note-books columns 6 and 7 should agree with columns 2 and 8 of
statement No. I and column 8 with column 5 of statement
No.IV.
(14)
Columns
17 and 18 should agree with columns 7 and 8 groups A and B of the list of
assignments, and columns 19 and 20 with columns 9 and 10 of group C. Column 2
should contain particulars of the assignees where the assignments are
large.
STATEMENT
No. VII
(15)
In
the village note-books column 3 should agree with column 7 of statement No.
VI.
(16)
Columns
6 to 8 should equal column 9.
(17)
Column
18 should equal column 17.
(18)
Column
19 should show any special rates of batai
for special crops , and if the tenant pays a share of the land revenue or cash
in addition to kind rents ; this should be stated. Where irrigation is done from
a government canal, it should be noted how the landlord and tenant share the
liability for the canal charges in
the case of (a) cash , (b) kind rents.
STATEMENT
No. VIII
(19) Column
7. - No entry should be made against total.
(20) Columns10
and 11. – No entries should be made against separate classes of land , but only
against total.
(21) Columns
5
and 9. - The entries against total should agree with column 7 of statement No.
VII.
STATEMENT
No. IX.
(22)
See
that main tribes are entered in column 125.
(23)
See
that important differences are explained by the field
kanungos.
12.
The
register of mutations should then be looked at. If the village under
consideration is a fairly large one and the register is nearly blank, it is an
almost certain indication that the mutations are not receiving proper attention.
This point should be talked out with the patwari and lambardar. It is a good
plan to send for the chaukidar's register of deaths and see if it contains the
name of any holder of land whose holdings have not been entered in the mutation
register. The following points should also be borne in
mind:-
(a)
Have
all cases which were detected at the time of attestation of the jamabandi
on the spot by the field kanungo and at harvest inspections, or about which
entries were made in the diary , been entered up in the mutation register?
(Paragraphs 9.14 and 7.57).
(b)
Were
all cases of inheritance entered in the mutation register within three months of
the entry of the death of right-holders in the chaukidar’s register ? (Paragraph
3.27(2)).
(c)
Have
mutation been promptly entered up from registration memoranda supplied to the
patwari by the field kanungo and those memos. returned by the field kanungo?
(Paragraph 7.32 (iii).
(d)
Are
interrogatories issued in accordance with the instructions contained in
paragraph 7.31.
(e)
Do
entries in columns 9 to 12 of the register correspond in every case with the
order passed by the revenue officer? (Paragraph 7.5)
13.
The
genealogical tree should also be examined and the owners asked after name by
name, the replies being compared with the entries noted
therein.
14.
The
jamabandi
should be examined with a view to see –
(a)
that
owners' holdings are arranged in the order in which their names are given in the
shajra
nasab
(Paragraph 7.41 (1);
(b)
that
the khatauni
holdings under one proprietary holding are arranged in the following order
:-
First, the holding cultivated by the owner himself, then those of
tenants-at-will (Paragraph 7.41 (2) );
(c)
that
in cases where there are several tenancy holdings under one proprietor, the
tenants are entered in a alphabetical order in their several classes (Paragraph
7.41 (2);
(d)
that
each patti
or taraf is entered in the order in which it appears in the shajra
nasab
(Paragraph 7.41(3);
(e)
that
the Gram Panchayat is entered after
the holdings of the owners with a separate khewat
number (Paragraph 7.41(3).
(f)
that
the name , father's name, grand father's name and residence of owner is given in
column 4 and in the case of officers of the Indian Army their rank also
(Paragraph 7.41 (4);
(g)
that
the status of the tenants is given in column 5 (Paragraph
7.41(5);
(h)
whether
the following facts are noted in the column of remarks of the jamabandi:-
Sinking
of a new well, bringing into use of a deserted well, desertion of a well,
hypothecation of land to Government as security for a takavi
loan, terms of collateral mortgages, the names, description and shares of
assignees of land revenue (in red ink), and the nature of the registered deed
and its date, if the mutation relating to the deed was rejected? (Paragraph 7.41
(10);
(i)
if
changes of ownership have not been made in the jamabandi
unless supported by a mutation
order . For this purpose a few entries may be checked with khasra
girdawari,
mutation register and the fard
bachh;
(j)
whether
after comparing the list of revenue assignments with the muafi
register and the list of pensioners with the annual list of pensioners received
from the sadr kanungo's office, the entries are up to
date;
(k)
whether
the patwari report promptly to the kanungos the death of muafidars
and
pensioners and the marriage or re-marriage of females in receipt of a family
pension? (Paragraph 63 (v)
of standing order no.7).
15.
The
khasra
girdawari
should be examined and the following points should be borne in
mind:-
(a)
Are
the page totals given at the end of the day on which girdawari was done?
(Paragraph 9.10).
(b)
Was
the rabi
girdawari of
the villages under quinquennial attestation commenced first and were its
mutations entered up before another village was taken up? (Paragraph
7.58).
(c)
Was
the jinswar
statement
prepared at the completion of the field inspection of a village and before
commencing girdawari in a second village? (Paragraph
9.11).
(d)
Has
the
jinswar
statement been copied in the village note-book immediately after the field
kanungo has checked it and before its submission to the tehsil office
kanungo?(Paragraph 9.11).
(e)
Check
a few entries made in the khasra
girdawari in
the presence of the owners and tenants concerned to see that
–
(a) the
names of and the areas under crops have
been correctly entered (Paragraph 9.3 (ix)& (x)
;
(b)
kharaba
has been correctly allowed
(Paragraph 9.3 (ix)& (x) ;
(c) in the case of mixed crops for which there is
no separate column in the jinswar
statement the area of each crop is given separately.(Instruction (g) in
paragraph 9.3 (x) ; and
(d) changes in cultivating occupancy , possession
and rent have been correctly
noted (Paragraph 9.3 (xi)).
(f) Has the Halat
Dehi
Statement been copied in the Halat
Dehi
Register after the Field Kanungo has checked it and before its submission to the
tehsil Office
kanungo?
16.
Ascertain
from the patwari and the zamindars
if there is any partition case pending in the village and the cause of delay in
its disposal. There is an old tradition among revenue officials that no
partition should be recognized unless a partition file has been made for it in
the tehsil. The consequence is that brothers and relations divide their lands,
and hold separately for years without the partition being shown in the village
papers. It is not always easy to trace out these cases, but usually the
cultivating arrangements are correctly recorded under the column for
cultivation,and a comparison of the cultivating entry with the ownership entry
will show how the facts stand.
17.
If
unrecorded mutations and partitions are discovered, it is a good plan for the
inspecting officer to have one or two cases written up before him and to attest
them himself.
18. The
bachh
papers should be examined with a view to see-
(a)
that
the fard bachh contains columns to provide for the entry of all demands to be
collected through lambardar (e.g. special surcharge, local rate
etc.);
(b)
that
the fard bachh was promptly prepared after the completion of kharif
girdawari(Paragraph9.14);
(c) that the patwari furnishes any
information or explanation of accounts that may be required to facilitate
collection; but does not himself receive payment or take any part in the
collection of the revenue (Paragraph 3.20);
(d)
if
the lambardars
understand bachh and if they themselves collect the revenue or leave the patwari
to do so; also whether the khewatdars
have paid no more than the accounts show.
19.
Ascertain
whether there are in the village any permanent survey marks erected by the
Survey Department (Chapter 4) and if so whether these are correctly entered in
the map and in the khasra
girdawari
and are actually in position and in good order. See from diary when they were
last inspected by the tehsildar and naib-tehsildar.
20.
In
villages where a fixed boundary has been laid by the Survey Department it is a
good thing to inspect some of the permanent base line marks and make sure that
the patwari can lay down the boundary from them.
21.
A
careful inspection often lasts three hours or more, especially if the people
have much to say. Brief notes should be made steadily all through the
inspection, and where short-comings are found, an attempt should be made to
teach from the manuals, and blame should be reserved for only the more serious
errors and shortcomings.
22.
It
should be ascertained whether the patwari or any of his relatives own land in
the circle or is he related to any money-lender; how far is his home from his
circle; and does he introduce any zamindar to any legal practitioner or take an
undue interest in any civil or criminal case?(Paragraph
3.28).
23.
The
result of the inspection should be finally recorded in the patwari's work book
and in the field kanungo's register kept up under the instructions contained in
paragraph 2.51 in the former in detail, in the latter very
briefly.
ANNEXURE
D
Question
to be used as a guide by revenue officers when inspecting patwaris'
work.
MAP
1.
What
is the condition of the cloth field map?
2.
Is
it renewed at the time of filing of every jamabandi
of the village?
(Paragraph 4.30)
3.
Have
all the new fields shown in the tatima
shajras been transferred to the patwari's copy of the
map?(Paragraph 4.31).
4.
Have
the new fields which are very small been drawn on a larger scale in the margin
of the map?(Paragraph 4.31).
5.
Have
the new fields been numbered correctly? (Paragraph 4.26).
6.
Does
the map show the date on which it was renewed last? (Paragraph 4.30).
WORK
BOOK
7.
Does
the work book begin from the beginning of September? (Paragraph
3.85).
8.
Are
the entries in the work book up to date?(Paragraph 3.85).
DIARY
9.
Is
there a leather outer-cover for the diary?(Paragraph 3.89)
10.
Has
the patwari entered the condition of crops, etc., at the end of each Saka month?
(Paragraph 3.84):
11.
Has
the patwari affixed to every entry a separate serial number in large and clear
figures? Is each entry closed by an asterisk and is no blank line left between
two consecutive entries? Are orders and instructions relating to rules of
practice entered in red ink? Are the dates entered according to both Saka and
English calendars? (Paragraph 3.82)
12.
Has
the kanungo's signature been affixed to all orders and instructions given by him
and to all facts reported to him? (Paragraph 3.83).
13.
Has
the manner in which important occurrences came to the patwari's knowledge been
stated and the signature or seal of one of the lambardars concerned added to the
entry? (Paragraph 3.81)
14.
Has
the fact of the receipt of registration memoranda been noted by the patwari in
the diary, recording the serial number of the sheet received by him? (Paragraph
7.32 (iii)
15.
Does
the patwari enter in his diary a copy of entries in the first four columns of
the lists of accepted and rejected mutations? (Paragraph 7.38 (v).
REGISTER
OF MUTATION
16.
Has a map been drawn on the back of
the foil and the counterfoil when a part or a share of a field has been
transferred and separate possession has been taken? (Paragraph
7.8).
17.
In
entering mutations by order of court, does the patwari note in red ink in column
15 of the counterfoil (a) the name of court, (b) names of parties and (c)
abstract of decree? (Paragraph 7.12).
18.
Does
the patwari's report in column 15 of the register bear the signature or
thumb-impression of the lambardar concerned?(Paragraph 7.4 (i))
KHASRA
GIRDAWARI
19.
Is the name of the taraf
or
patti
entered across the page above the entry of the first field included in that
taraf
or patti
where there are taraf,
or patties
and are all fields included in each taraf
or patti
in one series?[(Paragraph 9.3(ii)]
20.
Are
the new numbers of sub-divided fields shown in the same place as the old number
of the undivided fields and not at the end of the khasra?[Paragraph
9.3( ii)]
21.
Is
a circle in red ink drawn round the number of every field of which the revenue
is assigned?[(Paragraph 9.3(vii)]
22.
Is
a red ink entry without number made for every survey mark or tri-junction pillar
following the field in which the mark is placed and which it adjoins?[(Paragraph 9.3 (vii)]
23.
Are
the areas in column 4 and crop colums given in figures and not in rakams
?
[(Paragraph 9.3 (ix)]
24.
In
case of irrigated or sailab
crops, is the class of irrigation or the word sailab
given
along with the name of the crop in the column for crops.[(Paragraph 9.3
(x)
(a)]
24-A. In the case of area affected by
Thur, Sem , Chos and deposit of
sand, is the word Thur are sem or
Ghair Mumkin cho or Ghair Mumkin Sand the case may be shown in column for
crops?[(Paragraph 9.3 (h)
(x).]
25.
Are
entries about khali,
banjar jadid, banjar kadim
and ghair
mumkin
areas correct? [(Paragraph 9.3 (x)
(d)
(e)
(f)]
26.
Is
the condition of wells noted at the time of harvest inspection correct?
[(Paragraph 9.3 (X)
(h)]
27.
Is
a note given against a field in which a new well has been sunk? [(Paragraph
9.3(x)
(h)]
“27-
A. Is the depth of water table of
selected wells recorded in “Halat
Dehi”
Statement as well as in the “Remarks” column of Kharif jinswar in the Village
Note Book?”
28.
Is
the fact that no change in cultivating occupancy has occurred in the
kharif
indicated
by a stroke of pen in the column for “changes of rights, possession and rent”
from the left hand top corner to the right hand bottom corner and is there
another diagonal line from the Right hand top corner to the left hand bottom
corner if no change has occurred in rabi?
[(Paragraph 9.3 (x)]
29.
Is
a red cross given in the column for "changes or rights, possession and rent "
against field whose areas or boundaries have changed in such a manner as to
necessitate a correction of the field map?[(Paragraph 9.3 (xi)]
30.
Is
the date on which girdawari
was done given on every page?(Paragraph 9.10)
JAMABANDI
31.
Is
the name of the rabi
cultivator given red ink under the kharif
tenant without a separate khatauni
number in column 5 where a field is cultivated by different persons in the
kharif
and rabi
harvests?[(Paragraph 7.41 (5)]
32.
Is
the amount entered in red ink in the column for “demand” where the revenue of a
holding is assigned [(Paragraph 7.41 (9)]
33.
Is
a reason for non payment of rent given in the column for rent where no rent is paid by the person in possession who
is not the owner.[(Paragraph 7.41 (8)]
34.
In
the totals of revenue of patties or tarafs
and of the whole village , is the whole revenue given in black ink with a detail
of khalsa
in black and muafi
or jagir
in red ink?[(Paragraph 7.41(9)]
35.
Is
the serial number and nature of a mutation given in pencil in the column of
remarks as soon as a mutation is entered and is a similar note given in red ink
if and when the mutation is sanctioned? Is the serial number of fard badar
entries similarly noted with the addition of word "badar"?[(Paragraph
7.2)]
36.
Does
the patwari note in pencil in the shajra
nasab
against the entry affected the number of the mutation entered and affecting the
shajra
nasab?
Is it amended in red ink in accordance with the mutation order?[(Paragraph
7.1)]
37.
Is
all land owned by Government entered at one place after the village common land
, the word "Central or State Government "being entered in the column of
ownership, the name of the department concerned in the column of cultivation,
and the purpose for which the land is used in lieu of soil entries?[(Paragraph
7.42)
38.
Does
the patwari's copy of the jamabandi
contain a fard
badar
[(Paragraph 7.29).]
39.
Does
the patwari's copy of the jamabandi
contain a list of revenue assignments and pensions and was every entry in the
list attested by the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar?(Paragraph
7.64)
FARD
BACHH
40.
Has
the kharif copy of the fard
bachh
been promptly given to the lambardar?[(Paragraph
3.21)
41.
Has
the kharif
copy
of the fard
bachh
been corrected after the rabi
girdawari
?(Paragraph 9.14)
41
A.
Has implementation of remission as a result of affect of Thur, Sem, Chos
and deposit of Sand been done?
REGISTER
OF FEES RELATING TO COPYING AND INSPECTION OF PATWARI’S
RECORD
42.
Does
the patwari maintain a register in form P. XII? and has the amount of fee realized from
each applicant been duly noted therein? [(Paragraph 3.48 (iv)]
43.
Does
the patwari enter in his diary (a) the field nos. and khatas
to which an extract applied for relates, (b) the fee charged for the extracts,
and (c) the name of person from whom charged ?[(Paragraph 3.49 (i)]
44.
If
possible, make enquiries from the parties concerned whether the amounts entered
in the diary and the register were actually paid. Check the entries in the diary
with the register? [(Paragraph 3.49(i)]
45.
Does
the field kanungo check the register every month when he goes to the patwari’s
circle and does he sign when he has done so ? [(Paragraph 3.48 (iv)]
46.
Has
the register been duly checked by the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar? [(Paragraph
3.48 (iv.)]
47.
Has
the fee been duly paid into the treasury monthly? [(Paragraph 3.48 (iv)]
48.
Does
the patwari prepare a statement showing the fees realized from 1st
April to 30th September and another for the period 1st
October to 31st March and does not he submit it to the field kanungo
by the 10th of October and 10th of April, respectively,
and is their despatch
noted in the register? [(Paragraph 3.50 (a).]
ANNEXURE
E
Points for enquiry at the inspection of the
land record work of tehsildar and naib –tehsildars
DIARIES
1.
Do the tehsildar and naib tehsildar maintain diaries in the form
prescribed in paragraph 8.12 ?
2.
Ascertain from the diary that they –
(a)
spend alternate fortnight in camp between the beginning of October
and the
end of April; and
(b)
arrange their tours systematically so as to make a thorough
inspection of the work of each patwari’s circle and of as many estates as
possible . (Land Administration Manual, paragraphs 244 and 245).
PROPER
EMPLOYMENT OF PATWARIS AND KANUNGOS
3.
Are patwaris and kanungos employed on duties other than those laid down
in the rules, or are they collected at the tehsil or other central place for the
more convenient preparation of jamabandis and other returns (Paragraphs
3.17).
4.
Are the patwaris detained at the tehsil in September when the jamabandis are being checked? (Paragraph
2.50)
CROP
INSPECTION
5. General duties. - Do the tehsildar and
naib tehsildar –
(a)
so lay out their work that no part of their charge remains
unvisited ;
(b)
inspect a few villages thoroughly rather then a great number
nominally;
(c)
pay special attention to villages in which suspensions are likely
to be required ? (Land Administration Manual, paragraph 363)
6.
Do they test carefully the entries of kharaba?(Land Administration Manual
paragraph 354).
6 – A.
Do they test carefully the entries of Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of sand
affected fields? (Rule 6 of the Punjab Land Revenue (Thur, Sem, Chos and Sand
Remission and Suspension Rules, 1960).
MUTATION
WORK
7.
(i)
General –Do the tehsildar and naib-tehsildar-
(a)
see that the orders
referred to in paragraphs 3.27 (3) and 2.45 are carried out by patwaris and
field kanungos respectively, and report offending patwaris and kanungos to the
Collector;
(b)
report for action by the Collector neglect by right-holders of
section 39 of theLand Revenue Act;
(c)
dispose of pending mutations promptly;
(d)
visit the estates for which jamabandis are to be prepared before the
middle of January and as for as possible attest all the then pending mutations;
and dispose finnaly of all pending mutations by June 15th;
(e)
dispose of mutations in estates referred to in (d) only on the
spot and of other mutations at some place in the patwari's circle or adjacent to
it ? Paragraph 7.56 and paragraph 247 of Land Administration Manual).
(f)
dispose of mutations of consolidation of holdings promptly and on
the spot.
(ii)
(a)
What was the total number of pending mutations in the patwari's circle at
the time of the last visit by the revenue officer concerned? Were all the
mutations then pending disposed of ; were there any mutations pending for over
two years; if so ,why?where were the mutations attested each time by the revenue
officer and how far from the patwari's circle (Paragraph 242 of Land
Administration Manual).
(b) Has
special attention been paid by the tehsil revenue officer to the disposal of the
mutations of estates under quinquennial attestation before 15th June and have
all mutations of such villages been decided in the villages
themselves?(Paragraph 7.56)
8.
Do they dispose promptly of all interrogatories sent to them under
paragraph 7.31 .
(a)
Are the contents of mutation orders in accordance with the
instructions in paragraph 383 of Land Administration Manual?
(b)
Are they and the Mutation entries neatly and legibly written?
[(Paragraph 7.4 (iii)]
(c)
Are the revenue officer's orders on the patwari's copy neatly and
legibly written and are they in his own handwriting? [ (Paragraph 7.4(iv.)]
(d)
Does the order specify the numbers of the fields affected and
their total area except where an entire holding is affected and in cases of
undisputed inheritance [(Paragraph 7.4(iii)].
(e)
In cases of transfer by sale, mortgage, lease or gift involving
consideration value of Rs. 100 and above, does the mutation order always show
whether the transaction is registered.
(f)
In cases of transfer by sale, mortgage or gift does the mutation
order always show whether a share of the shamilat was included in the transfer or
not? (Paragraph 7.19)
(g)
Are the instructions relating to absentees in paragraph 281 of the
Settlement Manual carefully compiled with?
(h)
Before sanctioning a mutation due to partition, does the attesting
officer satisfy himself that possession has been obtained
10.
Mutation fees .– (a) Has the mutation
fee been correctly levied and is it entered in the handwriting of the attesting
officer? [(Paragraph 7.14 (6)].
(b) In the case of
rejected mutations does the attesting officer pass a definite order as to
whether a fee is chargeable or not, and if so, from whom?
(c)
Are the fees correctly assessed?
(d)
Is the amount due on account of fees collected and paid into the treasury
regularly? (Paragraph 7.34)
THE
ANNUAL RECORD
11. Jamabandis.- (a) See whether the
tehsildar or naib tehsildar has been paying timely visits to those villages
which are to be brought under quinquennial attestation (Paragraph 7.56).
(b)
See whether the right-holders have not been collected at a central place
for the purpose of attestation (Paragraph 392 of Land Administration Manual)
(c)
See whether the tehsildar or naib tehsildar before signing certificate of
attestation has done the following: -
(i)
Read out at least 25 percent of the khatauni holdings in the presence of the
assembled right-holders.
(ii)
Compared 25 percent of the mutations with the khewats concerned.
(iii)
Compared 25 percent of the khewat holdings with the old jamabandi.
(iv)
Compared 25 percent of the khewat entries in the original copy with
the corresponding entries in the patwari’s copy of the jamabandi.
(v)
Specified the number of fields, the tatimma shajras of which have been
attested, as also that of the unattested mutations entered before the
16th June.(Paragraph 7.62).
(d) Did
the tehsildar or the naib tehsildar correct and initial the mistakes detected at
the time of his attestation both in the Government and the patwari's copy of the
jamabandi (Paragraph 7.62).
(e)
Does the patwaris copy of the jamabandi bear the tehsildar's or
naib-tehsildar’s certificate that it is correct and up to date with the
exception of unattested mutations relating to facts which had occurred before
the 16th June? (Paragraph 7.62).
(f) Has the
tehsildar or naib tehsildar filled
in two copies of the prescribed final attestation slip and attached one to each
of the two copies of the jamabandi?(Paragraph
7.62).
12.
Tatimma shajras .- In
districts to which the rules in paragraphs 4.28 to 4.31 are applicable , do the
tehsildar and naib tehsildar when on tour check on the spot the tatimma shajras and field book? (Paragraph 4.28).
FARD
BACHH
13.
Do the tehsildar and naib-tehsildar of the circle check some of the
entries and sign the patwari's copy?(Paragraph 3.21).
14.
Are Government dues collected and credited into the treasury
promptly?
NOTE
BOOKS PARAGRAPHS 400, LAND ADMINISTRATION MANUAL AND PARAGRAPH
10.4.
15.
In statement No. 10of tehsil copy does the tehsildar in the year in which
a new jamabandi is drawn up, enter a
brief history of the village since the last jamabandi was prepared, or at other
times whenever any event of serious importance occurs? Does he always make such
a note when suspensions, recoveries or remissions are ordered?
16.
Does he record remarks when necessary in the circle and tehsil
note-books? Are such remarks recorded annually for tracts where there are
fluctuating assessments?
ALLUVION
AND DILUVION
17.
Do the tehsildar and
naib-tehsildar carefully supervise the work of the patwaris and kanungos in
alluvial record and assessment work (Land Administration Manual, paragraph
444).
17-A. Do the
tehsildar / Naib-tehsildar carefully supervise the work of the patwaris and
kanungos connected with Thur , Sem, Chos and deposit of Sand affected areas?
(Paragraph 9).
PARTITIONS
(Chapter 18).
18.
Does the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar hold the first hearing in or near
the village? Have the parties been properly summoned, and have all the objectors
had a reasonable opportunity of appearing?(Paragraph 18.6).
19.
In his report does he state clearly what are the points remaining for
decision, and deal fully with them.
20.
If the partition is to be made by the patwari does the tehsildar or
naib-tehsildar give him, on the spot, if possible, detailed instructions? Does
he leave disputed points to the patwari’s discretion or does he decide them
himself? (Paragraph 18.12).
21.
Does he attest the partition in or near the village? After attestation
does he correct the khataunis, and
communicate the corrections to the kanungo and patwari?(Paragraph 18.15).
22.
Does he dispose of partition work without unnecessary delay?
ASSIGNMENT
AND PENSIONS
23.
Does the tehsildar supply the patwaris with extracts from the lists of
–
(a)
changes by lapse which have occurred during the year; and
(b)
assignees who have neither attended before him nor furnished a life
certificate?
(Standing
order No.7, paragraph 59, rule V).
24.
Do the tehsildar and naib tehsildar satisfy themselves during their tours
that assignees and pensioners entered in the registers are living, and report
their deaths promptly?
25.
Do they inspect, all muafi
institutions regularly, and see that the conditions of the grants are fulfilled
and the assignees are alive?
SURVEY
MARKS
26.
Do the tehsildar and naib tehsildar verify the condition of permanent
survey marks as required in chapter 4?
ANNEXURE
- F
Points
requiring attention at the
inspection of the work of the tehsil office kanungo
Before
making the inspection the office kanungo should be asked to prepare the
statements referred to in X, XI, XII, XVI, XXIX and XXXIV.
I
- STAFF.
1.
See that no patwari is made to work with the office kanungo against
paragraph 3.13 (4).
2.
See that the office kanungo is not made to keep any registers, which are
not prescribed in paragraph 8 of standing order 55 and should be kept by other
tehsil officials.
II..-
PREVIOUS INSPECTIONS.
3.
Give dates of previous inspections and see that the work has been
inspected twice a year by the Deputy Commissioner or his Assistant and twice a
year by the district kanungo (Paragraph 8.14 and paragraph
8.19).
4. Ascertain
that the defects pointed out in previous inspections have been promptly
remedied.
5.
See
that a separate minute book is maintained for the inspections of Director of
Land Records (Paragraph 8.20).
III..-
ACCOMODATION.
6.
See
that the accommodation is sufficient and suitable both for records and for the
office kanungo, if not, what proposals have been made and what action has been
taken on these proposals.
IV.-
RECORDS.
7.
Ascertain
that the papers withdrawn from patwaris are kept in bastas
with goshwaras.
[(Paragraph 19.40(ii)].
8.
Check
a few bastas
and see that their contents agree with the entries made in the goshwaras,
and the papers ripe for destruction have been destroyed as required by paragraph
3.102.
V.
FILES OF INSTRUCTIONS, STANDING ORDERS, ETC.
9.
See that the office kanungo has got one copy each of the Settlement
Manual, Land Administration Manual, Land Code, Land Records Manual, Financial
Commissioners’ Standing Orders and Director of Land Records Circulars (Paragraph
2.57).
10. See
that these books are complete with correction slips up to date and the latest
published indices are pasted in them.
11. See that there are separate
files for Financial Commissioners’ and Director of Land
Records’Circulars
and that these are up to date.
12. See that a separate
file is maintained for the instructions issued by local
officers.
13. See that a check list
of periodical reports and returns is maintained.
14. See that the office
kanungo has got a table of villages under quinquennial attestation duly approved
by the collector (Paragraph 7.54).
VI..-
LIST OF PENSIONERS
(PARAGRAPH
63 OF STANDING ORDER NO.7).
15. See that on
1st February each year the district kanungo sends to the tehsildar a
copy of the additions and corrections communicated to him by the Post-Master and
the Treasury Officer. Also see that the district kanungo compares his list with
those of tehsils at his periodical inspections.
16. See that extracts from
this list are duly supplied to field kanungos who compare the extracts with the
lists of pensioners in the patwaris’ copies of jamabandis
and make such alterations in red ink in the lists, as are found to be
necessary.
17. See that the deaths of
pensioners are duly reported by patwaris and on the occasion, of the death of a
military pensioner the pension certificate is recovered by the patwari from the
person in whose custody it is and forwarded through the field kanungo to the
tehsildar for transmission to the Deputy Commissioner.
VII..-
SURVEY MARKS (PARAGRAPH 4.6 AND 4.11).
18. See
that the office kanungo maintains a list of villages which contain base line
marks or trignometrical survey stations.
19. See
that all sorts of survey marks are inspected by tehsildars, naib-tehsildars and
field kanungos when they visit a village containing such marks and note in their
diaries the date in which they find the marks.
20.
Ascertain that on the completion of girdawari, patwaris send a note in the
prescribed form as regards the condition of survey pillars in their circles.
VIII..-
PATWARKHANAS.
21. See
that a list of patwarkhanas, in good
condition, is maintained.
22.
Ascertain that annual report on the condition of patwarkhanas is sent by field kanungos
on 1st January each year [(Paragraph 3.57(viii)(1)].
23.
Ascertain that the field
kanungos' reports are punctually forwarded to the District Office [(Paragraph
3.57(viii)].
IX.-INDENTS.
24.
Ascertain that a quinquennial list of patwari and kanungo forms is
maintained [(Paragraph 3.94(1)].
25.
Ascertain that the forms indented for do not exceed the number given in
the quinquennial list and in the case of blank paper, the prescribed scale
(paragraph 3.94).
26.
See that the indents are despatched from tehsils by
1st October (Paragraph 3.94(1).
27. See
that the balances are correctly shown in the indent.
28.
Ascertain that the forms and blank papers are received in tehsil before
the end of July and distributed among patwaris in September (Paragraph
3.96).
29.
Ascertain that the duplicate copies of invoices received from the press
are returned from tehsils within one week of the receipt of forms.
X.-
PAY OF PATWARIS.
30.
Deleted.
31.
Deleted.
32.
Ascertain
from acquittance rolls that the amount drawn each day is disbursed the same day
(Paragraph 3.34).
33.
Ascertain that the purpose for which remittance is made is written by the
office kanungo on the acknowledgement portion of the money-order form (Paragraph
3.36).
34. Ascertain that the
salary register is properly maintained, being signed by payees paid personally
and showing the numbers and dates of money orders issued [(Paragraph 3.37 (3)
and (4)].
35.
Deleted.
36.
Ascertain whether rewards are given to patwaris for consolidation of holdings
and reporting cattle diseases and cases of plague, cholera and small-pox
(Paragraph 3.53 and 3.54).
37. Deleted.
XI.-PAY
OF KANUNGOS.
38.
Deleted .
39.
Deleted.
40.
Ascertain that all sums drawn are
disbursed the same day.
XII.-
REGISTRATION MEMORANDA (PARAGRAPH 7.32)
41. Have
the following statement prepared:
-
|
Year |
Month |
Date
of receipt from Registration
Office |
Number
pending
|
|
|
|
|
|
42.
Ascertain that registration memos. and promptly sent by registrars and
sub-registrars each month.
43. Ascertain that the registration memos.
are promptly sent to the field kanungos and promptly distributed by them to the
various patwaris.
44.
Ascertain that mutations are entered by patwaris immediately on receipt
of memos.
45. See
that the files of registration memos. are properly arranged by the office
kanungo and the date on which the last memorandum is received, is noted on the
fly index.
46.
Ascertain
that files of registration memos. are destroyed a year after the date of the
receipt of the last memorandum.
XIII.-ARRANGEMENT
OF MUTATION SHEETS.
47.
See that mutations are
arranged by field kanungos circles, patwaris' circles and by villages (Paragraph
7.38(iv).
48. See
that accepted and rejected mutations in each field kanungo's circle are kept
distinct and on separate shelves [(Paragraph 7.38(iv)].
49.
See that miscellaneous
papers detached from sanctioned mutations are kept in bundles by field kanungo's
circles and destroyed after five years (Paragraph 7.39).
XIV. –
FEES.
50.
See that
the fee is entered in red ink on each mutation against its number in the annual
list and that the fee entries are checked at the tehsil by the field kanungo
(Paragraph 7.36).
51. Check the entries of a few villages with
the sheets of accepted and rejected mutations and see that the entries made in
the annual list are correct.
52. Give
the demand for the tehsil for the latest complete year.
53. See
that the office kanungo prepares in duplicate, statement of fees, one copy for
the tehsil and the other for the sadar
wasil baqi nawis.
54. Deleted.
XV.- INTERROGATORIES.
55.
See that a separate despatch
book is maintained for showing the receipt and despatch of interrogatories
(paragraph 7.31).
56. Ascertain that interrogatories are not
issued for the examination of the persons residing within the limits of the
tehsil unless such persons reside at a distance of more than 25 miles from the
village to which the mutations relate (Paragraph 7.31).
XVI.- REGISTER OF PATWARI
CANDIDATES.
57. TO 62. Deleted.
XVII.- STOCK
REGISTER OF PATYWARI AND KANUNGO
FORMS.
Does the
tehsildar send a copy of the prices to Revenue Courts every six months?
(Paragraph 12 of standing order No. 2).
149. Whether the
annual demand statements on account of mutation fees are sent to the Director of
Land Records by 10th September each year.
XXX. -
GAZETTEER, VOLUME B.
150-171 Deleted.
(6)
When any field or part thereof shown in the Khasra Girdawari as "Banjar
Jadid", Thur, Kallar, Reh or Sem or Banjar Qadim, Thur, Kallar, Reh or Sem or
Ghairmumkin Cho or Ghairuimkin Sand, is again brought under cultivation, the
entry in the Khasra Girdawari shall clearly show the crop sown.
Provided
that if the crop yields less than twenty five per-cent of the normal yield, it
shall be shown as "kharaba".
Put a red cross in this column, or in column 15, or 20or 25 or 30
according to the year against a field, the boundaries or area of which have
changed in such a manner that correction of the field map is required.
2.
All entries are given according to the agricultural year, which commence
with the beginning of the Kharif season and ends with the close of the rabi. The
year should be calculated by the Christian, not the Saka,
era.
3.
Areas should be stated in hectares. Fractions of an Hectare need not be
shown. In converting areas from the local standard in to hectares, when the
remainder is less than half an
hectare, the lower number should be entered. When the remainder is or
exceeds half an hectare, the higher number should be taken. Thus 48 1/3 Hectares
will be entered as 48 Hectares and 48 2/3 as 49
Hectares.
4.
When entering gross amounts of rupees, omit paise. When entering rates
state them in rupees and paise.
Statement No.1
___________________ Milan Rakba
_________________
Annual area statement of mauza
_______________________ No.___________
Land Utilization Abstract
(NB.- Omitting fractions) write
in figures (not in rekams)
AREA UNDER
|
Year |
Total area according to village
papers |
Forests |
Barren and uncultuable
Land |
Land put to non-agricultural uses
|
Culturable
waste |
Permanent pastures and other grazing
lands |
Miscellaneous trees crops and groves not
included in the area
sown |
current
fallows |
Other
fallows |
Net
area sown |
Area sown more than
once |
Total cropped
area |
Total area of crops by Jinswar
returns |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
|
|
Ground water |
total ground water |
New and Old wells which
have been made fit for use during the year |
Fallen or become otherwise
unfit for use during the year |
|
|
Public Tube
wells |
Private Tube
wells |
Ordinary Wells |
|
Large |
Small |
With pump
sets |
without pump
sets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tube wells |
|
Tube wells |
|
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
20 |
20 |
21 |
|
23 |
24 |
25 |
|
Total
in use or fit for use |
Number
of oil
engines |
Net
Irrigated and Rainfed area |
|
|
|
Ordinary
wells |
Tube
wells |
Reservoirs |
|
|
Irrigated
and Rainfed area sown more than once |
Gross
irrigated and unirrigated area |
Remarks |
|
|
26 |
27 |
28 |
29 |
30 |
31 |
32 |
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
SURFACEWATER |
|
|
|
|
Tanks
|
Large Small |
|
|
|
|
|
Flow irrigation
(Nehri) |
Major and Medium
Minor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lift irrigation |
Major and Medium
Minor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other resources
Ground Water
|
Lift irrigation
Flow irrigation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Public tubewells
private tubewells Ordinary
wells with pumpsets
Ordinary wells without
pumpsets
Total irrigated Abi Sailab
Barani
Grand Total |
|
|
|
|
Column No. 2.. should show the area according
to village papers in the Revenue records.
Column No. 3.. Should show all actually
forested area in respect of the
lands classed or administered as forests under any legal enactment dealing with
forests, whether state owned or private. If any portion of such land is not
actually wooded, but is put to some agricultural use, that portion shall be
included in the one shown under the appropriate heading of 'cultivated' or
'uncultivated' land.
Column No. 4.Should show all barren and
unculturable land like mountains
deserts, thur, kaller and sem i.e. land which cannot be brought under
cultivation unless at a high cast, shall be clased as 'unculturable', whether
such land is in isolated blocks or within cultivated holdings.
Column No. 5.. Should show all land occupied by
buildings, roads and railways or under water, e.g. rivers and canals, and other
lands put to uses other than agricultural.
Column No. 6..
Should show all lands
available for cultivation whether not taken up for cultivation or abandoned for more
than five years for one reason or other. Lands once cultivated, but not
cultivated for five years in succession shall also be included in this category
at the end of five years.
Column No. 7..
Should show all grazing lands, whether permanent pastures and meadows or
not. Village common and grazing lands within forested area shall be included
under this head.
Column No. 8..
Should show all cultivable land, which is not included under net area
sown, but is put to some agricultural use. Lands under casurine trees ,
thatching grass, bamboo bushes and other groves for fuel etc., which are not
included under orchards, shall be classed under this category.
Column No. 9..
Should show all lands which are left fallow during the current year
only.
Column No. 10..
Should show all land, which were taken up for cultivation, but are
temporarily out of cultivation for a period of not less than one year and not
more than five years.
Column No. 11
Should show the net area sown, which represents the area sown to crops
counting area sown more than once in the same year only once.
Column No. 12..
Should show the area sown with crops more than once in the same year.
Column No. 13..
Should show the total or gross cropped area which is the sum of areas
under all crops and represents the sum of net sown area and area sown more than
once in the year.
Column
No. 14..
Should show the total area of crops ascertained from Jinswars Abstracts of Kharif and Raibi.. Only
matured areas according to Jinswars statements are to be mentioned in this
column.
Column No. 15..
Should show the number of large tanks with Ayacut of more than 100
hectares.
Column No. 16..
Should show the number of small tanks with Ayacut of less than 100
hectares.
Column No. 17..
Should show the number of Government tubewells.
Column No. 18..
Should show the number of Private tubewells.
Column No. 20..
Should show the number of pacca and katcha wells with electric/oil
engines operative pump sets.
Column No. 20..
Should show the number of pacca and katcha wells.
Column No. 21..
Should show the number of katcha & pacca new and old wells, which
have been made fit for use during the year.
Column No. 22..
Should show the number of new and old tube wells, which have been
made fit for use during the year.
Column No. 23..
Should show the number of katcha and pacca ordinary wells, which have
fallen or become otherwise unfit for use during the year.
Column No. 24..
Should show the number of tube wells, which have fallen or become
otherwise unfit for use during the year.
Column No. 25..
Should show the result of Column No. 20 (+) Column No. 21(-) Column No.
23.
Column No. 26..
Should show the result of Column No. 17 (+) Column No. 18(+) Column No.
20(+), Column No. 22(-) Column No. 24.
Column No. 27..
Should show the number of reservoirs if any in the estate.
Column No. 28..
Should show the number of oil engines used for irrigation and other
agricultural activities such as thrashing etc.
Column No. 29..
Should show the details of the area irrigated by different means of
sources and the unirrigated area its grand total will tally with the total shown
in Column No. 11. Major and Medium irrigation projects denote such scheme which
irrigate more than 2000 hectares. Minor irrigation projects denote such schemes
which irrigate land upto 2000 hectares.
Column No. 30..
Should also indicate the similar details but its total must tally with
Column No. 12.
Column No. 31..
Should show the result of Column No. 29 (+) Column No. 30.
STATEMENT NO.2,
1.
Annual Kharif Crop Register
2.
Annual Kharif Crop Register of Mauza……………,hadbast no………
Jinswar or
crop return of the ……………..harvest………
[N.B.-Write in figures (not in
remarks) all fraction omitted]
|
Year and Crop |
Description of
Cultivation |
CEREALS |
|
|
|
Rice |
Jowar |
Bajra |
Maize |
Swank |
Jowar Bajra |
|
|
Total |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
|
SurfaceWater |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tanks |
(i)Large
(ii)Small |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flow irrigation
(Nehri) |
(i)Major and Medium
(ii)Minor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lift irrigation |
(i)Major and Medium
(ii)Minor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other resources |
(i)Lift
irrigation
(ii)Flow irrigation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ground water |
(i)Public tubewells
(ii)private tubewells
(iii)Ordinary wells with pumpsets
(iv)Ordinary wells without
pumpsets
Total irrigated Abi Sailab
Barani
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pulses |
|
|
Moong (green gram) |
Mash (black gram) |
Arhar (Red gram) |
Moth |
Kulth (horse gram) |
|
|
Total |
Desi |
Improved |
|
|
Total |
|
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
20 |
20 |
21 |
22 |
23 |
24 |
|
Fresh
Fruit |
Dry
Fruit |
|
|
Pears
and Peaches |
Grapes |
Apples |
Gauva
|
Plum |
Peaches |
Others |
Total |
Almond |
Total
fresh and dry fruiits |
|
25 |
26 |
27 |
28 |
29 |
30 |
31 |
32 |
33 |
34 |
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vegetables |
|
Potatoes |
Sweet Potatoes Shakar-
Kandi |
Onions gourd |
Gourd Pumpkin
(Kaddu) |
Lady’s Finger (Bhindi
Tori) |
Brinjal |
Arbi |
Hadwana |
Palak |
Others |
Total |
|
36 |
37 |
38 |
39 |
40 |
41 |
42 |
43 |
44 |
45 |
46 |
|
Misc.
Food Crops |
Total food crops |
Fibres |
Oil seeds |
|
Cotton Desi |
Cotton American |
Hemp (San and sankukra) |
|
|
Total |
Edibles |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ground nut (Moong-
phalli) |
Sesam (til) |
|
|
Total |
|
47 |
48 |
49 |
50 |
51 |
52 |
53 |
54 |
55 |
56 |
57 |
58 |
59 |
|
Non
edible |
Dyes
and Tanning Material |
Drugs
and Narotics |
|
|
|
Total |
Indigo
(neal) |
Kikar
etc. |
|
|
Total |
Tea |
Poppy |
|
|
Total |
|
60 |
61 |
62 |
63 |
64 |
65 |
66 |
67 |
68 |
69 |
70 |
71 |
72 |
|
Condiments
and spices |
Fodder
crops |
|
Ginger
(Adrak) |
Turmeric
(Haldi) |
Chillies |
|
Total |
Sarghum
(uoh
i[nko) |
Cluster
bean (r[nkok) |
Napier
hybrid (B/ghno
jkJhpohv) |
Pear
Millet (pkiok) |
Teosinte
(wZe
uoh (ukok) |
Maize
(wZeh) (rkuk) |
Cowpeas
(jotK) (b'phnk otK)
|
Pulse
Fodder
(Moth
Bean, Moong Bean etc. )(dkbK
tkb/ uko/) (w'm w[zr) |
|
73 |
74 |
75 |
76 |
77 |
78 |
79 |
80 |
81 |
82 |
83 |
84 |
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
Kharif Fodders(;kT[Dh
dk j'o ukok) |
Total |
TOTAL
AREA SOWN |
AREA CROPPED MORE THAN ONCE
|
NET
AREA CROPPED |
Total
assessment of the harvest |
Incidence
of assessment on area |
Remarks
on character of harvest and reasons for
kharaba |
|
Matured |
Failed |
|
Pure |
Mixed |
Pure |
Mixed |
Pure |
Mixed |
|
86
|
87 |
88 |
89 |
90 |
91 |
92 |
93 |
94 |
95 |
96 |
97 |
98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N.B.-
(1)
The entries in the Khsra girdawari should be make crop-wise according to
the source of irrigation or the mode of irrigation.
(2)
Any other crop(s) sown in any locality should be entered in the blank
columns provided under the appropriate head mentioned above.
(3)
Any other major crop mixtures sown in any area may be entered in
the common dialect in the blank column provided under proper head.
(4)
Peaches and peas include plums, apricot, cherries, etc.
(5)
Citrus fruit includes ,mitha, nimbu, galgal, sangtra , malta,
etc.
(6)
Other fresh fruit includes jaman, shahtut, strawberries, date (khajoor),
Lichi, phalsa, figs, papaya and grapes (angoor)
(7)
Guard ,includes halva, petha, ghia, chappan kaddu.
(8)
The
zaid kharif crops should be shown with light vertical stroke by eviding the
column of the crop and be entered under the stroke in that column.
(9)
The failed crops should be shown in red ink under the crops which
is to be shown in black ink under the appropriate hand.
STATEMENT
NO.3
Annual
Rabi Crop. Register
Annual Rabi crop Register of mauza__________NO.______ Jinswar or crop-
return of
the---------------harvest_____________
(N.B-write in figures (not in
rakams)omitting fractions)
|
Year &
Crop
|
Description of
cultivation
|
Creals |
|
Wheat |
Barley |
Gram |
Wheat barley |
Wheat gram |
Gram barley |
|
Total |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
SurfaceWater |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tanks..
(i)Large
(ii) Small |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flow irrigation..
(i)Major and
Medium
(Nehri )
(ii)Minor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lift irrigation..
(i)Major
and
Medium
(ii)Minor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Sources..(i) Lift
irrigation
(ii)Flow
irrigation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ground water
..(i)Public
Tubewells
(ii)private
tubewells
(iii)Ordinary
wells with
pumpsets
(iv) Ordinary
wells without
pumpsets
Total irrigated
Abi
Sailab
Barani
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PULSES |
Number of fruit bearing trees |
FRESH FRUIT |
|
|
Masur |
Peas
|
|
Total |
Citrus
fruit |
MANGO |
Lichi |
Straw
berries |
others |
Total |
|
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
20 |
20 |
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VEGETABLES |
|
|
Potatoes |
carrots |
Cauli-
flower |
Turnips |
onion |
radish |
Mattar |
Tomatto |
Melone |
Chilli |
Others |
Total |
|
22 |
23 |
24 |
25 |
26 |
27 |
28 |
29 |
30 |
31 |
32 |
33 |
|
FIBRES |
OIL-
SEEDS |
|
|
Total |
Edible |
Non-
edible |
|
Toria |
Taramira |
Sarson/
sarshaf |
Mustard |
Total |
Linseed |
|
Total |
|
34 |
35 |
36 |
37 |
38 |
39 |
40 |
41 |
42 |
43 |
|
DYEING
AND TANNING
|
DRUGS
AND NARCOTICS
|
CONDIMENTS
& SPICES
|
|
|
|
Total |
Tabacco |
Bhang
|
|
Total |
Dhania |
Zeera
|
|
Total |
|
44 |
45 |
46 |
47 |
48 |
49 |
50 |
51 |
52 |
53 |
54 |
|
FODDER CROPS |
|
Lucrene |
Barseen |
Saftal |
Oats |
Sanji |
Methra |
Japan Rape |
Others |
Total |
|
55 |
56 |
57 |
58 |
59 |
60 |
61 |
62 |
63 |
|
TOTAL
AREA SOWN
|
AREA
CROPPED MORE THAN ONCE |
NET
CROPPED AREA |
Total
assessment of the harvest |
Incidence
of assessment on area |
Remarks
on character of harvest and Reason for kharaba |
|
Mature |
Failed |
|
Pure |
Mixed |
Pure |
Mixed |
Pure |
Mixed |
Pure |
Mixed |
|
64 |
65 |
66 |
67 |
68 |
69 |
70 |
71 |
72 |
73 |
74 |
N.B.(1) The entries in the Khasra girdawari
should be made crop wise according to the source of Irrigation or mode of
irrigation.
(2)
Any other crop(s) sown in any locality should be entered in the blank
column provided under the appropriate head mentioned above.
(3)
Any other major crop mixtures sown in the area
may be entered in the common blank column provided under the proper head.
(4)
Peaches and peas include plums apricot, cherries etc.
(5)
Citrus fruit includes mitha, nimbu, galgal, sangtra, malta etc.
(6) Other fresh fruit
includes jaman, shahtut, strawberries, date, (khajoor), lichi, phalsa, figs ,
papaya and grapes (angoor)
(7)
Gaurd , includes halva , petha, ghia, chappan kadu.
(8)
The zaid rabi crops should be shown with light vertical stroke by
dividing the column of the crop and be entered under the stroke in that
column.
(9)
The mango should be treated as exta rabi or zaid rabi crop.
(10)
The failed crops should be shown in red ink under the crop which is to be
shown in black ink under the appropritate head.
4.
Annual Rev. account of
Mauza_____________________Hadvast No._________________Revenue account or jama
wasil baki
N.B.-All fractions
omitted .write in figures ,not in rakms)
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
|
|
|
Total
assessment |
|
|
|
|
|
Collection
on account of |
|
Balance |
|
|
Year |
Harvest |
Khalsa |
Assigned |
Total |
Suspended
on account of harvest |
Balance
for collection |
Arrears
ordered of previous harvests |
Arrears
ordered for collection |
Total
to be collected |
Current
harvest |
Arrears
|
Total |
Remitted |
Under
suspension |
Not under
suspension |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: Land revenue and malikana only will
be shown in the statement .Where the collection of any revenue is deferred owing
to progressive assessment or protective leases, such revenue should not be shown
in this statement until the period for which its collection was deferred has
expired.
Column 4.- Revenue not
collected because it is assessed on lands of which the revenue is assigned to
the owners ,will be included in the assigned revenue shown in this column.
Columns 11-13-.Revenue not collected because it is assessed on lands
on which the revenue is assigned to the owners or because the jagirdars are
allowed themselves to collect the assigned revenue, will,
5. Annual Transfers
by owners___________of mauza_____________hadbast no._____________
Yearly totals
of transfers of rights of owners
N.B.-Write in
figures (not in rakams) omitting fractions.
|
Year |
Nature
of rights transferred |
A-partitions |
B-Transfers
by inheritance
|
C-Gifts |
|
No.
of cases |
Area
partitioned |
Noumber
of cases |
Area
transferred |
No.
of transanctions |
Total
area transferred |
|
Total
|
Of
which cultivated |
|
|
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D-EXCHANGE |
|
|
Number
of transactions |
Total
area transferred |
Number
of mortgages |
Total
area |
Of
which cultivated |
Revenue |
Mortage
money in rupees |
|
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
|
F-REDEMPTIONS
OF MORTGAGES |
G-SALES
& PERMANENT TRANSFERS FOR VALUE |
|
|
Area
redeemed |
|
|
|
Area
transferred |
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of redemption |
Total |
Of
which cultivated |
Revenue |
Mortgage
money discharged in rupees |
Number
of transfers |
Total |
Of
which cultivated |
Revenue |
Price
in Rupees |
Number
of mutations written up but unattested at the close of the
year |
Remakrs |
|
17 |
18 |
20 |
20 |
21 |
22 |
23 |
24 |
25 |
26 |
27 |
28 |
N.B.- (1) The
figures for this statement are compiled from the mutation register and in case
of increase of mortgage money on existing mortgage from the patwari’s daily
diary of occurrence(roznamcha waziati)
(2)
Shamlat land transferred should also be included.
(3)
In irrigated villages,
columns nos,14,20, and 24 should
show how much of the land entered is irrigated.
5-A. Annual Statement of sales and
mortgages of ownership by classes of land.
Mauza_____________,hadbast No._______________
(N.B.-Units in
figures (not in rakams) (Omitting fractions)
|
Year |
Class
of land according to the milan rakba statement |
Mortgages
with possession, including temporary transfers for
debit |
Sales
and permanent transfers for value |
|
Number
of mortgages |
Area |
Revenue |
Mortgage
money in rupees |
Number
of transfers |
Area |
Revenue |
Price
in rupees |
Remarks |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
|
20.. |
Mixed
irrigated
Mixed
unirrigated
Mixed
irrigated and unirrigagted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N.B.- (1) The figures for this statement will be
taken from the mutation register and in cases of increase of mortgage money on
existing mortgages from the patwari's diary of daily occurrences( Roznamcha
waqiati).
(2) Sub mortgage i.e.,further mortgages by the first
mortgages as opposed to re-mortgage by the first mortgages should be excluded
from this statement.
(3) In the blank space in column no.2 enter the
classes of land as given in statement No.1(Milan Rakba Statement).
6.- Quinquennial abstract of ownership,
mortgages and revenue assignments of mauza__________, hadbast
no._______________
Abstract of
Ownership,mortgage and revenue assignment
(N.B.- write
in figures (not in rakams) omitting fractions of hectares/rupees)
|
Year
|
Description
of tenure
|
Detail of
owners
|
Number
of jamabandi
holdings |
PART 1-TENURE AND
OWNERSHIP |
|
|
Area |
Total
revenue |
|
Number of
owners
&
share-holders
(Hissedar) |
Total
|
of
which
cultivated |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
villages.. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART
11-TOTAL AREA HELD UNDER
MORTGAGES |
PART 111-REVENUE
ASSIGNMENTS |
|
Number
of mortgages |
Area |
Revenue
assessment of the mortgaged land |
Details |
Number
of assignees |
Area
of which the revenue is
assigned in whole or in part |
Revenue |
Amount
of land revenue assigned not by apportionment of land but by cash
allotment out of total assessment |
Nazrana
annually paid by assignees |
Remarks |
|
Total |
Of
which cultivated |
Total
assessment of land assigned |
Amount
thereof assigned |
|
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
20 |
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
1.In
perpetuity
2.For
life or lives
3.For
term of settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above is
the form,in the village note-book.
In the statement filed by the patwari in the tehsil,column no.1 is
omitted.
N.B. - (1)
In large villages where the sub divisions of the villages are of
importance, it may be convenient to fill up part I of this statement by sub
division adding between column 1 and 5 a column for the name of the sub division
(taraf or patti).
(2) In column No.2,the tenure will
be described either as (1) Zamindari(2) Pattidari (3) bhaaichara, or (4)
by lease from Government without grant of ownership.
(3)In column No.3, give separate details for (1) panchayat,(Aadi Deh and
(3) Government Property.
(4)
In column No.5, no entry need be made against the Panchayat,village abadi
or Govt. property.
(5)
In column Nos. 3 to 8 enter the number of maliks (owners) and the
particulars relating to them.
(6)
In column No.8 the total should agree with column no.5 of the jama wasil
baki.
(7)
In column Nos.9 to 12,
should be entered number of mortgages and the particular relating threto
(8)
In column no.13, the grants
for service and the condition for maintaining the institutions will be entered
under head I.
(9)
in column no.16 and 17,the entries will agree with corresponding entries
under parts A and B of the statement of revenue assignments (column Nos.7 and 8 thereof).
(10)
In column no.18, the entry
will agree with part C of the statement of revenue assignments
(11)
In column no.20, the entry
will agree with that in column No.10 of the statement of rev. assignment.
(12)
In column no.20, give particulars of the assignees where the assignments
are large .The field kanungo will explain here any important difference between
the old and the new entries. He will sign the statement meant for the
tehsil.
Quinquennial Abstract of cultivating
occupancy of Mauza______________,Hadbast No.
(N.B.-write in figures (not in Rakams) omitting
fractions.
|
Year |
Detail |
Total
cultivated area |
Area
cultivated by owners |
Area
cultivated by tenants free of rent or at a nominal
rent |
Area
cultivated by tenants
paying
rents without right of
occupancy |
Total
held by tenants paying rent |
Details
of classes of land (as in milan rakba) |
|
Paying
at revenue with or without malkana |
Paying
in ohter cash rents |
Paying
in kind with or without addition in cash |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
20
… |
Holding..
Area..
No.
of tenants.. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Details
of rents in kind and area of which paid by tenants at
will |
|
Zabti
rents
|
½
produce or more |
2/5th
and less than ½ |
Rent/Number
1/3rd
& less than 2/5th |
Less
1/3rd |
By
fixed amount of produce |
Total
area under rents in kind |
Share
of straw taken by the land lords |
Remarks |
|
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N.B.(1)
Zabtirents should be reckoned in this return as rent in kind.
(2)
In column no.4 include all land cultivated by owners jointly with persons
who bring their own cattle and share in the labour taking some share of the
produce, i.e., bhaiwal.
(3)
In column no.17 enter the total area which should agree with the area
entered in column no.8.
(4)
In column no.20, show any special rates or batai in the case of special
crops. If the tenants rent pays a
share of the land revenue state this ,and where there is irrigation form a canal
,state how the landlord and the tenant share the liability for the fluctuating
canal charges in the case of (a) cash rents and (b) kind rents. Also state any
cash items paid as Nazarrana by the tenants to the landlord in addition to kind
rent.
(5)
The field kanungo should sign the statement meant for submission to the
Tehsil.
8.
Zabti rents and cash rents paid by tenants without rights of occupancy
not consisting of land revenue and cesses with or without the addition of a
malikana
Cash rent for
area given in column 7 of statement 7.
|
year |
zabti rents
|
On holdings containing one
class of land |
|
|
crop |
Rate per hectare
|
class of
land |
Area |
Rent
|
Average per hectare |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
On holdings containing more
than one class of land |
Remarks |
|
class of land
|
Area |
Rent |
Average per hectare |
|
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
Total
Total
column 2. -
Enter all crops on which zabti rents are paid.
column 4 and 8. –Enter whatever classes
of land are necessary.
(These will
usually have been fixed at settlement)
column 7.-
-No entry will be made opposite "Total".
column 10-11 -No entries will
be made opposite separate classes of land, but only opposite
"Total".
column 12. -Note here any hectare rates
that are commonly paid.
9.
Quinquennial Live stock return No.9 (Number of livestock, poultry,
agricultural Machinery an implements) in village_________, Hedbast No._______
N.B.- write in figures (not in
rakms) omitting fractions)
Quinquennnial
livestock Census
20
Livestock
Males over three year
|
Name
of head of
household with Serial
No.
|
Census house NO.
|
Used
for breeding
only |
Used
for breeding and
work
both |
Used
for work only |
bulls
and bullocks over 3 years not
in
use for breeding or work |
Total
males over 3years |
Females over three
years
Breeding cows i.e.,cows
over 3 years kept for breeding or milk production |
|
castrated
|
uncastrated |
In
milk or dry
15th
April,20___ |
Not
calved even
once |
Total |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
(x)
The animals entered in this column 16 should not be added up
while giving totals of cattle in columns 26 and 27. Thus columns 26 will be
equal to the sum ofColumns 8 and 23
and column 27 will be equal to the sum of
columns 15 and 24 sub-columns may be provided under columns 3 and 4 for
showing breed of bulls.
LIVESTOCK
CATTLE-concld.
|
Names
of Head of Household with Serial No. |
Census
House No. |
Females
over three years |
Young
stock |
|
Cows
over 3 years used for work only |
Cows
over 3 years not used for work or breeding
purpose |
Total
females over 3 years |
Of
the total number of cows in column 15 those in milk in December,
20 |
Under
1 year |
1
to 3 years |
|
Male |
Female |
Total |
Male |
Female |
Total |
|
1 |
2 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
20 |
20 |
21 |
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
three years and under
|
Total
cattle
|
Buffaloes-Males
over three years |
|
Male |
Female |
Total |
Male |
Female |
Total |
Used
for
breeding |
Used
for breeding and work both |
|
23 |
24 |
25 |
26 |
27 |
28 |
29 |
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
________________________________LIVESTOCK_____________________________
_____________________________BUFFALOES_______________________________
Males over three years
Females over three
years
|
used
for work
only |
Bulls and
bullocks
&
over
3
years
not in
use for
breeding
or work |
Total
males over 3 year
|
breeding
cows i.e. cows over 3 years kept for breeding of milk
prodution |
Cows
over 3 years used for work only |
Cows
over 3years not in use for work or breeding
purposes |
|
Castrated |
Uncastrated |
In
milk
on 15th
April, 2o |
Dry |
Not
calved
even
once
|
Total |
|
31 |
32 |
33 |
34 |
35 |
36 |
37 |
38 |
39 |
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_________________________________
BUFFALLES-contd._______________________
Females over three years
Young stock
|
|
|
Under
1 year
|
1 to 3 years |
total 3
years and
under |
|
Total
female
over
3
years
|
*Of
the
total no.of
cows in col.41
those in
milk in
Decmber,20__ |
Male |
Famale |
Total |
Male |
f.male
|
Total |
Male |
female |
Total |
|
41 |
42 |
43 |
44 |
45 |
46 |
47 |
48 |
49 |
50 |
51 |
*The animals entered in the column 42 should not be added up while giving
totals of buffaloes in column 52 and 53,thus column no. 53 will be equal to the
sum of column 41 & 50.
Buffaloes-continued
|
yaks |
|
Total
buffaloes
|
3 years and under |
above
3years |
Total
yaks
|
Total
bovine |
|
Male |
females |
total |
male |
female
|
Male |
female |
Male |
female |
Total |
Male |
Female |
Total |
|
52 |
53 |
54 |
55 |
56 |
57 |
58 |
59 |
60 |
61 |
62 |
63 |
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Livestock
|
|
Sheep
Goats |
|
upto
one
year
|
over
one year
|
Upto
one year
|
Over
one year |
|
Male |
Female |
Total
|
Total
sheep
|
|
Male
|
Female |
Total |
Total
goats |
|
65 |
66 |
67 |
68 |
69 |
70 |
71 |
72 |
73 |
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Livestock
HORSES AND PONIES
|
Over
three year
|
Young
stock |
|
Upto
one year
|
One
to three year
|
Total
three year and under |
|
Male |
Female
|
Total
|
Male
|
Female |
Total |
Male |
Female |
Total
|
Male |
Female
|
Total |
|
75 |
76 |
77 |
78 |
79 |
80 |
81 |
82 |
83 |
84 |
85 |
86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIVESTOCKS
|
Young stocks
Camels |
|
Total horse and ponies
|
Mules |
Donkeys
|
Over 4 years |
|
Male |
Female |
Total |
Upto 3 years |
Over 3 years |
Total |
Male |
Female |
Total |
Male
|
Female |
|
87 |
88 |
89 |
90 |
91 |
92 |
93 |
94 |
95 |
96 |
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIVESTOCK
|
|
Camels |
Fowls |
Total Fowls |
Four
years
and
under
|
Total |
Pigs
|
Total
livestock
|
Hens |
Coks |
Chiken* |
Total |
Desi
|
Improved |
|
98 |
99 |
100 |
101 |
102 |
103 |
104 |
105 |
106 |
107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- The
criterion to distinguish between adult fowls and chicken is the ability to
breed.
Of the total
number of fowls in column.105 Desi and improved varieties may be shown in
columns 106 and 107 respectively.
Poultry
Agricultural machinery and Implements
|
|
Ducks |
|
Ploughs |
Sugarcane
Crushers |
|
Ducks |
Duckes |
@
Duck lings
|
Total |
Others |
Total
poultry |
Wooden |
Iron |
Carts* |
worked
by
power |
worked
by bullocks |
|
108 |
109 |
110 |
111 |
112 |
113 |
114 |
115 |
116 |
117 |
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ The criterion to distinguish
between adult ducks and ducklings is the ability to
breed.
- Carts
and Tractors used for agricultural purposes should be included in these
columns.
AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY AND IMPLEMENTS
(concluded)
|
Tractors |
Ghanis |
|
oil
engine
with
pump
for
irrigation
purposes
|
Electric
pumps
for irrigation
purposes |
Persian wheels or
rahat |
Government |
Pvt..
|
Five
kilog. and
over
|
Less
than five kilograms |
|
120 |
120 |
121 |
122 |
123 |
124 |
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In column no.1 the area owned or cultivated by the head of the house hold
may also be shown, with detail of owned as owner and cultivator/ cultivated as
tenant without right of ownership.
urban area:(a) will include
municipal, Cantanment, small town, notified civil lines area .
(b)
A village inhibited by not less than 5,000 persons and having urban charactericts should also be treated as
an urban area.
village:- The
village for the purposes of the livestock census is the Revenue
estate(village)which has well defined boundaries excluding (b) above.
House and Household :-
(columns No.1 and 2) A house is defined as any human dwelling having
a separate main entrance.
A house hold is a group of persons who commonly live together and would
take their meals from a common kitchen unless the exigencies of work prevent any
of them from doing so.
concept of possesion:-The
livestocks should be enumerated against hosehold where it is located at the time
of enumeration irrespective of ownership.
cows in milk.-Signifies cows
which yield milk on the date of enumeration or census of a particular area or
any other date specified for the collection of such data.
yak- means as ox of Tibet
which is a long haired ,humped gruting will or domesticated animal
plough:-means an implement or
ploughing and not yokes of oxen.
cart:- means
bullock-cart capable of carrying agricultural product and does not include Raths
and Behlies’
10.
Assessment statement of Mauza__________with remarks of
Officers
I.
Assessment guides and
estimates
|
Nature
of estimates
|
|
Circle
rates per hectare on each
class of land
|
Remarks |
|
|
Amount |
Rate
per hectare on area cultivated at the time. |
|
|
|
Rs.
Rs.
Paise
A. Guides of expiring settlement ..
last
summary settlemnt ,actual assesment ..
First
regular settlement ,actual assesment ..
Expiring
settlement } Reveune rate estimate
actual jama assessed
..
B. Guides of settlement now made
..
Estimate
at circle half-net assest rate
..
Estimate
at sanctioned circle revenue rates .. |
|
|
10. Assessment statement of
Mauza__________with remarks of Officers (concluded)
II New assessment imposed from_________ harvest of ____________
|
|
Amount |
Rate
per hectare on
cultivation |
Remarks |
|
1.
Gross assessment..
:
2.
Deduction
, viz.
(a)
on
account of favourable assessment on gardens
etc..
(b)
On
account of unexpired protective leases
..
(c)
on
account of progressive assessment..
Total
deductions (a),(b)and (c):
|
Rs |
Rs.
paise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount |
Rate
per hectare on
cultivation |
Remarks |
|
3.
Balance
being the net new assessment with detail as
below:-
Mafis
Talukdari
allowance (when a deduction from the Revenue)
jagir..
Total
assigned revenue
:
Balance
khalsa
..
Total
..
4. Ceases at per cent on total
No.3
..
5.
Total new assessment and cases (Nos. 3 and 4)
..
6.
Commutation due to Government on jagirs..
7. Malikana due to
Government..
8. Future increase
by progressive assessment or expiring
protective
leases..
A.D..
A.D..
A.D.. |
Rs. |
Rs.
paise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
III
ceasses per cent,on revenue assessmet:
|
Detail |
Former |
New |
Remarks |
|
Local
rate
Lambardari
cess
Lambardari
cess
Total |
Rs.
Paise |
Rs.
Paise |
|
In the "Remarks” column of part –II the "danger rate" of the village
should be stated if such a rate has been fixed.
Blank pages are provided at the end of the village, circle and tehsil
note-books in which the sub divisional officer the tehsildar and the
naib-tehsildar should record remarks from time to time when any thing specially
notes worthy in the history of circumstances of the village, circle or tehsil
occurs. In tracts under fluctuating assessment yearly remakes in the circle
not-books at any rate, should be recorded giving such details of the past
sessions as will explain the success or otherwise of the village.
Village,
circle and tehsil note-books maintained at tehsils.
10.2.
The registers in the village note-books maintained by the office kanungo
of the tehsil (Paragraph 400 of the Land Administrative Manual) are filled up
from the statement submitted by the Patwaris. Figures for the register in the
assessment circle and tehsil note-books also maintained by him are obtained by
adding together those in the village note-books.
Record of
harvest Price.
10.3.
The orders regarding the record of harvest prices in circle note-books
will be found in para graph 401 o f the Land Administration Manual.
(General
remarks in circle and tehsil note- books)
10.4
General remarks applicable to the whole of an assessment circle or of the
tehsil may be entered in the circle or tehsil note- book by the tehsildars or sub
Divisional Officer on the blank pages(statement no.10) provided for the purposes
at the end of the book. In cases where there are fluctuating assessment,
particular attention should be paid to the yearly record of sufficient remarks
in this part of the circle note-books. These remarks should give such details of
the past season as will explain the success or otherwise of the cultivation,
and, if recorded with sufficient care for the whole circle, no very lengthy note
against each village will usually be required on this subject.
Arrangement of
note-books
10.5.
The note-books for villages circles and tehsils will be properly arranged by the knaungo in almirahs provided for the
purpose.
Note- books
maintained by the districts kanungo
10.6.
The note-books for assessment circles and tehsil and for the whole
district, are kept up by the district
Kanungo (paragraph 403 of the Land Administration Manual) in the same
form as the circle and tehsil books kept at tehsils. The entries for them are
obtained from statements submitted by the tehsil Office,Kanungo.
ABSTRACT VILLAGE
NOTE-BOOKS
Instructions as to abstract village note-books
10.7.
The following are the instructions to the maintenance of abstract village
note- books
(1)
The abstract village note-book and its uses are described in paragraphs
405-407 of the Land Administration Manual .For each district as it comes under
settlement a separate form adapted to the special circumstances of that district
,will be submitted by the
Settlement
Officer through the Commissioner to the Director of Land Records for the orders
of the Financial Commissioner.
(2)
The books should be kept at Sadar in the Office of the District Kanungo
who is responsible for their safe custody and maintenance.
(3)
There should be one volume for each assessment circle, or if the
assessment circle or if the assessment circle is large, for a suitable number of
villages. Blank sheets for remarks are inserted after the statistics of each
village. The entries are made in hectares and in English numerals by the
District Kanungo or his assistant. The annual entries should be prefaced by a
settlement entry in red ink data for which are available in the village
assessment statistics. At the end of the volume or volumes for an assessment
circle the total figures for the whole corciel should be entered in the same
form as that prescribed for each estate. Quinquennial averages be given in all
village note- books from the beginning of the current settlement in red ink.
(4)
To enable the columns as to cropping and the incidence of revenue in each
harvest to be written up as early as possible the tehsil office kanungo should
send the necessary figures to the Sadar immediately after the filing of each
jinswar. The remaining columns should be filled in from information obtained by
the tehsil office kanungos from the statements filed by the patwaris in
September. Details as to revenue should, if necessary, be procured from the
tehsil wasil baqi navis.
(5)
As soon as any figures for entry in the note-books are received, the
district kanungo or his assistant will see that they are in due form and will
then copy them as carefully and neatly as possible into the columns for which
they are intended.
(6)
The reports containing the figures sent from the tehsils in any one year
should be kept in the district kanungo's office till the figures for the
following year have been copied into the note-books and should then be
destroyed.
Note.- As an alternative method to
that prescribed in (4) to (6) above to avoid the preparation of long statements
by the tehsil office kanungo,the District kanungo, after the filling of the zaid
rabi jinswar,may either himself take the abstract note-books to each tehsil in
turn and there enter up the jinswar and other figures for the whole year with
the help of the tehsil office kanungo and return the books to Sadar,or may
depute one of his assistants to visit the tehsils for this purpose.
(7)
The village inspection of the Settlement Officer should be written in or
copied into the abstract note- books .Assessment statements and a small scale
map of each village may also be added if thought advisable.
(8)
A copy of the map of assessment circle showing village boundaries and
natural features with the name and number of each village should be made on a
small scale and kept in the pocket of the cover of the volume concerned. This
copy should be made on tracing cloth and insecure fluctuating and grazing tracts
within the limits of the circle should be coloured.
(9)
At the beginning of each volume there should be an index in
the following
form:-
This
book contains statements for __________villages in the ________
assessment
circle, arranged in the order of their topographical numbers as follows:-
|
NO.(Topographical)
|
Name of Village
|
Page |
(10)
The abstract note-books are not intended to
supersede the ordinary village note-books. They will help the Deputy
Commissioner to decide questions of suspensions and remissions of revenue, and,
generally speaking, will enable him, the Sub Divisional Magistrate, to see at a
glance what villages appeal to require to have their circumstances carefully
enquired into. Such further enquiries as may be necessary should of course only
be conducted after full examination of the detailed village note-book in each
case.
It is hoped that when the Deputy Commissioner, or any of his assistants,
are in camp, they will take with them the abstract note-books of each assessment
circle in which they are touring and consider the statistics of each village
while marching through it. The tehsil note -book of a village should not be sent
for in the camp until reference to it is found necessary.
The proper place for the Deputy Commissioner to record remarks is the
abstract note-book and note the ordinary note-book. As regards the entry of
remarks, paragraph 407 of the Land Administration Manual should be
consulted.
CHAPTER – 11.
REPORTS AND RETURNS
PART A, WEATHER AND CROP
REPORTS
[Replaces standing order No.36,original
issue dated 11th June,2009; reprint dated 1st july,2029
and portions relating to Season and Crop Report and Report on the Operations of
the Department of Land Records, of
Standing Order No.53; original issue ,dated 29th November,2009;
reprint dated 21st May 2012, and reprint, dated 18th
December,2029].
11.6.-
Deleted.
PART B. OTHER
REPORTS.
11.7.
In accordance with the orders of the Government of India, the
following schemes of the reports mentioned hereafter are prescribed or
substituted for those hitherto in use, as the case may be.
11.8.
Reports, dealt with in this chapter, with their dates of submission
to the various authorities ,are given in the statement below, which is followed
by detailed instructions as to the preparation of all the reports and of each
severally:-
|
Serial No. |
Description of
report |
1. Date of Submission to
commissioner and of office copy to Director of Land Records.
2. Date of submission
of fair copy to Director of
Land Records. |
Date of submission to the Financial
Commissioner, |
Date of submission to
Government. |
|
1.
2. |
Season &
Crop
report
Report on the operations of
the Department of Land
Records |
1. 10th july
2. 25th july
15th October to
Commissioner 1st November to Director of Land records. |
16th October.
5th
February. |
23rd October.
28th
Febebuary |
11.9.
Following rules are applicable to the report enumerated in the above
table:-
(i)
Deputy Commissioners about to leave the district shortly before the date
of submission of the report must write as much of it as can be written before
their departure.
(ii)
The report must follow the prescribed order of subjects, but if in any
year there is nothing to say on any prescribed subject, it is important that
noting should be said. The invention of remarks which are necessary merely to
fill up a report is an objectionable practice, which should be discontinues.
(iii)
The reports is to be written on half margin foolscap, on both sides
of the paper. A separate sheet should be used for each prescribed subject if
there is anything to report. A consolidated statement should be given for the
subjects for which no remarks are made.
(iv)
The report is intended to set out events and results of the year to which
it relates. It is not a means of obtaining orders or the places to discuss plans
for the future. Diffuseness and argument should be avoided; and references
requiring orders should be made separately.
(v)
As a rule the old practice of repeating in annual reports. The
figures of the preceding year has been abandoned. There is no greater waste of
time than the invention of commentaries on small variations in annual figures
which do not require amy explanations at all, If, however ,figures of one year
are, for any reason repeated in the report of the next, this should be done
without alteration, or if necessary alterations must be fully explained.
Although repetition of past figures is to be avoided as much as possible,
officers preparing the report will themselves compare the figures and results of
the year under report with those of the preceding year and will note in the body
of the report such variations only as have real importance and therefore
required explanation, which should be supplied as far as practicable mere
conjectures based on no reasonable grounds should be avoided.
(vi)
In sending up district reports Commissioners will avoid the mere
recapitulation or condensation of the information contained in the report and
will make such remarks as they think necessary, usually in the form of a
marginal comment, or an addition on the sheet or sheets used for a certain
subject.
(vii)
It is the duty of the Commissioners and Deputy Commissioners to see that
no pains are spared in their respective offices to make every report, and
returns annexed there to as accurate as possible. In particular, orders of
Government require that returns and statement shall be checked for accuracy in
Commissioner’s Offices.
I
SEASON AND CROP REPORT.
11.10.
Following instructions should be observed while preparing the season
and crop report:-
(1) The
season and crop report, together with the following statements:-
(i)
Rainfall, - form I.
(ii)
Classification of Area.
(iii)
A, B, and C –Sources of water supply and irrigated area under food and
non- food crops.
(iv)
A, B and C- area under food and non – food crops and details of cropped
area.
(v)
A and B – out-turn per hectare
and total out – turn.
(vi)
Prices at harvest time of the principal crops;
(vii)
Agricultural Wages.
(viii)
Number of livestock, Poultry and Agricultural Machinery and
implements. (to
be prepared only in the year when this census is undertaken) .
should be sent
by Collector to the Commissioner of the Division by 10th July, Office
copies of statistics attached to the report should be forwarded direct to the
office of the Director of Land Records by the same date. Commissioners should
forward the report and returns received by them from Deputy Commissioners with
such marginal notes as they may desire to make, to the Director of Land Records
by the 25th July, The Director of Land Records report shall be issued
by 16th October each year and shall be limited to 16 pages of
letter-press, exclusive of statement.
(2) The season and crop report will review agricultural conditions of the
whole agricultural year which begins at the beginning of the kharif season and ends with the end of
the rabi season next before the
report is prepared. It will include information regarding rainfall, cultivation,
sown areas, irrigation, out-turn per hectare, prices, trade in food grains,
food-stocks, agricultural stock, agricultural deterioration, and the condition
of the agricultural population.
(3)
Following general instructions apply to the returns for both
harvests:-
The best time for the drawing up a description of the character and
results of an agricultural season is the close of that season. All facts
connected with it are then fresh in every ones memory, and half an hour spent
then by each Tehsildar, and by the Collector or any selected officer at the
headquarters of a district in writing out these facts concisely, will give far
more useful results than any later information gathered from an annual report.
The account of the results of each harvest should mention very concisely those
matters which chiefly affect the area of the yield of any important
staple.
The duty of drawing it up should be assigned to a selected officer before
the crop inspection commences, and should fall usually to that officer,
generally the Officer-Incharge of the Revenue Branches, who will be chiefly
engaged in supervision the girdawari
. He should avail himself of any reports furnished by Tehsildar; and while, on
the one hand, both he and the Tehsildars should speak mainly from personal
observations, on the other hand, they should check their own conclusions very
carefully by the opinions of the most reliable agriculturists.
(4)
The Director of Land Records Office will compile form III-B and III-C
from forms IV-A and IV-B , so as to give crop statistics for both harvests . In
doing so percentages of the normal will be worked out and shown for each
district and for the State for the kharif
and rabi, and for the total area
in the year. Percentages on the normal will also be shown for all the crops in
districts in which they are of importance as well as for the state. For these
purposes that figure should be taken as the normal figure which in existing
circumstances might be expected to be attained in the year if the rainfall and
seasons were normal for the tract under consideration, that is, neither very
favorable nor the reverse. The Directors’ office will similarly prepare form V-B
which shall be printed in the State Report from materials supplied, by districts
and Agriculture Department in returns V-A and IV-A and IV-B.
(5)
Detailed memorandum of the contents of the season and crop report:-
(i) Character of the seasons.-Review briefly the seasons, the amount
and distribution of the rainfall of each seasons, and their influence on
agricultural operations and on the harvests. Mention any calamities of
importance, such as famine, scarcity, drought, floods, epidemics and any other
events materially affecting agricultural interests adversely.
(ii) Damage to crops by other
calamities.- Review briefly the diseases and other natural calamities
that damage the crops.
(iii)
Classification of area:-Review briefly the reasons for variations in
the figures of net area shown, forests, culturable waste, Current fallow, not
available for cultivation and the area shown more than once.
(iv)
Irrigated area of the year.- Note
and account for any marked fluctuations in the area of crops grown with the aid
of irrigation.
(v) Crop Acreage.- Review briefly the
reasons for increase or decrease in the figures of area sown, matured, irrigated
and unirrgated (both) under principle crops.
(vi)
Yield per hectare (in
Kilograms.- Review briefly the reasons for increase or decrease in the
yields per hectare as compared with the normal (quinquennial)yield.
(vii) Total Out-turn of crops.- Review
briefly the reasons for increase or decrees in the figures of normal
quinquennial average and total productions of principal crops.
(viii) Prices, trade and stocks.- comment
briefly on the figures in statement VI which shows the harvest prices of
principal crops on the average shown in the assessment circle note-books of the
district, the corresponding prices of the previous year, and normal prices.
Harvest prices are those at which the produce of the harvest was actually
disposed of by the cultivators. Comment on the course of trade in the products
of the principal crops and on the food-stocks held in the districts.
(ix)
Agricultural Wages.- Review briefly the increase or
decrease in daily wages or agricultural labour and the availability or otherwise
of agricultural labour.
(x)
Agricultural
stocks.- Give only a brief account of the general condition of cattle,
of the state of fodder supply, of any unusual mortality and of the prevalence of
any disease of importance. Results of the quinquennial census of agricultural
stock when taken should be compared with those of the previous census in the
Cattle Census Report, which is issued separately.
(xi)
Agricultural
Deterioration.- Separate notice should be taken of any tracts in which
there seems reasons to fear that the standard of agricultural prosperity is
being lowered, with causes of deterioration and measures taken or recommended to
remedy it.
(xii)
Condition of the
Agricultural Population.- Give any available information regarding wages
and the state of the labour market ,so for as it affects agricultural
laboures.
FORM
NO.1
Rainfall (in Millimeters) in District for the year
|
Hot Weather |
Moonsoon |
|
(1st March to
31st may) |
(1st June to
30th September) |
|
March |
April |
May |
Total for the season
|
June |
July |
August |
September |
Total for the season |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Total
Rainfall |
Corresponding
Normal |
Number
of rainy days |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current
|
Normal |
Total
Rainfall |
Corresponding
Normal |
Number
of rainy days |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM
NO.1 (continued)
Rainfall (in Millimetres ) in ………….District for the year………….
|
POST –MONSOON |
WINTER |
|
(1 October to
31st December) |
(1st January to
28th February) |
|
October |
November |
December
|
Total for the season
|
January |
February |
Total for the
the season
|
Total for the year |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Total
Rainfall |
Corresponding
Normal |
Number
of rainy days |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Total
Rainfall |
Corresponding
Normal |
Number
of rainy days |
Total
Rainfall |
Corresponding
Normal |
Number
of rainy days |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO.11
|
District/
Tehsil |
Total
Geographical Area |
Classification |
Net area sown
|
Area sown more than
once |
Total
croped area |
|
By
pofessional survey |
By
village papers |
Forest |
Baran
& unculturable land |
Land
put to non- agricultural Usese |
Culturable
waste |
Permnent
pastures and other growing lands |
Land
under misc. , tree, crops and groves not included in area
shown |
Current
fallows |
Other
fallows land |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classification of area in the ___________District for the
year…….
FORM NO. III-A
Source of water supply and area irrigated
therefrom in ______Distt.for the year:
|
CANALS |
WELLS |
With Ayacut 100
hectares or more |
TANKS |
|
Government
|
Private
|
Tube-
wells
|
Number
of other wells used for
irrigation
purposes only |
RESERVOIRS |
With
Ayacut less than 100 hectares |
Total |
No.
of Oil Engines |
|
Name
of District |
Number |
Milage |
Number |
Milage |
Government |
Private |
Total |
Government |
Private |
Total |
Number
of wells used for domestrict purposes only |
Number of wells not
in use |
|
Masonry |
Non Masionary |
Masonry |
Non Masonry |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET AREA IRRIGATED BY (IN
HUNDRED HECTARES) |
Percentage of net
area irrigated to net area sown |
Area irrigated more
than once in the same year (in hundred hectares |
Total gross area of
crops irrigated (in hundred hectares) |
Percentage of toal
gross irrigated area to total sown area |
No. of wells having
independent ayacuts |
No. of wells
supplementing recognized sources of irrigation |
Percentage of area
irrigated by wells having independent ayacuts to the total area
irrigated |
|
Government,
canals |
Private Canals |
Tanks |
Wells |
Other sources |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO.III-B
Irrigated area under Food crops in …………………..District for the
year…………………….
|
District |
Rice |
Wheat |
Jowar |
Bajra |
Barley |
Maize |
Ragi |
Kangni |
Kodo
or Varagu |
Little
Millets |
Common
Millets |
Other
Cereals |
Gram |
Green
Gram or Mung |
Red
Gram or Arhar |
Black
Gram or Mash |
Horse
Gram or Kulthi |
Other
Pulses |
Massar |
Sugarcane |
Potato |
Chillies |
Ginger |
Pepper |
Turmeric |
Cardamons |
Other
Food Crops |
Total
Food Crops |
|
Autumn |
Winter |
Summer |
Total |
Rabi |
Kharif |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO.III-C
Irrigated area under non-food crops in the
……………district for the year……………
|
District |
Cotton |
Jute |
Sann-Hemp |
Groundnut |
Coconut |
Sesamum |
Sarshaf
Taramira and toria |
Mustard |
Linseed |
Castor
Seed |
Indigo |
Rubber |
Tabacco |
Coffee |
Tea |
India
Hemp |
Opium |
Cinchona |
Fodder
Crops |
Other
Non- Food Crops |
Total
Non-Food Crops |
Total
food and Non-Food Crops |
|
Desi |
American |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM No.
IV-A
Area under Food
crops in the……………district for the year
|
District |
Rice |
Wheat |
Jowar
or Cholum |
Bajra
or Cumbu |
Barley |
Maize |
Ragi
or Marua |
Italian
Millets |
Kodo
or Varagu |
Little
Millet or Kutki |
Common
Millet |
|
Autumn
(Aus) |
Winter
(Aman) |
Summer
(boro) |
Rabi
|
Kharif |
Total |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
Irrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unirrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
District |
Cereals |
PULSES |
|
Other cereals |
Total cereals |
Gram |
Green Gram or Mung |
Red Gram or Tur
Arhar |
Black Gram or Urd
Mash |
Horse Gram |
Massar |
|
Kharif |
Rabi |
Total |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
Irrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unirrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form No. IV
(Contd)
OTHER
PLUSES |
Total |
Total Pulses |
Total Food grains(Cereals
and Pulses) |
SUGAR CROPOS |
|
KHARIF |
RABI |
Sugar cane |
Other sugar crops |
Total sugar crops |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
Mooth |
Others |
Moth |
Others |
Peas |
Others |
Peas |
Others |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fruits and vegetables
FRUITS AND VEGITABLES
Fruits
|
FRESH FRUITS |
|
|
Apples |
Grapes |
Bananas |
Citrus Fruits |
Mangoes |
Peaches and Peas |
Other fresh fruits |
Total fresh fruits |
Cashew nuts |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO.IV
B
Area under Non Food Crops in the
__________district for the year___________
|
FIBRES |
OIL SEEDS |
|
Cotton |
Hemp |
Other fibres |
Total fibres |
EDIBLE |
|
Desi |
American |
Total |
Jute |
Groundnut |
Coconut |
Sesamum |
Rape |
Mustard |
Other including
sunflower |
Seeds, Sunflower
etc. |
|
Toria |
Taramira |
Sarsshafe |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
|
Normal
|
|
Unirrigated irrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OLD
SEEDS Concld |
|
Dyes
and tanning |
Materials |
Drugs
and Narcotics |
|
EDIBLE
CONCLD |
NON-EDIBLE |
Indigo |
Other
Dyes and tanning Materials |
Total
dyes and Tanning Materials |
Rubber |
Tobacco |
Coffee |
Tea |
|
Total
Edible
oilseeds |
Linseed |
Castor |
Otherincluding
dill or showa mastwood neerali and niger seed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form No. IV-B (Contd.)
FORM NO.IV- B (contd)
|
DRUGS AND NARCOTICS
–(Concld) |
Fodder Crops |
Other Miscellaneous
Non- Food Crops |
Total Non- Food
Crops |
Total Food and Non- Food
Crops |
|
Indian Hemp |
Opium |
Cinchona |
Other Drugs and
Narcotics |
Total Drugs and
Narcotics |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO IV- C
Details of cropped area in ___________________district for the
year___________
(In hundred hectares)
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
GROSS CROPPED AREA
|
Kharif |
Rabi |
Total |
Grand Total |
Area cropped more
than once |
Net cropped
area |
Cropped area of forecast
crops |
Total cropped area |
Area under mixed
showing |
Crop Mixute |
|
Wheat- barley (Crop
mixture) |
|
Food crops |
Non food crops |
Food crops |
Non food crops |
Food Crops |
Non Food Crops |
Matured |
Failed |
Matured |
Failed |
Gross area
(unadjusted |
Net area under |
Gross area
(unadjusted) |
Net area under |
Total unadjusted area
under mixture |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* One separate column may be
given for each crop mixture.
FORM NO. V -A
Standard yield per hectare and the yield hectare in Kilograms of
Principal crops in ________district for the year ________________
FOOD CROPS
|
|
RICE |
WHEAT |
JAWAR |
OR CHOLUM |
|
Autumn (aus) |
Winter (aman) |
Summer Bora |
|
Rabi |
Kharif |
Bajra or
Cmbu |
|
|
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition factor
|
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Conditionfactor |
Current |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
|
Unirrigated Irrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM V-A (contd)
Standard yield per hectare and
the yield per hactare in Kilograms of Principal Crops in
________________district___for
the year______________________
Food Crops(contd)
|
Barley |
Maize |
Regi or Marut |
Italian Millet |
Rodo or Varagu |
Common Millets |
|
Green Gram or Mong |
Red Gram or
Tur(Arhar) |
|
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORMV A(Contd)
|
Black Gram or Urd
Mash |
Horse Gram |
Masur |
Sugarcane |
Potatoes |
American |
|
Jute |
|
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form No V- A
(contd)
|
Hemp |
Groundnut |
Coconut |
Sesamum |
Rape |
Mustard |
|
Castor |
|
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO.V -A (contd)
|
District |
Indigo |
Rubber |
Tobacoo |
Coffee |
Tea |
Indian Hemp |
|
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
|
Irrigated Unirrigated Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO. V- A (contd)
|
District |
Opium |
Cinchona |
Cardamoms |
Chillies |
Ginger |
Pepper |
Turmeric |
|
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
Standard |
Condition
Factor |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO. V- B
Total out turn of Principal crops
in hundred metric tons in_________________
district for the year__________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FOOD CROPS
|
District |
RICE |
Wheat |
JOWAR OR CHOLUM |
Barley |
Maize |
Ragi or Marua |
Italia Millets |
Kodo or Varagu |
Little Millet or
Kuthi |
Common Millet |
Gram |
|
Autumn(Aus) |
Winter (Aman) |
Summer (boro) |
Total |
Rabi |
Kharif |
Total |
Bajra or
Cumbu |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
Irrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unirrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO. V- B (contd)
|
FOOD
CROPS (Continued) |
|
|
Green
Gram or Mung |
Red
Gram Tur or Arhar |
Black
Gram Urd or Mash |
Horse
Gram |
Masur |
Total
Food Gram |
Sugarcane |
Potatoes |
COTTON |
Jute |
Hemp |
Groundnut |
Coconut
|
Sesamum
|
Rape |
Mustard |
|
American |
Desi |
Total |
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO. V- B (conld)
Total outturn of principal crops
in hundred metric tons in_________District for the year________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
NON- FOOD CROPS –Concld.
|
District |
Linseed |
Castor
|
Indigo |
Tobacco |
Coffee |
Tea
|
Indian
Hemp |
Opium |
Cinchona |
Rubber |
Betelnuts |
Cardamoms |
Chillies |
Ginger
|
Pepper |
Turmeric |
|
|
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
Current |
Normal |
|
|
Unirrigated
Irrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO. VI
Statement showing the farm prices
of principal crops at certain Centre of _______________ District for the
year_______________
|
District or
Centre
|
Rice |
Wheat |
Jowar |
Bajra |
Barley |
Gram |
Maize |
Cotton |
Sugar (Raw) |
|
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
|
Unirrigated
Irrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO. VI (Concld)
|
Ground- nut |
Castor seed |
Linseed |
Rape |
Mustard |
Toria |
Sesamum |
Tobacco |
Ginger |
Pepper |
|
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
Current year |
Last year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO-VII
Agricultrual wages in the
______________district for the year_______________
|
District |
JULY |
AUGUST |
SEPTEMBER
|
OCTOBER
|
NOVEMER
|
DECEMBER
|
|
Normal
no. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
|
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
|
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO.VII (concld)
|
JANUARY |
FEBRUARY |
MARCH |
APRIL |
MAY |
JUNE |
|
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
Normal
No. of Working Hours |
|
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
Skilled
Labour |
Field
Labour |
Other
agricultural Labour |
Herdsmen |
|
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
Carpenters |
Blacksmiths |
Cobblerrs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM VIII
Number of livestock, poultry and
Agricultural Machinery and implements in the----
District according to last Census in __________________________
LIVESTOCK
|
|
CATTLE |
BUFFALOES |
|
|
|
|
Males over 3 years |
Females over 3 years |
|
Males over 3
years |
Females over 3 years |
Young stock |
Total
buffaloes |
Total Bovine |
Total sheep |
|
District |
Breeding
Buills,i.e.entire bulls over 3 years kept or used for breeding purposes
only. |
Other males over 3
years |
Breeding
cows,i.e.cows,over 3years kept for breeding or milk production |
Other cows over 3
years |
Young Stock |
Total Cattle |
Breeding
bulls,e.g.,entire males over 3 years kept or used for breeding purpose
only. |
Other males over 3
years |
Breeding cows i.e.
cows over 3 years kept for breeding or milk production |
Other cows over 3
year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO.VIII (conld)
|
|
POULTRY |
AGRICULTRUAL MACHINERY AND
IMPLEMENTS |
|
Total goats |
Horses and Ponies |
Fowls (Hens, Cocks
and Chickens) |
Ducks(Ducks drakes
and drakings) |
Others |
Total poultry |
Ploughs |
Carts |
Sugarcane
crushers |
Tractors |
Oil Engines |
Electric Pumps |
Ghanis |
|
|
Males over 3
years |
Females over 3
years |
Young stock |
Total horses and
ponies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II.REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF THE
DEPARTMENT OF LAND RECORDS
PUNJAB.
11.11. Following instructions should be
observed in the preparation of the report on the Operations of the Department of
Land Records.
This report is prescribed by the orders in the resolution of the
government of India , Revenue Department No.VIII 3/39.1, dated the 20 th March,
1897, as modified by the letter from the Government of India (Revenue and
Agricultural Department) No.6-231 –I , dated 8th March, 2006. The
following subjects are dealt with in the report:-
Land record Establishments.
Utilisation
of Land records.
The following memorandum shows subjects which Deputy Commissioners should
discuss in their annual reports.Their reports, dealing with the year ending
30th September, should be submitted to their Commissioner by 15 th
October, and forwarded by the
latter to the Director of Land Records by Ist November, each year. Office
copies of the reports and returns should be forwarded to the Director of Land
Records at the same time when the fair copies are sent to Commissioners. The
Departmental report shall be limited to 16 pages octavo of print, exclusive of
statements. Forms of the statistics attached to the report are appended of these
Deputy Commissioners will forward statements III to VIII as usual to the
Director of Land Records to supply him with data to prepare statements I and II,
which alone will be printed with the annual report
DETAILED
MEMORANDUM AS TO THE SUBJECTS
TO BE DEALT WITH IN THE REPORT
ON
LAND RECORDS.
Detail of subjects, with notes as to
treatment.
(1)
Patwari candidates----Measures taken to
train the candidates, patwari schools; number of passed candidates.
Action taken to the enlist patwari candidates possessing higher
educational qualifications.
(2)
Patwaris:- Note on the
conduct and efficiency of patwaris; punishment and rewards of patwaris; punctuality in
submission of their returns; extent to which they have obtained promotion to
posts of Field Kanungo, Judicial Muharrir, Wasil Baki Navis, Siah Navis,etc.
Explain the
circumstances which led to the appointment of any non-qualified candidates
during the year (vide side-head 10 of Form
No. VI at page 33).
Rewards
granted to patwaris for reporting
cattle diseases and contagious diseases among human beings or for work done by them in
connection with consolidation of holdings or co-operative societies and for
conspicuous good work in connection with their ordinary duties.
Inspection of Patwaris` work by Tahildars and Naib-Tehsildars under
paragraph 8.11.
Reasons for increasse or decrease in the annual expenditure during the
preceding year.
Note on the
conditions of the patwarkhanas and what measures have been taken to enforce
residence if patwaris within their circles.
The extent to
which the responsibility of the patwaris for the maintenance in good repairs of
the patwarkhanas on the list is enforced.
(3) Kanungos- Mention the measures taken to
train candidates in actual survey work. Any departure from the observance of the
rule, laying down that three out of every four posts vacancies should be given
to persons who are patwaris, should be explained. If there are any Kanungos or
officiating kanungos who have not yet passed the Departmental Kanungo
Examination reasons should be given. Note to what extent kanungos have obtained
promotion to higher appointments. Note on the efficiency of kanungos and the qualities and amount of the inspection
work done by the District Kanungo.
(4)
Records of Rights:- Notice the
character of the records and any special measures other than regular settlement
operations in progress for their revision.
Damage done
to revenue records by book-battle and white-ants and measures taken to prevent
further damage to records.
Accommodation provided for the records and
measures taken to extend
or improve the existing buildings.
(5)
Mutation work.- Review shortly the mutation work done;
mention if special officers have
been appointed to assist in mutation work, and review the work done by the
special staff and the ordinary district staff. Note how for the mutation work
was scrutinized on the spot and at tehsil inspections by officers above the
grade of Tehsildar.
Speedy
disposal of mutations of consolidation of holdings. The average length of time elapsing between
applications for sanction of mutations
and the passing of orders in such cases should be noted.
(6)
Annual Records.- Review the work
done to bring the records up to date: quincquennial attestation work done on the
spot by field kanungos and revenue officers, with special reference to partition
case work; special diluvion records, etc.
Checking of girdawari by Sub-Divisional Magistrate - Number of
jamabandis checked by the Collector and Sub-Divisional Magistrate should be
stated separately.
Note any
general orders issued with regard to the preparation and maintenance of the
records.
(7) Village and circle Note-books and Abstract
Village Note-books (Pargana Note-books).—State whether these note-books
have been written up-to date. Note whether any observations have been
recorded in the abstract village
note-books during the year by the Deputy Commissioner or his Assistants.
Remarks
recorded in the village and circle note-books by Tehsil revenue officers.
(8)
Survey.- Note separately for each
kind of survey marks, trijunction platforms, square survey marks (specially
those at the end of the base lines),
traverse points permanently preserved and trigono metrical survey
pillars, the conditions of the mark and report what action is being taken to
repair them. Are the instructions
in paragraphs 9.2, 4.6 and 4.7 observed?
Tatimma
shajras checked and survey marks inspected by Tehsildars and
Naib-Tehsildars.
Special
mention about riverain base line marks should also be made and the Deputy
Commissioners should specifically supply the information in the following
form:-
(1)
Name of village.
(2)
Number of base line stone as given in the index map supplied by the
Survey Department.
(3)
Field number in which base line stone has been laid down.
(4)
Remarks on the conditions of base line stone
(9)
Other matters.- Note on the
condition of rain gauges and the rainfall registers. Have they been inspected by
the Deputy Commissioner and his assistants during the year, and, if so, were any
defects detected? (This information
will not be mentioned in the State report). It is intended for the annual report
separately submitted to the Director-General of Observatories, Poona, by the
15th of May, under paragraph 12.20 on Rain-gauges, etc.
A statement in the following from should also be prepared and sent along
with the statements prescribed in this Chapter:-
|
District |
|
Date a inspection
of the Tehsil Kanungos
office by
the Deputy
Commissioner
|
Date of inspection by the Sub
Divisional Magistrate or any
other Extra Assistant
Com-missioner deputed by the Deputy
Commissioner for the purpose
|
Number of
mutations checked at each inspection. |
Remarks |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
Note- Whether the office of the
District Kanungo was inspected twice a year by the Deputy Commissioner or
Officer Incharge Revenue Branches, if so, give dates.
CHAPTER 12
RAIN-GAUGES, RAINFALL AND SNOW
FALL
Replaces Standing Order No.37, Original issue, dated 11thJune, 2009,
revised issue, dated 9th April 2015, first reprint, dated
5th August, 2030, Second reprint, dated 20th August,
2030.
REFERENCE MAY BE MADE TO THE PARAGRAPH 816,
LAND ADMINISTRATION MANUAL.
12.1 The rainfall organization - The
registration of the rainfall of the Punjab is under the control of the Director
of Land Records The duties of
controlling officer, as specified in the Meteorological Department circular
or rainfall, are :-
(a)
The suitable distribution of rain gauge stations so that the rainfall of the province is
properly represented.
(b) The choice of suitable sites for the gauges.
(c) The issue
of rain-gauges and measuring glasses by
countersigning indents on the National
Instruments Institute, which will not, as a rule, supply
a rain-gauge unless the indent is countersigned by the
controlling
officer.
(d) The
collection of data.
(e)
The preparation of rainfall statement for
publication in the official Gazette.
In cases of
doubt as to the desirability of starting new gauges and changing the sites of
old ones, the Director-General of Observatories should be
consulted.
In the later case a site plan showing the
distance and bearing of the new site with respect to the old one should be
sent.
12.2
Under Whose charge placed - Rain-gauges at the headquarters of a
district should be placed in charge
of the Assistant to the District Kanungo, or other clerk, as may be convenient
in each case. Those at tehsils should be in charge of the Tehsil Office Kanungo.
12.3 Pattern of Rain gauge - Except at
canal stations, in respect of which the irrigation Department issues its own
instructions, the rain-gauges in use are of non-recording Fiberglass.
REINFORCED POLYSTER (FRP)
PATTERN:
GUN METTAL RIM
This pattern
of gague is shown in Figre I, and is called “ Rain-gauge”. 200 mm rao; fall Is:
5225.
The gauge is
build of three parts, (a) the Collector (b) the base and (c) the bottle. These
are shown in figure 2
12.4 Locality of rain gauge - It has been
found that a rain-gauge exposed on a perfectly open space registers less than
the true amount of rain. This arises because the wind forms an eddy over the
mouth of the gauge and carries away small drops that would otherwise have
entered the gauge. Accordingly a certain amount of protection from the wind is
advantageous: at the same time no obstacle should be so near to the gauge as
actually to shield it from rain which may be falling at a considerable angle.
The following rule has been found to be most satisfactory in
practice:-
"The distance
between the gauge and nearest object should be at least twice the height of that object."
If this rule is followed the presence of trees and bushes in the
neighborhood of a gauge is rather to be encouraged than otherwise: but (as trees
may be allowed to grow without being effectively lopped) no tree should be
planted within thirty yards of the gauge.
The gauge should never be situated on the side or top of a hill if a
suitable site on level ground can be found. In the hills, where it is difficult
to find a level space, the site for the gauge should be chosen where it is best
shielded from high winds, and where the wind does not cause
eddies.
*Only under very exceptional circumstances should a gauge be exposed on a
roof.
If it is impossible to choose a site in conformity with the above
stipulations a detailed report should be made to the controlling officer, and
his sanction obtained to erecting the gauge in the abnormal site proposed.
12.5
Erection of the gauge - A masonry or
concrete foundation for the gaugse should be provided, the best from being a
cube of 600 mm sides sunk into the ground so that its top is just 50 mm; above
the general level of the ground. Into this foundation the base of the gauge( A
figure 2) is firmly cemented, so that the top of the complete gauge is exactly
300 mm. above the ground level ( see figure 3). Great care must be taken when
setting the gauge to ensure that the mouth is perfectly level. The horizontality
should be checked with a Spirit level laid across the rim.
__________________________________________________________________________
* It is not
intended that all the gauges now on roofs should be at once removed to ground
sites. Opportunities should, however, be taken as they arise for effecting a
change for example, when an office is removed from one building to another, or
when a site on a roof becomes unsuitable.
12.6 Protection of gauge - It is often
desirable to protect the gauge from being damaged by cattle, and for this
purpose a fence may be erected around it. This can be made of any suitable
material, but it must be of such a size that the top of the fence is not higher
above the mouth of the gauge than half its distance from the gauge (see
paragraph 12.4 above)
It is also desirable to keep the rain-gauge locked and to have it painted
periodically to prevent its surface from corroding. The National Instruments
Limited can supply rain-gauges with locking arrangements.
12.7 Measurement of the rainfall - To
measure the rainfall the water in the receiver is poured into the glass
measuring cylinder which is to be placed on a level surface. The eye is then
brought into horizontal line with the bottom of the meniscus, the curved surface
of the water, and its reading taken. Each of the graduations on this cylinder
represents 0.2 mm. rainfall and the observer must count here is figure 4 Rain
measure for 200 cm Diagram the number of the divisions covered by the water. In
order to facilitate this, numbers are engraved on the glass at 1,2,3,4, etc. ;
divisions. If the water comes up to the third division above the line marked 2
the rain fall is 2.6mm. In writing up the amount recorded the observer has
simply to put the number of milimeters in front of a decimal point, and double
the number of division after it. Thus if he has measured one mm, and three
divisions, he writes 1.6mm. The observer will make no mistake if he always
writes one figure after the decimal point.
If there is more water in the receiver than the measureglass will hold,
the glass should be filled nearly up to the top graduation mark and the reading
taken. This water should then be thrown away and the aboe process repeated till
all the water collected has been measured. The total rainfall is the sum of all
these measurements. Thus if the measure-glass holds 20mm. i.e., and the amounts
measured are 20.0,18.0 and 17.0mm. the total rainfall is 20.0+18.0+17.0 mm. or
54.0mm.
The rainwater in the gauge should be measured every day at 8.30 A.M. and
the raingauge should be examined every day at that hour even when in the
observer's opinion no rain has fallen. During heavy rains it must be measured
three or four times in the day, lest the receiver fills and overflows; but the
last measurement should be taken at 8.30 A.M. and the sum total of all the
measurements during the previous 24 hours entered as the rainfall of the
day.
If it is raining at the time of observation, it is necessary, to complete
alloperations as quickly as possible to avoid considerable error.
The receiving bottle, as a rule, does not hold more than 200 mm. of
rain.
Snow and frozen rain water
-When the receiver contains or frozen rain water, the amounts or precipitation
can only be measured by converting the contents into water. To do this a
definite amount of very warm water should be accurately measured into the
measuring glass, and then added to the contents of the receiver, through the
funnel (which may contain a certain amount of frozen water). The quantity of
water added should be sufficient, or a little more than sufficient, to melt all
the ice. The exact measurement of the ice in the receiver is thus obtained by
subtracting the amount of warm water added from the total amount measured i.e.,
the total contents of the receiver, after all the ice has has been melted by the
addition of a known quantity of warm water.
12.8 Breakage of the measure-glass - It
is desirable that every raingauge station should be supplied by the local
authority with an extra measureglass. When the measure-glass in regular use is broken the spare
measure-glass should be at once brought into use, and another measure glass
should be at the same time indented
for in the manner prescribed in paragraph 12.9 below.
If it should heappen that the measure glass at any station, not provided
with a spare one, should be broken, the following arrangement should be made for
the measurement of the rainfall
during the interval between the breakage of the measuring glass and the arrival
of a new measure-glass an
ordinary cc measure-glass should be
temporarily used to measure the rainfall(the measurement being recorded in the
monthly return in fluid cc.) until the broken measure-glass is replaced. In such
a case care must be taken to strike out the printed word "milimetres"and to
substitute "cc."which must be clearly and boldly written. In the event of the
measure-glass being broken and a cc measure-glass not being procurable, the
rainfall collected on each day must be stored up in a separate bottle and kept
corked. Each bottle containing the rainfall for each particular day should be
labelled, and on receipt of a new measure-glass the rainfall can be measured and
entered as usual.
200 cc. of water is equal to 10 mm. of rain.
12.9 Supply of rain gauges and
measure-glasses - All rain gauges and measure-glasses, etc., required at
rain-gauge stations in India are supplied by the National Instruments Limited,
Calcutta, the responsibility for their accuracy rests, however, with the
Meterological Department, who test them before they are issued. Price list of
rain-gauges, etc., rules and regulations and indent forms are obtainable from
the National Instruments Office.
Whenever a rain-gauge or measure-glass is required at any station, an
indent from (page 11) should be obtained
from the controlling officer, and after being filled in should be
returned to him for countersignature. The indent will be forwarded by the
controlling officer to the National Instruments Limited, who will on its receipt
send the rain-gauge or measure-glass, etc., direct to the station requiring it,
and will recover the cost from the local authority singing the indent unless
otherwise directed. The form of indent and the instructions for its
preparation are printed as Appendix B.
12.10 Miscelleneous expenditure connected with
rain-guage - All expenditure in
connection with the erection, repairs and removal of raingauges under the
control of Deputy Commissioners should be debited to the head (“0029- Land
Revenue-800 other receipts”) Charges-Contigencies-Miscellaneous".
12.11 Inspection of rain-guages - It is of great importance that
rain-guages should be inspected as the observers often allow large changes to
take place in the exposure of a guage without being aware that action is
necessary.
The object of the inspecting officer should be to determine –
(a)
Whether the instrument is suitably placed and is in good order :
(b)
Whether the observer can make the rainfall measurements correctly and
enter them properly in the rainfall records;
(c)
Whether the rainfall records are properly and neatly kept up and are in
good order;
(d)
Whether the observer makes his measurements at 8.30A.M.; and
(e)
Whether any part of the rain-guage requires repair or replacement.
In order to
determine whether the instrument is suitably placed and in thoroughly good order
he should ascertain-
(1)
Whether there are any trees growing up or houses being built which are likely to affect the exposure;
(2)
whether the gauge is firmly fixed, so that it is not likely to be blown
over;
(3)
whether the rim, when pressed home, is level. As all gauges are made
level when first erected it will not be necessary for the Inspector to use
spirit level. He will only need to see that no obvious displacement of the gauge
has taken place.
(4)
Whether the rim or mouth of the funnel is circular. All gauges are
accurately measured before being issued, and unless the rim is obviously damaged
or out of shape, it is not necessary to measure the diameters.
In order to
ascertain whether the observer can measure the rainfall accurately and make
entries correctly, the glass receiver should be partially filled two or three
times with different quantities if water, and the observer required to measure
them and write down the entries. If he can do this correctly, nothing further is
necessity; if not, the inspecting officer should teach him fully.
The Inspector should also see that the rainfall book, prescribed in
paragraph 12.14, is in good condition and the entries in it carefully and neatly
made. He should also verify that the rainfall observer knows how to make entries
in the various rainfall returns.
12.12 New rain-gauges - Applications by
District Officers for sanction to establish a new rain-gauge or transfer or
abolish an existing one, should be submitted to the Director of Land Records.
They should be accompanied by a map of the district showing the rain-gauge
stations and should give detailed reasons for the proposals made. Before
sanctioning a new gauge, the Director of Land Records should obtain the assent
of the Director-General of Observations thereto, and in all cases he should send
to the Director of Agriculture a copy of the orders passed. It may be added that
as the State already possesses an adequate number of rain-gauge stations for
meterological purposes, sanction for the erection of new gauges will be very
sparingly accorded.
12.13 Observatories under the direct
control of the Government of India
- Appended is a list of meterological observatories which are under the
direct control of the Meterological
Department of the Government of India. If any rain-gauge or measure-glass
at one of these observatories is found to be defective by an inspecting officer,
he should not order it to be replaced, but should report the matter to the
Meterological Department of the Government of India.
Observatories
List.
- Adampur (Air force)
- Amritsar
- Bathinda
- Ferozepur
- Jalandhar
- Pathankot
(Air Force)
- Patiala
- Ludhiana
- Halwara
(Air Force).
12.14 Register of rainfall:- At each rainfall
station there should be kept, in the form given below, a strongly bound book,
for the due care of which the rainfall observer should be held responsible :-
Meterological Register kept in the
office of the _________________of ______________________for the month of
___________________20
.
|
Date |
Day of Week |
RAINFALL 24 HOUR
PRECEDING 8.30 A.M. |
Remarks |
|
|
|
Milimeters |
|
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
Note .- Falls so slight as not to admit of measurement should be denoted
in the register by the letter R.
The record of the rainfall at that station from the commencement of
observations or in continuation of it should be kept in this "Rainfall Book",
and the entries in it should be made as neatly as possible, and every care
should be taken for its preservation.
12.15 .Headquaters Register of Rainfall:-
At the headquarters of a district the Sadar Kanungo will keep a
register in the form given below, in which he will enter daily(a) all rainfall
observed by himself at the rain-gauge in his charge, if any, and (b) all
rainfall recorded at outstations. The rainfall recorded at outstations will be
reported, on each day on which rainfalls, to him by postcard. It is unnecessary
for the Sadar Kanungo to keep up the register prescribed in para 12.14.
DISTRICT
REGISTER OF RAINFALL FOR THE MONTH OF
____
(N.B.- Enter rainfall in millimeter, using English
numerals.)
RAIN-GAUGE STATIONS IN THE
DISTRICT
|
Date |
------- |
Remarks |
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.16 Monthly return - A monthly statement of a rainfall
should be prepared by the Deputy Commissioner in duplicate in the form printed
as Appendix C and despatched not later than the 5th of the following
month – one copy to the Commissioner and one copy to the Director of Land
Records. No copy of the return should be kept in the Deputy Commissioner's
office. The Sadar Kanungo's register prescribed in paragraph 12.15 will supply
all the information that may at any time be required. The remarks recorded by
the Deputy Commissioner in the monthly statement should be copied in the
register.
If more than one rain-gauge is kept at any station, the nentries in ther
egister should show only the data of one gauge.
The following matters should be noticed under the different heads in the
column of remarks :-
(1)
The extent and effect of
rainfall, if any, during
the month,
and the proportion of sowings made, i.e., whether ½, ¾ or 5/6, etc., of the
expected sowings.
(2)
The state of the standing crops all over the
district.
(3)
The probable outturn-average, good or bad; and, in months when crops are
being harvested, the estimated outturn of each important crop in detail for leading
classes of soil.
(4)
The condition of the healthy stock with reference to the amount and
description of fodder and grazing available. Cattle disease, only so far as it
affects agricultural operations.
(5)
Any disease in towns or villages, if it affects agriculture
operations.
(6)
The supply in canals, the sufficiency or deficiency of floods from rivers
or torrents, and whether the normal area under each class has been
irrigated.
12.17
Reports from canal rain-gauges - Reports of rainfall are received from
canal rain gauge stations direct by the Director of Land Records, for inclusion
in the Punjab Gazette. The Director of Land Records is, with the concurrence of
the Chief Engineer, Irrigation Branch, empowered to add to the number of such
stations.
12.18 Deputy Commissioners will
arrange to have each rain-gauge inspected twice a year by an officer of rank not
below that of Extra Assistant Commissioner. The points to which attention should
be directed are indicated below. If any serious defect is found, it should be
reported to the Director of Land Records. Defects should be remedied at once
under the Deputy Commissioner's orders. The practice of reporting the results of
inspection by postcard to the Metrological Department to the Government of
India, and to the Director of Land Records will be discontinued.
POINTS
REQUIRING ATTENTION
(1)
Is exposure of raingauge good? Distance between gauge and neighboring
object should be at least twice the height of that object.
(2)
Are any trees growing up or houses being built which are likely to affect
the exposure?
(3)
Is rain gauge firmly fixed in ground ? How is it fixed?
(4)
Is mouth of funnel 300 mm. above ordinary level of ground?
(5)
Is mouth of funnel approximately level?
(6)
Is rim of funnel circular, or does it appears to be indented or
distorted?
(7)
Are measuring glass and receiver clean?
(8)
Test observer to see if he can measure correctly.
(9)
Has rainfall been accurately measured at the fixed hour, i.e. 8.30 A.M.,
since last inspection ?
(10)Are
rainfall records properly and neatly kept up?
12.20 Report on the working of rain gauges -
The Deputy Commissioners and the Superintending Engineers in charge of
Irrigation Circles will submit to the Director of Land Records on the
20th April, for the preceding financial year, a very brief report on
the working of the rain registration system. The reports on gauges in the charge
of canal Officers will be sent by Executive Engineer to the Superintending
Engineer by the 10th April, who will submit a consolidated report for
his circle to the Director of Land Records by the 20th April. The
Director will then compile and submit the State report to the Deputy
Director-General of Observatories, Poona, by the 15th May.
12.20 Supply of printed forms - Printed
forms of the monthly rainfall Return and of the district register can be
obtained, on indent from the Controller, Printing & Stationery, Punjab,
Chandigarh.
12.21
Deleted.
12.22
Deleted.
12.23
Deleted.
12.24
Deleted.
APPENDIX A.
Deleted.
APPENDIX
B
On
Indenting for Raingages
(a) The National Instrument Limited, Calcutta supplies not only complete
rain-gauges, but also the component parts. It often happens that only a part of
a gauge is damaged and in such case a new part, not a new gauge, should be
ordered. There are two main parts to a gauge besides the rain receiving bottle
and these are shown in figure 1. The correct names of these parts are -
(i)
Top part (Collector).
(ii)
Receiver.
(iii)
Bottom part (Base).
In ordering
it is only necessary to specify the part required by these names, and then
unless it is definitely stated that the part is required for an exceptional
gauge, it will be supplied to fit a standard five inch gauge.
(b) In forwarding indents to the National Instrument Limited it is
important that the instructions for filling up the indent should be strictly
followed. If this is not done unnecessary delay and correspondence results. The
indent form is attached.
The entries are to be as follows:-
Column (3) – In this column it must be clearly stated whether a complete
gauge or only a part is required.
In the latter case the correct name as given in paragraph (a) above must be
used.
Columns (4 to 6) – These columns should be filled in with the information
required.
Column Book transfer (Vide top of Indent Form “A” The
cost of gauges and
(Cash payment)
measuring
glasses issued to official rain-gauge stations will in practically all cases be
recovered by "book transfer".
Column-“Name of Account officer” ( Vide top of Indent Form “A”. This column is the one which is most
often incorrectly filled in. What
is required is the designation of the Accounts Department Office by whom the
transaction or the indenter’s accounts are adjustable such as
Accountant-General, Bombay, Pay and Accounts Officer, United Provinces, etc.
etc. Past experience has shown that
this column is often erroneously filled in with the name of the Officer
controlling the Rain-fall Registration or that of the indenter’s departmental
head, and this causes much unnecessary delay and correspondence.
Column-“Articles
to be dispatched to etc.,” (Vide bottom of indent Form “A”). Full details of how and where the gauge
is to be dispatched must be given.
Great care should be taken that the name of the station is clearly
written to prevent dispatch to another station with a similar name.
(c)
When instruments are to be sent by post the name
of the Post Office as well as the district in which it is situated should be
given; and when by railway, the nearest railway station should be distinctly
stated. In the latter case the name
of the Post Office and district should also be given for dispatch of
correspondence.
(d)
Every indent must be signed by the Indenting
Officer with his official designation placed under his signature and then
forwarded to the Officer controlling the Rain fall Registration for the State
for counter-signature and dispatch to the National Instrument’s Limited.
(e)
Sometimes the National Instruments Limited is
requested by a Controlling Officer to dispatch an article to a rain-registering
officer in anticipation of formal indent.
In such cases it is very necessary that the letter containing the request
should also give the information required by paragraph (b) above.
(f)
When an indent for supply on” book transfer” is
complied with, the National Instruments Limited forwards an invoice in
triplicate. One copy of this invoice should be signed by the receiving officer
in the place provided for the purpose entering his official designation below
his signature, and after being so signed should be returned to the National
Instrument’s Limited without delay. Of the remaining 2 copies he will file one
copy in his own office and attach the third copy to his contingent bill (Article
III, Civil Accounts Code, Volume I).
Form A
SURVEY OF INDIA
DUPLICATE NOT REQUIRED
NATIONAL
INSTRUMENT OFFICE
Indent
No.___________, dated_____________. On the National Instrument Office, Calcutta,
for supply of Instruments, & c, required for the use of___________
Accounts to
be adjusted by Book Transfer___ Designation of Accounts Officer by
Cash Payment
whom
the “Book Transfer” transaction is to be adjusted or who finally audits the
accountrs of the indenting Officer______________
|
Serial No. of
Items |
Reference number as
per M.I.O. price list |
Description of
instruments |
Quantity or number in
use or in store |
Quantity or number
now indented for |
Purpose for which
required |
Probable price as per
price list |
COLUMNS 8 TO 11 ARE
RESERVED
FOR USE BY NATIONAL
INSTRUMENT OFFICE |
|
REMARKS |
|
|
Class No. |
Substitute offered |
Progress
date |
Work
No
|
Remarks |
|
Work No. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Articles
to be dispatched by Passenger or Goods train and addressed to
the_________________________
I hereby
certify that the articles specified on this Indents are indispensably necessary
for the purposes set forth to the best of my knowledge and belief, after the
most careful examination
* The price of instrument
& c., issued to “ Government Departments” and such Railways as are entitled
to deal with the M.I.O must be
adjusted by “ book transfer”
Signature.
Signature
Recommended
and countersigned by______________________
Official designation of Indenting
Officer.
Official designation of approving
autority.
APPENDIX C
Monthly Rainfall Return of the
________Distt.
for the month of _________20 .
Paragraph 12.16 of
Chapter 12.
|
RAIN
GAUGE STATION IN THE DISTICT |
REMARKS
1.
The extent and effect of rainfall , and the progress in
sowing.
2.
The condition of crops
3.
The expected yield - At harvest time, note the estimated outtun of each
important crop in detail for leading classes of soil.
4.
The condition of cattle, the amount and descri-ption of fodder and
gra-zing available.
5.
The state of the Public health.
6.
The working of the canal and the sufficiency and seasonableness of river
in undations, or of floods from hill torrents.
7.
General matters. |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Total
Number of rainy days.
*Average number of
rainy days.
Total rain fall for
the month .
*Average rainfall
for the month.
Heaviest rainfall
during month .
Total rain fall from
October upto.
*Average rainfall
from October upto .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*Notes : (1)
The rainfall should be shown in millimeters to one place of decimal.
(2) The names of stations should be written in the same order as these
are published in the Local Gazette.
(3)
The enteries opposite marginal Headings marked * will be made
from the data
supplied by the office of the Director of Land Recor-
ds,
Punjab.
(4)
A day with 2.5 millimeters (or 10 cents) or more should be counted
as a rainy
day.
(5)
The figures should be in the international form of Indian numerals
(1,2,3,
etc,) and should be written up legibly in ink.
(6)
(a) If the rainfall observations are not taken on any day for any reas-
on , the fact should be cleanly indicated by the symbol ‘X’ in
the
appropriate columns (date
and month) of the statement.
((b)
The word 'Nil' should be written up only when the rainfall recorded is
Nil, i.e. when there is no rainfall on any day.
(7) The statement should
reach the office of Director of Land Records,
Punjab, not later than
the 5th of the month following that to which it
relates.
Dated
Deputy
Commissioner
CHAPTER
13
FORECAST OF CROPS
Replaces Standing Order
No.38, original issue, dated 11th June 2009. First Reprint dated
5th February 2014.
13.1 Forecast reports have to be submitted by
the Deputy Commissioners and
Settlement Officers as noted in paragraph 817 of the Punjab Land Administration Manual to the Director of Land Records, Punjab,
in form F.C.I of the crops shown in the statement below:-
|
Name
of
Crop |
Distt.
from which the forecast
are required to be
submitted |
Dates
on which forecasts are to reach the office of Director of Land Records
Punjab.
|
|
First
Forecast
|
Second Forecast |
Third
Forecast |
Fourth
Forecast |
Final|
Forecast |
Supplementary
Forecast |
Remarks |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
|
Cotton |
All
Distt.
|
2nd August
|
2nd October
|
29th November
|
30th January
|
..
|
Ist
April |
|
|
Wheat |
Ditto |
7th
January |
7th
March |
-- |
-- |
7thMay |
-- |
|
|
Linseed |
Ditto |
12th
December |
21st
February |
-- |
-- |
5th
May |
-- |
|
|
(Sarshaf,
Taramira, Toria and Mustard |
Ditto |
Ditto |
Ditto |
-- |
-- |
Ditto |
|
|
|
Sugar
Cane |
Ditto |
11th
June |
6th
October |
-- |
-- |
30th
April |
-- |
|
|
Ground
Nut |
Ditto |
7th
August |
30th
October |
-- |
-- |
31st
January |
-- |
|
|
Seasamum |
Ditto |
Ditto |
7th
October |
-- |
-- |
15th
December |
-- |
|
|
Rice |
Ditto |
7th
October |
7th
December |
-- |
-- |
5th
February |
-- |
|
|
Bajra |
Ditto |
7th
August |
-- |
-- |
-- |
23rd
November |
-- |
|
|
Maize
|
Ditto |
Ditto |
-- |
-- |
-- |
22nd
November |
-- |
|
|
Barley |
Ditto |
5th
January |
5th
March |
-- |
--- |
Ist
May |
-- |
|
|
Gram |
Ditto |
Ditto |
Ditto |
-- |
-- |
Ditto |
-- |
|
|
Jawar
|
Ditto |
Ist
August |
-- |
-- |
-- |
31st
October |
-- |
|
|
Other
Kharif
pulses
mung,
mash
moth
and
others |
Ditto |
25th
August |
-- |
-- |
-- |
15th
December |
-- |
|
|
Tobacco |
Ditto |
10th
March |
-- |
-- |
-- |
-- |
31st
July |
|
|
Other Rabi
pulses
massar,
peas
&
others |
Ditto |
25th
December |
-- |
-- |
-- |
20th
April |
-- |
|
|
Ginger
Pepper
Chillies |
Ditto
Ditto |
--
-- |
--
-- |
--
-- |
--
-- |
20th
Feb.
12th
March |
-- |
|
|
Potatoes
|
Ditto |
21st
January |
-- |
-- |
-- |
Ist
June |
-- |
|
|
Sweet
Potatoes
|
Ditto |
-- |
-- |
-- |
-- |
16th
August |
-- |
|
|
Red
gram
Guar (Tur)
|
Ditto
Ditto |
16th
August
-- |
15th
December |
--
-- |
--
-- |
15th
April
Ist
January |
-- |
|
|
Turmeric |
Ditto |
-- |
-- |
-- |
-- |
Ist
June |
-- |
|
|
San-Hemp |
Ditto |
Ist
August |
-- |
-- |
-- |
Ist
January |
-- |
|
|
Garlic
|
Ditto |
16th
August |
-- |
-- |
-- |
-- |
-- |
|
|
Onion |
Ditto |
Ditto |
-- |
-- |
-- |
-- |
-- |
|
The potato
crop year for purposes of these estimates should be that beginning with the
summer crop and ending with the winter crop. First estimate should contain areas under potato crop
and general information regarding growth
and prospects, and in the final estimates information relating to area and production of potato crop be given. In both of these
estimates, the figures for summer and winter crops should be shown separately.
13.2 Importance of punctuality in the
despatch of forecasts -The
publication of crop forecasts is always anxiously awaited by business firms. As
delay detracts greatly from their value, special efforts should be made to
despatch all forecasts to the Director of Land Records by their due dates. There
should be no difficulty as regards the first and second forecasts which are
merely estimates. The third or final forecasts, however, should contain a
statement of the actual area sown, together with an estimate of the yield per
hectare. Where it is found impossible to complete the crop inspection in time
for the inclusion of correct figures of area in the third or final forecasts,
the best possible estimates should be submitted in their place. It should be
noted that revised figures will follow, and these should be despatched as soon
as they have been prepared.
13.3
Deleted.
13.4 The Director of Land Records
prepares and publishes the State forecasts in Form F.C.2 on the basis of the
information supplied by the Deputy Commissioners. In the case of third or final
forecasts, the Director of Agriculture checks the tehsils estimtes of outturn
with those reported to him by the field officers and then fixes the yield in
kilograms per hectare for each district separately for irrigated and unirrigated
areas. Then the total outturn of the State is calculated in the Director of Land
Records the province is calculated in the Director of Land Records office by
applying this yield to the sown area reported by the Deputy Commisioners in
their forecasts and a draft report of the forecasts together with a statement is
submitted to Director of Agriculture for countersignatures. After these forecasts are countersigned
by the Director of Agriculture, a copy of each forecast is supplied to the
Economic and Statistical Adviser to Government of India, Ministery of
Agriculture, New Delhi, Revenue Secretary to Financial Commissioners, Punjab and
Controller, Printing and Stationery, Punjab. A copy is also posted at the office
of the Director of Land Records, and the Director of Agriculture, Punjab,for the
information of the public. Printed copies of forecasts are also supplied gratis
to various firms in and outside India.
13.5 Disposal of Forecast reports - The
final reports of Forecasts should be retained till next settlement and then
handed over to the Settlement Officer. The intermediate reports of Forecasts
should be preserved for two years from the date of submission and then
destroyed.
The Director's printed reports on forecasted crops should be similarly
disposed of.
13.6 Deleted.
13.7 (1) The estimates of production
for the final forecasts and revised estimates should be based on the results of
crop-cutting experiments by Random Sampling Method in the case of crops on which
such experiments are carried out in the State.
(2) The method of framing pre-harvest as well as post-harvest
forecasts for crops not covered by the Sample Surveys shall remain the same as
before(i.e., on the basis of the normal yield, modified according to the
condition factor as ascertained through eye estimation) For framing the final
forecasts and revised estimates, the results of the crop-cutting surveys by the
Random Sampling Method should be utilized. For the yield of the crops in the
State as a whole and for major Divisions and districts there should be no
difficulty in utilizing the results of such surveys since they give estimates of
reasonable accuracy for these administrative units. With regard to the yield for
districts of minor importance from the point of view of crop acreage, however,
the crop-cutting surveys do not provide results to the same degree of accuracy
and, therefore, the data from crop-cutting experiments should be supplemented by
ancilliary information collected at
present under the existing official methods such as the product of crop acreage,
the normal yield and the condition of crops ascertained through eye
estimation.
(3) Wherever a change is made on the basis of calculating production of a
crop from eye estimation to the crop cutting surveys, two sets of figures should
be published side by side arrived at by each method, for a period of two years,
in order that the production figures in the current year can, be compared with
the previous years and to denote the extent of change in the production
estimates made by the old and the new method.
(P.G.Memorandum No.ESA-56/1890 dated the 17th October,
2056)
The Punjab
Land Records Manual................Chapter 13.........paragraph 3......
FORM F.C.1
Primary Forecast
Return..............
Year........................due
on..................
Name of
Crop......................................details of cultivation of
Village.................Hadbast
No.................Tehsil................Distt........................
|
Number
of
Forecoast
|
Due
on
|
Total area in the current year |
Total
area in the last year |
Cause of increase
or
decrease |
Details
of area of
current year (A)
|
Valuation of the crop in
the Naye paise (to a rupee
representing the normal or average settlement yield |
Remarks |
|
|
|
Pure
|
Mixed
Net
|
Total |
Pure
|
Mixed
Net
|
Total |
Irrigated
|
Unirrigated |
|
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
|
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Final
Supplementary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature......................
(a) To be filled in for
final forecast only
Date.............................
In the
Remarks column mention..................
1.
Whether the sowings were early or in time or late;
2.
Whether the harvesting commenced in time.
3.
Specify gross areas under mixed crops separatelyin the remarkas
column.
FORM F.C.II
Forecasts State Return
Forecast report
on.....................Crop for the year
20........................................State
|
AREA IN ACRES |
YIELD IN TONS |
|
District |
Of
current year crop |
Of
previous year crop
|
Average of Preceding |
Percentage by which
column No.2 exceeds or is less than |
Percentage of areaeach
irrigated in the
current
year |
Of Current year 's crop only
|
Of
Previous year's crop
only
|
Average of Preceding |
Percentage by which column
no.10
exceeds or is less than |
Condition Factor |
Harvest price
|
Remarks |
|
3
years
|
5
years
|
Column No.3
|
Column No.4
|
Column No.5 |
3
years
|
5
years |
Column No.11
|
Column No.12
|
Column No.13 |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due Date fixed by Central
Government...............................................
Date of which this return is
despatched......................................................
Reasons of delay, if
any.......................................................................
CHAPTER 14
CURRENT PRICES
In connection with this chapter, paragraph 820 of the Land Administration
Manual should be read.
14.1 Register maintained by
Deputy Commissioners - (i) Every Deputy Commissioner shall maintain a
register as in Form P.C.1 showing the retail prices at district headquarters of
every article specified in the crop abstract of the district referred to in
paragraph 10.1 of manual and firewood and salt. This register shall be arranged
in twelve sheets , one sheet for each month, and the prices will be recorded
twice a month, viz, on the 15th and on the last day of the month,
those of each month of the current year following the entries for the same month
of the preceding year. The duty of maintaining this register is entrusted to the
district kanungo, who should obtain his information from the tehsildar of the
headquarters' Tehsil.
(ii) Return sent to Director of
Land Records - From the prices contained in this register a return as in Form P.C.2 will be
compiled in the General Office of the Deputy Commissioner, and despatched on the
1st and 16th
of each month to the Director of Land Records. It is not necessary to keep a
copy of this return. If the price of any article is not stated , the reason
(e.g., "not procurable", "not produced", etc.) should invaribly be given.
(iii) The price in this return are those required for the reports
submitted to the Government of India, and the articles of which prices are shown
should not therefore be altered or added to in any case except under
instructions from the Financial Commissioners.
14.2 Report of Wholesale prices - Deputy
Commissioners are reuired to report to the Director of Land Records on the Ist
and 16th of each month, the wholesale prices of the principal, food
grains, etc., in form P.C.3. This information is supplied to the Deputy
Commissioners by the tehsildars of Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Ferozepur, Amritsar,
Gurdaspur, Phagwara, Pathankot, Bathinda, Faridkot and the Naib Tehsildar Abohar
and Dhuri after collecting figures from their mandis.
Care should be taken to prepare this return strictly in accordance with
the instructions given at the foot of the form. Registers will be maintained in
the districts named for wholesale prices in the same way as for retail
prices.
14.3.- 14.7. (Deleted)
14.8. Preparation of lists or prices in special
emergencies - Orders as to lists of prices which have to be prepared in
special emergencies when troops are on the march, or for checking of accounts,
will be found in part G (price lists) of standing order No.58-Troops, which is
repeated here.
(PART G OF STANDING ORDER
NO.58)
PRICE LISTS
1.
(a) for troops on the march - (i) Besides having to supply articles,
Deputy Commissioners may also be called upon to furnish information as to the
current prices for the same. This information is usually required merely as a
safeguard against overcharging on the part of shopkeepers in the camp.
(ii) For this purpose Deputy Commissioners should give to tehsildars a
list of the camping grounds where price lists are to be kept, and also a list of
the articles to be included in these price lists. Nothing should be included
which cannot form the subject of a requisition as described in the preceding
paragraph. The price lists need only be prepared during the camping season when
troops are on the march, and in the case of the less frequented camping grounds,
it will be sufficient to prepare them on intimation being received of the
passage of troops. The 'prices' quoted will be those prevailing in the vicinity
of the camping ground in question with such enhancement for carriage as may be
reasonable.
2.
Cancelled.
3. For audit of bills for compensation for
dearness of provisions -(i) A third occasional price list which Deputy
Commissioners may be called upon to supply is connected with the audit of bills
for compensation for dearness of provisions consumed by troops on the march. The
following rules relating to this occasional price list are still in force.
(ii) When so called upon, Deputy Commissioners will supply prices current
of any of the following articles mentioned in the requisition of which the form
is given under paragraph 11.2 of Part F of standing order No.58:-
(1)
Gram
(2)
Barley
(3)
Bajra
(4)
other inferior grains
(5)
Grass
(6)
Wheat Flour, usual first or second quality
(7)
Rice, usual first or second quality
(8)
Dal
}
(9)
Ghee first or second quality } First or Second
quality.
(10)
Salt
}
(11)
Gharrahs.
(iii) It appears to be the practice of Commanding Officers in some cases
to ask for prices of both first and second class qualities of wheat flour, dal,
ghee and salt. If such a requisition is made and quotations are available for
one quality only, that should be assumed to be the first or usual quality unless
it is expressly reported to be some thing else and the entry against the second
quality should be "Nil".
(iv) The prices to be entered are to be ruling or prevailing prices. If
the average of a week or a month is available it may be given. But it is not
necessary to record the prices daily for the purpose of striking an average.
What is wanted is a statement of the prices usually paid during the period, if
any specified in the requisition, or if no period is specified, during the week
preceding the requisition.
(v) When purchases of the provisions have been made in a bazar, the
current prices to be supplied by civil officers are to show the rates ruling in
that bazaar. If the purchases have
not been made in a bazar the rates to be shown are those prevailing in the large
town or bazar nearest to the place or purchase. It follows that the rates must
be reported by the tehsildar in whose tehsil the bazar or the town in question
is situated. The tehsildar shall primarily be responsible for the accuracy of
the rates which he reports to be prevailing. The certificate to be supplied to
the Commanding Officer must be signed by the Deputy Commissioner, whose
signatures will imply that he is satisfied that the tehsildar's report be
accepted as correct.
4.
The price list enumerated above, together with those periodical returns,
which are described in this chapter, are all that Deputy Commissioners can be
called upon to supply to military officers, and no other information should be
given without the sanction of the
Financial Commissioner.
14.9 Maintenance of a general register of prices
at every headquarters’ tehsil - At every headquarters tehsil and for Abohar
and Pathankot a general register of prices must be maintained for such articles
as are required locally in order to comply with the orders contained in this
chapter and standing order No.58. Entries will be made daily or weekly as
circumstances require. At other tehsils it is left to the discretion of the
Deputy Commissioner to abolish this register if price lists are rarely or never
supplied to the military authorities under part G of standing order No.58 (Reproduced in
paragraph 14.8 supra).
14.10 Price list for general information- In
certain large towns, and especially where there is a large civil station, a
practice exists by which Deputy Commissioners publish a price list for general
information. As long as this information is obtained from the tehsil registers
referred to in paragraph 14.9 supra and causes no more labour than is involved
in copying out the entries, the practice is unobjectionable, but it should be
realised that it is not obligatory
and is supported only by usage. The matter is left entirely to the discretion of
the Deputy Commissioners. A simple way of meeting the expectation of the public
is where it can be so arranged without cost to Government, to send a weekly list
to the local press. Individual applications for information as to prices should,
in no circumstances, be entertained.
14.11 Price list not furnished to hospitals -
No list of current prices will be furnished to hospitals or dispensaries under
the control of the Director Health Services and any application for the supply
of such lists should be referred for the orders of the Financial
Commissioner.
14.12 Instructions for the attestation of
prices - It is the duty of the Deputy Commissioners to see that instructions
contained in paragraph 14.1 and 14.2 supra are properly carried out by the Extra
Assistant Commissioners responsible for the attestation of prices. Care should
be specially taken to avoid, in all lists of prices compiled, the following
obvious errors :-
(i)
the entry of constant prices for months together in one station, while in
neighboring stations considerable
fluctuations are shown ;
(ii)
the entry of wholesale prices higher than the retail prices reported for
the same food grains in the same station for the same period ;
(iii)
the entry of prima facie absurd variations in prices from fortnight to
fortnight in the same station.
(iv)
the entry of prices apparently for the same quality of any particular
food grain in successive periods when in fact the prices quoted are not for the
same quality.
Experience
has shown that unless precautionary measures are taken, the actual work of
recording prices is apt to degenerate into routine and to be left to a low paid
clerk, and most of the mistakes may ultimately be traced to this fact.
14.13 Inspection of registers of prices - The
Director of Land Records is required to check the register of prices maintained
at district and tehsil offices at the time of his inspection.
14.14 [Deleted]
14.15 Lists and registers of prices to be
prepared with care - With regard to the lists and registers referred to in
paragraphs 14.9 and 14.10 supra the attestation of Deputy Commissioners is drawn
to the fact that the nirkhnama rates are often below bazar rates and
consequently contractors and shopkeepers at camping grounds do not receive full
price. On the other hand, it must be remembered that the military authorities
sometimes issue contracts, e.g., for the supply of bhusa to camel crops, based
on the rates shown from time to time in the list of bazar prices supplied to them. These
lists should therefore be carefully prepared to ensure that the public money is
not wasted by the record of exaggerated rates.
14.16
[Deleted]
FORM
P.C.1
(PARAGRAPH 14.1)
__________________DISTRICT
REGISTER OF RETAIL PRICES FOR THE
MONTH OF ____________ STATED IN KILOGRAMS PER RUPEE.
|
Year |
First or Second fortnight |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSTRUCTIONS
Arrange the various articles of produce as nearly as may be under the
groups and in the order prescribed for statement IV of the Season and crop
report. No attempt should be made to strike averages for the fortnight. The rate
given should be that obtained on the last date of each fortnight. The prices are
to be those obtained at the headquarters of the district, and no averages are to
be struck for other places in the district. The salt of which the prices current
will be entered should be that commonly used in the
district.
FORM P.C.2
________________DISTRICT
RETAIL PRICES
CURRENT OF FOOD-GRAINS ETC. AT THE HEAD QUARTERS OF THE DISTRICT AT THE CLOSE OF
THE HALF MONTH
ENDING____________________________(KILOGRAMS)
PARAGRAPH 14.1 (ii)
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
Items |
Amount per rupee
Kilogram |
|
Wheat
Barley
Rice (Basmati)
"
(Common Sort)
Jowar
(Sorghum Vulgara)
Bajra
(Pennistem typhoidium)
Massur
Mash
Gram
(Cicer arietinum unhusked)
Moong
Maize
Arhar
(Cejanus indicus)(husked dal)
(Tut)
Soft
Coke
Fireweood
Charcoal
(Refined ground)
Salt
(Common unground)
Sugar
(Refined)(Retail)
Gur
(Sugar raw)
Cotton
(unginned) {Desi
{American
Cotton
(cleanned) {Desi
{American
Potatoes
Goat
Meet
Pork
Fish
Eggs
Onions
Chillies
Turmeric
Groundnut
Til
Sarson
Kerosene
Oil
Ghee
(Desi)
Hydrogenator Vegitable Oil
Milk |
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.. |
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.. |
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.. |
|
|
|
|
|
INSTRUCTIONS
No attempt should be made to strike averages for the fortnight. The rate
given should be that entered in form P.C.1 and the other instructions appended
to Form P.C.1 apply equally to this return.
NOTE: -
1.Full explanation should be given for all differences of 20 percent, or
over in quotations as compared with those in the preceding statement.
2. The cause
of the omission of any price should be given in the column of remarks.
FORM
P.C.3
STATEMENT SHOWING PRICES CURRENT
(WHOLESALE) OF FOODGRAINS ETC.IN THE MART____________OF THE ___________DISTRICT
DURING THE FORNIGHT ENDING______________20 .
(PARAGRAPH 14.2)
(Wholesale price per quintal)
|
Items |
Wholesale
price in rupees |
Remarks |
Rice
unhusked (Basmati)
Rice
husked (Basmati)
Rice
unhusked (Common Sort)
Rice
husked (Common Sort)
Wheat
Barley
Oats
Jowar
Bajra
Maize
Gram
Dal
(Arhar or toor)
Moong
Mash
Massar
Linseed
Rapeseed(Sarshaff)
Groundnut
Til
(jinjilli seed)
Sugar
(raw) gur
Sugar
(refined)
Cotton {Desi
(Cleanned) {American
Cotton
{Desi
(unginned) {American
Cotton
seed
Ghee
Potatoes
Onions
Chillies
Flour
Wheat(Maida)
Atta
Wheat
Tobacco
Turmeric
(underground)
Salt
refined (Ground
common(unground)
Dry
hides (Ist and 2nds {
}
Framed
rejection)
of
{Cows }
{
} Country
{
}
Framed
{
BULLS} Framed
{
}
Country
Hydrogenated
Vegitable oils
Bran
Grass
(dry)
Bhusa
(White)
Jowar
stalks
Bengal
Coal (Soft Coke)
Kerosene
oil (per tin statins the brand)
Toraia
|
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.. |
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.. |
|
|
|
|
|
INSTURCTIONS
(a) No return need be made by any district of prices of articles which
are not staples of local trade.
(b) The rates quoted should be those for wholesale transacations on the
last day of the fortnight under report, or, in default of such, for the most
recent transactions in the fortnight. Where wholesale price is not available
retail price should be shown with the prefix "R" against the rate.
(c) Following quantities shall be regarded as wholesale
transactions:-
(1)
at least 40 kilogram of tobacco leaf (dry) turmeric (unground), and raw
and refined sugar and at least 4 Quintals for all other articles
(d) The
prices should be rendered in terms of rupees for a quintal.
(e) The prices should be collected on the 15th and on the last
day of each month, on which dates the retail prices of food grains and salt are
collected and of which fortnightly returns are now published in the official
Gazette. This arrangement will enable the staff which now collects the retail
prices to collect the wholesale prices at the same time.
(f) Full explanation should be given for all differences of 20 percent,
or over in quotations as compared with those in the preceding statement.
FORM P.C.4.
[Deleted]
FORM P.C.5.
[Deleted}
FORM P.C.6.
[Deleted]
CHAPTER 15
CROP EXPERIMENTS
(Replaces standing order No.9-A original
issue, dated 18th
October,2029)
EXPERIMENTS BY REVENUE STAFF
15.1 The Government of India having directed
tables to be prepared quinquennially showing the average produce of the crops
cultivated, the Agriculture Department in all districts of the State. With the
help of the results of these experiments the existing estimates of the normal
rates of yield will be revised at the end of each period of five years. When a
district comes under settlement, the Settlement Officer will conduct as many
reliable crop experiments as he can in the manner prescribed in appendix X to
the Settlement Manual and report the results to the Commissioner, who will
forward them with his remarks to the Director of Land Records.
15.2 Experiments by agricultural staff.-
In all districts where
agricultural officers are stationed, experiments will, under the orders of
Government, be conducted by members of the Agricultural Department. Results of
experiments conducted by them shall be communicated by the Director of
Agriculture after each harvest to the Director of Land Records.
15.3
[Deleted].
15.4
Preliminary reports by agricultural staff – (a) Each Deputy Director of
Agriculture and Statistical Department of Agriculture shall personally make one
experiment with cotton and one with wheat each year. Each agricultural officer
on district work shall conduct seven experiments in Kharif and six experiments
in the Rabi harvest with the crops shown in table C as follows :-
Kharif – Cotton two, and rice, maize, jowar, cane,
and bajra, one each.
Rabi – Wheat two, barley, gram, toria, sarson and
tobacco, one each.
Table C attached shows the principal crops in which, and the kind of land
on which, experiments are to be made.
(b)
On the following dates each year the officer in
charge of the experiment should make a preliminary report in table D to the
Director of Agriculture, stating in what villages and in what zamindars lands,
he will conduct the experiment for the crop then ripening. The assessment circle
in which the villages in question are situated should also be stated. This can
be ascertained without any difficulty by enquiry from the tehsil :-
|
Crops |
Date |
|
Toria |
Ist
December |
|
Rape and
taramira |
15th
January |
|
Rabi
Crops |
Ist
March |
|
Tobacco |
21st
May |
|
Kharif
Crops
|
15th
September |
15.5 Instructions as to how experiments are to be
carried out. – The plots on which experiments are to be undertaken should be
selected at random.
15.6 As far as possible the plots selected for
experiments should be long narrow strips, at least five times as long as broad,
of which the areas should be not less than 1/20th of an hectare and
not more than 1/10th of
an hectare. In the case of cane the area should be 1/80th of an
hectare.
15.7 The field selected should be an average
field in an average village in the assessment circle concerned by irrigated
crops are meant crops in which water has been supplied by the ordinary methods
in use in the district, as by canals, wells etc. The kind of irrigation applied
to each crop experimented on should be noted. Experiments in crops which are
specially noted as unirrigated should of course only be made in rain fed crops.
At the time of selection the Officer deputed to conduct the experiment should
invariably record what the zamindars associated with him in the selection
calculate the outturn will be, and whether they consider it average of the
harvest for the crop and soil under experiment. Their opinion should be noted in
the column of remarks of table B. The particulars regarding the history and
circumstances of the holding and other information required in the printed form
of report should be stated intelligently, but in the briefest form.
15.8 With all the crops specified,
excepting cotton, tobacco and cane, the process of conducting the experiment is
simple and easy. The crop should be dead ripe. It may then be cut and exposed to
the sun till it is fit for threshing. The produce should then be trodden out or threshed in the
way common in the neighborhood. Care must of course be taken that grain is not
lost during threshing or winnowing. In weighing the grain and tobacco a
deduction of five percent, will usually be sufficient for dryage, but, if the
grain and tobacco seem at all most, five kilograms of them should be thoroughly
dried and weighed again, and the resulting deduction applied proportionately to
the whole quantity.
15.9 Cotton is picked
several times at intervals of several days as the pods ripen. In the case of
tobacco the crop after cutting is exposed to the sun for about a week and then
buried under ground for as similar period after which it is taken out. The
leaves are then dried, twisted into ropes, and weighed to fix the yield per
hectares. It will, therefore, generally be difficult for an officer to supervise
the whole of the experiment on these two crops personally. He should see the
first and at least one of the subsequent pickings performed in case of cotton,
and the cutting and weighing operations in case of tobacco, and must depute the
remainder of the work to a trustworthy subordinate. In the case of sugar cane it
may not be possible to get the canes crushed at once and the juice boiled within
a reasonable time. It may, however be possible either to obtain a correct result
by weighing the cut cane after removal of the trash and tops, and by then
ascertaining what weight of gur or rab is produced from a given weight of similar cane; or else the area of the
experiment may be sufficiently reduced to permit of a complete direct experiment
being carried out.
15.10 The agricultural officer incharge of the
experiment should at the end of each harvest submit to the Director of
Agriculture a report of the result of the experiments in the form of table B.
Separate forms should be used for each district experimented on. Printed copies
of, this form will be supplied by the Director of Agriculture's office. In
filling up the form care should be taken that the instructions printed
thereunder as foot notes are correctly carried out.
15.11 After each harvest all experiments made
during it, by the agricultural staff, should be carefully examined in detail by
the Directors of Agriculture and of Land Records, sitting together, and any
experiment they consider unreliable, for reasons to be briefly recorded, should
be discarded.
15.12 The Director of Land Records
should, after each harvest, write a short note for the information of the
Financial Commissioners and
Government, showing for each crop experimented on in each district the results
of the experiments made by the Agricultural Department and by Settlement
Officers separately in the proceeding crop, the number of experiments, are
experimented on and the like. It should also show the outturn assumed at last
settlement. To this note should be appended a statement in the following form :-
|
Distt.
|
Tehsil |
Assessment circle |
Number of experiments
conducted |
Outturn per hectare of all
accepted exper
iments on
|
Total area
experimen ted
on |
Remarks |
|
Irrigated Land |
Unirrigated Land |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.13 Crop experiment returns should be kept
till next settlement and then made over to Settlement Officers.
TABLE B
Statement of results of crop experiments in
the _______ district for __________Season 20
|
1 |
1(a) |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
|
Serial no.
|
Tehsil |
Assessment
circle
|
Village
|
Kind of Crop
|
Area sown with the
crop
|
Class of irrigation |
Status and resources
of cultivator
|
Details of cultivation in three
preceding
seasons |
Details of manuring and watering of
crop under
experiment
|
name and rank of officers and date of making the
experiment |
Area out |
Weight of produce
in kilogram
|
Produce per hectare in
kilogram
|
Quinquennial average
outtun per hect. of
grain in kilogram |
Average outturn per assumed at last
settlement of grain in kilogram |
Remarks |
|
Grain |
Straw |
Grain |
Straw
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes: In column 6 enter the class of
irrigation of the crop experimented upon according to girdawari.
In column 7 state whether the
cultivator is man of good, average or insufficient resources as regards cattle,
labour, etc. extent of his holdings, whether indebted or not; if considered
relevant.
In column 8 enter crops according
to girdawari, specifying class of irrigation and whether matured or failed.
In column 9 if a proceeding crop
was matured, as, for instance, when wheat follows manured maize, mention , this,
give number of ploughings, weeding etc. etc., also in case of rabi crop whether
ploughed before or after rainy season,; if only one watering was given, mention
whether it was before or after sowing.
In column 12 and 14 enter the
weight of the main produce in its marketable form. In the case of cotton enter
weight of cleaned cotton. In case of tobacco enter the weight of dry leaf
ordinarily marked by the cultivator. In case of sugarcane, enter weight of gur
or rab.
In case of maize enter weight of
grain removed from cob.
In column 13 and 15 enter the
weight of marketable products giving their names. In case of cotton, enter
weight of seed. In case of tobacco enter weight of stalks. In case of jowar,
straw, etc. etc., enter weight of straw dried.
In column 16 enter the outturn
given in the latest quinquennial statement issued by the Director of Land
Records, showing the approximate yield per hectare in kilograms of the principal
crops in each district of the Punjab.
Important variations of column 14
as compared with those of 16 and 17 should be explained.
In column 18 state the reasons
for the selection of the site of the experiment mention any other circumstances
affecting the value of the result, and give probable reason for any specially
good or bad yield, as for instance whether the crop was sown late or early;
nature of soil, whether light or heavy, high or low; whether the season suited
such soil; whether any damage occurred rom wind, hail, frost, vermin or other
causes.
If more than one experiment has
been made in any class of crop, enter each separately, it is not necessary to
give an average for the whole. The weight of “cane” for the area under
experiment as well as the yield per
hectare of “cane” in addition to the weight of gur shown in columns 12 and 14
should also be noted in this column.
TABLE
C
Crops in which experiments will be made by
the officers of the agriculture department
|
Sr. No. |
District |
Kharif |
|
Sugarcane |
Jowar |
Bajra |
Cotton |
Rice |
Maize |
|
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Planted |
Rantoon |
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
American |
Desi |
|
|
|
|
|
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rabi |
|
Wheat |
Barley |
Gram |
Tobacco |
Toria and Rape |
|
|
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
Irrigated |
|
|
N.Rustica |
N.Tobacum
Virginia type |
N.tobacum
Desi type |
|
Irrigated |
Unirrigated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TABLE D
Preliminary Report on crop experiments
proposed to be conducted in the ___________District for____________
Season 20_____
|
Serial No. |
Kind of Crop |
Name of Village |
Assessment Circle and
tehsil |
Owner's name and
description |
Class of Soil |
Area field of
|
Estimated
outturn per hect. |
Remarks |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER 16
QUINQUENNIAL WAGE CENSUS
[Deleted]
CHAPTER
17
GAZETTEERS
(Replaces Standing Order No.43,
Original Issue, dated 20th October, 2009)
17.1 Introductory - The orders of the
Government of India as to the preparation of Gazetteers will be found in
paragraph 836 of the Land Administration Manual. The revision of Gazetteers has
now been entrusted to a separate organization under the supervision and control
of the State Editor, Gazetteers, who undertakes the work of revising Gazetteers
under the administrative control of the Financial Commissioner, Revenue. The
latest instructions of the Government of India regarding the revision of
Gzetteers are contained in their letter No.F.23-1/55.C-1(A) dated
17th November 2056. Besides making the gazetteers more detailed and
comprehensive, the new instructions provide for only one volume of the
gazetteers for both descriptive and statistical matter instead of having two
separate volumes 'A' and 'B' as provided in paragraph 836 of the Land
Administration Manual.
17.2 Plan of Gazetters - The District
Gazetters will have 20 chapters. To ensure "uniformity of form contents and standard", the Government of India laid down
chapter headings and contents "providing", however, "room for variations and
additions to meet the local or special needs." This pattern is detailed
hereunder:-
DISTRICT GAZETTERS
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL
(a)
Introductory:-
(i)
Origin of the name of the district,
(ii)
Location, general boundaries, total area and population of the
district.
(iii)
History of the district as an administrative unit and the changes in its
component parts;
(iv)
Sub-Divisions, tehsils and Thanas.
Note – For the sake of convenience a general
reference may be made to these subjects in the chapter of "General
Administration".
(b)
Topography:-
(i)
Natural Divisions, Elevation, configuration etc.
(ii)
Hills; Mountains system to which they belong, main peaks, heights
situation, vegetation etc.
(iii)
Plateaus and plains; Variations in sea- level and lines of natural
drainage;
(iv)
Deserts.
(c)
River System and Water Resources –
(i)
Main Rivers and Tributaries and Canals;
(ii)
Under ground water
Resources.
(d)
Geology –
(i)
Geological Formation;
(ii)
Mineral Resources;
(iii)
Seismicity
(e)
Flora-
(f)
Fauna –
(g)
Climate –
(i) Climatic
divisions and seasons and their duration;
(ii)
Temperature and humidity;
(iii)
Rainfall;
(iv)
Atmospheric pressure and winds.
CHAPTER II
HISTORY
(a)
Pre-history and Archaeology.
(b)
Early period
(c)
Medieval period
(d)
Modern period.
Note – The
section headings are given only to indicate the general scope of the subject and
the State Editors might effect such changes as they consider necessary to
present local history in the proper light. The study should be based on standard
works, due attention being paid to recent advances in historical research.
Adequate attention should be paid to the pre-British period and the post-Mutiny
developments which have not received adequate attention in the old Gazetters. Matters relating to economic,
social and cultural life should receive as much attention as political history.
Particular regard should be had to public life and popular movements of the
20th century which have received scant attention in the past. In the
treatment of events after the First World War, there is need for very great
objectivity and the account should be limited to a narration of well-accepted
facts. Since the history of India as a whole will be dealt with at length in the
Central Gazetters, the District Gazetters should aim at highlighting the local
history and local manifestation of all-India events. Papers in the Local Record
Rooms, family archives and papers with religious and other institutions may be
utilised to the extent resources permit. Such of those papers as can well go in
with the Gazetters may be given in the Appendix. But many documents of great
historical value, which cannot appropriately be included in the Gazetters, may
come to light in the course of the work on the Gazetters. The attention of the
State Government may be drawn to them to secure their publication outside the
Gazetters Scheme.
CHAPTER III
PEOPLE
(a) Population :-
(i) Total population:
Emigration and immigration.
(ii)
Distribution of population between rural and
urban areas.
(b) Language.
( c )
Religion and Caste.
Principal Communities
( d)Social life :-
(i) Property
and Inheritance;
(ii)
Marriages and morals:
Marriage.
Widow Re-marriage.
Morals.
Birth and Death
Ceremonies.
(iii)
Home Life –
Types of
Dwellings.
Furniture and
Decoration.
Dress and
Ornaments.
(iv)
Communal Life –
Fairs and
Festivals.
Folk Songs and
Cultural Life.
Games and
Recreations.
(e)
Rehabilitation-
Rural
Re-settlement
Urban
Re-settlement.
Note – It was the practice of the old Gazetters
to deal with the manners, customs and beliefs of each caste and tribe at length.
A briefer treatment would appear to be adequate for the present purpose. Those
who are interested in further details can consult the old Gazetters and books on
social anthropology. Castes and tribes which are culturally distinct and unique
may, however, require fuller treatment. The old Gazeteers also overstressed the
prevalence of animistic beliefs and survivals of old customs and rituals.
Valuable as these studies are they do not give a correct picture of the people
as a whole. Sufficient attention should be paid to the influence of higher
religious ideas and also to the new religious and social reform
movements.
CHAPTER IV
AGRICULTURE AND
IRRIGATION
(a) Land Reclamation and
Utilisation -
(i) Land utilisation.
(ii) Cultivable waste.
(iii) Reclamation of Waterlogged Areas, Swa-
mps,
etc.
(b) Irrigation –
(i) Irrigation facilities
-
Canals.
Wells.
Tube-wells and
pumping sets.
(c) Agriculture including
Horticulture –
(i) Set-up and Activities of the Agriculture
Department;
(ii) Soils, climate and crops -
Soils
Major and subsidary crops.
Vegetables.
Fruit crops and gardens.
(iii) Improved Agricultural Practices;
(iv) Crop competition scheme;
(v) Agricultural
Co-operatives -
(1)
Primary Agricultural Credit-Service
Societies.
(2)
Agricultural Non-credit societies:
Co-operative
Marketing Societies
Co-operative
Farming Societies
Other
Societies.
(vi) Programme of Scientific
Agriculture-
Agriculture Implements.
Seeds.
Crop rotation.
Fallow cultivation.
Fertilizers and Manures.
Chemical Fertilizers.
Local Manurial resources.
Rural Compost
and Cattle Dung Manure.
Green Manuring.
Town Compost and Sewage Utilization.
Urban Compost..
Sewage/Sullage Utilization..
(vii) Agriculture
diseases and Pests and Obnox-
ious Weeds.
(d)
Animal Husbandry and Fishries –
(i) Animal
Health and Breeding Wings.
Animal Health Wing.
Animal Breeding Wing.
Intensive Cattle Development Project Centres.
Development of Gaushalls.
Cattle Fairs and Shows.
Castration.
Control of Menace of Wild and
Stray Cattle.
Gosadans.
(ii) Area under Fodder Crops;
(iii) Dairy
Farming;
(iv) Sheep Breeding;
(v) Poultry Farming;
(vi) Piggery ;
(vii) Fisheries;
(viii) Animal Diseases and Veterniary Hospitals.
(e) Forestry -
(i)
Importance of Forestry in the economy of the District;
(ii) Forest
produce.
(f)
Floods.
(g)
Famine.
APPENDICES.
Note – Particular attention may be paid to
institutions formed for exploiting on a larger- scale, agricultural, forest and
animal husbandry resources, e.g. coffee and tea plantation. Special attention
may also be paid to co-operation in the production and marketing of agriculture
products.
CHAPTER V
INDSUTRIES
(a)
Old time Industries and Industrial Development.
(b)
State Aid to Industries.
(c)
Industrial Training.
(d)
Industrial areas and Estates.
(e)
Sources of Power.
(f)
Growth and Development of Industry.
(g)
Industries and Manufactures of the District –
(i) Large
Scale Industries;
(ii)
Small-Scale Industries;
(iii)
Village/Cottage Industries and Handicrafts;
(iv)
Industrial Arts;
(h) Industrial Potential and Plans for future
Development.
(i) Role of Industrial Co-operatives.
(j) Labour and Employers' Organisations.
Note – In respect of each of the Industries,
the following particulars may be given; the location of the Factories, when they
were started, number of persons employed, capital investment, wages, sources of
supply of raw material, significant features in the manufacturing process, and
finished products and their marketing. More important of the Industries may be
considered individually, while the others may be treated under appropriate
groups. Special mention may be made of State or Municipal management of
industries and also of co-operative ownership and management of industries.
Under the head "Industrial Arts",
the manufacture of articles which transcend purely utility considerations and reach the realm of
art may be mentioned.
CHPATER VI
BANKING, TRADE AND
COMMERCE
(A) Banking
and Finance -
(a)
History of Indigenous Banking.
(b)
General credit facilities:-
(i)
Indebtedness, Rural and Urban;
(ii) Role
of private money-lenders and financers;
(iii) Government and Semi-Government
credit
agencies.
(iv) Joint
Stock Bank;
(v) Other loan and investment companies;
(vi)
Co-operative credit;
(c) Insurance and Small Savings.
(d) Currency and Coinage.
(B) Trade and
Commerce –
(a)
Course of Trade.
(b)
Trade Centres –
(i) Regulated
and Unregulated Markets.
(ii) Fairs
Melas and Other Rural Marketing Centres.
(c)
Co-operation in Trade –
(i)
Co-operative Marketing.
(ii)
Co-operative Consumers Stores.
(d)
State Trading.
(e)
Merchants and Consumers Associations and Organs for Dissemination of
Trade News.
(f)
Weights and Measures.
(g)
Storage and Warehousing.
Appendices.
CHAPTER VII
COMMUNICATIONS
(a) Old time trade routes and highways and modes of conveyance.
(b) Road Transport;
(i)
Classification of Roads -
National Highways.
State Highways.
District Major Roads.
District Minor Roads.
Village Roads.
Municipal Roads.
(ii) Vehicles and
Conveyances –
Automobiles.
Cycles.
Cycle Rickshaws.
Horse Carriages.
(iii) Public and Private Transport
(c)
Railways :
Rail Road Competition.
(d)
Waterways, Ferries and Bridges.
(e)
Air Transport
(f)
Travel and Tourist Facilities ;
Dak
Bungalows and Rest Houses.
(g)
Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones.
(h)
Radio and Wireless Stations.
(i)
Organisations of Owners and Employees in the Field of Transport and
Communications.
Appendices.
CHAPTER VIII
MISCLLANEOUS OCCUPATION
(a)
Public Administration –
State,
Central and Local Government Services.
Public
Employees Organisation.
(b)
Army.
(c)
Learned Professions –
Educational Services.
Medical and Health
Services.
Legal Services.
Engineering Services.
(d)
Personal and Domestic Services –
Personal Services.
Barbers.
Washermen.
Tailors.
Self-employed persons.
Domestic Services.
(e)
Miscellaneous Services –
Transport
Services.
CHAPTER IX
ECONOMIC TRENDS
(a) Livelihood Pattern and General Level of Prices and Wages and Standard
of Living.
(b) Employment situation –
Employment Exchange.
Employment Market Information Scheme.
Vocational Guidance Scheme.
(c) Planning and Community Development.
Appendices.
CHAPTER X
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
(a) Historical Background and Divisions of the District Administrative
Divisions.
(b) District Authorities –
Deputy Commissioner.
Sub-Divisional Magistrate.
Tehsildars and staff.
(c) Development Organisation.
(d) Panchyati Raj –
Panchayats.
Panchayat Samitis
Zila Parishad.
(e) General
Arrangement for disposal of
Business-
General
Assistants.
Public
Grievance Officer.
District
Development and Panchayat Officer.
Civil Defence
Controller.
Executive
Magistrate.
Assistant
Commissioners.
Registration.
Official
Receiver.
Oath
Commissioners.
Notary
Public.
District
Attorney.
(f)
District Committees.
(g)
Other Important Officers –
Police.
Judiciary.
Military.
(h)
Other State and Central Government Officers.
CHAPTER XI
REVENUE ADMINISTRATION
(a)
Land Revenue Administration –
(i) History
of Land Revenue Assessment and Management.
(ii)
Collection of Land Revenue.
(iii)
Organisation for purposes of Land Administration.
(iv) Income
from Land Revenue and Special Cesses.
(b)
Land Reforms –
(i)
Security of Land Tenures.
(ii)
Utilisation of Lands.
(iii)
Consolidation of Holdings.
(iv)
Agrarian movements, Bhoodan, peasent or-
ganisations ,etc.
(v) Rural
wages and condition of agricultural
labour.
(c) Other sources of Revenue, State and Central.
CHPATER XII
LAW AND ORDER AND JUSTICE
(a)
Incidence of Crime in District.
(b)
History and Organisation of Police –
Organisation
of Police.
Civil
Police.
Punjab Armed
Police and Mounted Police.
Prosecution
Staff.
Criminal
Investigation Department.
Vigilence
Police.
Anti-Smuggling
Staff.
Police
Wireless Station.
Railway
Police.
Excise
Police Staff.
Village
Police.
Punjab Home
Guards.
(c)
Jails and Lock-ups –
(i) Location
of Jails and Lock- ups and prison
organisation.
(ii) Prison
discipline.
(iii)
Welfare of Prisoners : Vocational Training, educational facilities, recreation,
etc.;
(iv)
District Crime Prevention Society
(v) District
Probation Officer.
(d
)Organisation of Civil and Criminal Courts.
(e) Bar
Associations.
CHAPTER
XIII
OTHER DEPARTMENTS
(a)
Public Works Department.
(b)
Public Relation Department.
(c)
Co-operative Department.
(d)
Food and Supplies Department.
(e)
Finance Department
(f)
Planning Department
(g)
Language Department
Note – The
arrangement should follow the organisational pattern of each State. In view of
the recommendations of the Second State Editors conference, the scope of the
chapter is limited to a consideration of the activities of those departments
whose work has not been reviewed in other chapters.
CHAPTER XIV
LOCAL GOVERNMENT
(a)
Evolution of Local Government in the District.
(b)
Organisation and Structure.
Functions and Duties of Municipal
Committees.
(c)
Town Planning and Housing.
(d)
Panchayati Raj; its organisation and structure;
powers and duties; financial resources; special
achievements, if any ; etc..
APPENDICES.
CHAPTER XV
EDUCATION AND CULTURE
(a) Historical Background :
Centres of Learning in ancient, medieval and early modern time. Beginnings of
Western Education and pioneer work, done in the district.
(b) Literacy and Educational
Standards :-
Educational Societies rendering service in the field of education;
Women's Education;
Education of Scheduled Castes and Backward Classes;
Role of
Local Bodies in the Field of Education;
Medium of
instruction ;
Educational Set-up ;
(c) General Education :-
Pre-primary Schools;
Primary and Basic Schools;
Secondary Schools;
Higher Education;
(d) Professional and Technical
Education :-
Teachers Training;
Medical Education;
Engineering;
Technical Education;
Commercial Colleges, etc.
(e)
Physical Education :-
Sports
Department;
National
Fitness Corps;
National
Cadet Corps;
Bharat
Scouts and Guides.
(f) Schools for Cultivation of Fine Arts : Music, Dancing, Painting ,
etc.
(g) Oriental Schools and Colleges.
(h) Education for the Handicapped : Deaf, Dumb and Blind.
(i) Adult
Literacy, Social Education and
Measures for the Diffusion of
Culture among the Masses.
(j) Cultural and Literary Societies and Periodicals.
(k) Libraries and Museums.
CHAPTER XVI
MEDICAL AND PUBLIC HEALTH
SERVICES
(a) Public Health and Medical Facilities in the Early Times.
(b) Vital Statistics: General Standard of health as reflected by the statistics. Important causes of
mortality.
(c) Diseases Common to the District.
(d) Medical and Public Health Services.
Hospitals, Primary Health Centres, Dispensaries,etc.
Blood Banks.
School Health Services.
Medical Aid during Floods.
Prevention of Adulteration of Foodstuffs.
(e) Private Hospitals and Nursing Homes.
(f) Medical and Public Health Education Institutions.
(g) Sanitation.
(i)
Public Health and Sanitation in Urban Areas.
(ii) Rural Sanitation and Water
Supply.
Appendices.
CHPATER
XVII
OTHER SOCIAL SERVICE(S)
(a)
Labour Welfare
Labour Legislation
Subsidised Industrial
Housing Scheme
Labour Welfare Centres
(b)
Prohibition
(c)
Advancement of Backward Classes and Tribes
Scheduled Casts
and Backward Classes
Measures Adopted for Betterment of the
Conditions
of Scheduled Castes and
Backward Classes.
Social Welfare Schemes
Industrial Training Schemes
Representative
Institutions
(d)
Other Social Welfare Activities
Old Age Pension
Scheme
(e) Public Trusts, Charitable Endowments and Muslim Wakfs
Appendix
CHAPTER
XVIII
PUBLIC LIFE AND VOLUNTARY
SOCIAL
SERVICE ORGANISATIONS
(a) Representation of the District in the State and the Union
Legislatures.
Historical Retrospect
General Elections held under the Constitution of India
(b) Political Parties and Organisations
All-India Parties
State Parties
(c) Newspapers and Periodicals.
Newspapers and Periodicals Published in the
District and their Importance.
Newspapers and Periodicals Published outs-
ide but in Fairly Large Circulation in the
District.
(d) Voluntary Social Service
Organisations
General Welfare Institutions.
Women's Organisations.
Youth Organisations.
Other Organisations.
Organistions of National or International
Repute.
CHAPTER XIX
PLACES OF INTEREST
All places of historical and tourist interest , pilgrim centers,
commercial and trading centres, and other important places.
Note – The names should be arranged in a strictly alphabetical order.
17.3 Map,
charts and photographs - To add to the utility and interest of the
District Gazetters, a small scale general map of the district 1 c.m. = 2.5344
k.m. (4 miles to the inch), charts and photographs of important objects should
be provided therein.
17.4 Printing and Publication - On
completion, the draft of the Gazetteer will be submitted to the Government of
India for scrutiny and approval. In the light of the suggestions of the
Government of India, necessary additions and alterations will be made in it.
Thereafter, the Gazetteer will be sent for printing to the Controller,
Printing and Stationary, Punjab, Chandigarh, who will arrange that proof sheets
are forwarded to the State Editor, Gazetteers, for
correction.
17.5 Collection and Compilation of material for
Gazetteers - Whenever the preparation of a District Gazetteer is taken up,
the State Editor, Gazetteers, will issue questionnaire/letters to the concerned
district and State/Central Authorities and knowledgeable persons and
institutions for supplying the necessary information. Information will also be
collected personally by the State Editor, Gazetteers, and his staff from
departmental reports and other Government publications, relevant books,
periodicals and newspapers and by visiting places of interest.
"Chapter 33":
Procedure in Partition
Cases
[This replaces standing order
no.27, original issue, dated 7th June 2009 and reprint, dated
28th January,2020]
(IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CHAPTER, CHAPTER XIII OF THE LAND ADMINISTRATION
MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSULTED)
18.1 Private Partitions - Although no formal
application has been made, the patwari is bound, under chapter 7.1 to record
voluntary partitions for orders in the mutation register as soon as they have
been acted on. In passing orders such mutations care must be taken not to treat
as partitions of proprietary right arrangements which the parties did not intend
to be permanent. Share-Holders may be content for years to have in their
cultivating possession less than their full share of a common holding without
intending to give up any part of their rights of ownership. If any of them
objects of the record of the alleged partition and the attesting officer
considers the objection valid, he should refuse mutation of names and refer the
party seeking it to proceedings under section 123 of the Land Revenue Act. But
if he finds that the objection is vexatious or frivolous, and that a fair
private partition has actually been carried out he should, either affirm the
partition himself or refer the case to the Assistant Collector Ist Grade.
18.2 Partition Cases - Partition cases are
excluded from the jurisdiction of
the civil courts, [Section 158(2) (xvii) and (xviii) of the Land Revenue Act].
They are heard by a revenue officer of a class not below that of an Assistant
Collector, Ist grade (section 126 of the Act). Only an officer who is empowered
to decide the case should receive an applicatio9n for partition. A qualified
officer to whom the applicatio9n has been presented can either conduct the whole
enquiry himself or refer it, under section 17(3) of the Act, to a revenue
officer of a lower grade for investigation and report. The latter course is
usually adopted, and it is, as a rule, the best way of dealing with the case.
But the officer before whom the case has been instituted is responsible for its
proper conduct throughout and should exercise close supervision over the
proceedings of the subordinate official to whom he has referred it for enquiry.
A revenue officer, who in a disputed partition case, is content to pass orders
on reports received from the tehsildar or naib tehsildar , without ever having
the parties before himself distinctly fails in his duty. In particular, he is
responsible that no undue delay takes place at any stage of the proceedings. In
serious cases of delay it is not sufficient to issue reminder. The cause of the
delay must be ascertained, and if it be avoidable, suitable action must be taken
against the subordinate official concerned.
18.3 Investigation by tehsildar or naib
tehsildar - It is to the
tehsildar, or to the naib tehsildar in whose circle the estate concerned lies
under the division prescribed in paragraph 242, Land Administration Manual, that
the case is referred for investigation or report. But when settlement operations
are in progress the reference should be made to the settlement tehsildar, who
should himself conduct the first stages of the proceedings including the method
of partition (paragraphs 18.6 to 18.10 infra). When the method of partition has
been sanctioned he may, if he thinks fit, send the file to the naib tehsildar of
the circle to complete the remaining stages of the case under his supervision.
The naib tehsildar will maintain no register, and the tehsildar will remain
responsible that the naib-tehsildar carries out the work entrusted to him
correctly and without undue delay.
18.4
Who may apply for partition - Any joint owner may apply for partition
if –
(a)
his share is entered in the last record-of-rights or
(b)
his right to a share has been established by decree of court, or
(c)
his title has been admitted in writing by all persons interested in the
admission or denial thereof(section 111). The mere fact that a man is a
"landowner" as defined in section 3(2) of the Land Revenue Act does not entitle
him to apply unless he fulfills one or other of the above three conditions.
A mortgagee
cannot apply for partition unless he proves that he is entitled to it by custom
or by the term of his mortgage.
A widow in possession o her husband's undivided share can apply for
partition.
18.5 Applications to be accompanied with an
extract from jamabandi - The
application should be accompanied with an extract from the last detailed
jamabandi, giving usually the complete entry for the holding or holdings of
which partition is desired. A note of any mutations attested after the filing of
the last detailed mutations attested after the filing of the last detailed
jamabandi should be added. Although the petitioner may only wish to divide part
of the joint holding, he should, as a rule, be made to file a copy o the entries
for the whole, for the other shareholders may object to a partial partition. The
names of all owners and mortgagees must be given. If the revenue officer has not
from the first a list of all the interested parties on his file, great delays
are certain to occur. If, however, the area to be divided is very large,
consisting, e.g., of a whole village or patti, or of the common land of a whole
village or patti convenient abbreviation should be allowed in the extract. If
the extract is manifestly incomplete, the application should be returned to the
petitioner by the officer receiving it, with an order endorsed on it that it may
be presented again accompanied with a proper extract. If the imperfection of the
extract is not discovered till the case has been referred to the tehsildar, that
officer should fix a reasonable time for the filing of a full extract, and, if
the petitioner fails to comply with this order, he should return the application
to the officer from whom he received it with the suggestion that it should be
removed from the pending file.
18.6 Attendance of parties - All parties interested should be
summoned by the officer making the enquiry to appear [section 113(a)] If they
are so numerous that personal service on each of them is not reasonable
practicable, the procedure laid down in section 20(3) and 22 of the Land Revenue
Act is generally desirable and is preferable to postal service under section
20(4) o the Act, as the latter procedure involves the parties in unnecessary
expense. Whether the parties are many or few, it is expedient to post up a
proclamation on a village rest house or on some other conspicuous place in the
village calling on any persons who may have objections to urge to appeal and
state them within a certain time. The date fixed should usually be that on which
the parties have been summoned to attend. The summonses and proclamation should
be issued simultaneously. Dates should not be repeatedly changed because the
parties have failed to appear. When the requirements of the law as regards the
service of summonses have been complied with, and the revenue officer is
satisfied that all interested parties have had an opportunity o being present,
he should proceed with the hearing on the date fixed, putting on the file a note
of the names o any parties who have both appeared. In cases in which the share holders are numerous, or
which are likely to present any difficulty, it is advisable to hold the first
hearing in or near the village in which the land is situated. The real points in
dispute and the merits of any objections raised are in this way easily brought
to light and can be properly tested. The failure to ascertain from the first
what is the actual contention of those who oppose partition is a fertile cause
of delays and wrong decisions.
18.7 Rejection of application - The real points in dispute having been
elicited by a careful examination of the parties, the Revenue Officer should
consider the that there is any sufficient cause for absolutely rejecting the
application (section 115). If so, he should report the case for the decision of
the officer who referred it to him for inquiry. The latter should usually,
before passing his final orders, give the parties an opportunity to appear
before himself. The discretion disallow partition given by section 115 of the
Land Revenue Act should not be exercised arbitrarily but ordinarily on the
grounds set forth in section 111 and 112. Special attention should be given to
the requirements of the village including those of non-proprietors in the matter
of grazing, and the Wajib-ul-arz must be dealt with under section 117 as a
question of title.
18.8 Procedure when there are disputes as
to title - If the investigating officer does not consider that there is any
valid reason for rejecting the application entirely, but it appear that there
are disputes as to title, which must be dealt with in manner laid down in
section 117, he should record clearly what the points in issue are, and return
the case for the orders of the officer who is competent to decide it. He must
not himself take action under section 117. Examples o disputes as to questions
of title are –
(a)
the respondent denies the correctness of the entry in the
record-o-rights;
(b)
The respondent admits the correctness of the entry in the
record-of-rights, but assets that the applicant is not in possession of his
share, and is, therefore, not entitled to claim partition at all, or that he is
not entitled to do so till he has had a settlement of accounts with respondent,
or raises any other objection as to the locus standi of the applicant to ask for
partition.
18.9 Procedure of Assistant Collector under
section 117 - The Assistant Collector Ist grade on receiving back the file
should himself examine the parties and, if he finds that there is a question of
title involved, either decline to grant the application for partition until the
question of title has been determined by a competent court, or himself decided
the questions of title raised under one or other o the procedures laid down in
section 117(2)(a) and (b). The cases which will involve action under this
section may be divided broadly into two classes – first those in which an
applicant believing that the partition proceedings will give him an advantage
over the opposite party has chosen that procedure in order to evade direct
resort to the civil courts in respect of a question of title which he knows
would be disputed; and, secondly, those in which the applicant is acting in a
straight forward manner, that is to say, in which a partition is really require
official assistance. In the class of cases first mentioned the revenue officer
should file the proceedings with leave to either party to apply to have them
reopened, on showing that the point at issue had been determined by a competent
civil court. In the latter class of cases a revenue officer should exercise the
full jurisdiction vested in him by law, and should refrain from putting the
parties to the trouble of separate proceedings in civil court, even although the
question is one which would ordinarily fall with in the jurisdiction of such a
court. When the respondent in the partition proceedings puts forward an
objection as to tile the revenue officer should invariably unless there is some
special reason to the contrary, proceed to determine the question himself and
not refer the objector of a civil court. When he stays proceedings until the
question of title has been settled in a civil court, he should send the
partition file to the record returns as a decided one. If, on the termination of
the proceedings in the civil court, the application petitions to revive the
partition case, the file will be restored to the register of pending cases and
he reckoned in the business return as a new institution. If the revenue officer
determines to hear the case himself and the burden of proof is on the
application for partition, he should order the applicant to put in by a certain
date a written statement giving full particulars of his claim. Similarly, if the
objecting party is the respondent in the partition proceedings, he should be
required to put in a written
statement by a certain date giving full particulars of his objections. If either
party fails or refuses to obey these instructions the revenue officer should
pass orders under order VIII, rule 10 o the Civil Procedure Code record a brief
note stating whether the question at issue is cognizable by a revenue court,
[section 117(2) (b)] of the Land Revenue Act, and consequently what his future
procedure is intended to be. Although in case o appeal the appellate court would
have to decide by what description of court the question was really cognizable,
the note of the revenue officer will determine the course of appeal in the first
instance and thus save both litigants and the appellate court much trouble.
18.10 Enquiry as to method of
partition - (i) If there are no
disputes as to title, or all such disputes have been decided under section 117,
and the case has been returned to him for report, the tehsildar should proceed
to enquire into any question to the property to be divided and the method to be
followed in dividing it [section 116(b)]. A map of the land to be partitioned
should be obtained from the patwari and a statement showing the area to be
divided and the share of the parties should be prepared. Form Ptn.-1 in the
appendix is given as a specimen, but it may be modified to show further details
when this is considered necessary. In reporting the mode of the partition for
sanction, the tehsildar should state clearly what are the points remaining for
decision, and they should be fully dealt with. The first matter to be noticed is
whether the applicant's share only will be separated off, the other co-sharers
continuing to be hold jointly, or whether all the shares will be divided. If
there is any provision regulating partitions in the village administration
paper, it should be referred to ; if not, the absence o any such provision
should be stated. It should be noted whether all the land is to be thrown into
one account or whether different classes are to be distinguished. The
distinction may consist in part being cultivated, part culturable waste and part
barren. Some land may be more valuable than the rest on account of its natural
quality or its situation, or the existence of means of quality or its situation,
or the existence of means of irrigation. Part may be mortgaged, or held by a
tenant-at-will who cannot equitably be turned out. It will, as a rule, be quite
impracticable to give every man his
exact share of every sort of land, and the investigating officers should set forth clearly how
far deviation from the rule of equal proportions is to be allowed, and how men
receiving inferior land are to be compensated by an increase in the area
allotted to them or otherwise. In this connection efforts should be made to
persuade co-sharers to abstain insisting on an exact application of the rule of equal proportions where
this would result in the formation of an excessive number of small scattered
plots or fields. It should be pointed out that such a division of holding has
many disadvantages from the point o view o agricultural efficiency. It entails
waste of the cultivator's time and labour, and adds to the work of his bullocks
by multiplying journeys to and from
his land. It causes waste of water and even water-logging by involving the use
of unnecessarily long, tortuous or badly aligned watercourses from wells and
canals. It makes the sinking of wells, drainage, leveling and other
agricultural improvements more
difficult, while small fields may often be an obstacle to the employment of
improved agricultural implements and machinery. Should the parties,
nevertheless, desire the application of the rule of equal proportions of each class of
land, the revenue officer has discretion under section 118, Land Revenue Act, to
refuse compliance if he thinks that the circumstances of the case render that
rule inappropriate, and he may instead authorize duly specified deviations from
it.
(ii) It is impossible to settle every detail till the partition is
actually made on the ground. Something must be left to the patwari, aided if
necessary by arbitrators but to order a partition, "balihaz nakas wa kamil" as is
constantly done, is to throw everything into the patwari's hand. The extent to
which existing possession will be respected must be noted. It should be
maintained, especially when it is of old standing, as far as this equitably be
done. If it is proposed to appoint arbitrators, the matters which they are to
determine should be noted, and also what remuneration, if any, they are to
receive. The value of the land, for the purpose of calculating the stamp duty on
the instrument o partition, the amount of the stamp duty and all fees and costs,
and the proportion of the total
costs to be borne by the different parties, should be mentioned so that sanction
to their recovery may be given. The stamp duty on instruments of partition should be
calculated in accordance with item no.45, read with item no.15 in schedule I-A
appended to the Indian Stamp Act, II of 1899, as amended by the Indian Stamp
(Punjab Second Amendment ) Act, XXXIV of 2060. The provisions of the two items
are reproduced below. Revenue Officers are warned that they should give
immediate effect to give any further amendment of the stamp law without waiting
for a correction slip to this chapter :-
For the amount o the value of the separated share or shares of the
property –
Proper Stamp
Duty
|
Where the amount or value
secur-
.
red does not exceed
Rs.10 |
Thrity paise |
|
Where it exceeds Rs. 10 and
does
.
not exceed Rs.50 |
Sixty Paise |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.50 and
does
not exceed Rs.100 |
One rupee, Fifteen
Paise |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.100 and
does
not exceed Rs.200 |
Two rupees, Twenty
Five paise |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.200 and
does
.
not exceed Rs.300 |
Three rupees, Forty
paise |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.300 and
does
not exceed Rs.400 |
Four rupees, Fifty
paise. |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.400 and
does
not exceed Rs.500 |
Five rupees, Sixty-five
paise |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.500 and
does
.
not exceed Rs.600 |
Nine rupees |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.600 and
does
.
not exceed Rs.700 |
Ten rupees, Fifty
paise |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.700 and
does
not exceed Rs.800 |
Twelve Rupees. |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.800 and
does
|
Ten rupees, Fifteen
paise |
|
Where it exceeds Rs.900 and
does
|
Seven rupees, Twenty five
paise. |
|
and for every Rs.500 or
part thereof
in excess of Rs.1000 |
Five rupees, Sixty-five
paise |
N.B. – The largest share remaining after the property is partitioned (or
if there are two or more shares of equal value and not smaller than any of the
other shares, then one of such equal shares) shall be deemed to be that from
which the other shares are separated :
Provided always that –
(a)
when an instrument of partition containing an agreement to divide
property in severalty is executed and a partition is effected in pursuance of
such agreement the duty chargeable upon the instrument effecting such partition
shall be reduced by the amount of duty paid in respect o the first instrument,
but shall not be less than one rupee, fifteen paise ;
(b)
where land is held on revenue settlement for a period not exceeding
thirty years and paying the full assessment, the value for the purpose of duty
shall be calculated at not more
than ten times the annual revenue;
(c)
Where a final order for effecting a partition passed by any revenue
authority or any civil court, or an award by an arbitrator directing a
partition, is stamped with the stamp required or an instrument of partition and an instrument of partition in
pursuance of such instrument shall not exceed one rupee, fifteen Paise;
(iii) The
attention of revenue officers is drawn to the necessity of considering in
partition cases any equitable claims which a shareholder who has spent money and labour in reclaiming ravine
lands may have to protection from ejectment or to compensation as a preliminary
to partition.
18.11 Orders of Assistant Collector on
method of partition - On
receiving the file from the investigating officer, the officer empowered to
decide the case should, if he finds that there is a dispute between the parties
on any of the points connected with the proposed mode of partition, fix a date
for hearing the case, and have be parties duly informed thereof, so as to give
them an opportunity o appearing before him. On the date so fixed, he should
examine, so far as may appear necessary, any of the parties who may be present,
and should then record with his own hand his orders as to the method of
partition, the amount of costs, and the proportion in which they are to be
recovered from the different parties. The orders as to the method of partition
should be clear and unmistakable, and care should be taken that every essential
question raised by the investigating officer's report, or contained in the
pleadings, is decided. Even in cases in which the investigating officer has
indicated alternative courses, and a decision is required between them, it is
too common to find vague and general terms of sanction used, such as "the
method of partition proposed by the
investigating officer is sanctioned."The case, will then be returned to the
investigating oficer. Before taking any step to carry out the partition, the
investigating oficer should direct the parties to deposit the whole amount of
the costs in cash by a fixed date.
If the money is not deposited within that period, the case should be forwarded
to the officer empowered to decide it for orders. If the applicant is in earnest
in desiring the partition he is often willing to pay in the whole costs, if the
amount is not large, and the shares due from defaulters can ultimately, under section 98(a), be
recovered as arrears of land
revenue and made over to the applicant. But if it appears to the revenue officer
that the applicant has paid in his share of the costs, but that the respondent,
in order to delay the case, refuses or neglects to pay his share he should order
the amount due from the respondent to be at once recovered as an arrear of land
revenue. All sums received as costs will be credited in the naib sheriff's
accounts and paid into the treasury, the number and date of the dakhila being noted under the
tehsildar's signature in the tehsil register of partition cases (page 10 of
standing order no.55). Such costs, as are not susceptible of speedy
disbursement, should be treated as revenue deposits (Civil Account Code, article
205). Receipts for all disbursements will be put on the partition file.
18.12. Method of carrying out
partition - If the partition is
to be made by the patwari, the tehsildar should give him on the spot, if
possible, detailed instructions from which he should not be allowed to deviate.
As little as possible should be left to the patwari's discretion, and he should
not be called on to decide how land should be classified or as to its respective
value. Points o this sort are for the parties to agree upon among themselves; if
they cannot agree, the tehsildar must decide them himself. He may, however,
appoint arbitrators to do so, if the parties desire it, and he thinks their
appointment likely to lead to an equitable and speedy decision. The patwari
should only be required to make a correct survey and record o the lands to be
partitioned, and of the manner in which they have been divided. Measurements are
necessary i numbers are broken up, and in order to determine the proper
boundaries of the joint fields, if these have been croached upon to a serious
extent by any of the share holders. If the shares are equal and the particular
parcels of land to be allotted to each shareholder are to be decided by lot,
"kurras", in the form of khatauni slips, should be prepared for each share, the
names being left blank. When the partition is completed, the following papers
must be drawn up by the patwari and put on the file :-
(a)
A tracing from the shajra showing the new field numbers. I the village
has been measured on the square system, the square should be shown on the map
and the position of the new numbers within the square should be correctly
indicated.
(b)
A khatauni showing the names of the shareholders, and a full list of the
fields allotted to each with their areas.
(c)
A field-book of all new fields.
(d)
A statement showing in separate columns the area to which each
shareholder was entitled according to his recorded share and the area which he
has actually received. A specimen form Ptn.-2 is given in the appendix, but it
may be modified to whatever extent appears desirable.
18.13. Employment of amins forbidden - The employment of amins to carry out
the partition in ordinary cases is forbidden. In the case of partitions of small
joint holdings the patwari can do any survey and record work required without
detriment to his ordinary work. When a large area, such as the common land o a
village or patti has to be divided, the patwari should in ordinary cases be
responsible for the partition, but if the work is heavy a qualified assistant
may be appointed to help him in carrying on his ordinary duties and the
assistant’s pay can be charged as
part of the costs of the partition. The patwari himself should receive no extra
remuneration for what is part of his proper duties.
18.14. Duties of Field Kanungo - (a) The papers field in partition
cases are often full of errors , which pass from them into the annual papers and
are corrected with great difficulty when they come to light long afterwards in
the course perhaps of a new settlement. The field kanungo is as responsible for
the accuracy of the patwari's partition work as he is for that of his ordinary
work, and this responsibility should be rigorously enforced. He is bound to see
that the patwari is carrying out exactly the instructions he has received, and
that the work is being done regularly and in order. If not carefully supervised,
patwaris spend far more time than they need on partition cases. The map and
khatauni should be tested and signed by the kanungo. He must compare the map and
khatauni with each other and with the village shajra and the last jamabandi, and
see that no numbers are omitted and none entered twice. He must check the
entries as to the dimensions and areas of fields as he would check similar
entries in the patwari's map and field book when re-measurement is going on. He
should make the patwari take copies and himself sign these in token o their
agreement with the original. The kanungo should then point out to the parties on
the spot the lands allotted to each, making over at the same time to each
shareholder a copy of the khatauni relating to his land attested by himself. In
forwarding to the tehsildar or
naib-tehsildar the map and the khatauni which are to be filed with the record,
he should report that he has pointed out the land and distributed the khatauni
to the parties. Mud pillars should be put up to define boundaries where numbers
are divided. It sometimes happens that, when the parties are asked by the
tehsildar if they agree to the partition, they answer that they do not know what
land has been allotted to each. And cases have frequently occurred of a man
being allotted one field in the khatauni , but in reality getting possession o
another. The patwari following the partition papers records him as holding the
latter field merely as a tenant-at-will , and the recorded proprietor may take
out a notice of ejectment against him after he has been dealing with the land
for years as full owner. It is therefore, of the great importance that there
should be no room left for misunderstanding as to the locality of each man's field
or fields. In petty cases, the duty of pointing out his land to each
shareholder may be entrusted to the
patwari under a special order of the tehsildar recorded on the file.
"(b) In an estate or part thereof which has been repartitioned through
the Consolidation of Holdings Department the inspector or kanungo consolidation
shall give demarcations on the spot by actual measurement.
18.15. Attestation of partition before the
tehsildar - On receiving the
map and khatauni with the field kanungo's report, the tehsildar or naib
tehsildar must give notice to all the parties to appear and state whether they
agree to the partition or not. Repeated notice should not be issued to
absentees, but, as soon as he is satisfied
that all parties have had an opportunity of appearing, the tehsildar
should dispose of the case, making any modifications in the partition which are
shown to be necessary, and correcting the khatauni accordingly. He should then
send the case for sanction to the officer empowered to decide it. All
corrections made by the tehsildar should be communicated to the kanungo and patwari. The former
should point them out to the parties on the ground and correct their khatauni
and the latter should correct his copy of the khatauni. If the tehsildar can
arrange to collect the parties when he is in or near the village and dispose of
objections on the spot, this stage of the proceedings will be shortened and much
trouble saved.
18.16. Transfer of shamilat at
partition - The attestation of all revenue officers dealing with partition
cases is drawn to the following ruling. The onus of proving that a deed relating
to the transfer of specific land carries with it as necessary thereto a
proportionate share of shamilat, lies, when the deed is silent upon the subject
upon the person who assets that the gift operates to grant more than it purports
to grant. In other words, if a deed of transfer does not specifically mention
that a share of the shamilat is transferred with the land the presumption is
that the shamilat is not transferred. Officers should not blindly follow the
khewat, but should thrown on alienees the onus of proving that they have a share
in the shamilat. See also paragraph 7.20.
18.17. The instrument of partition - When sanction has been received, any
further correction in the papers which is rendered necessary by the order of the
sanctioning officer must be made and communicated to the patwari and
kanungo and to the parties. The
kanungo should point out to the parties any changes in the allotment of land
made under the order finally passed, and should correct their khataunis, after
the period for appealing has elapsed without any appeal being lodged, or after
any appeal that has been presented has been decided, an instrument of partition must be drawn upon stamped
paper by the officer empowered to decide the case (section 121). It should
describe the claim and give a detail of the division effected with a reference
to the order sanctioning it. The date on which the partition is to take effect
must be noted. The form Ptn.-3 given in the Appendix may conveniently be
followed and to each such instrument of partition in which new field numbers are
shown in column 4 of the schedule a copy of the tracing of shajra referred to in
paragraph 18.12(a) supra should be attached. The instrument of partition should
thus be complete in itself so as to enable a civil court in any subsequent
litigation to ascertain from it without reference to any other files or records
(1) what belonged to whom jointly; and (2) who got what severally. This object
will be secured if the schedule of the form of instrument of partition given in
the appendix is carefully filled up. Before sending the case to the record room,
the deciding officer should ascertain that the sums paid in as costs have all
been disbursed and that vouchers for the expenditure are on the file. If there
is any balance, he should pass a distinct order as to the manner in which it is
to be disposed of.
18.18. Obtaining possession As a rule
the parties will have no difficulty in obtaining possession of the lands
allotted to them if the procedure laid down in paragraph 18.14 supra is
carefully observed. But i any party to the proceedings is refused possession by
another party he can, at any time within three years from the date entered in
the instrument as that form which it will take effect, apply under section 122
to the revenue officer to be put in possession.
18.20. Mutation in consequence of
partition - As soon as may be
after the date mentioned in the instrument of partition as that form which it
will take effect, the patwari should enter in his mutation register all changes
consequent on the partition. Before sanctioning any mutation due to partition
the attesting officer must satisfy himself that possession has been obtained. In
the case of uncultivated land it is not necessary that there should be any
tangible sign of the possession of the person to whom the land has been allotted
so long as no one else is in adverse possession.
18.20 District kanungos and record keepers
not to be employed in checking partition files - District kanungos and
record keepers should not be employed in checking partition files. All needful
checking can be done by the reader of the revenue officer who decides the
case.
18.21. Employment of arbitrators -
Allusion has been made in paragraphs 18.10 and 18.12 supra to the employment of
arbitrators in partition cases. If the patwari is an experienced and trustworthy
man, it is rarely advisable to appoint arbitrators, who cannot in any case
prepare the partition papers without his help. Arbitrators nominated by the
parties themselves are usually ignorant men, and each is apt to the partizan of
his own nominator. It will, therefore, generally be expedient for the tehsildar
to advise the appointment of some man of more standing as umpire. In fact, it is
often best to appoint some man of influence in the neighborhood sole, arbitrator
[section 127, (2(d)]. The tehsildar should carefully explain to the arbitrators
what they are expected to do, and should arrange that the patwari gives them the
assistance they require.
100APPENDIX
FORM PTN-1 (PARAGRAPH
18.10)
Statement of the area to be
divided and the shares of the parties.
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
19 |
20 |
|
No |
Name |
Jama or Share whichever
is
measure of right
|
Total Area to be divided |
Area to which owner owner entered in
column2 is entitled |
Area already in possession of owner entered in
column 2
|
Deficiency to be made good |
Excess to be given up |
|
|
Cultivated |
Uncultivated |
Total |
Cultivated |
Uncultivated |
Total |
Nos. |
Cultivated |
Uncultivated |
Total |
Cultivated |
Uncultivated |
Total |
Cultivated |
Uncultivated |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM PTN-2 (PARAGRAPH
18.12)
Statement comparing area by share and area allotted
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
No. |
Name of share holder
|
share |
Area according to
share |
Area
Allotted |
|
|
cultivated |
uncultivated |
Total |
cultivated |
uncultivated |
Total |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note- The entries in the first
columns 1 to 3 and 7 to 9 of form PTN 1. Details of soil may be added
where necessary. The entries in
column 10 will be made by the tehsildar himself.
FORM PTN.-3 (PARAGRAPH
18.17)
INSTRUMENT OF
PARTITION
(STAMP)
Before_____________________-, exercising the powers of an Assistant
Collector of the Ist grade, under section 6(3) of the Land Revenue Act.
Partition case under chapter IX of the Land Revenue Act XVII of 1887, between
A.B., first party, and D, second party. Claim to divide
Bighas/ ghumaos of land value ____________held by then in mauza hectare tehsil_____ Whereas this
case come before me for final disposal at _________on the ________day of
__________
and it was then ordered that partition be made of the land described in
columns 1 and 2 of the schedule hereto annexed, and whereas the period of appeal
against the said order has expired without an appeal being presented [or whereas the said order has been
varied (or maintained) by an order of the _____________ dated the _____________ day of ___________].
This instrument of partition is now prepared in order to give effect to my order
aforesaid, dated the _________day
of __________________[first order (as
varied or maintained), by the order of the ________dated the ___________day of
_________second order if any] and it
is hereby declared that this partition will take effect on and from the
________day of ______________19
.
(Seal of the Assistant Collector Ist grade)
_________Signature
SCHEDULE
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
JOINT
LAND BEFORE PARTITION |
SEPARATE
LAND (PARTITION) |
|
Field No.
in village
shajra
|
Area |
Names of
Joint owners with jamabandi number |
|
Area |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note- A separate entry should be made for
each field number
CHAPTER
19
LAND RECORD OFFICE
Replaces part of standing order
no.62, original issue, dated 4th March, 1910, Ist reprint, dated
26th April, 1915, and 2nd reprint, dated 2nd
May, 1921.
PART I. – DISTRICT LAND RECORDS
OFFICE
19.1. The Land Records Office - In all districts a separate record
room called the Land Records Office has been provided for the revenue records
proper. This office is in charge of the district kanunugo, the assistant
district kanungo performing the duties of record-keeper. The exercise of
constant supervision over this office will be performed by the Officer In charge
of Revenue Branches of the district.
The rules in this chapter will also apply mutatis mutanidis to the Land Records
Offices of the Sub-Divisions, the land records whereof are not consigned to the
District Land Records Offices. The Sub-Divisional Magistrate will in such cases
be the officers-in-charge of the Land Record Offices.
19.2. Permanent establishment - The
permanent establishment of the District Land Records Office consists of the
district kanungo, assistant district kanungo, bills clerk, special kanungo or
patwari muharrir and one or two inspection muharrirs, where sanctioned. Where
the muafi and jagir work is heavy a separate jagir muharrir will be appointed who
will work under the supervision of district kanungo.
19.3. Temporary establishment - From
Director of Land Records grant under head “2029-b Land Revenue-D-Land Records"-
temporary clerk will be supplied for such purely temporary purposes as the
re-arrangement of records.
Where records have been damaged by book beetle
or white-ants, coolies may be engaged temporarily for short periods to have the
records dusted, aired and exposed to sun shine.
19.4. Destruction Work - No separate
destruction muharrirs are employed. The work must be done by the ordinary
establishment.
19.5.
Settlement papers - All correspondence papers, and maps relating to
the settlement of a district should be made over to the Collector by the
Settlement Officer on the conclusion of settlement operations and be kept in an
entirely separate almirah in the Main Office with a separate register. The
Superintendent of Office is responsible for its safe custody. In order to
enforce this responsibility, the outgoing Superintendent should make over this
correspondence, etc., to the incoming Superintendent who should verify that the
files correspond with the catalogue, and this fact should be mentioned in the
charge report. Inspecting Officers should at their inspections see that this
order is properly carried out.
19.6. Form of catalogues- The assistant
district kanungo will keep in each basta a catalogue (goshwara) in the annexed form, R.-20.
The goshwara will be divided into two
sections, viz :-
(a)
Settelement records.
(b)
Annual records, etc.
Files will be entered in the goshwara in order of their
receipt.
Rejected mutations with lists will, on receipt in the record room, be
entered in these goshwaras. Since
these must be kept for 12 years in the record room one entry for the sheets
received with each jamabandi will be
sufficient.
19.7. Supply of copies of documents kept in
the Land Records Office - The rules for the supply of copies of records
under the control of the Deputy Commissioner apply to the Land Records Office.
The copying work of this office will be under the charge of the
officer-in-charge of the copying agency at district headquarters.
Separate copyists should be employed for making copies of papers kept
in the Land Records Office so that there may be no occasion for removing papers
elsewhere for copying purposes.
Separate registers should be kept for the copying transactions of the
Land Records Office.
19.8. Record-keeper not to be asked for
reports - The assistant district kanungo will perform the duties of
record-keeper but as he has to do a lot of other office work, the inspection
muharrirs, where they exist, will perform the duties of deputy record-keepers
and will be responsible for the safe custody, issue and despatch of records kept
in the record room. But it should be remembered that the responsibility of
assistant district kanungo will in no way be relaxed. In the interest of work it
is essential that the record-keeper and his assistants be kept strictly to their
proper duties. The officers should not call upon them for reports stating
particulars and result of previous cases but should require the parties to a
case to file necessary copies or have an extract prepared through the special
kanungo or patwari muharrir.
19.9. Control and Inspection of the Land
Records Office - The control of
the District Land Records Office and the ultimate responsibility for its good
working rests with the Collector. The duty of exercising a constant supervision
over the District Land Records Office should be made over to the
Officer-in-charge who will be specially responsible for the proper performance
of the work. The Financial Commissioner attaches importance to the frequent
detailed inspections of the Land Records Office registers by the Collector and
once a quarter at least the officer-in-charge must make complete inspections
thoroughly examining the work of temporary as well as the permanent
establishment. For further instructions in this behalf annexure G to chapter
no.8 "Inspection of Revenue Records” should be consulted.
The Collector must insist on the fact that no un due requisition for
files is made on the record office. Any court or officers continually infringing
this rule should be brought to the notice of the Collector by the
officer-in-charge.
19.10. Monthly totals of work - The Collector should also require the
record-keeper to lay before him or before the officer-in-charge, Land Records
Office, the work register maintained by the Deputy Record-Keeper (inspection
moharrir) in form R-12 monthly so that comparison with previous entries may be
made. Government will sanction applications for additional establishment only to
a limited extent and under well established necessity and it is, therefore,
essential that by constant vigilance a maximum outturn of work by existing
establishment should be secured.
The maintenance of diaries of work performed by each hand in the
record room may be ordered if necessary by the Collector.
19.11. Arrangement of files before they are
sent to record room- In the arrangement of records there are two operations
which must be separately noticed :-
1st. – The compilation of the file (misl) and record-of-rights, and
2nd – the placing of the file and record-of-rights in their
proper place in the record room.
No standing records-of –rights, annual records or file should be received
in the record room unless properly compiled. The district kanungo is responsible
for checking the record-of-rights or Jamabandis before they are actually
consigned in the record room (Paragraph 7.68). In the case of other files the
assistant district kanungo or inspection muharrirs should see that they are
properly indexed or the papers shown in the fly index tally with those on the
file.
The following rules relate to the compilation of files :-
I. – Papers which form part of the same case or proceedings(misl) should first be brought together. The leaves
which compose it should be numbered according to date on the outer corner of
each leaf and should be united by a thread and have an index on a separate sheet
attached to them.
The index should show prominently the name of the village, the nature of
the case and the date of the final order. It should also give the designation
and dates of the papers composing the file, each entry being marked with a
number corresponding with that borne on the outer-corner of the leaves of the
paper. The lists should be totalled, closed and signed where closed so as to
prevent future additions, any additions necessary to be made by the record department being in red ink. The
preparation of the index and the arrangement of the file should be very
carefully attended to by the ahlmad
personally, as mistakes in them throw considerable work on the record room
establishment. The record-keeper should be required to bring to the notice of
the Collector constant neglect on the part of any ahlmad.
II. – The file of every case belonging to the Branches under the control
of Assistant Superintendent Revenue and Record even if the case consists only of
a single application, must have an index, on which shall be entered a list of
all papers belonging to the file;
III. – The list must be drawn up as the case proceeds and each paper
entered in the proper column of the index.
19.12. Papers which need not go into the
record room - All files which are to come into the record room must be
arranged in accordance with the above orders. There is, however, a large number
of general papers which are now excluded from the record room. In their case it
is not, as a rule, necessary to prepare an index: the papers should, in the
first instance, be arranged chronologically and then disposed of by the moharrir
in charge of them in the manner laid down in the second column of the list
referred to below. The destruction should be carried out by the moharrir in the
presence of the district kanungo and of tehsildar or naib-tehsildar in
tehsils.
A list of files to be excluded from the record room will be found in Part
III, paragraphs 19.52 and 19.53 infra.
19.13. Arrangement of village records -
The records of each village should be placed as can conveniently be kept
together and should be bound in a cloth basta. These bastas should be placed topographically.
The bastas should be arranged by
tehsils, each tehsil having a different colored cloth . Coloured bastas can be obtained from the Jail
Department and the cost should be debited to district contingencies under head
19 – General Administration.
Bastas labels in Form R.-21
which has been standardized should be pasted on each basta.
The goshwara (Form R.21)
should remain with their proper bastas. When the new goshwaras are prepared the old ones
should not be destroyed but kept in bastas.
The records-of-rights should be kept in shelves, village maps in iron
almirahs in flat condition and the other records in the bastas as stated
above.
19.14. Kuliat files - Files treated as
kuliat should be arranged in annual
and not in village bundles and are entered only in the goshwaras in Form R-4. The index of
these files will be prepared in Form R.-20. It is convenient to keep certain
classes of kuliat files in tehsil
annual bundles instead of in the usual district bundles and it is not necessary
to have a separate set of kuliat
bundles for every class of kuliat
file listed, but there should be a separate goshwara for each set of bundles.
Whether any particular class of files should be kept in tehsil ot district
bundles, and which classes can be most conveniently kept together in one bundle,
depends on local consideration and, for facility of destruction, on the periods
for which the files are preserved. These questions are left to the discretion of
the Collector in each district.
19.15. Receipt of files in the Land Records
Office - As has been noted the record-keeper and his assistants are charged
with the work of receiving, examining, registering, placing, issuing and
restoring files and records-of-rights on their entry into the Land Records
Office.
Chalans should not be prepared in the
case of offices at headquarters but the mislband register should accompany the
file.
Standing
Record-of-rights or jamabandi and
other files when sent to the District Land Records Office for filing will be
accompanied by duplicate chalans one
of which will be returned to tehsil duly signed by the record-keeper.
19.16. Particulars showing the date
of destruction - Most of the records filed in Land Records Office are of
permanent nature. As regards the destruction of khatauni with fard, partal, chitha wajib-ul-arz, chitha
hquq chahat,chitha shajra nasab and sheets of rejected mutations the
record-keeper (naib-sadar kanungo) will make such arrangements that each
document is destroyed at the proper time. The particulars for the destruction of
kuliat file will be noted on the fly
index.
19.17. Entry in goshwara and subsequent disposal -
As soon as the file is prepared for record it will be entered in its appropriate
goshwara and consigned to its proper
place. As soon as it becomes ripe for destruction it will be destroyed and a
note to this effect made in the
"Column of destruction".
19.18. Issue of files from record room
- Files required by a court should be accompanied by a requisition in the form
R-8. A separate form should be used for each file as it has to be placed in the
basta from which each file is taken
and in the case of outlying courts this should be in duplicate as a copy has to
go back with the file.
Issues to outlying courts should be made by registered post: in the case
of courts at headquarter the
signature of the ahlmad should be
taken in the issue register.
The district kanungo should comply with only those requisitions which are
made in accordance with the rules referred to above.
19.19. Register of Issues - (i) The form of issue register (Daramad baramad) is prescribed in Form
R.-9. It should, generally speaking, be kept separately for each court but
outlying courts may, if desirable, be included in one register. There should,
however, always be separate registers for precepts from the High Court, and
requisitions from the Financial Commissioners.
(ii) On the second day of the
first month of each quarter the record department should send a list in Form
R.-10 of the files, which have not been returned to all courts below that of the
Financial Commissioners and the High Court, and ask them for a verification
regarding each file.
(iii) When files are not
returned within six months from the offices of Financial Commissioners and High
Court an official letter should be sent by the Collector to the officials
concerned.
(iv) Copyists have been
instructed to quote on the copy where the original has been consigned to the
record room the name of the village in the basta of which the file is deposited and
its hadbast number, also the basta number if that is available. These
particulars should be entered in the requisition. When the copy does not show
such particulars, the court making requisition should specify the name of the
village in the basta of which the
file is likely to be found. The duty of finding out what are the connected files
which are likely to be required by the court making requisition should not be
thrown on the record department except when it is beyond the knowledge of the
said court to furnish such details. Sufficient time should always be given to
the record department for complying with requisitions, and except in emergent
cases immediate requisitions should be avoided.
(v)(i) Ordinary records
required by the copying department will be supplied by the regular revenue
record room staff on production of the application for copies accompanied by a
requisition, containing full particulars of the document for being placed in the
basta. Where, owing to the defective
information supplied by the applicant the search for the record involves or is
likely to involve an unreasonable amount of trouble, the office-incharge of the
record room may impose a search fee at the following rates and endorse the
charge on the requisition :-
(i) Re.1 for the first Jamabandi searched and Paise fifty for
every additional
jamabandi.
(ii) Misal-Haqiat-as
above.
(iii) Field Map-as above,
and
(iv) For all other
documents-50 paise per document.
In such cases the search fee payable shall be certified by the
record-keeper to the Copying Agent who will recover it from the applicant and
credit it under the head "0029 Land Revenue-800-Other Receipts as a Record
Office receipt. The search, for which a fee is charged, will be made by a member
of the record room staff under the supervision of the record-keeper. The
record-keeper will furnish receipt for search fees from his counter-foil search
fee book in Form R.-13.
(vi) As files are occasionally
placed or replaced in the wrong bastas, in order to limit the area of
searching for a missing file so misplaced, the inspection moharrir will maintain
a "Number Book" in Form R.-11 showing the bastas actually handled each day.
19.20. Test of the proper arrangements of
records - Care will be requisite to maintain the proper arrangement of
records when they have once been put in order. In a well regulated office only a
few minutes should be occupied in producing required papers.
19.21. Summary - In order then to
satisfy oneself of the efficient state of a record office, it will be necessary
to ascertain that the records are rightly arranged, and can be quickly produced;
that they are placed up to the latest date required by the standing rules of the
office, and entered where necessary in the registers; that the goshwaraas for each village are properly
keep up; and that the files themselves are rightly compiled, the papers being
properly numbered and enumerated in the list and the list closed and signed and
the stamps re-punched.
19.22. Revenue documents which may be
inspected or of which copies may be granted - The following are the
documents which may be inspected:-
Records-of-rights and annual records and maps, and any other record or
proceeding framed under the Land Revenue Act.
Records of revenue courts and of any proceeding under the Tenancy Act, or
under any other Act pursuant to which a revenue officer has jurisdiction. Any
proceedings under the Colonization of Government Lands (Punjab) Act, V of 1912,
instituted with regard to any person or persons and conducted by the Revenue
Officer. Formal orders in the misl taqsim showing for each village the
allotment of land actually sanctioned by the Colonization Officer.
Notes prepared by clerks and notes written by the presiding officer to
refresh his memory are not open to inspection.
The inspection of general files containing records of executive
proceedings including reports made by the Revenue Officers under the
Colonization of Government Lands(Punjab) Act, V of 1912, is not permitted.
19.23. Inspections of revenue records and
cases pending and not pending - Inspections of records and cases that are
not pending are subject to the control of the head of the office in which they
are kept for custody. They are open to the inspection of the public.
Ordinarily permission for inspection should only be granted by the
officer-in-charge of the record office.
The inspection of pending cases is subject to the control of the Revenue
Officer or court before whom they are pending. And they shall not be inspected
on a day fixed for the hearing thereof, except with the special permission of
that officer or court. Ordinarily they are open to the inspection of the parties
only and of their pleaders or agents. "Inspection by petition writers is
forbidden and legal practitioner’s clerks may only inspect only records when the
legal practitioner concerned is present."
19.24. Time and place of inspection of
revenue records - The inspection of records shall be made at such time, in
such place, and in the presence of such officials as the head of the office, in
the case of records of decided cases, and the presiding revenue officer, in the
case of records of pending cases, may direct. If a record is not inspected on
the date fixed by the proper officer, it shall be restored and a fresh
application must be submitted before the record can again be taken out for
inspection. When any person inspecting the record of a case desires to continue
inspection of the same record on the following day he may give notice of his
intention to the official in whose presence inspection is made, and in such
cases no fresh application need be made in writing provided that the inspection
is continued from day to day. This will not affect the fees payable under
paragraph 19.26 infra.
19.25. Application for inspection of
revenue records - Application for inspection of records shall be made in
writing, and shall distinctly specify the record, inspection of which is
desired.
The application shall bear a one-rupee court-fee stamp, being the amount
of the fee charged for search.
19.26. Fees - The inspection fee is one
rupee for each hour or part of hour for ordinary and Rs.2 for each hour or part
of hour for urgent inspections, i.e, inspections on the date of hearing.
The fee shall be paid by means of an additional court-fee stamp or
stamps, affixed to the original application before the file is handed over to
the applicant.
If more time than is covered by the above fee is occupied in the
inspection, the balance shall be paid at the close of the inspection by affixing
an additional stamp or stamps to the application.
The fee prescribed by this rule is not payable in respect of records sent
for inspection by a revenue court or office on the application of party in a
suit or proceeding pending before it.
19.27. Separate application and separate
fee for each record - A
separate application shall be made and a separate fee paid for each record,
inspection of which is desired unless the records are so closely connected that,
in the opinion of the head of the office or presiding revenue officer, they may
be regarded as one, in which case one application and one fee will suffice.
19.28. Copying of documents prohibited
- The copying of any document or paper of a record during inspection and the use
of pen and ink are strictly prohibited. Pencil and paper may be used for the
purpose of taking notes, but no mark shall be made on any record or paper
inspected. Infringement or attempted infringement of this rule shall deprive the
person infringing of the right of
inspection.
19.29. Destruction of revenue files and
registers - The periods for which revenue files and registers are to be kept
are given in part III. At the conclusion of the periods specified the files
mentioned will be destroyed, a note of the destruction of files being entered in
the goshwara if all the papers are
destroyed and in the fly index if some only are destroyed. The note should be
attested by the record-keeper.
19.30. Destruction of records, how to be
carried out - All records and
registers which under these rules have become liable to destruction shall be
destroyed as soon as the period for their retention has expired. The
destructions of such records and registers shall be carried out under the
supervision of the record-keeper.
All papers liable to destruction shall be torn up, care being taken that
all court-fee stamps are duly cancelled; they shall then be sent to the
Superintendent of the nearest jail who will purchase the paper at market value
and return the bill drawn by the office , from which the purchase is made duly
countersigned for transmission to the Accountant-General. If there is no jail
,or if the jail authorities decline to take the paper, the orders of the
Commissioner shall be taken as to
its disposal.
19.31
Detail of the destruction procedure-The record-keeper should be
responsible for the destruction work and should see that the inspection
muharrirs are properly performing their duties in this respect. A progress
statement should be kept by each muharrir in form R-14. Every quarter the
record-keeper should submit through the officer-in-charge statement in form
R-15
19.32
Record room receipts - The
receipts from the district revenue record room are as follows:-
(1)
Fees for the inspection of records.
(2)
Copying and record office fees.
(3)
Search fees.
(4)
Sale-proceeds of waste paper.
(5)
Misc.
The first is
credited to stamp revenue as the fees is paid in court-fee but the amount
received can be seen from the stamp-applications for inspection.,
Nos .2 and 3 are credited to 0029-Land Revenue-800-Other Receipts or
XVII-Administration of Justice, as the case may be, and Nos 4 and 5 to 0029-
Land Revenue-800-Other Receipts.
It is an important duty of the record-keeper that inspection and search
fees should be promptly recovered, accounted for and credited to Govt. and that
no abuse of any kind takes place in the Land Record Office.
19.33 Budget estimates of record room
receipts-
The budget estimates of revenue record receipts and expenditure are due
on the dates specified in the Budget Manual. Contingent charges, connected with
Land Records Office, such as cost of stationery, book-binding etc., should be
defrayed from the district allotment for revenue contingencies : major repairs,
extensions, cost of new rack, etc., will be met by the Financial Commissioner
from the funds placed at his disposal for revenue works subject to the rule
applying to major and minor works.
19.34
How registers, books and files
should be kept - Registers and books should be kept in convenient shelves
not in bastas and current registers
and books should be kept in separate bastas. No other records should be kept
in the Land Records Office, and no records shown in part III of this chapter
should be kept elsewhere without the sanction of the Director of Land Records.
Papers shown in paragraphs 19.52 and 19.53 infra as excluded from the Land Records
Office should remain with the district Kanungo or clerk concerned or at the
tehsil as may be ordered.
19.35
Transmission of records-of-rights
- When records-of-rights are transmitted by post or otherwise to Civil or
Revenue Courts, they should be securely packed in boxes of suitable size made of
wood of block tin and fastened with lock and key. The key should be sent
separately to the presiding Officer of the Court, or in the case of the High
Court to the Registrar, by whom it will be returned to the district record
office. Boxes required for the purpose should be paid for from Revenue
contingencies.
19.36
Supply of village mussavis (maps)to Survey Department:
- In order to avoid inconvenice to civil and Revenue courts and officers besides
involving risk of damage to the maps themselves it has been decided by the
Financial Commissioners that whenever the Survey Department stands in need of
the mussavis for reference, the
matter should be reported to the Director of Land Records who will decide
whether the mussavis asked for should
be sent to the office of the Surveys Department or officials of that department
should make use of them in the office of the district kanungo or tehsil as the
case may be. The Collectors are not authorized to supply such mussavis direct to the Survey
Department
Part II -Tehsil Land Records
Office.
19.37 Tehsil Kanungo’s Office In all tehsils
a separate record room called the tehsil kanungo's office has been provided
which is in charge of the tehsil office kanungo under the direct supervision of
the tehsildars and the general control of the Sub-Divisional Magistrate The
ultimate responsibility for the good working of this office, as in the case of
District Land Records Office, rests with the Collector.
19.38
Establishment - With the
exception of field kanungos as
provided for in paragraph and 2.50, no additional staff and no unpaid
apprentices should be allowed to work in the office.
19.39
Records, etc., to be kept -
The only books, papers, files and registers which are kept in this office
are the followings:-
(i)
Books, pamphlets and manuals (printed in vernacular), furnished by Govt.
manuscript
circular orders and rules of practice.
Note: -One copy of obsolete and superseded books,
pamphlets and manuals may be kept, duplicates being
destroyed.
(ii)
Papers withdrawn from patwaris under paragraph 3.101.
(iii)
Registers mentioned in paragraph 8 of standing order 55
(iv)
Abstract village note-books when they are kept in tehsil under paragraph
10.7(7)
(v)
Sanctioned and rejected mutations sheets, lists and misc.papers connected
therewith.-(paragraph 7.38 and 7.39)
(vi)
Jamabandis and diluvion files
of the current settlement received annually
from patwaris.
(vii)
Crop abstracts, Halat-Dehi statements for ordinary Thur and Sem
girdawari ,annual and quinquennial returns and jiniswar statements
received from patwaris.
(viii)
Patwari and kanungo forms and plain paper.
(ix)
Misc papers and files –(paragraph 8 (ii) and (iii) of standing order
no.55)
19.40
Disposal of records etc. -
The above records should be disposed of in the following way:-
(i)
The registers and books should be kept in almirahs or racks, the old
volumes separate from the current.
(ii)
The papers withdrawn from patwaris should be kept in village bastas with catalogues (goshawaras) in form no.R-20 in which
papers should be entered in order of their receipt. No other papers or registers
should be kept in the village bastas
or entered in the goshwaras.
(iii)
The sheets of sanctioned and rejected mutations ( to be kept in separate
bundles ) should be placed in almirahs until they are sent to the sadar office. Similarly jamadandis and diluvion papers of the
current settlement should be kept in almirahs, racks or boxes until they are
despatched to the sadar office.
(iv)
Crop. abstracts, Halat Dehi statement for ordinary Thur and Sem girdawari
annual and quinquennial returns jinswar statement received from patwaris and
their goshwaras (abstracts) prepared
by the office kanungos for the posting of the circle and tehsil note-books,
interrogatories, miscellaneous applications, registration memoranda, etc. as
well as annual lists of mutations and misc. papers connected with mutations
should be kept in kuliat bastas and entered in a goshwara in form no. R-20 These records
should be destroyed after the prescribed period and the necessary columns of the
goshwar filled in.
(v)
The various kinds of patwari and kanungo forms and plain paper should be
kept together on racks in bundles of convenient and uniforms size to facilitate
check. A memorandum should be placed with each bundle of forms showing the
number of copies in stock. The memorandum should be corrected and dated whenever
forms or plain paper are added or withdrawn.
(vi)
All files of case, when complete, are returned to the sadar office; current files should be
kept with the office kanungo in a separate basta. Misc papers which are kept in the
tehsil kanungos office, such as those connected with.
(i)
inspection of tehsil kanungos office by Distt. Kanungo,
(ii)
census,
(iii)
cattle enumeration,
(iv)
harvest prices,
(v)
inspection notes,
(vi)
business returns,
(vii)
forms and their bills,
(viii)
crop estimates,
(ix)
harvest returns,
(x)
explanation of returns submitted,
will be
placed in kuliat until they are
destroyed under the relevant rules.
19.41
Copies - Copies of papers
kept in the tehsil kanungos office should be made by the office kanungo himself
as far as possible and attested by the tehsildar or naib- tehsildar. The rules
for the supply of copies of records under the control of the Deputy Commissioner
apply to the tehsil kanungos office. The copying work of this office will be
under the charge of the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar.
Paragraph
19.11 supra- Arrangement of files before
they are sent to
the sadar record room.paragraph
19.12. supra-
Papers which need not go into the record room.
Paragraph
19.13 supra
Arrangement of village bundles.
Parapraph
19.14 supra
Kuliat files.
Paragraph
19.15 supra
Receipt of files in the record room
Paragraph
19.17 supra
Entries in goshwara and
subsequent disposal
Paragraph
19.20 supra Test of proper arrangement of
records
Paragraph
19.22 to
Inspection of records
19.28 supra
Paragraph
19.29 supra
Destruction of Revenue files and registers
Paragraph
19.30 supra Destruction of records, how
to be carried out
Paragraph
19.32 supra Record room receipts.
Paragraph
19.33 supra Budget estimates of record
room receipts.
PART III- PRESERVATION AND DESTRUCTION OF
RECORDS.
*
*
*
*
*
Note:- The rules regarding the destruction of
revenue records will be found in Financial Commissioner's notification no.76,
dated 2nd may, 1914, as amended by no.236, dated 21st December, 1914, and Punjab
Government notification no.272, dated 12th April, 1915, no.666, dated 26th
October, 1915, and no.116, dated 19th February, 1916, no.492, dated 31st July,
1916, no.643, dated 30th October, 1916, no.1571-R, dated 23rd January, 1917,
no.4091-R, dated 27th February, 1917, and no. 6681-R, dated 28th March, 1917,
no. 14587, dated 10th July, 1917, and no.15412, dated 30th July 1917, the rules
embodied in these notifications are reproduced below.
Section A—General
19.43 Definition-
For the purpose of these rules revenue records consist only of papers
contained in files.
19.44
Classification - Revenue
records consists of registers (including statements, returns, lists, & C.)
books and files. As regards registers and books, no further classification is
necessary: they will be kept or destroyed in accordance with the instructions
contained in paragraphs 19.45 and 19.46 infra. As regards files, these are
divided into two classes for the purpose of destruction:-
(i)
Such as are consigned to the record room.
(ii)
Such as are excluded from the record room.
List of the former are given in paragraphs
19.47 to 19.50 infra and of the
latter in paragraphs 19.52 and 19.53 infra. In the case of files not
specified in these lists the orders of the collector shall be taken as to
whether they shall be brought on the
Land Records Office register or not. The collector shall decide in the
case of such files the periods for which they shall be preserved, but in the
case of files of importance, shall refer the case to the Commissioner for his
information before ordering destruction after any specified
period.
Section B- Revenue files and registers consigned to the
District Land Records Office
I—Destruction of
registers.
19.45 Registers to be kept in
perpetuity-
The following revenue registers and books shall be preserved in
perpetuity, except as provided in the note to (1) below:-
(1)
All printed books, pamphlets and manuals furnished by Government, manuscripts,
circular orders and rules of practice.
Note: One copy of obsolete and superseded books,
pamphlets, and manuals to be kept and the rest to be destroyed. These papers
will be divided between the District Record Room and Land Records Office
according to subjects.
(2)
Tabular statements of former settlements, including counterparts of
general statements for a tehsil or other tract.
(3)
Register of estates the property of Government and of grazing or fuel
preserve.
(4)
Register of assignments of land revenue.
(5)
Register of inam grants to members of the agricultural community (Rule 1
(2) under paragraph 48 of standing order No.7)
(6)
Registers of grants for the formation of wayside groves and the sinking
of
wells where such exist.
(7)
Registers of pensioners.
(8)
Register of prevailing castes and tribes.
(9)
Note books kept up by tehsil office kanungos and district
kanungos.
(1)
Registers of patwari circles.
(2)
Registers of rainfall at sadar
(Paragraphs 12.15 and 12.16).(Tehsil Registers should be destroyed after one
year)
II—Destruction of
files.
19.47.
Files to be kept in perpetuity -
The following revenue files shall be preserved in perpetuity:-
(1)
Standing record-of-rights (section 31 (2), Land Revenue Act), including
records of expired settlements.
(2)
Village boundary musavis and index maps showing corners of squares and
baseline stones, supplied by the Survey of India during reverain
measurement.
(3)
Mutation registers containing original orders and the files of mutations
(except mutations by mortgage).
(4)
Detailed jamabandis and the maps, statements of irrigation and customs
and genealogical trees, mutations sheets, and lists of revenue assignments
appended thereto.
(5)
Naqsha tankih haquq
muzarian.
(6)
Village boundary (thak bast) cases between adjecent village under section
101, Land Revenue Act.
(7)
Mussavi Parat Sadar (Prepared in cosolidatin of Holdings
Operations)
(8)
Record of rights and other papers connected with it.
19.48 Deleted.
|
S.No |
Nature of case |
Time when period begins to
run |
|
1
2
3
4 |
"Abbreviated Jamabandis (paragraph
3.106), work books (paragraph 3.85) consisting of counterfoils and notes
of inspection, and inspection books (paragraph 3.86")
Sheets of rejected mutations
(paragraph 7.38(ix))
Chitha shajra nasab and chitha naqsha
haquq chahat
Roznamcha Partal
Afsran |
From date of filing
From date of receipt in record
room
Ditto
Ditto
|
19. 50
Files to be kept for indefinite
periods - The following revenue
files shall be preserved for the periods specified in the last column of the
schedule below and shall then be destroyed:-
|
S. No |
Nature of case |
Period |
|
1
2
3
4
5
|
Papers connected with special
assessments including diluvion assessments –(section 59, Land Revenue
Act)
Internal distribution of assessment at
settlement (bachh)
Papers regarding cattle
enumeration
Khataunis
Misal Tarmin Triqa
Bachh |
Until sanction of new
settlements
Ditto
Until the next enumeration has been
completed
For the term of settlement to which
they relate and destroyed after the khataunis for the next settlement have
been prepared and filed.
Until sanction of new
Settlement |
19.51 Destruction to be carried out under the
supervision of the record-keeper - The work of destruction shall be carried
out under the direct supervision of the record-keeper and shall be effected by
tearing up the papers to be destroyed.
SECTION C:-- REVENUE FILES AND REGISTERS
EXCLUDED FROM THE LAND RECORD OFFICE
I.—Destruction of
registers
19.52
The following registers shall be preserved for the period noted against
each from the date of last entry and shall then be destroyed:-
|
S.No |
Nature
of case |
Period |
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 |
Copy
of register of patwari circle –(Standing order No.55, paragraph 8)
Canal
khataunis
Canal
abstract statements
Register
of accepted patwari candidates – (Paragraph 3.6 and paragraph 7 of
standing order No.55)
Register
of demand of mutation fees – (Paragraph 55 of standing order no.33)
Monthly
registers of prices current – (paragraph 14.1)
Register
of patwaris' forms, etc, etc, prescribed in paragraph 3.97
Tehsil
annual statements of lapsed and resumed assignments.
Statements
of revenue business
Registers
of annual returns filled by patwari
All
registers not herein before provided for
Vernacular
translation and inspection notes
Extact
from issue register sent for verification of files
Register
of abstacts of orders to which effect is to be given in patwari's salary
bills
Mutation
registers not containing original orders
Rough
copy (chitha) of the nakhilstan
Rough
copy (chitha) of the wajib-ul-arz
Papers
connected with preparation of crop estimates, jiniswar statements
Dak
bahis of field kanungos.
Despatch
register maintained by office and sadar kanungos.
|
6 years
3
years
3 years after the
date of
inspection
1 year
To be destroyed as soon as they reach the tehsil
3 years from close
of
settlement
operations
3 years from harvest under
report.
. 12 years from the
date
of their
completion
|
II.—Destruction of
files
19.53 Destruction of papers which do not come
into the Land Record’s Office - In the case of files excluded from the Land
Records Office, in the absence of orders to the contrary, no fly index shall be
prepared: the papers of each file shall in the first instance be arranged
chronologically by the clerk in charge of them and preserved for the period
prescribed in the second column of the lists below and then destroyed. The
destruction shall be carried out by the clerk in the presence of the officer,
under whose orders he works, and shall be effected by tearing up the papers to
be destroyed. In the case of continued correspondence the file shall not be set
aside for destruction until the correspondence is complete.
(a)
The
following files shall be preserved for the period noted against each from the
end of the year to which the papers relate and shall then be
destroyed:-
|
S.No |
Nature of case |
Period
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 |
Distribution of work among
officers
Tehsildars and
naib-tehsildars' diaries and their abstracts kept in the tehsil
Diaries of daroghas of tirni, & C., and kanungos, and
work books of patwaris and tour statements of kanungoes, abstract diaries
of tehsildars and naib-tehsildars sent to headquarters.
Monthly and quarterly
business returns
Applications of candidates
including patwari and kanungo for employment
Applications of officials
for appointment to a particular vacancy.
Reports from tehsil about
cattle disease
List of papers sent by
post
Applications for registers,
papers and printed forms
Orders for prepatation of
statements. |
1 years
6 months
3 months |
\
(b) The
following files shall be destroyed in accordance with directions noted against
each:-
|
S.No |
Nature of case |
Time of destruction
|
|
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
|
Translation of references
from' higher authorities calling for explanation of returns submitted.
Applications for travelling
allowance
Papers relating to prices
current
Applications of tehsildars
or other courts and offices for registers, papers and printed forms.
Paper relating to enquiry
about the heirs of deceased sepoys and the disposal their estates.
Robkars of officers fixing date of
arrival
Reports of sadar ahlmads for statements due from
tehsils and connected papers
Rabkars calling on ahlmads to prepare annual
statements
Application for inspection
of files
Application for copies of
office documents
Papers relating to the
transfer of pensions from one district to another
Indents for revenue
forms
2nd copy of receipted or
amended invoice relating to forms and blank papers (paragraph 3.96)
Reports connected with
preparation of half yearly harvest return under standing order No.53
Papers regarding intimation
from Canal Department for closure of canal on certain dates.
Monthly statements of
unanswered references
Papers regarding
distribution of books..
Rainfall reports
Reports of calamities of
season or of epidemic diseases or of insanitary condition of village, sent
for information only
Half-yearly statement
received from the head post office relating to military pensioners who
receive their pensions through the post office, and yearly lists received
from Treasury Officers, relating to civil pensioners.
 Casual
leave papers..
Undisputed applications for
boundary demarcation
Translations of
letters..
Annual fards bachh kept at the tehsil
Lists of mutation fee
Annual files of
registration memoranda relating to transfer of agricultural land received
from registration officers
District Land Revenue
Administrati on report
District Colony Reports
Files of verification of
jagirdars and muafidars
including inspection registers of muafidars maintained in patwari
and kanungo standard form No.79
Files of verification of
civil and military pensioners, including inspection registers of such
pensioners maintained in patwari and kanungo standard form No.43-B. |
When the order
passed
have been carried out.
When the annual return has
been submitted.
When acknowledgment of
receipt has been received.
One year after the
reference has been replied to.
When tour is completed.
When statements are
complete.
When the statements have
been prepared and sent in
When the audit note for the
period is over.
At the end of the year
to
which the papers relate.
One year after the date of
receipt in office.
At the end of the year
to
which the papers relate.
After the expiry of one
year from the date of disposal
At the end of the year to which the papers relate.
When the next jamabandi is filed with its fards.
Three years from the date
of receipt in tehsil.
One year from date of
receipt of last memorandum that completes the file.
When the next settlement is
included
Fifteen years after the
report is printed.
After the expiry of four
years from the date of disposal.
Ditto
|
19.54.
For specimen of forms R-.4, R-.8, R.9, R.10,
R..-11, R.-13, R..-14, R..-15, R..-20 (fly index for kuliat files only) and R..-21, Appendix
A of chapter 9 of the District Office Manual should be consulted.
The specimen
of forms R.12 (Land Records Office Work Register) and R-20 (goswara) are given below:-
R.-12 LAND RECORDS OFFICE WORK
REGISTER
|
Details of files received |
|
|
|
|
Date of receipt |
Tehsil |
Village |
Record of rights |
khataunis |
field books |
Musavis |
Jamabandis |
Alluvion and
diluvion |
Others |
No. of files issued |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R.-20 – LIST
OF PAPERS OF MAUZA
|
Sr.no |
Description of
record |
year to which it
relate |
Date of filing |
Signature of district
kanungo or assistant |
Date of destruction |
Signature of district
kanungo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: - In the case of records kept at
tehsil offices, columns 5 and 7 will be signed by the office kanungo instead of
by the district kanungo.
APPENDIX 1 TO THE PUNJAB LAND
RECORDS MANUAL
YEARLY PROGRAMME OF THE WORK OF A
SUB-DIVISIONAL MAGISTRATE
|
Month |
Work |
Authority |
Remarks |
|
October
November to the end of
February
November – February
March
April to the end of
September
|
1.
Will
check kharif girdawari work and will visit specially the villages whose
circumstances are precarious and in which suspensions or remissions are to
be made or have been made. About such villages he will submit a note to
the Collector which will be of great assistance to him in deciding what
course to follow in the matter of recovering arrears or proposing
remissions.
2.
Will
specially visit the villages in which there is fluctuating
assessment
1. W ill
test the work of Field Kanungos in detail
2.
Will
test the land records work of Tehsildar and Naib-tehsildar in
detail
3.
Will
attest jamabandis
on spot, and note the result on the jamabandis
to be filed in the District Office.
4.
Will
visit Burd Baramad villages in which revenue affected is more than
Rs.100
5.
The
Deputy Commissioner or his assistants in the cold weather ascertain in a
number of cases by personal inspection at or near the village in which the
revenue-free plot is situated that the revenue-free holders not included
in the lists received from the Tehsildar are in existence, and that the
lists and reports furnished by the Tehsildar are correct. The number of
cases so tested should be mentioned in the annual revenue report of the
district.
6. Recording
of notes in the Abstract village note books
1.
Will
check Rabi Girdawari and act as detailed in October.
1.
Will make one inspection of the
office of Tehsil Office Kanungo in a year and should overhaul the
mutation work of Tehsil Revenue Offiecers. The Assistant Collector
officer-in-charge of Revenue Branchs of the district should also inspect
the Sadar
Kanungo's office. As these inspection Rain-gauges should invariably be
inspected.
2.
Will
supervise and check some work of jamabandis
which are being prepared, and see that they are filed in Tehsil in
time.
3.
Will
make two crop experiments in each harvest.
4.
The Assistant Collector/officer-in-charge of Revenue Branches of
the district should also make quarterly inspections of the Revenue Record
Room. |
Para 8.1, L.R.M.
Para. 8.5, L.R.M
Para. 8.13,
L.R.M.
Para. 7.62,
L.R.M.
S.O.7,para
59(vii)
Para 407, L.A.M.
Para 8.1, L.R.M.
S.O.14, Para1, para
381, L.R.M, Para 8.16, L.R.M.
Para 7.62, L.R.M.
Para 15.3(b), L.R.M.
Para 19.9, L.R.M.
|
|
Note. - The foregoing programme is only meant as a
guide and the Collector can alter it to suit local conditions. For detailed
instructions the Dastur-ul-Amal of the District and Land Records Manual should
be consulted.
APPENDIX II TO THE PUNJAB LAND
RECORDS MANUAL
YEARLY PROGRAMME OF THE WORK OF
TEHSIL REVENUE OFFICERS
|
Month |
Work to be done |
Authority |
Remarks
|
|
October
November to the end of
February |
1.
Will
submit their diaries to the Collector on the 1st of each
month
2.
They will so lay out their work that no part of Tehsil remains
unvisited from the crop inspection of Kharif Girdawari and will inspect a
few villages thoroughly rather than a great number nominally. They will
pay special attention to villages in which suspensions are likely to be
required.
3.
Will check the work of the Patwaris and Kanungos in alluvial record
and assessment work. In villages under fluctuating assessment they will check 50* per cent,
kharaba fields and will sign all kharaba numbers.
4.
Will check the condition of Trigonometrical survey pillers,
Trijunction pillers, survey marks, International boundary pillars and base
line marks during their tours and will make report about those which are
in need of repairs. They will make entries in their diaries of their
having done so.
5.
A detailed report should be submitted to the Deputy Commissioner
about Trigonometrical survey pillers International boundary pillars after
kharif Girdawari
1.
Will check some of the entries of Bachh papers, and sign the
Patwari's copy.
2.
Will make a thorough inspection of the work of all Patwaris'circles
in their charge, and of as many estates in the circles as possible with a
view also to testfully the quality of the Qanungos work. This is
called"Partal Dafter" such notes should be sent to the sadr kanungo's office for
necessary action.
3.
Will satisfy themselves during the course of their tours that
persons entered in Tehsil lists of assignments are living.
4.
Will check the Tatima Shajras prepared under the
instructions contained in para 4.24, L.R.M.. They are not expected to do
much in the way of chaining, but they are responsible for the general
accuracy of the measurements.
5.
Will make the final attestation on the spot and shall observe the
following instructions:-
(1) At
least 25 percent, of the khatauni holdings should be read
out on the spot in the presence of the assembled right holders.
(2) At
least 25 percent, of the mutations attached to the jamabandis should be compared with
the Khewats concerned.
(3) At
least 25 percent of the khewat holdings should be compared with the old jamabandi.
(4)
At least 25 percent of the khewat entries in the original copy
should be compared with the corresponding entry in the patwari's copy of
the jamabandi.
The
number of the fields,tatima shajras of which have been
attested, must be specified as also that of the un-attested mutations
entered before the 16th June, or the date approved by the
Director of Land Records; of these there should be as few as possible.
They should also fill in two copies of the prescribed final attestation
slip and attach one to each of the two copies of the jamabandi.
6. Will
attest all the mutations in estates for. which jamabandies are to be
prepared before the middle of January and the pending mutations of others
as well, as far as possible.
7. Will enter
on blank pages of the note books of the tehsil copies a brief history of
the villages since the last jamabandis were prepared for the
villages in which jamabandis
have been prepared or at other times whenever any event of serious
importance occurs. Notes will be made when suspension, recoveries, or
remission are ordered and also for tracts where there are fluctuating
assessments.
|
S.O.
12, para 46.
Annexure E, of Chapter 8
L.R.M. and para 363, L.A.M.
Item 5, Chapter 8, annexure
E. (17) and L.A.M. para 444.
Para 4.11, L.R.M.
Para 4.6(3), L.R.M.
Para 3.21, L.R.M. and
annexure, E(13) Chapter 8, L.R.M.
Para 8.11, L.R.M.
S.O. 7, para 63(iv)
Para, 4.24, L.R.M.
Para 7.62, L.R.M.
Para 7.56 L.R.M.
Para 10.4
L.R.M and
L.A.M., para, 400.
|
*25 percent, kharaba fields
will be checked in certain districts where it has been specially
prescribed by the Financial Commissioner |
|
March |
1. Will check Rabi
Girdawari etc. as detailed in October, Nos. 2,3 and 4
2.Will take with them
registers of revenue free grants and verify personally the existence of
assignees, entering note to this effect in the columns of remarks
|
SO 7,para 59 (iv) |
|
|
April
May&15th June |
1. In April they will
furnish a list to the patwari's of changes by lapses of assignees, which
have occurred during the year ,and a list of assignees of land revneue who
have neither attended nor furnished a life certificate. They wil also
report with refernce to all grants for institutions such as
Mosques,Khangahs, etc., whether the terms on which they were made have
been complied with, and the assignees are alive. |
SO 7,para 59(v) and
(vi) |
|
|
|
2.Will check extra Rabi
Gurdawari |
|
|
|
|
3. Will attest all the
mutations of village before 15th June of which jamabandi are to
be prepared
|
paras 7.56 and 7.59
L.R.M. |
|
|
16th June
to7th September |
1. Will do local
attestation of jamabandi being prepared in their circles in the hot
weather before they are filed in the tehsil They will also check some
entries of the jamabandis and their connected statements under preparation
to see whether patwari's and kanungos are doing their work carefully and
accurately |
para 7.62 ,L.R.M. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note-The programme detailed above is
only meant as a guide and the Collector can alter it to suit local conditions.
For detailed instructions the Dastur-Ul-Amal of the District and Land Records
Manual should be consulted.
APPENDIX III TO THE PUNJAB LAND RECORDS
MANUAL |
|
YEARLY
PROGRAMME OF THE WORK OF A FIELD KANUNGO |
|
Month |
Work to
be done |
Authority |
Remarks |
|
Remarks |
1.Will submit to the
Tehsildar his monthly diary and diariess of the
Work to be done
patwari in his circle not
later thanb the 4th of each month |
para 2.52 L.R.M.
|
|
|
|
2.Will check the birth and
death Registers of chaukidars occasionally throughout the year
|
para 2.67 L.R.M. |
|
|
|
3.Will submit to the Sadr
kanungo his quarterly statements on the 10th of the month
succeeding the conclusion of each quarter |
para 2.49 L.R.M. |
|
|
|
4.Will inspect sufficient
field on spot to assure himself about the correct entry of kharif crops
entered in the Khasra Girdawari by the partwari and every number |
Annexure A,(7),
chapter 8,L.R.M. |
field kanungo is
responsible to sign each and every number of the areas in which there is
fluctuating assessment and get prepared their muntakhibs which he will check and
sign. |
|
|
5. Will verify list of
number in which any change of the areas cultivating ,occupancy or rent has
occurred, and total under his signature, |
para 9.9(b) L.R.M. |
|
|
|
6. Will inspect the
patwaris diaries and check the altrations which have been made in the
khasra Girdawaris very carefully |
9.9(c) L.R.M. |
|
|
|
7. Will check crop
abstracts (jinswara), and sign them as correct. |
Para 9.11
L.R.M. |
|
|
|
8.Will check condition of
Trigonometrical survey pillars international boundry pillars recorded in
Khasra Girdwari, and after khariff Girdawari, will send a report about all
such pillars to the Tehsildar and also about the condition of Tri-juction
pillars base line marks, international boundry pillars etc. |
9.11.L.R.M. |
|
|
October..
concld. |
9.Will
see whether the patwaris had rectified the defects of which a copy of
thePartal was supplied to him in the month of September. He should initial
all the alterations made by the patwari in his copy of the
jamabandi |
Para 7.61, L.R.M. |
|
November.. |
1. Will
check the Bach papers with the last jamabandi and Mutation registers
and sign them. He will compare it with the copy for Lambardar and sign it.
He will initial all erasures and corrections in both copies
2. Will
check and draw up a list of the cross marked numbers and give it to the
Patwari to prepare their Tatima Shajras |
Para 3.21, L.R.M.
Para 4.26, L.R.M. |
|
December.. |
1. Will prepare a list of fields
which
require amendment
2. Will check “Burd Baramad”
papers
3.
Will check extra Kharif
Girdawari
4. Will check Tatima Shajras on spot
5. Will make preliminary attestation
of jamabandis and Shajra Nasabs of villages of his
circle of which quinquennial jamabandis are to be
prepared |
Para 4.24, L.R.M.
Para 4.24, L.R.M.
Para 7.57, L.R.M. |
|
January.. |
1. Will do work mentioned in Nos. 2,
3 and 4 in the month of December above
2. Shall report to the Tehsildar the
condition of Patwarkhanas of his circle, etc. |
Para
3.57,(viii)L.R.M. |
|
February.. |
1. Will do remaining work mentioned
in No.2 of December |
|
|
March.. |
1. Will do all the work mentioned at
4 to 8 in October
2. Will compare the lists of, Civil
and Military pensioners with the patwaris copies of jamabandis |
S.O.7, Para.
63(iii) |
|
April.. |
1. Will check the corrected Bachh
papers (Fard Dhal Bachh)
2. Will check the extra Rabi
Girdawari commenced by the patwari after 15th April
3. In April of each year the stock of
each patwari should be verified and examined, and condition of the
articles duly noted in column 4 of the equipment register
4. Will check the register of records
in the custody of patwaris
5. Will check addas |
Para. 3.21, L.R.M.
Para. 9.1. L.R.M.
Para. 3.70,
L.R.M. |
|
May.. |
1. Will check the extra Rabbi
Girdawariandthecropsabstracts(jinswar) prepared by the patwaris
2. Will check Bachh work |
Para.2.47 L.R.M |
|
June, July and
August.. |
1. Will pay special attention to the
detailed jamabandis which are
being prepared by his patwaris. He should attest all the entries holding
by holding in the presence of the zamindars concerned and also the
genealogical trees (Shajra
Nasabs)
2. Will check the changes made in
soil classification
3. Will check annual and quinquennial
statements and sign them |
Para.7.60, L.R.M.
Para. 7.51, L.R.M.
Para. 10.1,
L.R.M. |
|
September.. |
1. Will bring to the Tehsil
headquarters his registers of patwaris mentioned in para. 2.51, L.R.M.
when the Office Kanungo will send them to the Sadr Kanuango for the
incorporation of the remarks in the character rolls of the patwaris
2. Will check theTatima Shajras incorporated by Patwaris
in the copy of the map kept in the Tehsil, and in the map with the
patwaris. He will note that he has done so in his note of checking the jamabandis
3. Will spend September at Tehsil
headquarters checking jamabandis with a view to see that
the changes based on mutations have been properlyincorporated
4. Will check the mutation fee and
compare it with the list.
5. Will check and sign the annual and
quinquennial statements
6. Will sign pages of Khasra
Girdawari where he assessment is fluctuating and Khasra Girdawari is
prepared every year |
Para. 3.31, L.R.M.
Para. 4.31, L.R.M.
Para. 2.50 and 7.61,
L.R.M.
Para. 7.36, L.R.M.
|
Note—The programme detailed above
is only meant as a guide and the Collector can alter it to suit local
conditions. For detailed instruction the Dastur-ul-Amal of theDistrict and Land
Records Manual should be consulted.
APPENDIX IV TO THE PUNAB LAND
RECORDS MANUAL
YEARLY PROGRAMME OF THE WORK OF A
PATWARI
|
Month |
Work to
be done |
Authority |
REMARKS
|
|
October.. |
1. Will post to the Field Kanungo a
copy of his monthly diary cattle disease report on the first of each
quarter
2. Will do Kharif harvest inspection
work, and make its entry in the Khasra Girdawari
3. Will enter in his diary list of
all field numbers in which any change of cultivating accupancy or rent has
accurred
4. Will enter in his diary all
alterations regarding entries made in the Khasra Girdawari
5. At the end of each day’s work he will total the
pages of Khasra Girdawari completed
6. Will complete crop abstracts
(jinswars) before the commencement of his work in the second village, and
through the field Kanungo will send them to office Kanungo of Tehsil after
having entered them in his jinswar register (Lal kitab).
7. Will note condition of
trigonometrical survey pillars International Boundary pillars in his
Khasra Girdwari, and after Kharif Girdawari will send a report about all
such pillars to the Tehsildar through his Field Kanungo
8. He will also note the condition of
trijunction pillars, beseline marks International Boundary pillars and
other survey marks in the Khasra Girdawari during harvest inspections and
will submit reports about those in seed of repairs
9. Will make corrections in the Part Patwar of the jamabandi in accordance with the
copy of the Partal supplied to him by the Field Kanungo in
September |
Paras. 9.1 and 9.8,
L.R.M.
Para. 9.9. (b) ,
L.R.M.
Para. 9.9. (c) , L.R.M.
Para. 9.10. L.R.M.
Para. 9.11, L.R.M.
Para. 4.6(1) (3).
L.R.M.
Para. 9.3 (vii). L.R.M.
|
Girdawari of villages in
which there is a fluctuating assessment will also be done simultaneossly
and their Muntakhibasi prepared.
|
|
November.. |
1. Will prepare the Bachh papers
(Fard Dhal Bachh), and will hand them over to the Lambardars before the
end of the month
2. Will write up the Mutations
discovered in the course of the Kharif Girdawari
3. Will undertake amendments of the
field maps on remeasurements that may be necessary
4. In Riverain chaks wherever
possible he will amend the survey before preparing the Bachh and mutation
papers
5. Will compare entries in Khasra
Girdawari with the Sudkar prepared by Canal Patwari |
Paras. 9.14, 3.21 and 4.24
L.R.M.
.
|
The Patwari will make the
amendments of the field map, and prepare Tatima Shajras of cross marked numbers in
the Khasra Girdawari, a list of which has been supplied to him by his
Kanungo (para 4.24, L.R.M.) This work he will do from November to January.
|
|
December.. |
1. Will do work mentioned in Nos. 3
and 4 above
2. He will do harvest inspection of
extra Kharif crops such as Toria and Shalgams etc
3. Will assist lambardars in the
collection of revenue
|
Para.3.20, L.R.M. |
|
|
January.. |
1. Will do work mentioned in Nos. 3
and 4 in November, and prepare files of alluvial and diluvial areas
2. Will visit each estate for which a
quinquennial jamabandi is to be
prepared
3. Will enter up the mutations that
have come to light as a result of prelirninary attestation.
4. Will assist Lambardars in the
collection of Revenue |
Paras 9.14 and 4.24,
L.R.M.
Para. 7.57, L.R.M.
Para. 7.57, L.R.M.
Para. 3.20, L.R.M. |
|
|
February.. |
1. Will do the remaining work of
alluvion and diluvion, if any
2. Preparation of Shajra Latha
3. Comparison of the entries in the
list of assignment and pension with the list received from Tehsil |
Para.9.14, L.R.M.
Para.4.30,L.R.M.
Para.63, S.O.7 |
|
|
March.. |
1. In this month patwariwill do Rabi
Girdawari and all other work detailed to be done in October during the
Kharif Girdawari except No.7
2. Will pay Special attention to the
entering up of mutations of the villages under quinquennial
attestation |
Para.7.58, L.R.M.
|
|
|
April.. |
1. Will compare the records with the
Register in his custody and will sign in Column 6
2. Will compare his Khasra Girdawari
with that of the canal Patwari
3. Will write up the Mutation
registers
4. Will correct the bachh papers to
make them agree with the events that have occurred since their
preparation
5. Will commence extra Rabi Girdawari
after 15th April
6. Will make changes in soil classification in villages
the quinquennial attestation whereof is to take place
7. Will make amendments in the Field
maps and do the measurements of the fields in which further changes were
brought to light in Rabi Girdawari |
Chapter 3. Instruction No.
4 under Form P.XI
Para. 9.14, L.R.M.
Paras. 3.21 and 9.14,
L.R.M.
Para 9.1 and 9.13,
L.R.M.
Para 7.41(6) , L.R.M.
instructions on column 7
Para. 4.26, L.R.M.
|
|
|
May.. |
1.
Will furnish extra Rabi Girdawari and send its crop abstracts
(jinswars) to the Tehsil Office Kanungo, through the field Kanungo
2. Will prepare
Fards Dhal Bachh and hand them over to the Lambardars before
15th May |
Paras.9.1, 9.11 and 9.13,
L.R.M.
Para.9.14, L.R.M. |
|
|
June.. |
1. Will assist the
lambardars in the collection of revenue
2. Will prepare
Statements Nos. 1,4,5 and 5-A, which are annually prepared for every
village
3. After
15th June will commence the writing of jamabandis of villages under
quinquennial attestation, and copies thereof. |
Para.3.20, L.R.M.
Para.10.1, L.R.M.
Para.7.60, L.R.M. |
|
|
July and August.. |
1. Will prepare
quinquennial statements, 6 to 8
2. Will prepare
lists of attested mutations and send them to the Tehsil not later than Ist August
3. Will write
detailed jamabandis of villages
under quinquennial attestation and copies thereof.
4. Will renew the
village map (Shajra Latha) if
necessary |
Para.10.1, L.R.M.
Para.7.38(v) , L.R.M.
Para.7.60, L.R.M.
Para.4.30, L.R.M. |
|
|
September.. |
1. Will file jamabandis and connected
statements with the Tehsil Office Kanungobefore the 7th of
September
2. Will incorporate
Tatima Shajras in their maps
and in those kept in the Tehsil under the supervision of their
Kanungos
3. Will bring with
them all Khasras Girdawari, diaries, work books, abbreviated jamabandis that are more than 12
years old, and Dhal Bachhs which will be destroyed by the Tehsil Office
Kanungo. He will get the signature of Ofice Kanungo in column 5 of the
register of records
4. Will get the
annual supply of forms from the Office Kanungo
5. Will bring with
him the Register of survey equipments for comparison with that of the
office Kanungo
6. Will prepare the
list of mutation fees.
7. Will prepare new
khasra Girdawari of the villages of which jamabandis have been filed
8. Will bring
register relating to accounts of copying and inspection fee of patwaris
records |
Para.7.61, L.R.M.
Para.4.31, L.R.M.
Chapter 3, L.R.M. in
(Para.3.99) and instructions under for P.XI.
Para.3.97, L.R.M.
Para.3.88(a). L.R.M.
Para.7.34, L.R.M.
Para.9.2, L.R.M.
Para.3.48(iii) ,
L.R.M. |
|
Note:-The programme detailed
above is only meant as a guide and that Collector can alter it to suit local
conditions. For detailed instructions the Dastur-ul-Amal of the District and
Land Records Manual should be consulted.
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
TO THE
LAND RECORDS MANUAL
Paragraphs
|
Abadi jamabandi form |
7.45 |
|
Absentees, treatment of
rights of - in record of rights |
7.25 |
|
Abstract of pending
mutation cases prepared by district kanungo |
2.63 |
|
- Statements, destruction
of - |
3.104 |
|
- of tehsildars and naib’s
diary to be submitted to Collector |
8.12 |
|
-village note books to be
taken in camp by Deputy Commissioner or any of his Assistants |
10.7(10) |
|
-, instructions regarding
maintenance of - |
10.7 |
|
Account(s) rules relating
to patwar charges |
3.44,
3.45 |
|
- of contingent expenditure
kept by district and office Kanungos |
2.64,
2.65 |
|
- fees realized by Patwaris
|
3.48(iii) |
|
Acknowledgements for
payment of land revenue
|
3.20 |
|
Acquiescence of landlord in
mutation proceedings of occupancy rights |
7.20 |
|
Action to be taken on
reports of inspecting officers on field Kanungo’s work |
8.9 |
|
Adda, Patwaris - |
3.70 |
|
Adhalis – how to be entered
in the jamabandi |
7.41(5) |
|
Adhjogias – how to be
entered in the jamabandi |
7.41(5)(10) |
|
Advances for contingent
expenditure |
2.65 |
|
Adverse possession |
7.41(4)(8),
18.19 |
|
Age-limit, rule of – of
patwari candidates |
|
|
Agreements, see deeds |
|
|
Agriculture including
irrigation, part of gazetteers about - |
17.2 |
|
Agricultural stock to be
explained in Season and Crop report |
11.10
(viii) |
|
- registers with
instructions |
10.1 |
|
-year, entries in note
books given according to |
10.1 |
|
Ahatas |
7.46(6)(16) |
|
Alienation or resumption of
revenue |
3.81
(13) |
|
Alienors’ right to transfer
not to be questioned in mutation proceedings |
7.17 |
|
Allowances, stationery – of
patwaris |
3.90 |
|
Alluvion and diluvion,
financial results of – assessments |
6.5 |
|
-, assigned revenue
effected by - |
6.7 |
|
-, to be noted by patwaris
in diary |
3.81(2) |
|
- ,preparation of tatima shajra of – tract |
4.32 |
|
- ,alternation in revenue
roll on account of |
6.3,
6.9 |
|
Almanac, patwari's – supply
of |
3.91 |
|
Almirah, see box |
|
|
- ,maps kept in iron – is
in Land Record Office |
19.13 |
|
- ,register and books kept
in – in tehsil Land records Office |
19.40 |
|
Alternative form of jamabandi for fluctuating
assessment |
7.44 |
|
- colony towns |
7.45 |
|
Alternation in the form of jamabandi to be made with the
sanction of Financial Commissioners |
7.40 |
|
Amins, employment of – in ordinary
partition cases forbidden |
18.13 |
|
Anti rabic treatment, see - concessions |
|
|
Annual bachh papers prepared by patwaris
|
3.21 |
|
- records, arrangements of
papers in |
7.67 |
|
- of arbitrators in
partition proceedings |
18.10(ii), 18.12, 18.21 |
|
Appeal partition khataunis to be corrected and
instrument of partition prepared after the period of or decision of -
|
18.17 |
|
Appeal, etc., orders passed
after June 15th to be noted on mutation sheets |
7.63 |
|
Applications to Financial
Commissioner for increase in patwari staff |
3.5 |
|
- for inspection of revenue
records |
19.25,19.27 |
|
- partition |
18.2,
18.5 |
|
Arbitrators, appointment of
– in partition proceedings |
18.10(ii), 18.12, 18.21 |
|
Army, mention about – in
volume A of Gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Arrears of mutation work to
be brought to the notice of Deputy Commissioner by Sadar Kaunugo |
2.63 |
|
- land revenue, cost of
partition pros. recoverable as - |
18.11 |
|
Arts and manufacture
mentioned in Gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Arzirsal, patwari to furnish
headmen with - |
3.20 |
|
Assessment,distribution of
new – on account of diluvion |
6.6 |
|
Assigned land revenue
effected by alluvion and diluvion |
6.7 |
|
- claim to revenue of –
land which is swept away or thrown up |
6.8 |
|
Assignments, mutation
resulting from |
7.27 |
|
Assistant Collector,
inspection of revenue records by |
8.1 |
|
- patwaris ,appointment of
|
3.13 |
|
- to help in patwari work
when heavy partition work is to be done |
18.13 |
|
- not to work with district
Kanungo or in District Revenue Officers Court |
3.13(4) |
|
- charged as part of costs
in partition proceedings |
18.13 |
|
- to help or act for
patwaris |
3.13(2) |
|
- patwaris of heavy circles
|
3.13(1) |
|
Attachement
proceedings,affecting the land to be noted in village diary |
3.81(9) |
|
Attendance of parties in
partition cases |
18.6 |
|
Attest, lambardars and field Kanungos to-
mutation entries |
7.4(i)(ii) |
|
Attestation of entries in
jamabandi by field Kanungos in
presence of Zamindars |
7.60 |
|
-partition before the
tehsildars or Naib-Tehsildars |
18.15 |
|
- prices |
14.12 |
|
Auction purchasers |
7.46(1)(6) |
B
|
Bachh papers, annual – to be
prepared by patwari |
3.21 |
|
Balihaz nakaswakamal order tobe
avoided in partitions |
18.10(ii) |
|
Banjar jadid and banjar kadim |
7.41(6), 7.53, 9.1
–statement in chapter 10 |
|
Base line stones, Deputy
Commissioner's annual report to Director of Land Records about |
4.7 |
|
- Deputy Commissioner
prepares list of- from index maps |
4.7 |
|
- embedding of – by
traversers |
4.17(13) |
|
- index maps indicating –
fixed in riverain surveys |
4.7,
4.17(13) |
|
- placed by the Survey of
India |
4.1 |
|
Barani |
7.41(6), 9.1 |
|
- lands classified as-
|
7.50 |
|
Bastas |
19.13,
19.40 |
|
- coloured -can be obtained
from the Jail Department. |
19.13 |
|
- cost of – to be debited
to District Contingencies |
19.13 |
|
- Label’s in form R-21 to
be pasted on each- |
19.13 |
|
- old goshawaras to be kept in- |
19.13 |
|
- records kept in – in Land
Records offices |
19.13
,19.40 |
|
- to be arranged topographically and
by tehsils |
19.13 |
|
- of different coloured
cloth for each tehsil |
19.13 |
|
Batai |
7.41(8) |
|
Bearing post by patwaris to
superior officers |
3.87 |
|
Bigha and Kanal of Ghumaon the local measures |
4.40 |
|
- table showing equivalent
of – in English measures
|
4.40 |
|
- to convert – etc., into
hectare |
4.40 |
|
Binding of jamabandis (annual records)
|
7.67 |
|
- patwaris records |
3.103 |
|
Births and deaths registers
of village |
2.67 |
|
Biswansi and biswa |
4.40 |
|
Blank paper for patwaris
and kanungos |
3.92
,3.97 |
|
Books of references to be
kept by sadr and tehsil
kanungos |
2.57 |
|
- supplied to patwaris
|
3.78 |
|
-field kanungos |
8.4
Annexure A, Chapter 8 |
|
Boundaries and dimensions
of new field numbers to be shown in red ink |
4.25 |
|
-,defining the – on
partition by mud pillars |
18.14 |
|
Boundary marks, to be noted
in village diary |
3.81(14) |
|
-, disputes in connection
with remeasurement of kach
area |
4.17(11)(12) |
|
Box, a tin cased strong –
or almirah supplied to each patwari |
3.62 |
|
Branded mares, results of
coverings of- |
3.17 |
|
Breakage of rain
measure-glass |
12.8 |
|
Budget, Director of Land
Records prepares – of expenditure of kanungos and patwaris establishment
|
3.44 |
|
- estimates of record room
receipts |
19.32 |
|
Bungalows |
4.37,
7.41,(5),7.42 |
|
Burjis placed by the revenue
department . |
4.1 |
C
|
Cadastral survey of
riverain area, naib-tehsildar incharge of - |
4.17(10) |
|
Calamity, report of – by
patwaris |
3.15,
3.81 |
|
Candidate-percentage of
- |
3.6 |
|
Candidate-register of
patwari- |
3.6 |
|
-untrained kanungo – to be
admitted into the partwari school |
3.10(ii)(b) |
|
Cantonment boundaries,
defining, – in revenue survey |
4.34 |
|
Catalogue, maintenance of –
for papers in Land Record office |
19.6 |
|
Certificate, grant of
duplicate copy of patwari’s pass- |
3.10(v) |
|
-, office kanungo’s – about
number of leaves in patwari's diary |
3.80 |
|
- ,of verificatiton of tatima shajra by tehsildar and
naib tehsildar |
4.28 |
|
Certifcation, patwaris and
kanungos not to assist in the – of results of coverings of branded
mares |
3.17 |
|
Cesses, alternation of the
rate of – to be noted in village diary |
3.81(11) |
|
Chahi or nahri classification of irrigated
lands as- |
7.51 |
|
Chains, patwaris – to be of
soft iron |
3.71 |
|
Chainmen employed in map
correction |
Appendix E to Chapter
3. |
|
Chalans for papers sent to
Land Record Office |
19.15 |
|
Changes in cultivation,
method of showing – in khasra
girdawari |
9.3(xi) |
|
Chandas, list of – maintained by
village patwari |
4.17(16) |
|
Character roll(s) of
patwaris |
3.29 |
|
- copying of remarks made
by inspecting officers in the- |
3.29 |
|
- field kanungo’s – to be
consulted on inspection of his work |
8.6 |
|
- brief note recorded in
field kanungo’s- about the result of inspection of his work |
8.9 |
|
- of kanungos, confidential
documents |
2.37 |
|
Christian era, for entries
in revenue records, year calculated by – and not by saka |
10.1 |
|
Circle readjustment of
patwaris circle towards the close of settlement |
3.5 |
|
- ,Note books – see village note books. |
|
|
Civil and criminal justice
mentioned in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
- court, jurisdiction of –
excluded in partition cases |
18.2 |
|
- settlement of the
question of title by – in partition cases |
18.9 |
|
Classification of soils
|
7.49 |
|
- contingent charges of
patwaris establishment |
3.45 |
|
- revenue files purposes of
destruction |
19.44 |
|
Collection of revenue,
patwaris to furnish explanation of accounts to facilitate - |
3.20 |
|
Cold weather, tehsildars
and naibs to visit in – estates for which detailed jamabandi is to be prepared
|
7.56 |
|
- preparations for drawing
up of jamabandi to be started
in |
7.57 |
|
Collector can give to a
retiring or retired kanungo a summary of his official record |
2.37 |
|
- and District Revenue
Officer to examine farad
badars |
7.29 |
|
- ,s discretion to suspend
land record in anticipation of diluvial results |
6.11 |
|
- may dispense with the
construction of survey marks |
4.3 |
|
-,s responsibility for
control and inspection of Land Records Office |
19.9 |
|
Collateral mortgages |
7.17,
7.18, 7.41 (10), 7.46(19). |
|
Colourists and clerks,
temporary establishment of – in settlements |
paragraph 9, appendix E
to Ch. 3. |
|
Colony towns, alternative
form of jamabandi, for
____ |
7.45 |
|
|
Commission, deposition by
___ in mutation cases |
7.39 |
|
|
Commissioner to be informed
about transfer from settlement to settlement of a |
|
|
|
Compilation of files |
19.11 |
|
|
Commerce and trade
mentioned in volume A of gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
|
Communications of patwaris
sent by hand |
3.87 |
|
|
- mentioned in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
|
Commutation, service
- |
6.7 |
|
|
Contingencies, Director of
Land Records controlling officer for patwaris and kanungos’ ____ |
1.29, 3.44 |
|
|
Contingent charges
connected with land Record Office |
19.33 |
|
|
-, classification of _____ patwaris
establishment |
3.45 |
|
|
- countersignature of
monthly bills for _____ |
2.64 |
|
|
- register of ___ kept by
district kanungo |
2.64 |
|
|
Consideration money ,
mention in mutation entry about- |
7.13 |
|
|
Co-ordination of
departmental land plans with corresponding revenue papers |
4.33 |
|
|
Coolies engagement of
temporary ___ for dusting, etc., damaged records |
19.3 |
|
|
Copying etc., fees of
patwaris records Director of Land Records Head of Department for |
1.2 |
|
|
- ,destruction of registers
relating to ___ |
3.99, 3.104 |
|
|
-, procedure regarding
payment into treasury _____ |
3.48 (iv), 3.50 |
|
|
- ,rates of fees for
____ |
3.48 |
|
|
-, receipt books for
_____ |
3.48(v) |
|
|
Copies, patwari to make ___
of worn out maps on ruled English mapping sheets |
3.66 |
|
|
- of patwaris’ annual
papers not required by rule not to be called for |
3.67 |
|
|
- documents in Land Records
office, supply of ___ |
19.7, 19.19, 19.41 |
|
|
Copying of documents during
inspection prohibited |
19.28 |
|
|
Correspondence of Director
of Land records see
Rules. |
|
|
|
Correction(s) in
mutation entries
previous to and after
attestation |
7.5,7.6 |
|
|
- patwari’s adda |
3.70 |
|
|
- of field maps |
4.18, 4.19, 9.8 4.31 |
|
|
- in jamabandi made by field
kanungo |
7.60 |
|
|
Co sharers |
7.14(2) |
|
|
Cost of partition pros.
payment of _____ before partition is done |
18.11 |
|
|
Cotton and wheat crops,
first and second forecasts of _____ |
13.1 |
|
|
Counter foil and foil,
mutation register consists of ____ |
7.4(i) |
|
|
- revenue officer to
compare mutation entries on _____ |
7.4 (iii) |
|
|
Court orders, mutation
entry regarding _____ |
7.12 |
|
|
Curriculum of patwari’s
school |
3.10 (iii) Appendix
A |
|
|
Coupon, patwari to complete
___ of revenue money order |
3.20 |
|
|
Custody, patwari
responsible for – of his records, etc. |
3.66 |
|
|
- and destruction of
patwari’s records |
3.99, 3.100 |
|
|
Cultivating occupancy or
rent, changes in _____ to be noted in diary |
3.81, 9.9 |
|
|
Covers for jamabandis, etc. |
3.89 |
|
|
Coverings, see branded
mares. |
|
|
|
Crime patwari’s obligation
to report |
3.18 |
|
|
Crops and not land pay land
revenue |
8.2 |
|
|
-, remission of land
revenue for destruction of _____ |
6.13 |
|
|
-, condition of _____ to be
entered in patwari’s diary |
3.84 |
|
|
-, entry of ____ and rights
etc. in khasra girdawari |
9.8 |
|
|
-, abstracts, patwaris to
complete ___ before commencing girdawari in a second village |
9.11 |
|
|
Crops experiments conducted
for purpose of quinquennial average produce |
15.1 |
|
|
Crops experiments conducted
by agricultural staff |
15.2 |
|
|
- preliminary report about
arrangements for ____ |
15.4 |
|
|
Crop experiments by revenue
and agricultural officers |
15.4 |
|
-,instructions about -
|
15.5 |
|
-,submission of report on –
by agricultural officers |
15.10 |
|
-,results of – examined by
Director of Land Records and Director of Agriculture together |
15.11 |
|
-,Director of Land Records
submits to Financial Commissioner and Government a note on the result of
- |
15.12 |
|
-,returns kept till
settlement and then made over to Settlement Officer |
15.13 |
|
Cross staff,
patwari’s-- |
3.72 |
|
Cylinder, manner for
measurement of rainfall with-- |
12.7 |
|
|
|
|
D
|
Dakhila, details of—of sum paid
after due date noted on bachh
statement |
3.21 |
|
Dastar-al-Amal, yields of crops prescribed
in—considered for purposes of girdawari |
9.3(x) (a) |
|
Date(s) of harvest
inspections |
9.1 |
|
-filling jinswar retunes in
tehsil |
9.13 |
|
-opening and closing the
patwari school |
3.10(i) |
|
-submission of Season and
Crop and Land Records Reports |
11.8 |
|
-on which partition to take
effect to be noted on the instrument of partition |
18.17 |
|
Deaths of owners, etc., to
be noted by patwari in his diary |
3.81 |
|
Decennial census |
5.5 |
|
Deed of agreement, patwaris
prohibited from writing etc., any- |
3.24 |
|
Definition of revenue
records |
19.43 |
|
-survey number |
4.13 |
|
Demarcation by actual
measurement of land repartitioned through the consolidation staff |
18.14 |
|
Departmental land plans,
co-ordination of-with revenue papers |
4.33 |
|
-report of Director of Land
Records, result of teaching in patwaris’ school to be noticed in- |
3.10(vii) |
|
Despatch book,
interrogatories to be entered in- |
7.31 |
|
Deputy record keeper,
inspection moharrir to work
as-in Land Records Office |
19.8 |
|
Deposition by commission in
mutation cases |
7.39 |
|
Deras |
7.46(6) |
|
Descriptive part of gazetteers |
17.2, 17.3 |
|
Destruction and
preservation of papers withdrawn from patwaris |
3.102 |
|
Destruction of patwaris’
records |
3.99 |
|
-crops, remission of land
revenue for- |
6.13 |
|
-papers connected with
copying etc., of patwaris records |
3.50 |
|
-Papers in L.R
Office |
19.16, 19.17, 19.29,19.31,
19.40 |
|
-excluded from the Land
Records Office |
19.12, 19.52,
19.53 |
|
-work in Land Records
Office |
19.4 |
|
Dharamshalas, etc |
7.46(6) |
|
Diary, patwari’s |
2.46, 3.15, 3.79
3.80, 3.81, 3.99 |
|
-District kanungo to submit
his, to Collector after tour |
2.61 |
|
-of field kanungos |
2.52 |
|
-tehsildars and
naib-tehsildars work |
8.12 |
|
-assistant patwari’s |
3.13, 3.80 |
|
-receipt of registration
memoranda noted by patwaris in- |
7.32 |
|
-,result of district
kanungo’s inspection of field kanungo’s circle recorded in their
respective |
8.18 |
|
Dilluvion files |
6.4 |
|
Director of Land Records
prepares and publishes provincial forecasts of crops and fixes yield per
acre |
13.4 |
|
-and Director of
Agriculture examine together result of crops experiments |
15.11 |
|
-North-Western Circle,
Survey, of India copy of
mujmili, map sent to- |
4.37 |
|
-Geodetic Branch |
4.6 |
|
-General of observatories to be consulted for
starting new rainguages |
12.1 |
|
-of Economic and
Statistical Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Agriculture, New
Delhi, Director of Land Records Supplies to-a copy of provincial forecasts
of crops
|
13.4 |
|
Director
of Land Records, controlling officer for expenditure contingencies |
1.2,
3.44 |
|
-
registration of rainfall |
12.1 |
|
-
duties of - |
1.1 |
|
-,
fortnightly returns of retail prices submitted by Deputy Commissioners to
|
14.1
(ii) |
|
-
prepares budgets of expenditure on kanungos and patwaris’
establishment |
3.44 |
|
-
,report to- regarding charges in territorial jurisdiction |
5.5 |
|
-
,reports and returns by ______ |
1.7 |
|
-
,report of wholesale fortnightly prices by certain districts to- |
14.2 |
|
-
supplies patterns of patwari’s cross staff |
3.72 |
|
-
plane tables and sighting roads |
3.74,
3.75 |
|
-
submits to Financial Commissioner and Government a note on the results of
crop experiments |
15.12 |
|
Diluvision,
annual jamabandi of villages
subject to - rules |
7.54 |
|
Discharge
certificate of temporary establishment in settlements |
3.13
(4) Appendix ‘E’ to Chapter 3 |
|
Disease
among animals, district kanungo responsible for receiving statistics
of - from each
patwari |
2.66,
3.15 (3) |
|
-
report of calamity or - by patwaris |
3.15(1) |
|
Distribution
of new assessment on account of diluvion |
6.6 |
|
District
Board land plans, procedure for checking- |
4.33(6) |
|
-
maps, see maps |
|
|
-
Medical Officer of Health, outbreak of epidemics to be reported to -
revenue roll, see revenue
roll. |
3.15 |
|
-
record room, inspection of - |
8.15
annexure G |
|
District
Kanungo(s), appointment of -
by selection |
2-Rules |
|
-
abstract village note books kept by - |
10.7 |
|
-
note books for assessment circle, tehsils and districts kept by |
10.6 |
|
-,
character books of patwaris kept |
3.29 |
|
-
,check of jamanbandi by |
7.62,7.68 |
|
-
,contingent register kept by - |
2.64 |
|
-
,inspection of- office |
8.15,8.16,
annexure H |
|
-
not to check partition files |
18.20 |
|
-
receiving statistics of disease among animals from each patwari |
2.66,
3.15 (3) |
|
-
touring of - and inspection
of land records work |
8.17 |
|
Disposal
of inspection reports by Director of Land Records, See Inspection Minute Book |
|
|
Duties
of Director of Land Records in connection with registration of
rainfall |
1.1,12.1 |
|
-
kanungos |
2.45,
2.54,2.58 |
|
-
patwaris |
3.14 |
|
-
main duties of tehsildars and naibs for testing land records work |
8.11 |
E
|
Economic part of the
gazetteer |
17.2 |
|
Epidemic disease among
human beings reported by patwaris to District Medical Officer of
Health |
3.15 |
|
- live stock reported by
patwari’s to veterinary Assistant Surgeon |
3.15 |
|
Education and literacy,
mention of – in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Educational qualification
of patwari candidates |
3.
Rules |
|
Encamping grounds |
7.42 |
|
Encroachment on nazul, or
Government property or roads to be noted by patwaris in diary |
3.81 |
|
English measure, table
showing equivalent of local land measures in - |
4.40 |
|
-,bigha or ghumaon into |
4.40 |
|
-, numerals to be used in
patwari’s papers |
3.65 |
|
- office, settlement papers
kept in the district- |
19.5 |
|
Embedding of base line
stones traversers |
4.17(13) |
|
Era to be used in patwari
papers |
3.64 |
|
Errors list of discovered
by field kanungo on checking jamabandi |
7.60,
7.61 |
|
- preventing – in khasra girdawari |
7.55 |
|
Escheats |
7.26 |
|
Establishment of Land
Records Office |
19.2,
19.3, 19.10, 19.38 |
|
Equipment of
kanungos |
2.33 |
|
-, patwari, responsible for
custody of records and |
3.66 |
|
-,see survay |
|
|
subjects of- for kanungo
candidates |
2.
rules |
|
- of patwaris |
3.10
(iv) appendix B |
|
Examiners for the patwaris
school appointed by Director of Land Records |
3.10(iv) |
|
Example of the kind of
entry in mutation register |
7.19(6) appendix
A |
|
Execution of decrees of
courts |
3.81 |
|
Expenditure on
construction, etc. of patwarkhanas |
3.57 |
|
Extra Rabi girdawari |
9.1 |
|
Extract, grant of certified
– from patwaris record |
3.48 |
|
- grant of – from character
roll of kanunugos prohibited |
2.37 |
F
|
Fact of possession in case
of transfer of a portion of a field |
7.8 |
|
-, transaction of transfer
is a – until set aside by court of law |
7.17 |
|
-, patent –, mutation for
correcting an entry in jamabandi in consequence of a-
permissible |
7.30 |
|
Famine or scarcity,
mentioned about – in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Farad Bachh |
2.47,
3.21, 3.99, 6.10 |
|
-, form of |
3.21,
3.99, 3.100, 3.102, 3.104 |
|
-, assimiwar |
|
-, khatewar |
|
Farad Baddar, Serial No. of – to
be noted in jamabandi |
7.2,
7.6, 7.41(10) |
|
-, correction of clerical
mistakes – by means of |
7.29 |
|
Fees and costs in partition
proceedings |
18.10
(ii) |
|
-, mutation |
7.33,
appendix B. |
|
-, for inspection of
revenue records |
19.26,
19.27 |
|
-, rate of – for copying
etc.; patwaris records |
3.48 |
|
Ferry |
7.42 |
|
Field Books |
3.100,
3.101, 3.102 |
|
-, of new field prepared
after partition |
18.12 |
|
-, preparation of – of new
field numbers |
4.26 |
|
-, maps in cooperation in –
of changes between two settlements |
4.19,
4.21 |
|
-, numbers see new field
numbers |
|
|
- ,clubbing of |
4.22 |
|
- ,numbering of |
4.23,
4.26 |
|
- ,dimensions, etc.,of
new---to be shown in red ink |
4.25 |
|
- ,treatment of changes in
__discovered during girdawari |
4.24, 4.26 |
|
Field kanungo to check
patwaris copy of bachh
paper |
3.21 |
|
- ,jamabandi at tehsil |
7.61 |
|
- ,residence of-- within
his circle |
2.25 |
|
-Inspection of-,work |
8.5,8.6 |
|
- ,points to be considered
and noted on inspection of--work |
,8.5,8.6, 8.8 Annexure
A |
|
- ,report regarding patwarkhanas |
3.57 |
|
- to report bad work of
patwaris |
2.45 |
|
- testing of --'s
supervision over patwaris' work |
8.7 |
|
- to read entries in
patwari’s diary |
2.46 |
|
Field Kanungo, to supervise
patwaris work during girdawari,
etc. |
2.47 |
|
- point out to parties in
partition the land allotted to each |
18.14 |
|
- visit each patwari's circle monthly |
2.48 |
|
-spend September at tehsil
headquarters for checking jamabandi |
2.50 |
|
examine faradbaddar |
7.29 |
|
-attest mutation
entries |
7.4(ii) |
|
-jamabandis |
7.60 |
|
-supervise patwaris in
preparing certain statements of village note books |
10.1 |
|
-,table given to
each-showing division of circles for purposes of preparation of detailed jamabandi |
2.49 |
|
-,responsible for accuracy
of patwari's partition work |
18.14 |
|
-,inaccuracies in patwaris
adda |
3.70 |
|
-,agreement of patwaris kadam with his own rod |
3.69 |
|
Files of instructions kept
by sadar and tehsil anungos |
2.57 |
|
-patwaris |
3.80 |
|
-office kanungos --of
registration memoranda
|
7.32 |
|
-of diluvion |
6.4 |
|
-Final forecasts of crops
retained till next settlement |
13.5 |
|
-attestation of jamabandi on spot, instructions
regarding |
7.62 |
|
Financial Commissioners
ruling regarding mutations fees |
7.33 |
|
-variations in the forms of
revenue registers can be sanctioned by |
10.1 |
|
First and second forecasts
of wheat and cotton crops |
13.1 |
|
-preserved for two
years |
13.5 |
|
fixed assessment liable to
revision on injury, etc., to land |
6.1 |
|
Flag staves, measuring-of
patwaris |
3.73 |
|
Fluctuating land revenue
due to alluvion and diluvion, alterations to take effect from kharif in
|
6.10 |
|
-assessment, jamabandi form for |
7.44 |
|
-annual jamabandi not necessary
in-villages |
7.54 |
|
-remarks about-in village
note books, etc. |
10.4 |
|
Fly index attached, to
files of invoices accompanying registration memoranda |
7.32 |
|
Forecasts of crop reports,
submission of ---by D.C’s to D.L.R. |
13.1,13.2 |
|
-Forest Department land
plans, procedure for checking |
4.33(5) |
|
-Forests, mention about- in
gazetters |
17.2 |
|
-Foil and counterfoil,
mutation register consists of |
7.4(i) |
|
-revenue officers to
compare mutation entries on |
7.4(iii) |
|
-Form(s) for patwaris and
kanungos |
3.92,3.96, 3.97 |
|
-disposal of -containing
mutation order |
7.38 |
|
-standard and
special |
3.93 |
|
-quinquennial list of
|
3.94, 3.95 |
|
-indent for
settlement |
3.98 |
|
-of entry to be made in
revenue records resulting from assignments |
7.27 |
|
-specimen of for the land
records office |
19.54 |
|
-of statements and returns
appended to the Season and Crop report |
11.10 |
|
-appended to land record
report |
11.11 |
|
-instrument of
partition |
Appendix to Chapter 18 |
|
-list of revenue
assignments and pensions |
7.64 |
|
-statement of kanungos
tour |
2.49 |
|
-of jamabandi |
7.40, 7.44, 7.45 |
|
-farad baddar |
7.29 |
|
-final attestation slip of
jamabandi |
7.62 |
|
-Forms of register of
patwaris work kept by office kanungo |
2.51 |
|
-khasra girdwari or harvest
inspection book |
9.2 |
|
-for colony towns and
chaks |
9.4 |
|
-register of patwaris
circles kept by district kanungo |
2.60 |
|
-interrogatory |
7.31 |
|
-crop abstract (goshwara jinswar ) |
9.12, 10.1 |
|
-registration
memoranda |
7.32 |
|
-register of Patwari
candidates |
appendix G chapter
3 |
|
-agricultural registers
with instructions |
10.1 |
|
-contingent register kept
by office and district kanungos |
2.65 |
|
-register of
rainfall |
12.15, 12.20 |
|
-monthly rainfall
return |
appendix B to
Chaper-12 |
|
-invoice accompanying
registration memoranda |
7.32 |
|
-indent for meteorological
instruments |
appendix B
Chaper-12 |
|
-forecasts of crop
reports |
13.1, 13.4 |
|
-abstract village note book
to be proposed by Settlement Officer |
10.7(1) |
|
List of mathematical
instruments |
Ditto |
|
-register of survey
equipment |
Ditto |
|
-records in the custody of
Patwari |
Ditto |
|
-register showing the
amount of fees realized for inspection of records and grants of certified
copies there from |
Ditto |
|
-post cards showing
diseases among live -stock |
Ditto |
|
-report regarding
contagious disease among live stock |
Ditto |
|
Furniture, patwaris
register of |
3.88 |
G
|
Guntur's chain, equivalent
of |
4.45 |
|
Gatha |
4.45 |
|
Gazetteers, printing
of |
17.4 |
|
-Government of India orders
regarding preparation of |
17.1 |
|
-work, supervision
of-entrusted to |
17.2 |
|
Genealogical tree |
7.46(2), 7.57 |
|
-amended copy of - to be
filed with jamabandi |
7.66 |
|
Ghair hazar ghair qabiz
right holder |
7.25,7.41(5) |
|
Ghair maurusi or ghair
dakhilkar |
7.41(5) |
|
-mumkin land |
7.53 |
|
Ghumaon kanal measures see
bigha |
4.40 |
|
-to convert bigha and-into
acre |
4.40 |
|
-Patwari candidates to
attend-before joining and after passing schools |
3.10(vi) |
|
Girdawari, revenue officers
to inspect survey marks and pillars during |
4.11 |
|
-treatment of changes in
field numbers discovered during |
4.23,4.26 |
|
Goshwara for kulait files |
19.14 |
|
-maintenance of -for papers
in Land Record's Office |
19.6,19.40 |
|
should remain with their
bastas in Land Records
office |
19.13 |
|
Government land entries in
jamabandi about |
7.42 |
|
-records for-kept by
patwaris |
3.63 |
|
Grazing, special attention
to be given to matter of-in partition cases |
18.7 |
|
Great Trigonometrically
Stations placed by Survey of India |
4.1 |
|
-maintenance of- |
4.6 |
|
Groves held revenue
free |
3.81 |
|
Gauge, see rain gauge |
|
|
Gurmukhi, rates of copying fees of
patwaris' records to be printed in- |
3.49 |
H
|
Halis |
7.41(5) |
|
Harvest operations,
patwairs not to hinder-during girdawaris |
9.6 |
|
-inspections, patwaris work
in interval between |
9.14 |
|
Headquarters register of
rainfall |
12.15 |
|
Hectares to convert bighas,
Kanals |
4.40 |
|
Hectares to be stated in
village note book areas |
10.1 |
|
Hissa shamilat transfer of-
|
7.19 |
|
Hissadari Kasht |
4.21, 4.24,
7.41(5) |
|
Historical description
given in gazetteer |
17.2 |
|
Horse breeding conditions,
entry in jamabandi about lease
holders on |
7.46(6) |
|
Hospitals, price list of
food grains, etc, not to be supplied to |
14.11 |
|
Hurterian system of
spelling names on mujmili
maps |
4.37 |
|
Hypothecated, mutation of
land-for repayment of taccavi
loan |
7.11,
7.18 |
I
|
Illicit distillation and
sale of liquor to be reported by patwari |
3.18 |
|
Improved seed, introduction-to noticed at
village inspections |
8.2 |
|
Incidence of revenue or
crops harvested compared with settlement at village inspections |
8.2 |
|
Indents for mapping
scales |
3.76 |
|
Mathematical
instruments |
3.77 |
|
forms and blank paper for
patwaris and kanungos |
3.94, 3.95 |
|
settlements forms |
3.98 |
|
Index maps, mujmili maps reproduction
of |
4.35 |
|
of base line stones |
4.7 |
|
Index no or wholesale
prices see whole sale prices |
|
|
Infringement of the
conditions attached to the grants of land revenue |
3.81 |
|
Inset to shajra kishtwar, Public Works
Department land plans duplicate to form an |
4.33(5) |
|
Inset to be produced before
a court in government suits |
4.33(5) |
|
Inheritance, summary
enquiry into title in mutation cases of |
7.15 |
|
Inspection (s) reports by
Director Land Record |
1.5 |
|
-notes to be properly
attended to |
8.21 |
|
-of rain-gauges |
12.11, 12.18 |
|
-register of prices |
14.13 |
|
-patwaris records |
3.48 |
|
-book of patwaries |
3.86 |
|
-of boundary lines between
Pakistan and Indian territory by Deputy-- Commissioners` |
5.7 |
|
-revenue records by
Assistants Collectors |
8.1 |
|
field kanungos work |
8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8,
8.9 |
|
-minute book, maintenance
of-at each district and tehsil office |
1.4, 8.20 |
|
-of field kanungos register
of patwaris work |
2.51, 8.6 |
|
-patwaris work by Assistant
Collectors, Ist grade |
8.10 |
|
-revenue records at tehsil
offices |
8.14, 8.19 annexure
F. |
|
-district revenue records
rooms and district kanungos office |
8.15, 81.6, 19.9 annexure G
and H |
|
-notes to be submitted to
superior officers |
8.20 |
|
of revenue documents in
District and Tehsil Land Record Offices |
19.12, 19.25 |
|
-pending cases |
19.23 |
|
Instructions
___general---for the preparation or revenue registers |
10.1 |
|
-for final attestation of
jamabandi on spot |
7.62 |
|
-regarding repairs to patwarkhanas |
3.57, appendix D |
|
-crop experiments |
15.5-15.9 |
|
-measurement and map
correction |
4.14 |
|
-for filling in form of khasra girdawari |
9.3, 9.5 |
|
-regarding maintenance of
abstract village note books |
10.7 |
|
-preparation of Season and
Crop Report |
11.10 |
|
-preparation of Land
Records Department Report |
11.11 |
|
-attestations of
prices |
14.12 |
|
-indenting
rain-gauges |
14.12 Appendix B to Chapter
12 |
|
-Instrument of partition
and stamp duty thereon |
18.10(ii), 18.17 &
appendix |
|
-Interrogatories |
7.31 |
|
Invoice, sent with
registration memoranda |
7.32 |
|
Irrigated area to be noted
in Season and Crop Report |
11.10 |
|
Ishtraq mutation in consilidation
of holdings cases |
7.21 |
|
Issue of files form lands
records offices |
19.18 |
J
|
Jagir, see muafi and – registers |
|
|
Jamabandi, attestation of entries
in – by filed kanungo in the presence of Zamindars |
7.60 |
|
-, bachh papers prepared in duplicate
for villages of which quinquennial – has not been prepared |
3.21 |
|
-, patwaris not to be
called to tehsil headquarters for preparation of |
3.17 |
|
-, check of – by district
kanungo |
7.68 |
|
-, collaterial mortages
noted in the remarks column of |
7.18,
7.46, 19, 7.41(10), (iii) |
|
Jamabandi, correction of clerical
errors in – permissible |
7.29,
7.30 |
|
-, covers for |
3.89 |
|
- custody and destruction
of details |
3.100,
3.102, 3.105 |
|
-, destruction of
abbreviated |
3.99,
3.102, 3.106 |
|
-, entries about Government
land in- |
7.42 |
|
-, entries retaining to
assignments |
7.27 |
|
-, field kanungo to spend
September at tehsil headquarters for checking |
2.50,
7.61 |
|
-, filed in tashil to be
sent to district office |
3.104,
7.61 |
|
-,forms |
7.40,
7.44, 7.45 |
|
-, instructions regarding
final attestation of |
7.62 |
|
-, mutation of rights
incorporated in – after sanction only |
7.46
(20) |
|
-, mutation attested upto
june 15th to be incorporated in - |
7.56 |
|
-,muatation for correcting
an entry in – not permissible |
7.30 |
|
-, note in – of serial
number of mutation |
7.2 |
|
-,- regarding- date of
commencement and expiry of a mortagge etc. |
7.47 |
|
-, preparation of - |
7.54,
7.60 |
|
-, preparations for drawing
up – to be started in cold weather |
7.57 |
|
- ,prepared in
duplicate |
7.60 |
|
-, table with field
kanungos showing division of circles for purposes of preparation of
|
2.49,
7.54 |
|
-, tatima shajras to be bound with -
|
4.27 |
|
Jama wasil baqi, statement of -
|
7.64
chapter 10, statement 4 |
|
Jinswar, dates of filing –
returns in the tehsil |
9.13 |
|
- patwari to complete
before commencing girdawari in
the second village |
9.11 |
|
June 15th
mutations occurring up to – to be attested and incorporated in Jamabandi |
7.56 |
|
-, appellate, etc.,orders
passed after – to be noted on mutation sheets |
7.63 |
K
|
Kacha Bigha |
4.40 |
|
Kadam, patwaris to be of iron bar
|
3.69 |
|
Kamins |
7.46(6) |
|
Kanal or ghumaon measure, see Bigha |
|
|
Kanungo(s), appointment of
office special assistant district and district |
2
Rules |
|
-, books of reference to be
kept by Sadar & tehsil |
2.57 |
|
- ,district and field – to
test village births and deaths registers |
2.67 |
|
- ,duties of office.
|
2.54 |
|
-, district |
2.58,
8.17-19 |
|
-, field |
2.45 |
|
-, employed with traversers to supervise details
measurements |
4.17(10) |
|
-, field – responsible for
agreement of patwaris kadam
with his own rods. |
3.69 |
|
-, to keep a sketch map of
his charge |
2.53 |
|
-,form of filed –
diary |
2.52 |
|
-, legally bound to make
over papers etc to successors in office |
2.36 |
|
-, not to assist in the
certification of results of coverings of branded mares |
3.17 |
|
Kanungo(s), |
|
|
-,registers maintained by
district - |
2.59 |
|
- ,- patwaris work kept by
field- |
2.51 |
|
-, returns and records form tehsils
received by district – and sub-mitted to Deputy Commissioner etc |
2.58 |
|
-, Service Rules
1994 |
2.0 |
|
-, scale of – establishment
for a district |
2.21 |
|
-, staff in districts under
settlement works under the Settlement Officer |
2.30 |
|
-, statement of tours
|
2.49 |
|
-, statistical statements
required by Deputy Commissioner prepared by district - |
2.58 |
|
-, to be employed only on
their proper work |
2.29 |
|
-, training of – candidates
|
2.0 |
|
-,untrained – to be
admitted into patwaris school |
3.10
(ii) |
|
Karam |
4.40 |
|
Karukan |
4.28,
4.30 |
|
Khalsa |
7.41(9) |
|
Kharaba to be shown in khasra girdawari |
9.3(x) |
|
Khasra number |
7.41(6) |
|
- girdawari, custody and
destruction of - |
3.99,
3.101, 3.102 |
|
-, entry of crops and
rights in |
9.8 |
|
-, form of - |
9.2 |
|
-, for colony town and chaks |
9.4 |
|
-, instructions for filling
in form of – |
9.3,
9.5 |
|
-, new-used on preparation
of jamabandi |
9.3(i), 9.4 |
|
-, patwaris to show in –
the work done on each day |
9.10 |
|
Khatauni(s) and maps in
partition proceedings |
18.14 |
|
-, in district office,
destruction of |
3.106,
19.49 |
|
- prepared showing names of
shareholders on partition |
18.12 |
|
- number |
7.41(2),
7.46(3) |
|
- correction – on
attestation and sanction of partition |
18.15,
18.17 |
|
Khewatdar |
7.18 |
|
Khewat number |
7.41(1), 7.46(1)
(2) |
|
Khud kasht |
7.41(2) (5) |
|
Killa bandi
mutations |
7.4(iii) |
|
Kulait files |
7.38(viii) |
|
- arrangements of – in Land
Record Office |
19.14,19.40 |
|
Kurras allotment of shares
in partition by |
18.12 |
|
L |
|
|
Lachhains |
7.41(5) |
|
Lamabrdars should report to
patwari outbreak of epidemics among live stock |
3.15 |
|
- responsible for safety of
pegs and survey marks |
4.17(16) |
|
- or landowners not
responsible for patwarkhana |
3.57 |
|
- to attest mutation
entries |
7.4(i) |
|
Lambardari grants |
7.46(6) |
|
- cases not entered in
mutation register |
7.10 |
|
Land held by Government on
lease for specific purposes, entries in Jamabandi – re |
7.42A |
|
Land owned by Government
entries in jamabandi -re |
7.42 |
|
- plans , see departmental |
|
|
Land Records Office |
19.1,
19.37 |
|
-control and inspection
of |
19.9 |
|
Land Records Office
establishment of - |
19.2,
19.3 |
|
- how registers, etc.
should be kept in |
19.13,
19.40 |
|
- issue of files
from |
19.18 |
|
- papers which need not go
to |
19.12 |
|
- period of preservation of
registers etc in - |
19.46,
19.48, 19.53 |
|
- preservation and
destruction of papers excluded from- |
19.12,
19.52, 19.53 |
|
- receipt of files in
the - |
19.15 |
|
-registers etc kept in
perpetuity in - |
19.45,
19.47 |
|
- supply of copies of
documents kept in - |
19.7 |
|
Land Records Report dates
of submission of - |
11.11 |
|
- condition of survey marks
to be mentioned in - |
4.12 |
|
Land Records work, testing
of – of patwaris the main duties of tehsildars and naib- tehsildars
|
8.11 |
|
- tehsildars and naib
|
8.12 |
|
Land measure in revenue
papers is the local measures and not the English acre |
4.40 |
|
- village records |
4.40 |
|
- tables showing equivalent
of local – in English measure |
4.40 |
|
- mentioned in gazetteers
|
17.2 |
|
- revision of distribution
of – on injury, etc. to land |
6.1 |
|
- assigned – affected by
alluviion and diluvium
|
6.7 |
|
- costs in partition
proceedings recoverable as arrears of |
18.11 |
|
Latha cloth patwaris copy of
settlement map on- |
4.30 |
|
- patwaris punished for
introducing clients to |
3.28 |
|
List of interrogatories,
preparation and scrutiny of - |
7.31 |
|
- mutation fees to be
prepared by patwari |
7.34,
7.36, 7.37 |
|
- accepted and rejected
mutations |
7.38 |
|
-errors discovered by field
kanungos in checking jamabandis |
7.61 |
|
- revenue assignments and
pensions appended to jamabandi |
7.64 |
|
Liquor, see illicit distillation and
sale. |
|
|
Live stock mortality to be
reported by patwaris to Veterinary Assistant Surgeon |
3.15,
appendix G |
|
Local and municipal
government mentioned in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Locality of rain
gauge |
12.4 |
|
Lot, allotment of share in
partition by - |
18.12 |
|
Lunatic and leper asylums
mentioned in gazetteers. |
17.2 |
M
|
Malba, village – not to be used
for construction or repair of patwarkhanas |
3.57(1) |
|
Manure, pitting and use of
– to be noticed at village inspections |
8.2 |
|
Manuals, patwaris and
kanungos to be provided with
|
8.4 |
|
Map(s), field kanugos to
keep a sketch – of his charge |
2.53 |
|
- of the land to be
partitioned should be obtained from the Patwari |
18.10 |
|
-correction, chainmen
employed in - |
Appendix E to chapter
3 |
|
-field –,incorporation in –
of changes between two settlements |
4.19,
4.20, 4.21 |
|
- and khataunis in partitions |
18.14(A) |
|
- district – preparation of
– by reducing mujmili
map |
4.38 |
|
- copies of – to be sent to
Financial Commissioner’s Office |
4.39 |
|
- prepration of – in Photo
Lithographic Office |
4.39 |
|
- filed with jamabandi |
4.27,
4.32, 7.65 |
|
-patwari can be called on
to be make – illustrating police enquiries |
3.19 |
|
-,patwaris to carry cloth
copy of field –when working
over the fields during girdawari |
9.7 |
|
- patwaris responsible for
custody of records – etc of his circle |
3.66 |
|
Maps parat thasil –
incorporation of amendments in – and shajra kishtwar kept by patwaris |
4.31 |
|
- small scale – to be added
to gazettees |
17.3 |
|
Mapping sheet, patwari to
make copies of worm out maps on ruled English - |
3.66,
4.15 |
|
-scales |
3.76 |
|
Mares, see branded mares |
|
|
Marla |
4.40 |
|
Masonry or stone pillars
placed by the Revenue Department |
4.1(B), (C) |
|
Masjid, entry regarding-in
jamabandi abadi |
7.46 (6) |
|
Mathematical
instruments |
3.77 |
|
Matters to be brought to
the notice of officers visiting patwari circles |
3.16 |
|
Mazkuris, payment to-in
settlements |
Paragraphs 10, appendix E
to chapter 3. |
|
Measuring flag staves of
patwaris |
3.73 |
|
- tape supplied to each
district kanungo |
2.33 |
|
Medical arrangements
mentioned in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Meteorological
department |
12.1 |
|
- responsible for accuracy
of rain-gauges |
12.9 |
|
- observatories, list of -
|
12.13 |
|
Method of carrying out
partition |
18.12 |
|
- partition, enquiry as to
- |
18.10 |
|
- orders of Assistant
Collector on - |
18.11 |
|
Measurement and map
correction, instructions regarding___ |
4.14 |
|
- record work should be
done by the circle patwaris |
4.16 |
|
- detailed - kanungo
employed with traverser to supervise___ |
4.17(10) |
|
- of rainfall |
12.7 |
|
Memorandum, detailed-of
subjects dealt with in Land Records Report |
11.11 |
|
Mentioned in
gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Messengers, payment to - in
settlements |
Appendix E to chapter
3. |
|
Milan, raqba or yearly register of
area |
10.1 |
|
Min number in khasra girdawari and jamabandi |
4.22 |
|
Mines and minerals
resources mentioned in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Miniature Swiss Cottage
tract, etc., to be provided for the Naib- tehsildar on riverain
measurement duty |
4.17(17) |
|
Miscellaneous papers,
disposal of - relating to mutations |
7.39 |
|
- expenditure connected
with raingauges |
12.10 |
|
- revenue noticed in
gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Monthly, field kanungo to
visit each patwari’s circle |
2.48 |
|
- totals of work in the
Land Records Office |
19.10 |
|
- list of files not
returned to Land Records Office |
19.19 |
|
Mortgage of rights of
cultivation by owners |
7.18(iii) |
|
- and sub- mortgage to be
entered in mutation register |
7.18(i) |
|
- money, mutation cases of
increase in - |
7.18(i) |
|
Mortgagee’s right to apply
for partition |
18.4 |
|
Muafi or jagir entries in jamabandi |
7.41(9)(10) |
|
- and - registers
maintained by district kanungo |
2.59 |
|
Mujmili map(s) preparation of - by
the Settlement Officer |
4.35 |
|
- size and transliteration
of - |
4.36 |
|
- copy of - sent to
Director, Frontier Circle, Survey of India |
4.37 |
|
- Hunterian system of
spelling names on - |
4.37 |
|
- reducing - by pentagraph of preparing
district maps |
4.38 |
|
Musavis, ruled and backed - to be
supplied by Settlement Officer to Riverain Drawing office |
4.17(i) |
|
- supplied by Riverain
Drawing Officer to Settlement Officer basis on traverser’s work |
4.17(8) |
|
- village - supply of -
from Land Records Office to Survey Department Muharrir |
19.36 |
|
- no assistant patwari to
act as - to a District Revenue Officer |
3.13(4) |
|
- temporary office - in
settlements |
Appendix E to chapter
3. |
|
Muqarraridar, entry regarding - in
jamabandi |
7.41(5) |
|
Mutation affecting shajra
nasab |
7.1 |
|
- alienor’s right not to be
questioned in - proceedings |
7.17 |
|
- of |
3.100, 3.102,
3.105 |
|
Mutation register(s),
custody and destruction of - |
7.3 |
|
From - instructions
regarding entries to be made in - |
7.4, 7.14 |
|
- not part of record of
rights |
7.1 |
|
- presumption of truth does not
attach to entries in - |
7.1 |
|
Mutation of rights to be
entered in the register by the patwari |
7.1 |
|
Mutation fees, scale
of |
7.33, appendix B |
|
- Director of Land Records
controlling officer for - |
1.2 |
|
- fees, payment of - into
the treasury |
7.34 |
|
-, in consolidation of
holdings |
7.21 |
|
Mutation(s), treatment of -
relating to land presented to government for specific purposes |
7.11-A |
|
- attestation of - in the village
concerned for which jamabandi
is to be prepared |
7.56 |
|
- to give effect to appellate
orders passed after June 15th |
7.63 |
|
- cases where no mutations are
necessary |
7.28 |
|
- cases of increase of mortgage
money |
7.18 |
|
- work, field kanungo responsible
for arrears of - |
2.45 |
|
- district kanungo to remain
informed about arrears of - |
2.63 |
|
- due to partition |
7.9, 18.1, 18.19 |
|
- entries, correction in - |
7.5, 7.6 |
|
- entry of orders of courts |
7.12 |
|
- about escheats |
7.26 |
|
- examination of - in which
interrogators have been issued |
7.31 |
|
- entry of - on receipt of
registration memoranda |
7.32 |
|
- entry in - regarding
consideration money where land is situate in more than one estate |
7.13 |
|
- for correcting an entry in jamabandi not permissible |
7.30 |
|
- entries, numbering of - |
7.7 |
|
- of land hypothecated for
repayment of taccavi
loan |
7.11, 7.18(ii) |
|
- mortgage of rights of cultivation
by owners |
7.18(iii) |
|
- Office Kanungo’s statement of -
|
7.37 |
|
- of rights incorporated in jamabandi after sanction
only |
7.46(19) |
|
- occurring upto June
15th, to be attested and incorporated in jamabandi |
7.56, 7.59 |
|
- procedure for entry of -
transfers by gift, etc. |
7.16 |
|
- postponement of - of conditional
transfer |
7.17 |
|
- regarding revenue
assignments |
7.10, 7.27 |
|
- register, lambardari cases not
entered in the - |
7.10 |
|
Mutation(s) register,
instructions as to jamabandi
entries applies to - |
7.14, 7.41 |
|
- mortgages and sub mortgages to be
entered in - |
7.18 |
|
- redemptions of mortgages to be
entered in - |
7.18 |
|
- resulting from assignments of
land revenue |
7.27 |
|
- scope of - |
7.15 |
|
- sheets, disposal of - |
7.38 |
|
- transfer of share of shamailat shown in - |
7.19, appendix A. |
|
- two - entries; ishtraq and taqsim in consolidations |
7.21 |
N
|
Nahri or chahi, classification irrigated
land as __ |
7.51 |
|
___-and chahi nahari lands, manner of
showing __in khasra
girdwari |
9.2 |
|
Naib tehsildar, incharge of
cadastral survey of riverain area |
4.17(10) |
|
Nautor and hissidari kasht,
changes in field map due to ___ |
4.21 |
|
____preparation of tatima shajra due to ___ |
4.24 |
|
Nazrana |
7.64 |
|
Nazul, encroachment or
damage to __or other Government property |
3.81
|
|
___or other Government
property vested in a local body. |
7.42 |
|
New field numbers not to be created
needlessly |
4.22 |
|
Nirkhnama of prices to be prepared
carefully |
14.15 |
|
Non-occupancy
tenants |
7.46 (6) |
|
Normal prices |
11.2 |
|
Note books for assessment
circles, etc., kept by district kanungo |
2.59 |
|
_village, etc.,kept by
office kanungos to be preserved permanently |
3.105 |
|
Note by Assistant
Collectors on the State of crops. |
8.1 |
|
Numbering of new
fields |
4.23,9.3 (v) |
|
__mutation entries |
7.7 |
|
Number book for searching
for missing files in Land Records Office |
19.19(vi) |
|
Numerals, English to be
used in patwari papers |
3.65 |
O
|
Occurences to be noted in
patwaris diary |
3.81 |
|
Office Kanungo, certify
number of leaves in patwaris diary |
3.80 |
|
__’s statement of mutation
fees |
7.37 |
|
oldbrass, see brass. |
|
|
Omission of paise from
gross amounts entered in revenue registers |
10.1 |
|
Onus of proving that a
transfer carries with it proportionate share of shamilat, ruling regarding |
18.16 |
|
Orders of revenue officers
to be noted by patwari in his diary |
3.81,3.83 |
|
- courts, mutation entry
regarding - |
7.12 |
|
Out break of epidemics to
be reported by patwaris to District Medical Officer |
3.15 |
|
Outturn per acre and
produce to be noticed in the season and crop report |
10.10 |
P
|
Pakka Bigha |
4.40 |
|
Paper of A quality, jamabandi written on |
7.54 |
|
Papers which need not go to
Land Records Office |
19.12, 19.52,
19.53 |
|
Parat Tehsil maps, see maps |
|
|
Parcha books, supply of - |
3.22 |
|
-, entries of demand due
made in – by patwaris |
3.23 |
|
Partal (inspection) book of
patwaris |
3.86 |
|
Partition |
18.1, 18.2 |
|
- ,application for – to be
accompanied by an extract from jamabandi |
18.5 |
|
- assistant patwari to act
for patwari during – proceedings |
3.13(2) |
|
- attestation of – before
the Tehsildar or Naib Tehsildar |
18.13, 18.15 |
|
- cases excluded from
jurisdiction of civil courts |
18.2 |
|
- heard by District Revenue
Officer or other Assistant Commissioner, 1st grade |
18.2 |
|
- enquiry and report in –
officers below the rank of Assistant
Commissioner, 1st grade |
18.2 |
|
- investigation in – by
tehsildar or naib-tehsildar |
18.3 |
|
-parties in – to be heard
before rejecting application |
18.7 |
|
- costs of |
18.11, 18.13 |
|
- disadvantages of rule of
equal, proportions in -
|
18.10 |
|
-,enquiry as to methods of
- |
18.10 |
|
- ,files, checking of -
|
18.20 |
|
- ,greatest care required
in pointing out locality of each one’s field on |
18.14 |
|
- ,mutations due to -
|
7.9, 18.19 |
|
-, - of disputed private –
to be dealt with by District Revenue Officer, etc. |
18.1 |
|
- method of carrying out -,
|
18.12 |
|
- orders of Assistant
Collectors on method of - |
18.11 |
|
- of common land or patti to be done by patwari of the
village |
18.13 |
|
- papers to be prepared by
patwari when – is completed |
18.12 |
|
- patwari not entitled to
extra remuneration for carrying out |
18.13 |
|
-, - bound to record
mutations of voluntary - |
18.1 |
|
- persons who may apply for
- |
18.4 |
|
-, possession after -
|
18.18 |
|
-, protection in –
proceedings to a share holder who has reclaimed riverain land |
8.10 (iii) |
|
-, responsibility of field
kanungo in – work |
18.14 |
|
- stay of – proceedings
when question of title is to be decided by civil court |
18.9 |
|
- temporary cultivating
possession not regraded as
|
18.1 |
|
- transfer of shamilat on - |
18.16 |
|
Parwana to patwari regarding entry
of mutation resulting from assignments |
7.27 |
|
Pass certificate, grant of
to patwari candidates |
3.10(iv) |
|
Pattern of patwari’s
cross |
3.72 |
|
- plan tables |
3.74 |
|
- of sighting rods |
3.75 |
|
- of plotting scales
|
3.76 |
|
- rain gauge |
12.3 |
|
Patwar charges, account
rules relating to |
3.44, 3.45 |
|
Patwari (s) addition of an
assistant – to a patwari circle |
3.1 |
|
- application for increase
in – staff |
3.5 |
|
- and kanungos not to
assist in the certification of the results of covering of branded
mares |
3.17 |
|
- annual bachh papers to be prepared by
|
3.21 |
|
- to reside in patwarkhana |
3.57 |
|
-‘s almanc |
3.91 |
|
- circle |
3.1 |
|
- calling of patwaris to
tehsil headquarters or to some central place |
3.17 |
|
- character books |
3.29 |
|
- duties |
3.14 |
|
- diary |
2.46, 3.15, 3.79, 3.80,
3.81, 3.99 |
|
- examination |
3.10 (iv) |
|
- employment of – and
temporary establishment in settlements |
Appendix B, Appendix E to
chapter 3 |
|
- field kanungos to visit –
circle monthly |
2.48 |
|
Patwari(s), |
|
|
- illicit distillation and
sale of liquor to be reported by |
3.18 |
|
- instructions to – for
caryying out partitions |
18.12 |
|
- keeps records |
3.62 |
|
- not to be detained at
tehsil headquarters |
2.50 |
|
- not entitled to share of
panelty imposed under section 39, land revenue act |
7.33(i) |
|
- not to receive revenue or
take part in its collection |
3.20 |
|
- obligation to report crime |
3.18 |
|
- papers to be prepared by
– on completion of partition |
18.12 |
|
- paratal book of - |
3.86 |
|
- punishment for serious
offences, see punishment
|
|
|
- register of – candidates
|
3.6 appendix G |
|
-, -‘s work to be kept by
field kanungo |
2.51 |
|
-,- circles kept by
district kanungo |
2.60 |
|
- report during settlement
on future – staff |
3.3 |
|
-report of calamity or
disease by |
3.15(1) |
|
- responsibility for safe
custody of records, etc. |
3.66 |
|
-, supervision of – work
during girdawari , etc. |
2.47 |
|
-, school, see school |
|
|
- stationery allowance
|
3.90 |
|
- to hand over patwarkhana
to his successor |
3.57 (v), 3.59 |
|
- make maps, to illustrate
police enquiries |
3.19 |
|
- assist headmen in giving
acknowledgements and furnish arzisal |
3.20 |
|
- complete coupon of
revenue money orders |
3.20 |
|
- visit of – circle by
higher officer |
3.16 |
|
- work book |
3.85 |
|
- in intervals between
harvest inspections |
9.14 |
|
Patwarkhanas and instructions
regarding repair to |
3.57 appendix D |
|
Pattadar |
7.41 (5) |
|
Patti or taraf |
7.41 (3) |
|
Pay of kanungo candidates
under training |
2 Rules |
|
- of patwaris and temporary
establishment in settlements |
appendix E to Chapter
3 |
|
Peseant grantee |
7.40 (6) |
|
Pedigree table |
7.46(6) |
|
Pegs, see wooden pegs. |
|
|
Pentragraph, reducing mujmili maps by – for preparing
district maps |
4.38 |
|
Pensions list of revenue
assignments and – appended to jamabandi |
7.64 |
|
Peons to kanungos |
2.22 |
|
Perpetuity, registers,
etc., in land records office kept in |
19.45, 19.47 |
|
Percentage of marks in
kanungos examination |
2 Rules |
|
Period of preservation of
patwaris records |
3.99 |
|
Photo Lithographic office
preparation of district maps |
4.39 |
|
Physical aspects including
meteorology to be given in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Pillars, defining
boundaries in partition by mud
|
18.14 |
|
Plane tables required for
hill survey only |
3.74 |
|
Planting conditions |
7.46(6) |
|
Plan of district and State
Gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Plotted traverse sheets for
patwaris |
4.15 |
|
Plotting scales, see maping scales |
|
|
Points calling for
attention of officers inspecting patwaris work |
annexure C and D to chapter
8 |
|
- District Land Record’s
Office |
annexure G to chapter
8 |
|
- District Kanungo
works |
annexure H |
|
- requiring attention at
the tehsil office inspection |
8.14 annexure F |
|
- considered and noted on
inspection of field kanungos work |
8.8 annexure A |
|
- tehsildars and naibs
work |
8.13 annexure E |
|
Points to be notices at
village inspections |
8.2 |
|
Police and jail account of
– given in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Population, conditions of
agricultural, to be given in season and crop report |
11.10 |
|
- mention of – in
gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Possession before mutation
of transfer by gift, etc. is attested |
7.17 |
|
- of wrong field in
partition, how recorded in revenue papers |
18.14 |
|
- existing old – to be
maintained in partition |
18.10(2) |
|
- after partition |
18.18 |
|
Post and telegraph guide,
paragraph 353(2) regarding “bearing” post |
3.87 |
|
Postponement of mutations
of conditional transfer |
7.17 |
|
Postal service in partition
cases expensive where parties are numerous |
18.6 |
|
Preliminary reports by
about arrangements for crops experiments |
15.3 |
|
Presumption of truth does
not attach to entries in mutation register |
7.1 |
|
Price(s), see retail and whole sale prices
also |
|
|
Price(s) record of harvest
– in circle note books |
10.3 |
|
Price(s) trade and stock,
comments on – to be made in season and crop report |
11.10 |
|
- rents wages and –shown in
gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
- preparation of – for
troops on march, etc. |
14.8 |
|
- general register of
–maintained and every headquarters, tehsil and certain towns |
14.9 |
|
- for general
information |
14.10 |
|
- attestation of
prices |
14.12 |
|
Printed forms of monthly
return, etc. of rainfall |
12.20 |
|
Printing and publication of
new volume of gazetteers |
17.4 |
|
- of patwari and kanungo
forms |
3.94 |
|
- arrangement for the
revised edition of gazetteers
|
17.4 |
|
Procedure in partition
cases when there are disputes about title |
18.8 |
|
- as to the disposal of
question of title in partition cases |
18.9 |
|
- checking land plans of
Public Works Department, Forest, District Board and Railway Department
|
4.33 |
|
- payment into treasury of
copying etc. fees of patwaris record |
3.48(iii) 3.50 |
|
- for selecting patwaris
circle to test the field kanungos work |
8.6 |
|
- preventing errors in khasra girdawari |
9.9 |
|
Proclamation and summons
issue of – in partition cases |
18.6 |
|
Programme of Riverain
Survey Officer for traversing villages |
4.17(1) |
|
Progress statement of
destruction work in land record office |
19.31 |
|
Proprietary rights |
7.46 (6) |
|
Public Works Department
land plans, duplicate of – to form an inset to shajra kishtwar |
4.33 (5) |
|
- and its works mentioned
in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Pukhta crops shown in khasra girdawari |
9.3 (x) |
|
Punctuality, importance of
–in the despatch of crop forecasts |
13.2 |
|
Punishment of
patwaris |
3.27, 3.28 and
3.59 |
|
Q
|
|
|
Quinquennial list of
patwari and kanungo forms |
3.94 |
|
Quinquennial estimates of
normal rates of yield, revision of |
3 Rules
15.1 |
R
|
Rabi girdawari of estates for
which jamabandi is to be
prepared |
7.58 |
|
- railway department land
plans, procedure for checking |
4.35(6) |
|
Rain measure and its
breakage |
12.7, 12.8 |
|
Rain fall to be noted by
patwari in his diary |
3.81 |
|
- register of - |
12.14 |
|
- measurement of |
12.7 |
|
- monthly of return of
|
12.16 |
|
Raingauge(s) charge of
- |
12.2 |
|
- canal- |
2.17 |
|
Raingauge(s) errection of -
|
12.5 |
|
- inspection of - |
12.11, 12.18 |
|
- locality of - |
12.4 |
|
- new-stations, etc. |
12.12 |
|
- protection of - |
12.6 |
|
- report on the working of
- |
12.19 |
|
- rates of fees for coping,
etc.,of patwaris records |
3.48 |
|
- in village records
expressed with reference to local land measures |
4.40 |
|
- should be stated in
rupees, etc. in revenue registers |
10.1 |
|
Readjustment of patwaris
circles |
3.5 |
|
Reader to revenue officer
to check partition files |
18.20 |
|
Receipt books for coping,
etc. fees of patwaris records |
3.48 (iv) |
|
Record(s) binding of
patwaris |
3.103 |
|
- custody and destruction
of patwaris |
3.99 to 3.106 |
|
- etc., kept in tehsil Land
Records Office |
19.39 |
|
- for grants of government
lands kept by patwaris |
3.63 |
|
- inspection of patwaris
–and grant of extracts therefrom |
3.48 |
|
- revenue – at tehsil
office |
8.14, Annexure F |
|
- kanungos to make over –
etc., to successors in office |
2.36 |
|
- keeper land records
office, assistant district kanungo to be |
19.8 |
|
- not to check partition
files |
18.20 |
|
- land – responsibility of
district revenue officers for the maintenance of - |
8.3 |
|
- of expired settlements to
be kept permanently |
3.105 |
|
- of rights, etc.
compilation and check of – before consignment to Land Records Office
|
19.11 |
|
Preservation of |
3.102 |
|
- transmission – to courts
|
19.35 |
|
- patwaris responsible for
custody of - maps,
etc. |
3.66 |
|
-,’s register of |
3.88 |
|
- room receipts |
19.32 |
|
- testing of land- the
essential duty of every gazetted officer on the headquarters staff.
|
8.3 |
|
Recoupment of contingent
expenditure by kanungos |
2.65 |
|
Red ink entry in patwaris
papers about survey marks and pillars |
4.10 |
|
- about boundaries, etc. of
new fileds |
4.25 |
|
Refund of land revenue on
account of diluvion |
6.10 |
|
Register(s) general-of
prices at every headquarters tehsil and certain towns |
14.9 |
|
- work kept by field
kanungos |
2.51 |
|
- rainfall |
12.14 |
|
- fortnightly whole sale
prices of food grains |
14.2 |
|
- retail prices |
14.1 |
|
- patwaris – of survey
equipments |
3.88 |
|
- maintained by office and
district kanungos |
2.55, 2.56, 2.59,
2.64 |
|
- of patwaris circles kept
by district kanungo |
2.60 |
|
- village births and deaths
to be tested by field and district kanungos |
2.67 |
|
- patwari candidates, see candidates and patwaris
|
|
|
- issue of files from Land
Record’s Office |
19.19 |
|
Registration memoranda
regarding transfers of agricultural land sent monthly by Registrars for
purposes of mutations |
7.32 |
|
Rejection of application
for partition |
18.7 |
|
Remarks to be recorded by
revenue officers on blank sheets in the village note books |
10.1, 10.4 |
|
Remission of land revenue
on account of diluvion |
6.9, 6.12 |
|
- for destruction of crops
|
6.13 |
|
Remuneration, patwari not
entitled to extra- for carrying out partitions |
18.13 |
|
Renewal of patwari’s copy
of shajra kishtwar |
4.30 |
|
Rent, changes in- |
3.81 |
|
-wages and prices shown in
gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Report(s) of inspection of
office Kanungo’s work by the district Kanungo to be submitted to
Collector |
8.19 |
|
-tehsildar and naib’s
works |
8.13 |
|
- and returns submitted by
Director of Lands Records |
1.7 |
|
- of calamity or disease by
patwaris |
3.15 |
|
- not to be asked for from
record keepers in Land Records Office |
19.8 |
|
Representation by
agriculturists in the matter of patwaris appointment |
3.11 |
|
Replies to interrogatories,
period for awaiting |
7.31 |
|
Repairs to patwar khanas, instructions
regarding- |
3.57, Appendix-O |
|
Requisions, undue – for
files from Land Records Office to be avoided |
19.9 |
|
Residence of filed kanungos
within the circle |
2.25 |
|
Result of teaching in
patwaris school to be noticed in the Land Record Report |
3.10 |
|
Responsibility of revenue
officers for correctness of patwaris survey |
4.18 |
|
Resolution No. VIII 3/39-1,
Dated 20th March ,1897, prescribing the land records reports
|
11.11 |
|
Returns showing
agricultural data to be submitted by filed kanungos to tehsildars |
2.54 |
|
- of mathematical
instruments |
3.77 |
|
- and records from tehsil
offices received by district kanungo |
2.58 |
|
Retail prices register of
fortnightly - |
14.1 |
|
Revenue policy, testing of
revenue records serves the subsidiary purpose to adjust and liberal |
8.1 |
|
- collections |
3.20 |
|
- roll, alterations in –
due to alluvion and diluvion |
6.3, 6.9, 6.10 |
|
- to take effect from kharif |
6.10 |
|
- officer’s order on
mutation entries |
7.4 (iii)-(v) |
|
- assignments mutations
regarding, |
7.10, 7.27 |
|
- lists to – appendid to jamabandi |
7.64 |
|
- registers |
10.1 |
|
- deposits, partition costs
when treated as - |
18.11 |
|
Revision of classification
of brani, chahi and nehri lands |
7.50, 7.51 |
|
- distribution of land
revenue on injuri, etc to land |
6.1 |
|
Rewards, names of
exceptionally good patwaris noted at inspections for |
8.10 |
|
- patwaris for good
work |
3.52 |
|
Rick burning to be noted in
diary by patwari |
3.81 |
|
Riverain survey |
4.17 |
|
- measurement, rules
hitherto observed by Survery Department |
4.17 |
|
- drying office to combine
settlement maps of counter minus villages |
4.17(6) |
|
Roads, see encroachments |
|
|
Roads, patwaris kadam should agree with field
kanungo’s |
3.69 |
|
- sighting |
3.75 |
|
Roznamcha, patwaris |
3.79, 3.80, 3.99 |
|
Rule(s) applicable to the
Season and Crop Report and Land Records Report |
11.9 |
|
- account – relating to
patwar charges |
3.44, 3.45 |
|
- for converting local land
measures into English measure and vice versa |
4.45 |
|
- of equal proportions in
partitions, disadvantages of - |
18.10 |
|
- of correspondance of
Director of Land Records |
1.3 |
|
Mutation fees |
7.33 |
|
- Bonus of proving that a
transfer carries with it proportionate share of shamilat |
7.19, 18.16 |
|
Running Register |
7.37 |
|
S
|
|
|
Sailab soils and crops included in
unirrigated class |
7.49 |
|
Sales by private
treaty |
7.46(1) |
|
Saka entries in patwari ‘s diary
to be dated according to calendar |
3.82 |
|
-condition of crops to be
noted in patwaris diary at the end of each month |
3.84 |
|
Sarbarah |
7.41(4),7.46(5)) |
|
Sarkar |
7.42,7.46(3) |
|
Sarai |
7.42 |
|
Sarsahi measure |
4.40 |
|
School, Patwaris’- ,date of
examination in- |
3.10 |
|
- instructions regarding
organisation and management of - |
3.10 |
|
Scope of mutations |
7.15 |
|
Season and crop Report ,
dates of submission of- |
11.8 |
|
Search fee levied for
searching for records for copying purposes |
19.25, 19.32 |
|
Second mortgage without
possession treated as collateral mortgage |
7.18 |
|
Senior Secretary to
Financial Commissioners, Director of Agriculture supplies to –provincial
forecasts of crops |
13.4 |
|
Separate test of revenue
work of tehsildars and naib-tehsildars not necessary |
8.13 |
|
September 7th,
patwari to give to the office Kanungo first copy of jamabandi by |
7.61 |
|
Serial number, note in jamabandi of –of mutation and fard badar |
7.2 |
|
-separate-to be prefixed to
entries in patwari diary |
3.82 |
|
Settlement officer conducts
crop experiments |
15.1 |
|
-preparation of mujmili maps by - |
4.35 |
|
-to see that boundary pillars are in
order |
4.17(2) |
|
-perform duties of Deputy
Commissioners in district under settlement |
2. Rules |
|
-supply statement of
villages to be travrsed |
4.17(1) |
|
-arrange for supply of base
line stones |
4.17(3) |
|
Settlement and colony maps
, patwaris and tehsil copy of – to be kept upto date |
4.29 |
|
-records, custody
of- |
3.100 |
|
-yield of crops considered
for purposes of girdawari |
9.3(x) |
|
Shajra kishtwar , incorporation of
amendments in parat tehsil map
and – kept by patwari |
4.31 |
|
-renewal of patwari’s copy
of |
4.30 |
|
-Public Works Department
land plans duplicate to form an inset to- |
4.33 (5) |
|
Shamilat, transfer of-on
partition |
18.16 |
|
-transfer of share of-
shown in mutations |
7.4 (vi), 7.19 Appendix
A |
|
Shopkeepers |
7.46(6) |
|
Shajra nasab, mutation affecting
- |
7.1 |
|
-purchas, custody of- |
3.100,3.102 |
|
Sighting rods |
3.75 |
|
Signature , see thumb mark |
|
|
Sihaddas placed by the revenue
department |
4.1 |
|
siris |
7.41(5) |
|
Size and transliteration of
mujmili maps |
4.36 |
|
Skeleton maps , correction
of –by Director of Land Records |
5.5 |
|
Sketch map , see map |
7.62 |
|
Slip, final attestation
slip for a jamabandi |
7.41(6),7.42 |
|
Soil entry in jamabandi |
7.43,7.49 |
|
-baseline, selecton of –in
a village |
4.17(7) |
|
-instructions relating to
jamabandi |
7.41 |
|
Spelling of maps on mujmili maps to be according to
Hunterain system |
4.37 |
|
Square measures, equivalent
of- |
4.45 |
|
Stamp duty on instrument of
partition |
18.10(ii) |
|
Statement(s) of financial
results of alluvion and diluvion assessment |
6.5 |
|
-detailed record of-of
parties in mutation proceedings prohibited |
7.4(iii) |
|
-of shares and area
allotted on partition |
18.12 appendix. |
|
-work done by tehsildars
and naibs |
8.12 |
|
-area to be divided and
shares on partition |
18.10, appendix |
|
- allowance of patwaris
|
3.90 |
|
Statistics of disease among
animals see disease among
animals |
|
|
- guiding – for estimating
the number of patwaris |
3.4 |
|
Statistical statements
required by Deputy Commissioners prepared by district kanunugo |
2.58 |
|
Steel rods adjusted to the
local kadam supplied to filed
kanungos |
2.33 |
|
Subjects for examination of
kanungo candidates |
2. rules |
|
Submortgage with possession
treated as a mortgage with possession |
7.18 |
|
Subsistence allowance to
kanungo candidates |
2 rules |
|
Suit, party aggrieved by an
entry in jamabandi must seek his remedy by - |
7.30 |
|
Summery inquiry into title
in cases of inheritance |
7.15 |
|
Summonse and proclamations,
issue of – in partition cases |
18.6 |
|
Supervision, testing of
filed kanungos – over patwaris work |
8.7 |
|
-the-exercised by
tehsildars and naib’s on the
work of patwaris and kanungos |
8.3 |
|
- of patwaris work by field
kanungos during girdawari
|
2.47 |
|
- and instructions of filed
kanungos work by district kanungos while on tour |
8.17 |
|
Survey of India |
4.1, 4.4 |
|
- supply of village mussavies from Land Records office
to - |
19.36 |
|
- revenue – of cantonment
boundries to be scrutnised by military authorities |
4.34 |
|
- patwaris – revenue
officers responsibility for correctness of - |
4.18 |
|
- equipment patwaris
register of - |
3.88 |
|
- supplied to
patwaris |
3.68, 4.15 |
|
- marks |
3.81, 4.1 |
|
- estate survey on square
system marked by - |
4.2 |
|
- collector may dispense
with - |
4.3 |
|
- patwaris note about
condition of - |
4.6, 4.10, 9.3
(vii) |
|
- revenue officers to
inspect – during girdawari |
4.11 |
T
|
Table with field
kanungos showing division of
circles for purposes of preparation of jamabandi |
2.49 |
|
Table(s) of area
measures |
4.40 |
|
- showing equivalents of
local land measures in English measures |
4.40 |
|
Tehsil Headquaters, calling
of patwaris to – to be checked |
3.17 |
|
- kanungos office |
19.37 |
|
- office, inspection of
revenue records at - |
8.14, 8.19 annexure
F |
|
- notebooks, see village notebooks |
8.19 |
|
Tehsildar(s) and Naibs,
instructions for - for final attestation of jamabandi |
7.62 |
|
- main duties for testing
land record’s work of patwaris |
8.11 |
|
- report on the inspection
work of – and Naibs |
8.13 |
|
- testing land records work
of - |
8.12 |
|
Taccavi works, construction of –
to be noticed at village inspections |
8.2 |
|
- advances, to be noted in
village diary |
3.81 |
|
- mutation, of land
hypothecated for repayment of - |
7.11, 7.18 |
|
Takis |
7.46(6) |
|
Tally, patwaris copy of jamabandi to – with the duplicate
copy |
7.60 |
|
Tape see measuring |
|
|
Taqsim mutation in consolidation
of holdings |
7.21 |
|
Tarmim measurement |
4.17(9) |
|
Tatimma shjra, certificate of
verification of – by tehsildar etc. |
4.28 |
|
- necessary in the case of
new numbers before sanctioning mutation |
4.23, 7.8 |
|
- new fields shown in – to
be transferred to parat tehsil
map and shajra kishtwar |
4.31 |
|
- preparation of |
4.23, 4.24 |
|
- preparation of – of
alluvion and diluvion tract |
4.32 |
|
- to be bound with jamabandi |
4.27 |
|
- checked on spot by field
kanungo |
4.23, 4.24 |
|
Teachers in patwari school
to be a kanungo |
3.10 |
|
Technical surveyor |
4.33(1) |
|
Temporary establishment in
settlements |
Appendix E to Chapter
3 |
|
Tenants in bungalows in
urban areas |
7.41 (5) |
|
Tenant-at-will, entry
against a -of bila lagan ba waja
tusuwwar milkyat to be changed by mutation order of Collector or
District Revenue Officer |
7.25(6) |
|
Territorial jurisdiction,
report regarding changes in
|
5.3, 5.4 |
|
- to Surveyor General and
Director of Land Records regarding changes in |
5.5 |
|
Test of the proper
arrangements of papers in Land Records Office |
19.20, 19.21 |
|
Testing of length of
patwaris chain |
3.71 |
|
Thumb mark or signature of
parties on mutation entries or proceedings for bidden |
7.4(i)(iii) |
|
Time and place of
inspection of revenue records |
19.24 |
|
Title ,disposal of question
of – in partition cases |
18.9 |
|
- procedure in partition
cases when there are disputes as to - |
18.8 |
|
- summary enquiry into- in
mutation cases of inheritance |
7.15 |
|
Touring of district
kanungos and inspection of land records |
8.17, 2 Rules |
|
Tracing prepared from
shajra showing new filed numbers on partition |
18.12 |
|
Transfer of district
kanungos to a district other than his home district |
2 Rules |
|
- patwaris as a punishment
prohibited |
3.59 |
|
- shamilat at partition |
18.16 |
|
- territory |
5.1 |
|
Transliteration size and –
of mujmili maps |
4.36 |
|
Traverse stations and other
data placed by the survey of India |
4.1, 4.8, 4.9 |
|
Traversers to begin work in
riverin tracts in cold whether |
4.17(4) |
|
Traversing programme of
Riverain Survey Officers |
4.17(i) |
|
- of points required by the
Settlement Officer |
4.17(5) |
|
Trigonometrical Stations,
Grate |
4.1, 4.6 |
|
- submission of report
regarding - |
4.6 |
|
Treasury, payment of
mutation fees into the - |
7.34 |
|
Tri-junction pillars,
completion and maintenance of - |
4.4 |
|
- exposed to diluvion
action |
4.3 |
|
- land owners to
erect |
4.4 |
|
- placed by the revenue
department |
4.1 |
U
|
Units of length adopted for
revenue work |
4.40 |
|
- area |
4.40 |
|
Untrained kanungo
candidates to be admitted into patwaris schools |
3.10 |
|
Urban lands, ordinary khasra girdawari from used
for |
9.3(iv) |
|
- jamabandi |
Note to
7.40 |
V
|
Variations in the forms of
revenue registers sanctioned by Financial Commissioner |
10.1 |
|
Veterinary assistants, see live stock mortality |
|
|
Village birth and death
registers to be tested by kanungos |
2.67 |
|
- boundary marks - |
3.81 |
|
- alterations in – to be
noted in village diary |
3.81 |
|
- circle and tehsil
notebooks |
10.1, 10.2, 10.4 |
|
- inspections, chief points
to be noticed at - |
8.2 |
|
- lists, corrections of –
by Director of Land Records |
5.5 |
|
- of areas liable to river
action, etc. |
6.4 |
|
- note books, custody and
destruction of - |
3.100, 3.101,
3.102 |
|
- records to be arranged by
bastas in Land Revenues
Office |
19.13 |
|
Visit of patwaris circle by
officials. |
3.16,
8.11 |
W
|
Wages , rents, prices and –
shown in gazetteers |
17.2 |
|
Waste Lands, entries
relating uncultivable , old and new- |
7.53 |
|
Wajab ul-Araz entry to be
consulted about title to partition |
18.7 |
|
Widow’s right to apply for
a partition |
18.4 |
|
Wheat and cotton crops,
first and second forecasts of- |
13.3 |
|
Whole sale prices register
of fortnightly – maintained by certain districts |
14.2 |
|
districts Will, validity of
- |
7.15 |
|
- cases of – treated as
succession by inheritance |
7.15 |
|
Wooden tanks supply of – by
Zamindars for marking survey marks |
4.17(15) |
|
Work forbidden to patwaris
|
3.17 |
|
Work book of
patwaris |
3.85,
19.49 |
Y
|
Yearly programme of the
work of a District Revenue Officer and Sub-Divisional Magistrate |
Appendix 1 to the Land
Records Manual |
|
- tehsil revenue officers
|
Appendix II to the Land
Records Manual |
|
- field kanungo |
Appendix III to the Land
Records Manual |
|
- patwari |
Appendix IV to the Land
Records Manual |
|
Yields of crops considered
for purposes of kharaba |
9.3(x)(a) |
Z
|
Zamindars, attestation of jamabandi entries by field
kanungos in presence of - |
7.60 |
142. Malik kabza. - Owners
are sometimes found in village communities who do no belong to the brotherhood
and are not shares in the joint rights, profits, and responsibilities of its
members. Their proprietary title is a complete or undivided one, but it is confined
to certain fields and does not include any share in the village waste. The name
by which this tenure is officially known in the Punjab is malkiyat makbuza,
and the holder of it is called malik kabza. These terms indicate that the interest
of the proprietor is limited to the land actually in his own possession. This
land he can let, mortagage, or sell as he pleases, and he is responsible for
the payment of its revenue. A familiar instance of this form of landholding
is the right acquired by a Brahman, who received a dohli or death-bed gift of
a small plot of land from a landowner. The tenure is also created whenever a
landowner sells a part of his holding without the appurtenant share of the village
common land. The malik kbaza tenure is common in the districts of Gujrat, Rawalpindi,
Jhelum, Attock and Hazara, where it was introduced at the first regular settlement
under circumstances which will be described in a later paragraph. In some cases
the status of malik kabza is combined with that of an inferior proprietor. The
status of an assignee or the heir of an assignee, who is recognised as owner
of the plot which is, or was held free of revenue, subject to the payment of
a proprietary fee in recognition of the superior title of the village community,
of this description (see paragraph 182-185). This mixed form of tenure is common
in the Jhelum District.[10]
260. Limits of chahi and nahri lands. - All land should be recorded as chahi or
nahri which is watered by a well or canal from time to time in the ordinary course
of hunbandry. The limits of well or canal irrigation can be fixed by the indications
on the ground, and especially by the evidence of the water channels, and if any
doubt remains, examination of the entries in the crop insepction registers for
a few years will solve it. Much of the land recorded in the khatauni as chahi
or nahri is not irrigated every year. There are some parts of the province where
the whol attached to a well yields at least one irrigated crop in each year. But
it many tracts the whole of the land for the protection of which a well has been
sunk cannot be watered annually. It is sometimes found, for example, that the
regular practice is to irrigate one-half of the land attached to a well in one
agricultural year and the other half in the following year. And where the average
rainfall is fairly large, but subject to great variations from year to year, the
extent of irrigation fluctuates to an extraordinary degree with the character
of the seasons.
Appendix VIII
(SETTLEMENT MANUAL, PARAGRAPH 290)
Documents including in Standing Records
A-SHAJRA NASAB OR GENEALOGICAL TREE OF OWNERS.
Statement of proprietary tenure of village.
Pargana (or Tahsil) District.)
STATEMENT OF THE PROPERIETORS |
DETAILED OF COPARGENARY SHARES ABSTRACTED FROM THE KHEWAT |
GENEALOGCAL THREE OF PROPRIETORS |
Concerning the previous history of the village |
Concerning the constitution of the main divisions of the village |
Remarks |
Area of hokding |
Share or measure of right |
Reference to khewat holdings |
Name and descent |
Tribe |
                    
|
|
|
“
“
“
“
“
“
“
“
“ |
.1
2
3
4
Total of Taraf
5
6
7
Total of
Taraf..
Total of village |
A.
B
C
D
... Y
E
F X
G
H
I Z
J
K
Village
Common |
|
1. The shajra-nasb should be drawn on one continuous sheet not on separate leaves-on strong paper’ similar to that used for the Khasara girdawari. For strength one inch slips of thin cloth should be pasted in the back of the folds.
2. Share or measure of right. –The share or measure of right entered should be taht which governs the relation of the holding to the whole village or taraf: and according to which the khewat is made. In a bhaichara village the entry will be “possession”.The word “Kabza” should be written only once and not repeated under each holding. If shares prevail; they should be described by the term current among the owners; artificial symbols not so current should never be used. All employees and officers will take great care that the shares are not complicated artificially.
3. Area and Revenue. –When holdings are owned jointly by several owners whose names do not come together in the shajra nasb; the land of these holdings should not be artificially divided in the shajra-nasb. The whole should be shown against the first name with the word “minjumla” prefixed; and against the second name in the column land there should be a reference to the previous entry “entered under holding No.” The revenue entries should agree with the jamabandi. These two columns should not be filled up untill the end of measurements. Give the totals of each patti or taraf; and if a patti or taraf has common land enter it berfore those totals. The khewat number should be entered in pencil when the shajar-nasb is first drawn up; and be inked in at teh end of measurements at the revenue officer’s final attestation.
4. In villages in which a genealogical tree of the owners has been prepared at a previous settlement: (a) if the table is a small one and can be easily copied: as in the case of small villages or villages of recent foundation: it should be copied out in full and brought up to date so as to becmplete in itself: (b) if it is too large to be easily copied it, will be enough to file with the new standing record a table showing the last three generations brought up to date. Where no genealogical table should be prepared going back to the common ancestor in village where the labour, involved in its preparation would be small; but (2) where this would involve great labour the table should be prepared as follows the owners of each taraf or patti should be brought together, and inside these divisions the men of each trible or got. . The ancestors of each existing landowner should be shown for at least three generations back. And if the family has land in the village for a longer period than this, then te ancestors should be shown for as far back as the memory of the present owners goes and there is no dispute, but usually or genealogical table should be prepared going back to the common.
5. The statements of the proprietors concerning each patti or taraf and concerning the whole village should be written briefly, and doubtful tales should be excluded. The statement of the proprietors concerming the previous history of the village should be arranged under the following heads:-
- (a) Origin of rights and primary division of the land:
- (b) The foundation of the village; and how named:
- (c) Method of collection of the revenue under former Governments and under British rule.
6. The names of persons who have left no male issue and of widows and daughters should not be entered except for some special reasons. Under the names of agnates still living but not in possession; should be entered the words “ out of possession” and a brief note of where they now live. Mortgages names will not be entered.
7. In cases in which a father and a son both own land in separate holdings enter the son’s name in the genealogical tree in red ink.
8. If an owner has lost his land (whether by sale or by diluvion) but he claims a share in the shamilat, not this under his name in the genealogical tree but no soch holding will be shown in the Khatauni or jamabandi.
9. If property is divided by wells, add a column showing the “name of well” before the “area” column.
10. An owner by purchase should be entered on the left of the sb-division; taraf or patti in which he has purchased; a note should be added below his name; showing from whom he has purchased; and if the purchaser has no share in the shamilat; this should be stated.
11. When an amended copy of genealogical tree is drawn up (see Standing Order No. 23; paragraph 43) the columns for “Area and “Revenue” should be note omitted. The Statement of the Proporietors should not be re-written but a reference made to the statement recorded at last settlement and a note added of any alterations made since constitution of the village.
Note: in ay estate or part of an estate situated in the Lahore urban assessment circle for which Khasra imparti has been prepared it shall not be necessary to include in the shajra-nasb the names of any of the owners recorded in the sharja imarti who are not descendants of the original owners of estate or who do not possess a share in the shamilat.
B and C – JAMABANDI AND LIST OF REVENUE ASSIGNMENTS.
(See Standing Order No. 23)
Note:- In the jamabandi which forms part of the standing record. Column 7 (field numbers) should be divided into two columns headed respecively “present number” and “former number”.
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
Sr. No. of well |
No. in map |
Khatani No. |
Name of well |
To water Of where |
Where as work of |
Water single or double Pakka or Kacha, in use or out of use. |
Whetheat work at last settlement or made subsequently and in the latter case, in what year it began to be used. |
Name, father's name and grandfather's name of owner, with shares in of ownership of well. |
Name, father's name and grand father's name of person, who use the well with share of water enjoyed by each. |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D. STATEMENT OF RIGHTS IN WELLS.
(1) Ordinary drinking wells need not be entered in this statement but care is needed that wells which are likely to be used for agriculture are not omitted.
(2) Draw a red circle round the name of every well made since last settlement.
(3) In column No. 11 enter for each well:-
- (a) History of well and when built or repaired; and when the present rights in it were acquired.
- (b) Method of working the well; will other irrigation arrangements not in force.
- (c) Mode of distributing the revenue.
- (d) Particulars of exemption from irrigated rates ; if any
E.- WAJIB-UL-ARZ OR VILLAGE ADMINISTRATION PAPERS.
1. The statement of customs respecting rights and liabilities on the estate shall be in narrative form; it shall be as brief as the nature of the subject admits, and shall not be argumentative, but shall be confined to a simple statement of the customs which are ascertained to exist. The statement shall be divided into paragraph numbered consecutively, each paragraph describing as nearly as may be separate custom.
2. The statement shall not contain entries relating to matters regulated by law; nor shall customs contrary to justice; equity or good conscience; or which have been declared to be void by any competent authority, be entered in it. Subject to these restrictions the statement should contain information on so many of the folowing matters as are pertinent to the estate:
- (a) Common land; its cultivation and management; and the enjoyment of the proceeds thereof.
- (b) Rights of grazing on common land.
- (c) Rights to the enjoyment of sayer produce.
- (d) Usages relating to village expenses (malba).
- (e) Customs relating to the irrigation of land.
- (f) Customs relating to mills, tasks, streams or natural drainages.
- (g) Customs of alluvion and dilluvion.
- (h) The rights of cultivators of all classes not expressly provided for by law (for in stance, rights to trees or manure, and right to plant trees) and their customary liabilities other than rent.
- (i) Customary dues payable to village servants and the customary service to be rendered by them.
- (j) The rights of Government to any nazul property, forests, unclaimed, unoccupied deserted or waste lands, quarries; ruins or objects of antiquarin interest, spontaneous products, and other accessory interest; in land included with in the boundaries of the estate.
- (k) The rights of Government in respect of fish and fisheries in streams, rivers, etc.
- (l) Any other important usage affecting the rights of land owners, cultivators or other persons interested in the estate, not being a usage relating to succession and transfer of landed property .
3. Where the record of rights is being made for the first time, if the persons interested are not agreed qas to the existence of any alleged customs the Collector, or an Assistant Colector of the Ist grade shall decide the dispute in the manner provided in section 36 of the land Revenue Act. Where the records of rights is being revised the collector or Assistance Collector of the Ist grade shall similarly decided disputed entries; but in doing so he shall have regard to the provisions of section 37 of the land Revenue Act.
Tehsildars and authorized finally to attest all undisputed entries in a Wajib-ul-arz prepared in accoudance with the instructions contained in paragraph 1 and 2 above, but all decision to the Collector or to an Assistant Collector of the first. Grade.
4. When the statement is complete, the revenue officer aforeasaid shall fix a date for its final approval and shall summons the person interested to appear on that date at a place in or in the immediate vicinity of the estate to which the statement relates. And on the date and at the place appointed the statement shall be read over in presence of such of the persons as are in the attendance, and after such further correction as may then found necordery declaring that it has been duly attested. [1]
